As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2003
Registration No. 333-108543
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
SYNNEX Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware | 33411 | 94-2703333 | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) | (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538
(510) 656-3333
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
ROBERT T. HUANG
President and Chief Executive Officer
SYNNEX C ORPORATION
3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538
(510) 656-3333
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
JORGE DEL CALVO, ESQ. ALLISON LEOPOLD TILLEY, ESQ. DAVINA K. KAILE, ESQ. P ILLSBURY W INTHROP LLP 2550 Hanover Street Palo Alto, California 94304 (650) 233-4500 Fax (650) 233-4545 |
GREGORY C. SMITH, ESQ. S KADDEN , A RPS , S LATE , M EAGHER & F LOM LLP 525 University Avenue, Suite 1100 Palo Alto, California 94301 (650) 470-4500 Fax (650) 470-4570 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨ ____________
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨ ____________
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨ ____________
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. ¨
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price (1) |
Amount of
Registration Fee (2) |
||
|
||||
Common Stock, $0.001 par value |
$99,360,000 | $8,039 |
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(2) | Includes $7,443 previously paid. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 7, 2003
Prospectus
5,400,000 shares
SYNNEX Corporation
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of 5,400,000 shares of common stock of SYNNEX Corporation. No public market currently exists for our shares.
We currently anticipate the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. We intend to apply to have our shares approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SNX.
We are selling 3,577,500 of the shares of common stock under this prospectus, and certain of our stockholders, referred to in this prospectus as selling stockholders, are offering an additional 1,822,500 shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 5 to read about certain risks that you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
|
||||||||||
Per Share | Total | |||||||||
Public Offering Price |
$ | $ | ||||||||
Underwriting Discount |
$ | $ | ||||||||
Proceeds, Before expenses, to SYNNEX |
$ | $ | ||||||||
Proceeds, Before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders |
$ | $ | ||||||||
|
We and certain of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 810,000 additional shares to cover any over-allotments.
Delivery of shares will be made on or about , 2003.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Raymond James
The date of this prospectus is , 2003.
The SYNNEX name and logo are trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks or registered service marks of SYNNEX in the United States. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled Risk Factors and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and pro forma financial data before making an investment decision.
SYNNEX Corporation
Our Business
We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company. We offer a comprehensive range of services to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. The supply chain services that we offer include product distribution, related logistics and contract assembly.
We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on 2002 reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value we provide to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers.
In our distribution operations, we purchase IT systems, peripherals, system components, packaged software and networking equipment from OEM suppliers such as HP, IBM, Intel, Microsoft Corporation and Seagate and sell them to our reseller customers. We perform the same function for our purchases of licensed software products. Our reseller customers include value added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. We currently distribute and market approximately 15,000 products (as measured by active SKUs) from over 100 OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers.
Our contract assembly operations are generally related to building IT systems such as personal computers, workstations and servers. By leveraging the inventory management capabilities and system component supplier relationships of our distribution business, we provide cost-effective IT system contract assembly.
Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary logistics support, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad range of supply chain capabilities, our focus on serving the leading IT OEMs and our efficient operations enables us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers.
Our Strategy
We intend to continue to expand our business by pursuing the following strategies:
| Deepen relationships with our existing OEM suppliers and reseller customers by expanding the supply chain services we offer to them. |
| Establish new strategic relationships with leading OEMs to increase the breadth of product lines that we distribute. |
| Increase our reseller customer base by offering competitive pricing, in-depth product expertise and a comprehensive selection of IT products. |
| Expand our contract assembly operations to benefit from the continuing trend of OEMs outsourcing their production activities. |
1
| Control costs by maintaining our low cost operations and seeking ways to further reduce costs in all areas of our business. |
| Pursue strategic acquisitions and investments to increase our OEM and reseller relationships, enhance our supply chain capabilities and expand our geographic reach. |
Our Relationship with MiTAC International
In 1992, MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International, acquired a controlling interest in us. Since 1992, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, has increased its beneficial ownership interest in us to approximately 98%.
MiTAC International, established in 1982, is a publicly held, original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan. MiTAC International specializes in the development and manufacture of motherboards, servers, LCD PCs, mobile wireless handheld devices, such as wireless PDAs and smart phones. In the last 20 years, MiTAC International has expanded its presence in more than 20 countries around the world. In 1994, we began offering contract assembly that we jointly market with MiTAC Internationals manufacturing and design capabilities.
All of the selling stockholders are related to MiTAC International. After completion of this offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates will beneficially own approximately 77.3% of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately 74.6% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result of this ownership interest, MiTAC International and its affiliates control us and they will continue to control us upon completion of the offering.
There are potential conflicts of interest between us and MiTAC International and its affiliates. Synnex Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia. Synnex Technology International is a separate entity from us and is also a potential competitor of ours. Although Synnex Technology International is a separate entity from us, it is possible that there will be confusion as a result of the similarity of our names. Mitac Incorporated, a privately held company based in Taiwan and a separate entity from MiTAC International, owns approximately 16.0% of Synnex Technology International and approximately 9.6% of MiTAC International. MiTAC International indirectly owns 0.41% of Synnex Technology International and Synnex Technology International owns approximately 1.3% of MiTAC International. In addition, MiTAC International indirectly owns approximately 9.0% of Mitac Incorporated and Synnex Technology International owns approximately 14.4% of Mitac Incorporated. Each of MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 50% of Abundant Investment Group Limited, a selling stockholder. Synnex Technology International also indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Ltd., which in turns owns approximately 24% of our common stock. Also, our Chairman, Mr. Matthew Miau, is the chairman of MiTAC International and is the chairman or officer of several of the companies affiliated with MiTAC International, including Synnex Technology International. Mr. Miaus positions with us and MiTAC International and some of its affiliated entities could create actual or perceived conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters, such as matters requiring stockholder approval, corporate opportunities and business relationships.
We were incorporated in the State of California as COMPAC Microelectronics, Inc. on November 18, 1980, and we changed our name to SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. on February 4, 1994. We reincorporated in the State of Delaware under the name SYNNEX Corporation in October 2003. Our principal offices are located at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538, and our telephone number is (510) 656-3333. We have distribution, sales and assembly facilities located in Asia, Europe and North America. Our website is located at www.synnex.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
2
THE OFFERING
Shares of common stock being offered by us | 3,577,500 shares | |
Shares of common stock being offered by the selling stockholders |
1,822,500 shares | |
Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
25,667,791 shares | |
Use of proceeds |
We intend to use all of the estimated net proceeds from this offering of $48.2 million first to reduce the amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit facility when this offering is completed, if any, and then to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program under which the amount of our accounts receivable sold was $196.5 million at August 31, 2003. | |
Dividend policy |
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business. | |
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol |
SNX |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on our outstanding shares as of August 31, 2003. These shares exclude:
| 8,502,497 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at August 31, 2003 under our stock option plans with a weighted average exercise price of $7.37 per share; |
| 5,422,144 shares reserved for future grant under our stock option plans at August 31, 2003; and |
| 500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan. |
Except when otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
| has been adjusted to give effect to a 1 for 2 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering; and |
| assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and some of the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any. |
3
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table presents our summary consolidated historical financial information. The statement of operations data generally includes the operating results of our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. You should read this information together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, unaudited as adjusted financial information and the information under Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months
Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 3,802,629 | $ | 3,224,390 | $ | 3,767,882 | $ | 2,694,376 | $ | 2,873,293 | ||||||
Cost of revenue |
3,626,317 | 3,060,304 | 3,593,982 | 2,568,419 | 2,741,446 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Gross profit |
176,312 | 164,086 | 173,900 | 125,957 | 131,847 | |||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
106,489 | 106,197 | 123,418 | 88,638 | 91,968 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from operations |
69,823 | 57,889 | 50,482 | 37,319 | 39,879 | |||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
42,011 | 25,797 | 28,032 | 20,344 | 21,371 | |||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(5,577 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income |
$ | 36,434 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common sharediluted: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.72 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 |
August 31, 2003
|
||||||
Actual
|
As Adjusted
|
|||||
(in thousands) | ||||||
Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 23,174 | $ | 23,174 | ||
Working capital |
206,602 | 254,808 | ||||
Total assets |
707,553 | 755,759 | ||||
Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit |
51,447 | 51,447 | ||||
Long-term borrowings |
7,852 | 7,852 | ||||
Total stockholders equity |
239,538 | 287,744 |
As adjusted information gives effect to the application of the net proceeds from the sale of 3,577,500 shares of our common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility, we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. The impact to our financial statements of this reduction will be to increase our accounts receivable.
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended
August 31, |
||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||||
Other Data: |
|||||||||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization |
$ | 6,753 | $ | 9,350 | $ | 8,337 | $ | 6,008 | $ | 5,685 |
4
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the risks of our business, including those described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
We anticipate that our revenue and operating results will fluctuate, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
Our operating results have fluctuated and will fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors, including:
| general economic conditions and weakness in IT spending; |
| the loss or consolidation of one or more of our significant original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, suppliers or customers; |
| market acceptance and product life of the products we assemble and distribute; |
| competitive conditions in our industry, which may impact our margins; |
| pricing, margin and other terms with our OEM suppliers; |
| variations in our levels of excess inventory and doubtful accounts, and changes in the terms of OEM supplier-sponsored programs, such as price protection and return rights; |
| changes in our costs and operating expenses; and |
| the contribution to our total revenue of our international operations. |
Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore, we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall.
Our operating results also are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.
You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors, which would likely cause our share price to decline.
We depend on a small number of OEMs to supply the IT products that we sell and the loss of, or a material change in, our business relationship with a major OEM supplier could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.
Our future success is highly dependent on our relationships with a small number of OEM suppliers. Sales of HP products represented approximately 35.0% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and 31.5% in the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Our OEM supplier agreements typically are short-term and may be terminated without cause upon short notice. The loss or deterioration of our relationships with a major OEM supplier, the authorization by OEM suppliers of additional distributors, the sale of products by OEM suppliers directly to our reseller customers and end users, or our failure to establish relationships with new OEM suppliers or to expand the distribution and supply chain services that we provide OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business,
5
financial position and operating results. In addition, OEM suppliers may face liquidity or solvency issues which in turn could negatively affect our business and operating results.
Our business is also highly dependent on the terms provided by our OEM suppliers. Generally, each OEM supplier has the ability to change the terms and conditions of their sales agreements, such as reducing the amount of price protection and return rights or reducing the level of purchase discounts, rebates and marketing programs available to us. If we are unable to pass the impact of these changes through to our reseller customers, our business, financial position and operating results could be adversely affected.
Our gross margins are low, which magnifies the impact of variations in revenue, operating costs, bad debts and interest expense on our operating results.
As a result of intense price competition in the IT products industry, our gross margins are low, and we expect them to continue to be low in the future. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for certain IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margins. These low gross margins magnify the impact of variations in revenue, operating costs, bad debts and interest expense on our operating results. A portion of our operating expenses is relatively fixed, and planned expenditures are based in part on anticipated orders that are forecasted with limited visibility of future demand. As a result, we may not be able to reduce our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue to mitigate any further reductions in gross margins in the future. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure in response to competitive price pressures, our business and operating results could suffer.
We also receive purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers based on various factors, including sales or purchase volume and breadth of customers. A decrease in net sales could negatively affect the level of volume rebates received from our OEM suppliers and thus, our gross margins. Because some purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers are based on percentage increases in sales of products, it may become more difficult for us to achieve the percentage growth in sales required for larger discounts due to the current size of our revenue base. A decrease or elimination of purchase discounts and rebates from our OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Because we sell on a purchase order basis, we are subject to uncertainties and variability in demand by our reseller and contract assembly customers, which could decrease revenue and adversely affect our operating results.
We sell to our reseller and contract assembly customers on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts or contracts with minimum purchase requirements. Consequently, our sales are subject to demand variability by our reseller and contract assembly customers. The level and timing of orders placed by our reseller and contract assembly customers vary for a variety of reasons, including seasonal buying by end-users, the introduction of new hardware and software technologies and general economic conditions. Customers submitting a purchase order may cancel, reduce or delay their orders. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demands of our reseller and contract assembly customers, we may lose customers because we have an inadequate supply of products, or we may have excess inventory, either of which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.
We are subject to the risk that our inventory value may decline, and protective terms under our OEM supplier agreements may not adequately cover the decline in value, which in turn may harm our business, financial position and operating results.
The IT products industry is subject to rapid technological change, new and enhanced product specification requirements, and evolving industry standards. These changes may cause inventory on hand to decline substantially in value or to rapidly become obsolete. Most of our OEM suppliers offer limited protection from the loss in value of inventory. For example, we can receive a credit from many OEM suppliers for products held in inventory in the event of a supplier price reduction. In addition, we have a limited right to return a certain percentage of purchases to most OEM suppliers. These policies are subject to time restrictions and do not protect
6
us in all cases from declines in inventory value. In addition, our OEM suppliers may become unable or unwilling to fulfill their protection obligations to us. The decrease or elimination of price protection or the inability of our OEM suppliers to fulfill their protection obligations could lower our gross margins and cause us to record inventory write-downs. If we are unable to manage our inventory with our OEM suppliers with a high degree of precision, we may have insufficient product supplies or we may have excess inventory, resulting in inventory write downs, either of which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.
We depend on OEM suppliers to maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis, and any supply shortages or delays could cause us to be unable to fulfill orders on a timely basis, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results.
Our ability to obtain particular products in the required quantities and to fulfill reseller customer orders on a timely basis is critical to our success. In most cases, we have no guaranteed price or delivery agreements with our OEM suppliers. We occasionally experience a supply shortage of certain products as a result of strong demand or problems experienced by our OEM suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of those products may increase, or the products may not be available at all. In addition, our OEM suppliers may decide to distribute, or to substantially increase their existing distribution business, through other distributors, their own dealer networks, or directly to resellers. Accordingly, if we are not able to secure and maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill our reseller customer orders on a timely basis, our business, financial position and operating results may be adversely affected.
A portion of our revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies and any termination or reduction in these financing arrangements could harm our business and operating results.
A portion of our distribution revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies. Floor plan financing companies are engaged by our customers to finance, or floor, the purchase of products from us. In exchange for a fee, we transfer the risk of loss on the sale of our products to the floor plan companies. We currently receive payment from these financing companies within approximately 15 business days from the date of the sale, which allows our business to operate at much lower relative working capital levels than if such programs were not available. If these floor plan arrangements are terminated or substantially reduced, the need for more working capital and the increased financing cost could harm our business and operating results. We have not experienced any termination or significant reduction in floor plan arrangements in the past.
We have significant credit exposure to our reseller customers, and negative trends in their businesses could cause us significant credit loss and negatively impact our cash flow and liquidity position.
We extend credit to our reseller customers for a significant portion of our sales to them. Resellers have a period of time, generally 30 days after the date of invoice, to make payment. As a result, we are subject to the risk that our reseller customers will not pay for the products they purchase. Our credit exposure risk may increase due to liquidity or solvency issues experienced by our resellers as a result of an economic downturn, including the current downturn, or a decrease in IT spending by end-users. If we are unable collect payment for products we ship to our reseller customers or if our reseller customers are unable to timely pay for the products we ship to them, it will be more difficult or costly to utilize receivable-based financing, which could negatively impact our cash flow and liquidity position.
We experienced theft of product from our warehouses. Future thefts could harm our operating results.
We recently experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of our warehouses in which approximately $9.4 million of inventory was stolen. Based on our investigation, discussions with local law enforcement and meetings with federal authorities, we believe the thefts at our warehouses, which occurred between February and May 2003, were part of an organized crime effort that targeted a number of technology equipment warehouses throughout the United States. As a result of the loss, we reduced our inventory value by $9.4 million, expensed
7
the deductible of $75,000 and recorded the net amount as a receivable from our insurance company, within other current assets on our balance sheet. Based on the notification we have received from our insurance broker, we expect to collect the receivable from the insurance company. These incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. We have from time to time also experienced incidents of theft at various facilities. There is no assurance that future incidents of theft will not re-occur.
A significant portion of our contract assembly revenue comes from a single customer, and any decrease in sales from this customer could adversely affect our revenue.
Our primary contract assembly customer, Sun Microsystems, accounted for approximately $203.5 million or 54.5% of our contract assembly revenue in fiscal 2002 and approximately $131.7 million or 96.1% of our contract assembly revenue in the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Sun Microsystems accounted for less than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Revenue from Sun Microsystems has decreased over the past three years and could decrease in the future. Our business with Sun Microsystems is dependent upon obtaining new orders from this customer. In addition, the future success of our relationship with Sun Microsystems depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service Sun Microsystems needs. Our relationship with Sun Microsystems evolved from a customer relationship initiated by MiTAC International and is a joint relationship with MiTAC International. We rely on MiTAC International to manufacture and supply subassemblies and components for the computer systems we assemble for Sun Microsystems. If we are unable to maintain our relationship with MiTAC International, our relationship with Sun Microsystems could suffer, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to obtain assembly contracts for new and successful products as a result of the current economic downturn or other reasons, our business and operating results would suffer. For example, our loss of contract assembly business from Compaq Computer Corporation, or Compaq, in fiscal 2001 had a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results in subsequent periods.
We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions or investments in new markets and may encounter risks associated with these activities which could harm our business and operating results.
The distribution and contract assembly industries have experienced significant consolidation due to price erosion and market competition, augmented by the economic downturn. We expect this consolidation to continue. We have in the past pursued and in the future expect to pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses and assets in new markets, either within or outside the IT products industry, that complement or expand our existing business. Our acquisition strategy involves a number of risks, including:
| difficulty in successfully integrating acquired operations, IT systems, customers, OEM supplier and partner relationships, products and businesses with our operations; |
| loss of key employees of acquired operations or inability to hire key employees necessary for our expansion; |
| diversion of our capital and management attention away from other business issues; |
| an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements; |
| in the case of acquisitions that we may make outside of the United States, difficulty in operating in foreign countries and over significant geographical distances; and |
| other financial risks, such as potential liabilities of the businesses we acquire. |
8
Our growth may be limited and our competitive position may be harmed if we are unable to identify, finance and complete future acquisitions. We believe that further expansion may be a prerequisite to our long-term success as some of our competitors in the IT product distribution industry have larger international operations, higher revenues and greater financial resources than us. We have incurred costs and encountered difficulties in the past in connection with our acquisitions and investments. For example, our operating margins were adversely affected as a result of our acquisition of Merisel Canada Inc. and we have written off substantial investments in the past, one of which was eManage.com. Future acquisitions may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt, large write-offs, a decrease in future profitability, or future losses. The incurrence of debt in connection with any future acquisitions could restrict our ability to obtain working capital or other financing necessary to operate our business. Our recent and future acquisitions or investments may not be successful, and if we fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, our business and operating results could be harmed.
We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems, and any failure of these systems could adversely impact our business and operating results.
We depend on IT and telecommunications systems for our operations. These systems support a variety of functions, including inventory management, order processing, shipping, shipment tracking and billing.
Failures or significant downtime of our IT or telecommunications systems could prevent us from taking customer orders, printing product pick-lists, operating our automated product pick machinery, shipping products or billing customers. Sales also may be affected if our reseller customers are unable to access our price and product availability information. We also rely on the Internet, and in particular electronic data interchange or EDI, for a large portion of our orders and information exchanges with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. The Internet and individual websites have experienced a number of disruptions and slowdowns, some of which were caused by organized attacks. In addition, some websites have experienced security breakdowns. If we were to experience a security breakdown, disruption or breach that compromised sensitive information, it could harm our relationship with our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Disruption of our website or the Internet in general could impair our order processing or more generally prevent our OEM suppliers or reseller customers from accessing information. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
We rely on independent shipping companies for delivery of products, and price increases or service interruptions from these carriers could adversely affect our business and operating results.
We rely almost entirely on arrangements with independent shipping companies, such as FedEx and UPS, for the delivery of our products from OEM suppliers and delivery of products to reseller customers. Freight and shipping charges are a substantial portion of our cost of goods sold. As a result, an increase in freight surcharges due to rising fuel cost or general price increases will have an immediate adverse effect on our margins, unless we are able to pass the increased charges to our reseller customers or renegotiate terms with our OEM suppliers. In addition, in the past, UPS has experienced work stoppages due to labor negotiations with management. The termination of our arrangements with one or more of these independent shipping companies, the failure or inability of one or more of these independent shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
9
Part of our business is conducted outside of the United States, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in the United States which in turn could cause our business and operating results to suffer.
We have international operations in Canada, China, Japan, Mexico and the United Kingdom. In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, approximately 21% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, approximately 13% of our total revenue was generated in Canada. No other country or region accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. Our international operations are subject to risks, including:
| political or economic instability; |
| changes in governmental regulation; |
| changes in import/export duties; |
| trade restrictions; |
| difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations in certain foreign countries; |
| work stoppages or other changes in labor conditions; |
| difficulties in collecting of accounts receivables on a timely basis or at all; |
| taxes; and |
| seasonal reductions in business activity in some parts of the world, such as Europe. |
We may continue to expand internationally to respond to competitive pressure and customer and market requirements. For example, we commenced our Mexico operations in April 2002. Establishing operations in any other foreign country or region presents risks such as those described above as well as risks specific to the particular country or region. In addition, until a payment history is established over time with customers in a new geography or region, the likelihood of collecting receivables generated by such operations could be less than our expectations. As a result, there is a greater risk that reserves set with respect to the collection of such receivables may be inadequate. We have established and subsequently ceased operations in foreign countries in the past, which caused us to incur additional expense and loss. If our international expansion efforts in any foreign country are unsuccessful, we may decide to cease operations, which would likely cause us to incur similar additional expenses and loss.
In addition, changes in policies and/or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other things, higher taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on fund transfers or the expropriation of private enterprises, could reduce the anticipated benefits of our international expansion. Furthermore, any actions by countries in which we conduct business to reverse policies that encourage foreign trade or investment could adversely affect our business. If we fail to realize the anticipated revenue growth of our future international operations, our business and operating results could suffer.
Because we conduct substantial operations in China, risks associated with economic, political and social events in China could negatively affect our business and operating results.
A substantial portion of our IT systems operations, including our IT systems support and software development operations, are located in China. As of August 31, 2003, we had 130 personnel in IT systems support and software development, of which 70 are located in China. In addition, we also conduct general and administrative activities from our facility in China. We expect to increase our operations in China in the future. Our operations in China are subject to a number of risks relating to Chinas economic and political systems, including:
| a government fixed foreign exchange rate and limitations on the convertibility of the Chinese renminbi; |
| extensive government regulation; |
10
| changing governmental policies relating to tax benefits available to foreign-owned businesses; |
| the telecommunications infrastructure; |
| a relatively uncertain legal system; and |
| uncertainties related to continued economic and social reform, including the effect of Chinas recent entry into the World Trade Organization. |
In addition, external events in Asia, such as the recent outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, or heightened political tensions in this region may adversely affect our business by disrupting the IT supply chain, restricting travel or interfering with the electronic and communications infrastructure.
Our IT systems are an important part of our global operations. Any significant interruption in service, whether resulting from any of the above uncertainties, natural disasters or otherwise, could result in delays in our inventory purchasing, errors in order fulfillment, reduced levels of customer service and other disruptions in operations, any of which could cause our business and operating results to suffer.
Changes in foreign exchange rates and limitations on the convertibility of foreign currencies could adversely affect our business and operating results.
In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, approximately 21% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. Our international revenue, cost of revenue and operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. We presently have currency exposure arising from both sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our operating margins. For example, if these foreign currencies appreciate against the U.S. dollar, it will make it more expensive in terms of U.S. dollars to purchase inventory or pay expenses with foreign currencies. In addition, currency devaluation can result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of that currency as well as make our products, which are usually purchased by us with U.S. dollars, relatively more expensive than products manufactured locally. We currently conduct only limited hedging activities, which involve the use of currency forward contracts. Hedging foreign currencies can be risky, especially if the currency is not freely or actively traded. In addition, some currencies, such as the Chinese renminbi, are subject to limitations on conversion into other currencies, which can limit our ability to hedge or to otherwise react to rapid foreign currency devaluations. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business and operating results.
Because of the experience of our key personnel in the IT products industry and their technological expertise, if we were to lose any of our key personnel, it could inhibit our ability to operate and grow our business successfully.
We operate in the highly competitive IT products industry. We are dependent in large part on our ability to retain the services of our key senior executives and other technical experts and personnel. Our employees and executives do not have employment agreements. Furthermore, we do not carry key person insurance coverage for any of our key executives. We compete for qualified senior management and technical personnel. The loss of, or inability to hire, key executives or qualified employees could inhibit our ability to operate and grow our business successfully.
We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the efforts of our management, require us to pay substantial damages or require us to obtain a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
We may from time to time receive notifications alleging infringements of intellectual property rights allegedly held by others relating to our business or the products we sell or assemble for our OEM suppliers and
11
others. Litigation with respect to patents or other intellectual property matters could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and other resources and could have an adverse effect on our business. Although we generally have various levels of indemnification protection from our OEM suppliers and contract assembly customers, in many cases any indemnification to which we may be entitled is subject to maximum limits or other restrictions. In addition, we have developed proprietary IT systems that play an important role in our business. If any infringement claim is successful against us and if indemnification is not available or sufficient, we may be required to pay substantial damages or we may need to seek and obtain a license of the other partys intellectual property rights. We may be unable to obtain such a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
We are from time to time involved in other litigation in the ordinary course of business. For example, we are currently defending a trademark infringement action, a civil matter involving third party investors in eManage.com and various bankruptcy preference actions. We may not be successful in defending these or other claims. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can result in substantial expense and could divert the efforts of our management.
Because of the capital-intensive nature of our business, we need continued access to capital which, if not available to us, could harm our ability to operate or expand our business.
Our business requires significant levels of capital to finance accounts receivable and product inventory that is not financed by trade creditors. If cash from available sources is insufficient, or if cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event we are required, or elect, to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Our current and future indebtedness could adversely affect our operating results and severely limit our ability to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry. We could also be limited by financial and other restrictive covenants in any credit arrangements, including limitations on our borrowing of additional funds and issuing dividends. Furthermore, the cost of debt financing could significantly increase, making it cost prohibitive to borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities.
If we issue new equity securities, existing stockholders may experience additional dilution, or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
The terms of our indebtedness agreements impose significant restrictions on our ability to operate which in turn may negatively affect our ability to respond to business and market conditions and therefore have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
As of August 31, 2003, we had approximately $59.3 million in outstanding short and long-term borrowings under term loans and lines of credit, excluding trade payables. As of August 31, 2003, approximately $196.5 million of our accounts receivable were sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under our accounts receivable securitization program. The terms of our current indebtedness agreements restrict, among other things, our ability to:
| incur additional indebtedness; |
| pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments; |
| consummate certain asset sales or acquisitions; |
| enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and |
| merge, consolidate or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets. |
12
We are also required to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests, including minimum net worth and fixed charge coverage ratio as outlined in our senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement. We may be unable to meet these ratios and tests, which could result in the acceleration of the repayment of the related debt, the termination of the facility or the increase in our effective cost of funds. As a result, our ability to operate may be restricted and our ability to respond to business and market conditions limited, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
We have significant operations concentrated in Northern California, South Carolina and Toronto and any disruption in the operations of our facilities could harm our business and operating results.
Our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We have significant operations in our facilities located in Fremont, California, Greenville, South Carolina and Toronto. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of our facilities, whether due to technical difficulties, power failures, destruction or damage to the facilities as a result of a natural disaster, fire or any other reason, could harm our operating results. For example, the California energy crisis in 2001 affected our ability to meet our customer obligations. Should an energy crisis occur again, it could harm our business and operating results. In addition, some of our OEM suppliers are located in areas geographically close to us. We currently do not have a formal disaster recovery plan and may not have sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate for losses that could occur.
Global health, economic, political and social conditions may harm our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price.
External factors such as the SARS virus, potential terrorist attacks, acts of war or geopolitical and social turmoil in many parts of the world could prevent or hinder our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price. For example, increased instability may adversely impact the desire of employees and customers to travel, the reliability and cost of transportation, our ability to obtain adequate insurance at reasonable rates or require us to incur increased costs for security measures for our domestic and international operations. These uncertainties make it difficult for us and our customers to accurately plan future business activities. More generally, these geopolitical social and economic conditions could result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.
If we account for employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans using the fair value method, it could significantly reduce our net income and earnings per share.
There has been ongoing public debate whether employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans shares should be treated as a compensation expense and, if so, how to properly value these charges. If we elected or were required to record a non-cash expense for our stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method, we could have significant accounting charges. For example in fiscal 2002, had we accounted for stock-based compensation plans under Statement 123 as amended by Statement 148, earnings per share would have been reduced by $0.07 per share. Although we are not currently required to record any compensation expense using the fair value method in connection with option grants that have an exercise price at or above fair market value and for shares issued under our employee stock purchase plan, it is possible that future laws or regulations will require us to treat all stock-based compensation as a compensation expense using the fair value method.
13
Risks Related to Our Relationship with MiTAC and its Affiliated Entities
We rely on MiTAC International for certain manufacturing and assembly services and the loss of these services would require us to seek alternate providers which may charge us more for their services.
We rely on MiTAC International to manufacture and supply subassemblies and components for some of our contract assembly customers, including Sun Microsystems, currently our primary contract assembly customer, and our reliance on MiTAC International may increase in the future. Our relationship with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms on a project-by-project basis, based on manufacturing services rendered by MiTAC International or us. In the event MiTAC International no longer provides such services and components to us, we would need to find an alternative source for these services and components. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative services and components on similar terms, which may in turn increase our manufacturing costs. In addition, we may not find manufacturers with sufficient capacity, which may in turn lead to shortages in our product supplies. Increased costs and products shortages could harm our business and operating results. In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, we purchased inventories, including notebook computers, motherboard and other peripherals, from MiTAC International and its affiliates totaling approximately $392.0 million, $236.0 million, $142.4 million and $90.3 million, respectively. Our sales to MiTAC International and its affiliates during fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, totaled approximately $8.6 million, $4.7 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The payment terms relating to the purchase and sale of product to MiTAC International are similar to the terms that we have with non-affiliated customers and vendors.
Our business relationship to date with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International. Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms-length negotiations between independent parties. Our relationship, including pricing and other material terms with our shared customers or with MiTAC International, may or may not be as advantageous to us as the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. We have a joint sales and marketing agreement with MiTAC International, pursuant to which both parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to promote the other partys service offerings to their respective customers who are interested in such product offerings. This agreement does not provide for the terms upon which we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms. To date, these negotiations have been on a case-by-case basis. In addition, we are party to a general agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems under which we work with MiTAC International to provide contract assembly services to Sun Microsystems. We do not currently anticipate entering into any long-term commitments or arrangements with MiTAC International. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the board. Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Dwight Steffensen are the current members of our Audit Committee.
Some of our customer relationships evolved from relationships between such customers and MiTAC International and the loss of such relationships could harm our business and operating results.
Our relationship with Sun Microsystems and some of our other customers evolved from customer relationships that were initiated by MiTAC International. Our relationship with Sun Microsystems is a joint relationship with MiTAC International and us, and the future success of our relationship with Sun Microsystems depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service Sun Microsystems requirements. If we are unable to maintain our relationship with MiTAC International, our relationship with Sun Microsystems could suffer and we could lose other customer relationships or referrals, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results.
14
There could be potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of MiTAC International, which could impact our business and operating results.
MiTAC Internationals and its affiliates continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters, such as potential acquisitions, competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters. Similar risks could exist as a result of Matthew Miaus positions as our Chairman, the Chairman of MiTAC International and as a director or officer of MiTAC Internationals affiliated companies. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Miau received a discretionary bonus of $550,000 for his performance of Chairman and it is expected that Mr. Miau will receive a similar discretionary bonus in fiscal 2003. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the board. Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Dwight Steffensen are the current members of our Audit Committee.
Synnex Technology International Corp., or Synnex Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan and affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia, and is also a potential competitor of ours. Mitac Incorporated, a privately held company based in Taiwan and a separate entity from MiTAC International, owns approximately 16.0% of Synnex Technology International and approximately 9.6% of MiTAC International. MiTAC International indirectly owns 0.41% of Synnex Technology International and Synnex Technology International owns approximately 1.3% of MiTAC International. In addition, MiTAC International indirectly owns approximately 9.0% of Mitac Incorporated and Synnex Technology International owns approximately 14.4% of Mitac Incorporated. Prior to this offering, Synnex Technology International indirectly through its ownership of Peer Developments Limited owns approximately 24% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, each of MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 50% of Abundant Investment Group Limited, a selling stockholder. Neither MiTAC International nor Synnex Technology International is restricted from competing with us. In the future, we may increasingly compete with Synnex Technology International, particularly if our business in Asia expands or Synnex Technology International expands its business into geographies or customers we serve. Although Synnex Technology International is a separate entity from us, it is possible that there will be confusion as a result of the similarity of our names. Moreover, we cannot limit or control the use of the Synnex name by Synnex Technology International or MiTAC International, and our use of the Synnex name may be restricted as a result of registration of the name by Synnex Technology International or their prior use in jurisdictions where they currently operate.
After completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will own approximately 77.9% of our common stock and this concentration of ownership will allow them to control all matters requiring stockholder approval and could delay or prevent a change in control of SYNNEX.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will beneficially own approximately 77.9% of our outstanding common stock. In particular, upon completion of this offering, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately 77.3% of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately 74.6% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. All selling stockholders in this offering are affiliates of MiTAC International. The beneficial ownership of MiTAC International and its affiliates will decrease as a result of this offering and it will decrease further if MiTAC International or any of its affiliates elects to sell additional shares of our common stock or we issue additional shares for capital purposes, strategic acquisitions or otherwise.
Despite the decrease in their ownership percentage as a result of the offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates will continue to own a controlling interest in us upon completion of the offering. As a result, MiTAC Internationals interests and ours may increasingly conflict. For example, we rely on MiTAC International for
15
certain manufacturing and supply services and for relationships with certain key customers. As a result of the decrease in their ownership in us, we may lose these services and relationships which may lead to increased costs to replace the lost services and the loss of certain key customers. We cannot predict the likelihood that we may incur increased costs or lose customers if MiTAC Internationals ownership percentage of us decreases in the future.
Risks Related to Our Industry
The recent economic downturn in the IT industry could continue to have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
The IT industry in which we operate has experienced a decrease in demand. Softening demand for our products and services caused by the ongoing economic downturn and over-capacity was responsible in part for a decline in our revenue in fiscal 2001, as well as problems with the saleability of inventory and collection of reseller customer receivables.
The global economy may remain weak and market conditions continue to be challenging in the IT industry. As a result, individuals and companies may continue delaying or reducing expenditures, including those for IT products. While in the past we may have benefited from the consolidation in our industry resulting from the slowdown, further delays or reductions in IT spending in particular, and economic weakness generally, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our distribution business may be adversely affected by OEM suppliers increasing their commitment to direct sales, which in turn could cause our business and operating results to suffer.
Consolidation of OEM suppliers has resulted in fewer sources for some of the products that we distribute. This consolidation has also resulted in larger OEM suppliers that have significant operating and financial resources. OEM suppliers, including the leading OEM suppliers that we service, have been selling a greater volume of products directly to end-users, thereby limiting our business opportunity. If large OEM suppliers continue the trend to sell directly to our resellers, rather than use us as the distributor of their products, our business and operating results will suffer.
OEMs are limiting the number of supply chain service providers with which they do business, which in turn would negatively impact our business and operating results.
Currently, there is a trend towards reducing the number of authorized distributors used by the OEM suppliers. As a smaller market participant in the IT product distribution and contract assembly industries, than some of our competitors, we may be more susceptible to loss of business from further reductions of authorized distributors or contract assemblers by IT product OEMs. For example, the termination of Compaqs contract assembly business with us in fiscal 2001 had a significant negative effect on our revenue and operating results. A determination by any of our primary OEMs to consolidate their business with other distributors or contract assemblers would negatively affect our business and operating results.
The IT industry is subject to rapidly changing technologies and process developments, and we may not be able to adequately adjust our business to these changes, which in turn would harm our business and operating results.
Dynamic changes in the IT industry, including the consolidation of OEM suppliers, reductions in the number of authorized distributors used by OEM suppliers and the general slowdown of the economy, have resulted in new and increased responsibilities for management personnel and have placed, and continue to place, a significant strain upon our management, operating and financial systems and other resources. We may be unable to successfully respond to and manage our business in light of industry developments and trends. Also crucial to our success in managing our operations will be our ability to achieve additional economies of scale. Our failure to achieve these additional economies of scale or to respond to changes in the IT industry could adversely affect our business and operating results.
16
We are subject to intense competition in the IT industry, both in the United States and internationally, and if we fail to compete successfully, we will be unable to gain or retain market share.
We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities, product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers and assemblers. In some instances, we also compete with our own customers, our own OEM suppliers and MiTAC International.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers. We may lose market share in the United States or in international markets, or may be forced in the future to reduce our prices in response to the actions of our competitors and thereby experience a reduction in our gross margins.
We may initiate other business activities, including the broadening of our supply chain capabilities, and may face competition from companies with more experience in those new areas. In addition, as we enter new areas of business, we may also encounter increased competition from current competitors and/or from new competitors, including some who may once have been our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Increased competition and negative reaction from our OEM suppliers or reseller customers resulting from our expansion into new business areas may harm our business and operating results.
17
Risks Related to Our Offering
There may not be an active market for our common stock, making it difficult for you to sell your shares.
This is our initial public offering, which means that there is no current market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which shares of our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. Our common stock may not be traded actively after this offering. An illiquid market for shares of our common stock may result in lower trading prices and increased volatility, which could negatively affect the value of your investment.
Our common stock will likely be subject to substantial price and volume fluctuations due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.
Share prices and trading volumes for many distribution and contract assembly service related companies fluctuate widely for a number of reasons, including some reasons which may be unrelated to their businesses or results of operations. This market volatility, as well as general domestic or international economic, market and political conditions, could materially adversely affect the price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. In addition, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this were to occur, the market price of our common stock would likely decrease.
Significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock could result in securities class action claims against us, which could seriously harm our business.
Securities class action claims have been brought against companies in the past where volatility in the market price of that companys securities has taken place. This kind of litigation could be very costly and divert our managements attention and resources, and any adverse determination in this litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities, any or all of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire us in a hostile takeover.
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The rights of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting shares. We have no current plans to issue any shares of the preferred stock.
In addition, our certificate of incorporation contains certain provisions that, together with the ownership position of our officers, directors and their affiliates, could discourage potential takeover attempts and make attempts by stockholders to change management more difficult, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
The sale of shares eligible for future sale in the open market could depress our share price.
Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity-related securities in the future or reduce the price at which we could sell any such equity-related securities.
18
All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless those shares are held by affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of the outstanding shares not sold in this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, 105,994 shares will be immediately eligible for sale as of the date of this prospectus, 38,862 shares will become eligible for sale between the date of this prospectus and 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and 20,122,935 shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rules 701 or 144 upon expiration of the lock-up agreement with our underwriters, a portion of which will be subject to Rule 144 volume limitations. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion at any time without public notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lockup agreements.
Of the 20,122,935 shares eligible for sale upon expiration of the underwriters lock-up and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, 19,838,550 shares are held by MiTAC International and its affiliates. MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they presently do not intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of the Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or sell some or all of their shares. In this regard, MiTAC International and its affiliates could effect a pro rata distribution of its shares to their public and private shareholders without compliance with Rule 144 or further registration under the Securities Act. These shares also may be resold in the public market pursuant to the volume, reporting and other requirements of Rule 144 or by registration. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with MiTAC International and its affiliates requiring us to register these shares for resale to the public.
As of August 31, 2003, options to purchase a total of 8,502,497 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 6,003,836 are currently exercisable. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all of the shares issuable under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, the shares underlying these options will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up agreements described above.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
We will be subject to additional rules and regulations as a public company, which will increase our administration costs which in turn could harm our operating results.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition to final rules and rule proposals already made by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange has proposed revisions to its requirements for companies that are NYSE-listed. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and to make some activities more time consuming and/or costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.
19
CAUTIONARY NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including in the sections entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Business and elsewhere in this prospectus that are based on our managements beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:
| our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position and industry environment; |
| the anticipated impact on our business and financial results of recent and future acquisitions; |
| potential growth opportunities; and |
| the effects of competition. |
Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and generally can be identified by the use of terminology such as the words may, will, should, potential, continue, expects, anticipates, intends, plans, believes, estimates or similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements for a number of reasons, including those appearing elsewhere in this prospectus under the caption Risk Factors. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.
20
The net proceeds to us from this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, are estimated to be approximately $48.2 million ($55.3 million if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders. We intend to use all of the net proceeds received by us from this offering first to repay outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility when this offering is completed, if any, and then to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. From time to time thereafter, we may increase the amounts outstanding under our term loans and lines of credit and accounts receivable securitization program and use the proceeds therefrom for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including:
| to finance our growth; |
| for capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of business; and |
| for acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our supply chain service capabilities. |
At August 31, 2003, we had no outstanding borrowings under our U.S. revolving credit facility, which expires in 2008. Our effective borrowing cost under this facility at August 31, 2003 was 3.10% per annum.
At August 31, 2003, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under our revolving accounts receivable securitization program, which expires in 2008, was $196.5 million. Our effective borrowing cost under the program at August 31, 2003 was 1.95% per annum. A description of our accounts receivable securitization program is contained in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business. If we elect to pay cash dividends in the future, payment will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, our credit facilities place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.
21
The following table sets forth, as of August 31, 2003, our capitalization:
| on an actual basis; and |
| on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 3,577,500 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering to reduce the amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit facility, if any, and to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. |
This information should be read together with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto and pro forma financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
August 31, 2003
|
||||||||
Actual
|
As Adjusted
|
|||||||
(in thousands,
except share and per share data) |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 23,174 | $ | 23,174 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit |
$ | 51,447 | $ | 51,447 | ||||
Long-term borrowings |
7,852 | 7,852 | ||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
2,733 | 2,733 | ||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized,
|
| | ||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized,
|
22 | 26 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
79,282 | 127,484 | ||||||
Unearned stock-based compensation |
(340 | ) | (340 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
3,645 | 3,645 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
156,929 | 156,929 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total stockholders equity |
239,538 | 287,744 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total capitalization |
$ | 301,570 | $ | 349,776 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. At August 31, 2003, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under our accounts receivable securitization program was $196.5 million. The impact to our financial statements of this reduction will be to increase our accounts receivable by approximately $48.2 million.
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding excludes the following:
| 8,502,497 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at August 31, 2003 under our stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $7.37 per share; |
| 5,422,144 shares reserved for future grant under our stock option plans at August 31, 2003; and |
| 500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan. |
22
Our net tangible book value as of August 31, 2003 was approximately $219.7 million, or $9.95 per share. Net tangible book value per share is calculated by subtracting our total liabilities, including minority interest, from our total tangible assets, which equals total assets less intangible assets, and dividing this amount by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at August 31, 2003.
Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Assuming the sale by us of 3,577,500 shares of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and taking into account our intended application of the estimated net proceeds from the offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value at August 31, 2003 would have been $267.9 million, or $10.44 per share. Assuming completion of this offering, there will be an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $0.49 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $4.56 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 15.00 | ||||
Net tangible book value per share as of August 31, 2003 |
$ | 9.95 | ||||
Increase per share attributable to new investors |
0.49 | |||||
|
|
|||||
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering |
10.44 | |||||
|
|
|||||
Dilution per share to new investors |
$ | 4.56 | ||||
|
|
The following table summarizes the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors, in each case based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding at August 31, 2003.
Shares Purchased
|
Total Consideration
|
Average Price
Per Share |
||||||||||||
Number
|
Percent
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
|||||||||||
Existing stockholders |
22,090,291 | 86.1 | % | $ | 61,664,000 | 53.5 | % | $ | 2.79 | |||||
New investors |
3,577,500 | 13.9 | % | $ | 53,662,500 | 46.5 | % | $ | 15.00 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Total |
25,667,791 | 100.0 | % | $ | 115,326,500 | 100.0 | % | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to 20,267,791, or 79.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 5,400,000, or 21.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to 19,967,791, or 76.3% and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to 6,210,000, or 23.7% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. At August 31, 2003, there were 8,502,497 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $7.37 per share and 5,422,144 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans. To the extent that these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, 500,000 shares are reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.
23
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, pro forma financial information and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data presented below for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and other data for the fiscal years ended November 30, 1998 and 1999 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements of operations and other data for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of that information. These adjustments are only of a normal and recurring nature. The consolidated statement of operations data generally include the operating results from our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. Historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. Please see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and note 2 and note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors such as business combinations that affect the comparability of the following selected consolidated financial data.
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended
August 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1998
|
1999
|
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 2,422,832 | $ | 3,173,602 | $ | 3,802,629 | $ | 3,224,390 | $ | 3,767,882 | $ | 2,694,376 | $ | 2,873,293 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
2,313,019 | 3,039,923 | 3,626,317 | 3,060,304 | 3,593,982 | 2,568,419 | 2,741,446 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Gross profit |
109,813 | 133,679 | 176,312 | 164,086 | 173,900 | 125,957 | 131,847 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
79,839 | 90,016 | 106,489 | 106,197 | 123,418 | 88,638 | 91,968 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Income from operations |
29,974 | 43,663 | 69,823 | 57,889 | 50,482 | 37,319 | 39,879 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(1,559 | ) | (1,111 | ) | (452 | ) | (1,397 | ) | (1,422 | ) | (1,069 | ) | (1,437 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
(7,371 | ) | (3,946 | ) | 6,845 | (12,813 | ) | (4,207 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (4,901 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest |
21,044 | 38,606 | 76,216 | 43,679 | 44,853 | 32,903 | 33,541 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
9,006 | 15,680 | 33,373 | 17,608 | 16,837 | 12,735 | 12,276 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
| 329 | 832 | 274 | (16 | ) | (176 | ) | (106 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
12,038 | 22,597 | 42,011 | 25,797 | 28,032 | 20,344 | 21,371 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
| (921 | ) | (5,577 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 12,038 | $ | 21,676 | $ | 36,434 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Net income per common share, basic: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing
|
$ | 0.61 | $ | 1.15 | $ | 1.96 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
| (0.05 | ) | (0.26 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Net income per common share, basic |
$ | 0.61 | $ | 1.10 | $ | 1.70 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Net income per common share, diluted: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing
|
$ | 0.60 | $ | 1.10 | $ | 1.72 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
| (0.05 | ) | (0.23 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Net income per common share, diluted |
$ | 0.60 | $ | 1.05 | $ | 1.49 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
November 30,
|
August 31,
2003 |
|||||||||||||||||
1998
|
1999
|
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 14,020 | $ | 33,487 | $ | 20,564 | $ | 15,730 | $ | 15,503 | $ | 23,174 | ||||||
Working capital |
53,436 | 73,164 | 116,292 | 187,235 | 200,021 | 206,602 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
437,083 | 505,272 | 636,434 | 565,034 | 629,075 | 707,553 | ||||||||||||
Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit |
49,382 | 34,833 | 32,121 | 18,104 | 19,685 | 51,447 | ||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
1,631 | 2,175 | 2,090 | 43,036 | 38,714 | 7,852 | ||||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
89,663 | 112,718 | 157,823 | 183,372 | 213,218 | 239,538 |
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months
Ended August 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||
1998
|
1999
|
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other Data: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization |
$ | 5,656 | $ | 5,460 | $ | 6,753 | $ | 9,350 | $ | 8,337 | $ | 6,008 | $ | 5,685 |
25
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of SYNNEX should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to, those discussed in Risk Factors, Business and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company. We offer a comprehensive range of services to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. The supply chain services that we offer include product distribution, related logistics and contract assembly.
We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on 2002 reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value we provide to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers.
Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary supply chain services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad range of supply chain capabilities, our focus on serving the leading IT OEMs and our efficient operations enables us to realize strong relationships with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. We are headquartered in Fremont, California and have distribution, sales and assembly facilities in Asia, Europe and North America.
Revenue and Cost of Revenue
We derive our revenue primarily through the distribution of IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment, and, to a lesser extent, from contract assembly. We recognize revenue in both our distribution and contract assembly operations as products are shipped, provided that a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Our distribution sales are made to reseller customers on a purchase order basis and generally relate to a specific order from a resellers end-user customer. Our contract assembly sales are generated from specific purchase orders received from our OEM customers for a specified unit quantity. We do not have long-term sales agreements with our reseller or contract assembly customers.
Revenue from our distribution business represented 57.2%, 76.4% and 90.1% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 95.2% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. In our distribution business, our primary customers are resellers. None of our reseller customers accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 or 2002, or for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, and we do not expect any reseller customer to account for more than 10% of our total revenue for the remainder of fiscal 2003. Approximately 23.5%, 30.4% and 35.0% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 31.5% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, was derived from the sale of HP products. Most of our remaining revenue is derived from the distribution and assembly of the IT products of a relatively small number of other suppliers.
26
Approximately 42.8%, 23.6% and 9.9% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 4.8% of our total revenue for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, was derived from our contract assembly business. We provide contract assembly primarily to IT product OEMs. Our contract assembly revenue is dependent on a small number of customers. Revenue from contract assembly provided to Sun Microsystems accounted for approximately 15.0% and 11.9% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000 and 2001, respectively, and accounted for less than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003. In fiscal 2000 and 2001, revenue from contract assembly provided to Compaq accounted for approximately 22.7% and 5.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and we derived no revenue from contract assembly to Compaq in fiscal 2002. Compaq notified us in November 2000 that it would no longer utilize our contract assembly operations and subsequently our contract assembly revenue has been materially adversely affected.
The market for IT products is generally characterized by declining unit prices and short product life cycles. Our distribution business is also highly competitive on the basis of price. We set our sales price based on the market supply and demand characteristics for each particular product or bundle of products we distribute. From time to time, we also participate in the incentive and rebate programs of our OEM suppliers. These programs are important determinants of the final sales price we charge to our reseller customers. To mitigate the risk of declining prices and obsolescence of our distribution inventory, our OEM suppliers generally offer us limited price protection and return rights for products that are marked down or discontinued by them. We carefully manage our inventory to maximize the benefit to us of these supplier provided protections.
A significant portion of our cost of distribution revenue is the purchase price we pay our OEM suppliers for the products we sell, net of any rebates and purchase discounts received from our OEM suppliers. Cost of distribution revenue also consists of provisions for inventory losses and write-downs, and freight expenses associated with the receipt in and shipment out of our inventory. Our contract assembly cost of revenue consists primarily of cost of materials, labor and overhead.
Margins
The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries in which we operate are characterized by low gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, and low income from operations as a percentage of revenue, or operating margin. Our gross margin has fluctuated between 4.2% and 5.1% annually over the past five years due to the mix of products, customers, seasonality and the general economic environment. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margin. Generally, when our revenue becomes more concentrated on limited products or customers, our gross margin tends to decrease due to increased pricing pressure from OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Our operating margin has also fluctuated between 1.2% and 1.8% annually over the past five years, based primarily on our ability to achieve economies of scale, the management of our operating expenses, the relative mix of our distribution and contract assembly revenue and the timing of our acquisitions and investments.
Recent Acquisitions
We seek to augment our organic growth with strategic acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our supply chain service capabilities. Our historical acquisitions have brought us new reseller customers and OEM suppliers, extended the geographic reach of our operations, particularly in international markets, and expanded the services we provide to our OEM suppliers and customers. All of our acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and are included within our consolidated financial statements from the closing date of the acquisition, except for our acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd. The acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd. was accounted for as a transfer of assets under common control and is included within our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.
Gates/Arrow Distributing . On May 31, 2002, we acquired substantially all of the net working capital assets, approximately $44.5 million, of Gates/Arrow Distributing, a business unit of Arrow Electronics, Inc., for
27
approximately $44.5 million. Gates/Arrow was a full-line IT product distributor serving value-added resellers across North America and was located in Greenville, South Carolina. The Gates/Arrow acquisition further expanded our distribution market share in North America, increased the number of OEM software publishers we distribute for and also increased the number of value-added enterprise level resellers we serve. Our balance sheet as of May 31, 2002 gives effect to the acquisition of Gates/Arrow. Because of the timing of the acquisition, our operating results through May 31, 2002 were not affected.
License Online, Inc. On May 10, 2002, we acquired the assets of License Online, Inc., a provider of Web-based software licensing technology to IT consultants focused on small- to medium-sized businesses, for approximately $3.3 million in cash. We acquired License Online to broaden our software offerings in our distribution business and to extend our service offerings to our reseller customers.
Merisel Canada Inc. On July 28, 2001, we acquired Merisel Canada Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Merisel, Inc., which now operates as SYNNEX Canada, for approximately $19.9 million. We acquired Merisel Canada in order to enter the Canadian IT product distribution market as part of our expansion effort in North America.
Mitac Europe Ltd. On September 15, 2000, we completed the acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd, which now operates as SYNNEX UK, from Silver Star Developments Ltd., a company controlled by our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International, for 1.6 million shares of our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a transfer of assets under common control and the net tangible assets acquired were recorded at their historical cost of $7.6 million and the assets and liabilities and financial results of Mitac Europe Ltd are included within the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. We acquired Mitac Europe Ltd as part of our international expansion effort to enable us to more effectively provide contract assembly to the European market.
MiTAC Industrial Corp. On August 31, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corp. from MIX System Holdings Ltd., an affiliate of MiTAC International, in exchange for 322,500 shares of our common stock. We acquired this company to expand our U.S. systems integration business.
Economic and Industry Trends
The IT products industry has experienced a significant downturn since 2000. Our revenue is highly dependent on the end-market demand for the IT products that we distribute and assemble. This end-market demand is influenced by many factors including the introduction of new IT products and software by OEMs, replacement cycles for existing IT products and overall economic growth and general business activity. Though the economy and information technology sector appear to have stabilized recently, if demand decreases, we may not be able to achieve in fiscal 2003 the revenue levels we experienced in fiscal 2002. This challenging economic environment may also lead to additional consolidation in the IT distribution industry and increased price-based competition.
Investments
In the past we have invested in the following entities in an attempt to expand our offerings and to capitalize on industry trends. We currently do not hold any significant equity investments.
VA Software Corporation, formerly VA Linux . During fiscal 1999, we invested $800,000 in VA Software Corporation, or VA Linux. At the time of our investment, VA Linux had outsourced their systems manufacturing exclusively to us. Subsequent to its initial public offering in December 1999, we sold our investment in VA Linux for a pre-tax gain of approximately $7.6 million.
28
eManage.com. During fiscal 1999 and 2000, we invested a total of $6.5 million in the equity capital of eManage.com, or eManage. During fiscal 2000, eManage also received equity investments, totaling $5.7 million, from management of eManage, executive officers of SYNNEX, affiliates of SYNNEX and unrelated investors. As a result of our majority ownership of eManage, we consolidated its financial results in our financial statements. eManage was unable to compete profitably in the very difficult web hosting and services marketplace and eventually filed for bankruptcy in November 2000. In addition to a $6.5 million loss on our investment, we incurred a loss of $3.4 million on accounts receivable due from eManage at the time of the bankruptcy filing. As a result of the bankruptcy filing, we treated eManage as a discontinued operation in fiscal 2000. eManage ceased all operations in February 2001.
Converge, Inc. During fiscal 2000, we invested $3.3 million in the equity capital of Converge, Inc., an electronic global trading exchange for electronics components and computer products. Affiliates of SYNNEX invested an additional $3.3 million. Converge, Inc. substantially reduced its operations in September 2001, and as a result we reduced the value of our investment to zero.
Deferred Compensation Plan
We have a deferred compensation plan for a limited number of our directors and employees. We maintain a liability on our balance sheet for salary and bonus amounts deferred by participants and we accrue interest expense on unpaid amounts. Interest expense on the deferred amounts is classified in interest expenses, net on our consolidated statement of income. The plan allows for the participants to direct investment of deferred amounts in equity securities. These equity investments are classified as trading securities. Generally accepted accounting principles require that gains (losses) on the deferred compensation equity securities be recorded in other income (expense), net and that an equal amount be charged (or credited if losses) to selling, general and administrative expenses relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the plan participants. In fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, our deferred compensation expense was a credit of $528,000 and $204,000, respectively. In fiscal 2000 and 2001, our deferred compensation expense was $5.2 million and $68,000, respectively.
Unearned Stock-Based Compensation
In fiscal 2000 and 2002, in connection with the granting of employee stock options that had exercise prices determined to be below fair market value on the date of grant, we have recorded unearned stock-based compensation. Unearned stock-based compensation represents the difference between the fair market value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes on the date of grant and the exercise price of these options. Unearned stock-based compensation is included as a reduction of stockholders equity and is amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options, generally five years, using the straight-line method. Our stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options granted to individuals and is reflected in cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses. At August 31, 2003, we had unamortized stock-based compensation of $340,000. This amount will be fully amortized by the end of fiscal 2004.
Seasonality
Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of our customers and end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.
Insurance Coverage
Although from time to time we have experienced incidents of theft at various facilities, we have recently experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of our warehouses in which approximately $9.4 million of inventory was stolen. Based on our investigation, discussions with local law enforcement and meetings with
29
federal authorities, we believe the thefts at our warehouses, which occurred between February and May 2003, were part of an organized crime effort that targeted a number of technology equipment warehouses throughout the United States. As a result of the loss, we reduced our inventory value by $9.4 million, expensed the deductible of $75,000 and recorded the net amount as a receivable from our insurance company, included within other current assets on our balance sheet. Based on the notification we have received from our insurance broker, we expect to collect the receivable from the insurance company. If we do not receive insurance proceeds to cover the loss, we would incur a charge equal to the difference of our loss and the actual insurance proceeds received, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, these incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. There is no assurance that future incidents of theft will not re-occur.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussions and analyses of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we review and evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those that relate to accounts receivable, vendor programs, inventories, intangible assets and other long-lived assets, income taxes, and contingencies and litigation. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and a variety of other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making our judgment about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by our judgment, estimates and/or assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Accounts Receivable. We provide allowances for doubtful accounts on our accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, which may result in the impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. In estimating our allowance, we take into consideration the overall quality and aging of our receivable portfolio, our continuing credit evaluation of our customers financial conditions and collateral requirements from our customers in certain circumstances.
OEM Supplier Programs. We receive funds from OEM suppliers for inventory price protection, product rebates, marketing and infrastructure reimbursement, and promotion programs. Inventory price protection and product rebates are recorded as a reduction of cost of revenue. Marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs are recorded, net of direct costs, in selling, general and administrative expense. Any excess funds associated with these programs are recorded in cost of sales. All funds received from suppliers are deferred until the related inventory is sold. We accrue rebates based on the terms of the program and sales of qualifying products. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. Amounts received or receivable from OEM suppliers that are not yet earned are deferred in the consolidated balance sheet. Actual rebates may vary based on volume or other sales achievement levels, which could result in an increase or reduction in the estimated amounts previously accrued. In addition, if market conditions were to deteriorate due to an economic downturn, OEM suppliers may change the terms of some or all of these programs or cease them altogether. Any such change could lower our gross margins on products we sell or revenue earned. We also provide reserves for receivables on OEM supplier programs for estimated losses resulting from OEM suppliers inability to pay, or rejections of such claims by OEM suppliers.
30
Inventories. Our inventory levels are based on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Any sudden decline in demand and/or rapid product improvements and technological changes can cause us to have excess and/or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated obsolete or unmarketable inventories and write down our inventories to their estimated net realizable value based upon our forecasts of future demand and market conditions. These write downs are reflected in our cost of revenue. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory reserves may be required. Our estimates are influenced by the following considerations: sudden decline in demand due to economic downturns, rapid product improvements and technological changes, our ability to return to OEM suppliers a certain percentage of our purchases, and protection from loss in value of inventory under our OEM supplier agreements.
Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets. We assess potential impairment of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets when there is evidence that recent events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of an assets carrying value unlikely. If indicators of impairment were present in intangible assets used in operations and future cash flows were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the assets carrying value over its fair value. Factors we consider important, which may cause an impairment include: significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results.
Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we have to estimate our income taxes in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for recognizing revenue and expenses, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carry forwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be recoverable from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. If recovery is not likely, we have to provide a valuation allowance based on our estimates of future taxable income in the various taxing jurisdictions, and the amount of deferred taxes that are ultimately realizable. The provision for current and deferred taxes involves evaluations and judgments of uncertainties in the interpretation of complex tax regulations by various taxing authorities. Actual results could differ from our estimates.
Contingencies and Litigation. There are various claims, lawsuits and pending actions against us incident to our operations. If a loss arising from these actions is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range within which no point is more probable than another. Based on current available information, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. As additional information becomes available, we assess any potential liability related to these actions and may need to revise our estimates. Future revisions of our estimates could materially impact the results of our operations, financial position or cash flows.
31
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, data as percentages of revenue:
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended
August 31, |
||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||||||
Revenue |
100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | |||||
Cost of revenue |
95.36 | 94.91 | 95.38 | 95.33 | 95.41 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Gross margin |
4.64 | 5.09 | 4.62 | 4.67 | 4.59 | ||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
2.80 | 3.29 | 3.28 | 3.29 | 3.20 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from operations |
1.84 | 1.80 | 1.34 | 1.38 | 1.39 | ||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(0.00 | ) | (0.04 | ) | (0.04 | ) | (0.04 | ) | (0.05 | ) | |||||
Other income (expense), net |
0.18 | (0.40 | ) | (0.11 | ) | (0.12 | ) | (0.17 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest |
2.00 | 1.36 | 1.19 | 1.22 | 1.17 | ||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
0.88 | 0.55 | 0.45 | 0.47 | 0.43 | ||||||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
0.02 | 0.01 | 0.00 | (0.01 | ) | (0.00 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from continuing operations |
1.10 | 0.80 | 0.74 | 0.76 | 0.74 | ||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
0.14 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income |
0.96 | % | 0.80 | % | 0.74 | % | 0.76 | % | 0.74 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Nine Months Ended August 31, 2002
Revenue. Our revenue increased 6.6% to $2.87 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $2.69 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. On a segmented basis, our distribution revenue increased 14.8% from $2.38 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2002 to $2.74 billion in the nine months ended August 31, 2003, and our contract assembly revenue decreased 55.8% to $137.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $310.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The increase in distribution revenue was attributable primarily to the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing in May 2002 and market share increases through increased selling efforts, primarily in North America. The increase was also attributable to the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations in April 2002. Our Mexico operations accounted for $70.0 million of the distribution revenue increase in the period ending August 31, 2003 versus the same period in 2002. The increase in distribution revenue was somewhat mitigated by a continued general decline in demand for IT products. The decline in contract assembly revenue was the result of a decline in demand for IT products that we assemble for our primary OEM customer, Sun Microsystems. While we currently expect continued fluctuations in the level of our contract assembly revenue, we do not anticipate significant declines in the foreseeable future.
Gross Margin. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including competition, the mix and average selling prices of products we sell and the mix of customers to whom we sell, rebate and discount programs from our suppliers, freight costs and reserves for inventory losses. Gross margins decreased to 4.6% of revenue for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from 4.7% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The decrease in gross margin was a result of the increase in our lower gross margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher gross margin contract assembly business. Distribution gross margin was essentially unchanged for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared with the nine months ended August 31, 2002 as a result of our efforts to maintain our pricing policies in selling our products. We expect that our total gross margins may decrease further in future periods as a result of the relative mix of our distribution and contract assembly revenue as well as due to potential increased competition or softness in the overall economy.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, bonuses, and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, product marketing, distribution and contract assembly operations and administration. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include stock-based compensation expense, deferred compensation expense, temporary personnel
32
fees, the costs of our facilities, utility expense, professional fees, depreciation expense on our capital equipment and amortization expense on our intangible assets. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses declined slightly in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 to 3.2% from 3.3% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $3.3 million or 3.8% to $92.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared with the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The increase was primarily a result of the April 2002 commencement of our Mexico distribution operations, which accounted for $3.3 million of the selling, general and administrative expense increase, and, a loss on disposition of property and equipment of $933,000. These amounts were partly offset by decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses in geographies outside of North America and Mexico of $1.0 million. Netted against selling, general and administrative expenses are reimbursements from OEM suppliers of $9.9 million for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, compared to $7.1 million for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The reimbursements relate to marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs such as advertisements in trade publications, direct marketing campaigns through mail and e-mail and product demonstrations at trade shows. We make the arrangements and pay for the advertising, facility fees and other costs of the programs, which feature the OEM suppliers products. If our OEM suppliers had not offered reimbursements for these programs, then we might have chosen not to have these programs and incur the related costs.
Income from Operations. Income from operations as a percentage of revenue was unchanged at 1.4% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 and 2002. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue was relatively unchanged at 1.4% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 1.3% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue was 0.9% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, down from 2.2% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The decrease in contract assembly operating margin was primarily due to the decrease in contract assembly revenue, as discussed above.
Interest Expense, net. Amounts recorded in interest expense, net are primarily interest expense paid on our lines of credit, long-term debt and deferred compensation liability offset by income earned on our excess cash investments. Interest expense, net increased to $1.4 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $1.1 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of increased borrowing activity in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 versus the nine months ended August 31, 2002 in order to support our increase in revenue and operations.
Other Income (Expense), net. Amounts recorded in other income (expense), net include fees associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements, fees associated with the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, investment gains and losses, including those in our deferred compensation plan and other non-operating gains and losses. Other income (expense), net increased by 46.4% to an expense of $4.9 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from an expense of $3.3 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. This increase was primarily related to an increase in foreign currency transaction losses from gains of $88,000 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 to losses of $629,000 for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. The increase was also due to a decrease in miscellaneous gains of $605,000 and an increase in flooring and securitization fees of $374,000.
Provision for Income Taxes. Income taxes consist of our current and deferred tax expense resulting from our income earned in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes decreased 3.6% to $12.3 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 from $12.7 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2002. Our effective tax rate was 37.7% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared with an effective tax rate of 38.5% for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The decrease in our income tax provision and effective tax rate was primarily a result of the lower effective tax rate of our subsidiaries in Canada and China.
Minority Interest. Minority interest is the portion of earnings from operations from subsidiaries of our company attributable to others. Our subsidiaries in Japan and Mexico have minority stockholders. Minority interest decreased by $70,000 to a benefit of $106,000 in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 as compared to a benefit of $176,000 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 due to increased profits at our Japan subsidiary.
33
Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2002 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2001
Revenue. Our revenue increased 16.9% to $3.77 billion in fiscal 2002 from $3.22 billion in fiscal 2001. On a segmented basis, our distribution revenue increased 37.8% from $2.46 billion in fiscal 2001 to $3.39 billion in fiscal 2002 and our contract assembly revenue decreased 50.9% from $760.0 million in fiscal 2001 to $373.0 million in fiscal 2002. The increase in our distribution revenue was primarily attributable to market share increases through increased selling efforts, including an increase in the size of our sales force and our number of distribution centers, the acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001, the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing in May 2002 and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations in April 2002. The acquisition of Merisel Canada and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations accounted for $349.4 million and $44.0 million, respectively, of the distribution revenue increase in fiscal 2002 as compared to fiscal 2001. The decline in contract assembly revenue was primarily attributable to the termination of our contract assembly contract with Compaq in 2001 as well as the general decline in demand for technology products that affected our other OEM customers.
Gross Margin. Gross margin decreased to 4.6% of total revenue in fiscal 2002 from 5.1% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the increase in our lower gross margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher margin contract assembly business. Distribution gross margin was relatively unchanged in fiscal 2002 versus fiscal 2001 as a result of our efforts to maintain our pricing policies in selling our products. Gross margins in our North American distribution business were slightly higher in fiscal 2002 versus fiscal 2001; however this increase was offset by a decline in gross margins in our Japan distribution business in fiscal 2002 as a result of a change in the mix of products distributed.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Total selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $17.2 million, or 16.2%, to $123.4 million in fiscal 2002 as compared to $106.2 million in fiscal 2001. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily a result of a full year of expenses, contributing an incremental $11.3 million in expense in fiscal 2002, from our subsidiary in Canada, which was acquired in July 2001, and increased expenses associated with the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing and the commencement of our subsidiary in Mexico, which contributed an increase of $2.5 million in expense in fiscal 2002. Incremental expense associated with our increased revenue contributed to the rise in selling, general and administrative as well. Included in fiscal 2001 selling, general and administrative expense was $2.1 million of accelerated depreciation expense related to the impairment of assembly assets associated with the loss of our Compaq assembly business and $2.8 million in stock-based compensation expense, compared to $495,000 in fiscal 2002. Netted against selling, general and administrative expenses are reimbursements from our OEM suppliers of $9.5 million for fiscal 2002, compared to $6.3 million for fiscal 2001 related to marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs.
Income from Operations. Income from operations as a percentage of revenue decreased to 1.3% in fiscal 2002 from 1.8% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in our income from operations, on a percentage basis, was primarily due to the increase in our lower operating margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher margin contract assembly business. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue was unchanged at 1.3% in fiscal 2002, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue decreased to 2.0% in fiscal 2002 from 3.4% in fiscal 2001.
Interest Expense, net. Interest expense, net was relatively unchanged at $1.4 million in fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001. Higher interest expense at our subsidiary in Canada, due to its acquisition in July 2001, was offset by an increase in interest income.
Other Income (Expense), net. Other income (expense), net decreased by $8.6 million to an expense of $4.2 million in fiscal 2002 from an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2001. Expense in fiscal 2002 consisted primarily of fees of $4.8 million associated with our accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility and foreign currency transaction losses of $177,000 offset by other income of $1.0 million. Expense in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of fees of $5.8 million associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility, foreign currency transaction losses of $3.4 million and the write-off of our investment in Converge in the amount of $3.3 million.
34
Provision for Income Taxes. Our provision for income taxes decreased 4.4% to $16.8 million in fiscal 2002 from $17.6 million in fiscal 2001. Our effective tax rate was 37.5% in fiscal 2002 compared to 40.3% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in our income tax provision and our effective tax rate was primarily a result of the lower effective tax rate of our subsidiary in Canada.
Minority Interest. Minority interest decreased by $290,000 to a benefit of $16,000 in fiscal 2002 from an expense of $274,000 in fiscal 2001 due to a decrease in the profits of our subsidiary in Japan as a result of continued weak economic conditions in Japan.
Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2001 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2000
Revenue. Our revenue decreased 15.2% to $3.22 billion in fiscal 2001 from $3.80 billion in fiscal 2000. On a segmented basis our distribution revenue increased 13.3% from $2.17 billion to $2.46 billion and our contract assembly revenue decreased 53.3% from $1.63 billion to $760.0 million. The increase in our distribution revenue was attributable to the acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001, which contributed approximately $144.3 million of revenue in fiscal 2001, and market share increases through increased selling efforts, primarily in North America. The increase in distribution revenue was somewhat mitigated by a general decline in demand for IT products. The decline in contract assembly revenue was primarily the result of the decrease in revenue from the termination of our contract assembly agreement with Compaq in 2001 of $675.0 million, as well as the general decline in demand for technology products that affected our other OEM customers.
Gross Margin. Gross margin increased to 5.1% of total revenue in fiscal 2001 from 4.6% in fiscal 2000. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to improved purchasing and management of the product costs associated with our contract assembly business and the loss of the lower margin Compaq contract assembly business. Distribution gross margins declined in fiscal 2001 versus fiscal 2000, due to a decline in the gross margins of our Japan distribution business resulting from a change in the mix of products distributed in Japan and due to pricing pressures in North America.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Total selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $292,000, or 0.3%, to $106.2 million in fiscal 2001 as compared to $106.5 million in fiscal 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses associated with acquired subsidiaries were $7.3 million higher in fiscal 2001 than in fiscal 2000 primarily due to the acquisition of Merisel Canada on July 28, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2001 also included $2.1 million for accelerated deprecation of impaired assets associated with the terminated Compaq business. Deferred compensation charges were $7.5 million higher in fiscal 2000 than in fiscal 2001 because of appreciation of investments held on behalf of officers in fiscal 2000. Stock-based compensation charges were $2.9 million higher in fiscal 2000 than in fiscal 2001 primarily due to the issuance of vested options. Netted against selling, general and administrative expenses are reimbursements from our OEM suppliers of $6.3 million for fiscal 2001, compared to $4.3 million for fiscal 2000 related to marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs.
Income from Operations. Income from operations as a percentage of revenue increased to 1.8% in fiscal 2001 from 1.7% in fiscal 2000. The increase in our income from operations, on a percentage basis, was primarily due to the increase in our gross margin in fiscal 2001 as compared to fiscal 2000, partially offset by the increase in our selling, general and administrative expense as a percent of revenue in fiscal 2001 as compared to fiscal 2000, in each case as discussed above. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue decreased to 1.3% in fiscal 2001 from 1.7% in fiscal 2000, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue increased to 3.4% in fiscal 2001 from 1.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in distribution margin was due to overall lower gross margins and the selling, general and administrative expenses associated with the acquisition of Merisel Canada, as discussed above. The increase in contract assembly margin was primarily due to higher gross margins, as discussed above.
Interest Expense, net. Interest expense, net increased to $1.4 million in fiscal 2001 from $452,000 in fiscal 2000. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily a result of the acquisition of Merisel Canada and the resultant interest expense from its secured credit facility.
35
Other Income (Expense), net. Other income (expense), net changed by $19.7 million to an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2001 from income of $6.8 million in fiscal 2000. Expense in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of fees of $5.8 million associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility and foreign currency transaction losses of $3.4 million. The income in fiscal 2000 was primarily a result of a gain of approximately $7.6 million from the sale of our investment in VA Linux as well as gains of $5.2 million on equity investments associated with deferred compensation accounts. These amounts were partially offset by fees of $9.6 million in fiscal 2000 associated with our accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility.
Provision for Income Taxes. Our provision for income taxes decreased 47.3% to $17.6 million in fiscal 2001 from $33.4 million in fiscal 2000 primarily due to the 42.7% decrease in our income before taxes. Our effective tax rate was 40.3% in fiscal 2001 compared to 43.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in the fiscal 2001 effective tax rate was primarily a result of a decrease in stock-based compensation expenses, which are not deductible for tax purposes.
Minority Interest. Minority interest decreased by $558,000, to an expense of $274,000 in fiscal 2001 from an expense of $832,000 in fiscal 2000 due to a reduced amount of income generated by our subsidiary in Japan as a result of weak economic conditions in Japan.
36
Quarterly Financial Data
The following tables set forth certain unaudited statements of operations, balance sheet and other data, in thousands, for the eleven quarters ended August 31, 2003. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contained herein have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of such information when read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter should not be considered indicative of results of any future period.
Fiscal 2001 Three Months Ended |
Fiscal 2002 Three Months Ended |
Fiscal 2003 Three Months Ended |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Feb. 28,
2001 |
May 31,
2001 |
Aug. 31,
2001 |
Nov. 30, 2001 |
Feb. 28, 2002 |
May 31, 2002 |
Aug. 31, 2002 |
Nov. 30, 2002 |
Feb. 28, 2003 |
May 31, 2003 |
Aug. 31, 2003 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 876,697 | $ | 754,052 | $ | 736,901 | $ | 856,740 | $ | 817,756 | $ | 867,475 | $ | 1,009,145 | $ | 1,073,506 | $ | 892,924 | $ | 945,104 | $ | 1,035,265 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
831,466 | 711,598 | 698,643 | 818,597 | 778,719 | 825,350 | 964,350 | 1,025,563 | 850,936 | 902,261 | 988,249 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Gross profit |
45,231 | 42,454 | 38,258 | 38,143 | 39,037 | 42,125 | 44,795 | 47,943 | 41,988 | 42,843 | 47,016 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative
|
28,239 | 25,483 | 24,885 | 27,590 | 26,690 | 29,690 | 32,258 | 34,780 | 29,894 | 29,689 | 32,385 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Income from operations |
16,992 | 16,971 | 13,373 | 10,553 | 12,347 | 12,435 | 12,537 | 13,163 | 12,094 | 13,154 | 14,631 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(61 | ) | (289 | ) | (497 | ) | (550 | ) | (470 | ) | (290 | ) | (309 | ) | (353 | ) | (589 | ) | (496 | ) | (352 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
(3,821 | ) | (2,281 | ) | (2,103 | ) | (4,608 | ) | (1,751 | ) | (785 | ) | (811 | ) | (860 | ) | (1,268 | ) | (1,703 | ) | (1,930 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and minority interest |
13,110 | 14,401 | 10,773 | 5,395 | 10,126 | 11,360 | 11,417 | 11,950 | 10,237 | 10,955 | 12,349 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
5,285 | 5,805 | 4,342 | 2,176 | 3,902 | 4,431 | 4,402 | 4,102 | 3,493 | 3,950 | 4,833 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
105 | 160 | 74 | (65 | ) | (7 | ) | 22 | (191 | ) | 160 | 43 | (15 | ) | (134 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 7,720 | $ | 8,436 | $ | 6,357 | $ | 3,284 | $ | 6,231 | $ | 6,907 | $ | 7,206 | $ | 7,688 | $ | 6,701 | $ | 7,020 | $ | 7,650 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Other Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distribution revenue |
$ | 559,531 | $ | 548,739 | $ | 610,584 | $ | 745,532 | $ | 722,417 | $ | 745,030 | $ | 916,969 | $ | 1,010,311 | $ | 850,440 | $ | 902,472 | $ | 983,381 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Contract assembly revenue |
317,166 | 205,313 | 126,317 | 111,208 | 95,339 | 122,445 | 92,176 | 63,195 | 42,484 | 42,632 | 51,884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Depreciation expense |
3,257 | 1,321 | 1,328 | 1,269 | 1,180 | 1,136 | 1,298 | 1,421 | 1,189 | 1,118 | 1,012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
377 | 348 | 401 | 484 | 599 | 631 | 756 | 755 | 762 | 761 | 430 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
Fiscal 2001
|
Fiscal 2002
|
Fiscal 2003
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Feb. 28,
2001 |
May 31,
2001 |
Aug. 31,
2001 |
Nov. 30,
2001 |
Feb. 28,
2002 |
May 31,
2002 |
Aug. 31 2002 |
Nov. 30, 2002 |
Feb. 28,
2003 |
May 31,
2003 |
Aug. 31,
2003 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 16,163 | $ | 22,635 | $ | 22,041 | $ | 15,730 | $ | 16,342 | $ | 23,258 | $ | 22,730 | $ | 15,503 | $ | 27,204 | $ | 17,293 | $ | 23,174 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Restricted cash |
| | | 1,002 | 2,010 | 2,020 | 5,531 | 5,561 | 6,587 | 6,603 | 4,333 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
2,314 | 1,178 | 1,039 | 1,499 | 5,232 | 5,238 | 4,205 | 3,830 | 4,012 | 4,236 | 4,670 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
227,728 | 163,247 | 230,358 | 204,624 | 227,012 | 203,380 | 250,452 | 221,432 | 235,616 | 176,482 | 191,056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receivable from vendors, net |
40,950 | 37,298 | 39,534 | 34,886 | 33,645 | 42,292 | 45,769 | 35,162 | 39,117 | 50,415 | 52,522 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receivable from affiliates |
6,510 | 6,038 | 6,400 | 7,637 | 7,031 | 7,906 | 1,412 | 2,138 | 996 | 804 | 866 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventories |
235,385 | 206,707 | 241,861 | 236,127 | 245,838 | 256,587 | 277,743 | 261,498 | 262,103 | 280,520 | 353,229 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
13,801 | 13,359 | 15,026 | 13,535 | 13,464 | 14,536 | 15,392 | 13,805 | 13,049 | 13,571 | 14,573 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other current assets |
5,781 | 4,458 | 9,008 | 7,366 | 14,710 | 11,018 | 11,242 | 13,511 | 21,914 | 21,330 | 17,761 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total current assets |
548,632 | 454,920 | 565,267 | 522,406 | 565,284 | 566,235 | 634,476 | 572,440 | 610,598 | 571,254 | 662,184 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term investments |
208 | 49 | 49 | 49 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property and equipment, net |
17,652 | 16,627 | 16,946 | 16,616 | 15,653 | 19,856 | 22,630 | 25,295 | 24,675 | 24,392 | 22,921 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
18,810 | 18,420 | 21,901 | 21,321 | 20,525 | 25,119 | 24,500 | 23,769 | 23,116 | 22,327 | 19,865 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
475 | 447 | 881 | 874 | 859 | 525 | 532 | 529 | 556 | 593 | 590 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
6,695 | 6,211 | 5,778 | 3,768 | 3,366 | 3,728 | 5,081 | 7,042 | 5,395 | 5,348 | 1,993 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 592,472 | $ | 496,674 | $ | 610,822 | $ | 565,034 | $ | 605,687 | $ | 615,463 | $ | 687,219 | $ | 629,075 | $ | 664,340 | $ | 623,914 | $ | 707,553 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit |
$ | 39,832 | $ | 34,148 | $ | 28,329 | $ | 18,104 | $ | 21,339 | $ | 19,047 | $ | 30,536 | $ | 19,685 | $ | 50,021 | $ | 42,838 | $ | 51,447 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Payable to affiliates |
71,898 | 47,117 | 30,835 | 24,968 | 20,336 | 25,595 | 16,120 | 16,817 | 18,578 | 16,297 | 26,348 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
247,620 | 165,717 | 256,911 | 248,307 | 281,637 | 271,181 | 341,008 | 269,608 | 291,846 | 256,535 | 327,158 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
58,341 | 60,272 | 60,546 | 42,901 | 39,457 | 56,785 | 55,678 | 66,202 | 60,909 | 55,418 | 49,568 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes payable |
4,028 | 1,107 | 2,252 | 891 | 2,274 | 2,107 | 1,420 | 107 | 2,713 | 2,097 | 1,061 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
421,719 | 308,361 | 378,873 | 335,171 | 365,043 | 374,715 | 444,762 | 372,419 | 424,067 | 373,185 | 455,582 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
2,048 | 10,745 | 47,411 | 43,036 | 48,383 | 39,056 | 32,822 | 38,714 | 13,772 | 13,580 | 7,852 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
| | | | | | | 1,535 | 1,550 | 1,534 | 1,053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
1,282 | 1,251 | 1,231 | 1,007 | 1,007 | 850 | 873 | 579 | 312 | 458 | 795 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
425,049 | 320,357 | 427,515 | 379,214 | 414,433 | 414,621 | 478,457 | 413,247 | 439,701 | 388,757 | 465,282 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
2,279 | 2,439 | 2,513 | 2,448 | 2,441 | 2,544 | 3,031 | 2,610 | 2,624 | 2,593 | 2,733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock |
22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | 22 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
78,554 | 78,651 | 79,011 | 79,004 | 79,003 | 79,193 | 79,072 | 79,251 | 79,282 | 79,282 | 79,282 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unearned stock-based compensation |
(1,790 | ) | (1,592 | ) | (1,447 | ) | (1,283 | ) | (1,143 | ) | (1,007 | ) | (871 | ) | (753 | ) | (615 | ) | (477 | ) | (340 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Receivables from stockholders |
| | | (300 | ) | (300 | ) | (300 | ) | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(1,091 | ) | (1,088 | ) | (1,034 | ) | (1,597 | ) | (2,526 | ) | (274 | ) | (361 | ) | (860 | ) | 1,067 | 4,458 | 3,645 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
89,449 | 97,885 | 104,242 | 107,526 | 113,757 | 120,664 | 127,869 | 135,558 | 142,259 | 149,279 | 156,929 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
165,144 | 173,878 | 180,794 | 183,372 | 188,813 | 198,298 | 205,731 | 213,218 | 222,015 | 232,564 | 239,538 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 592,472 | $ | 496,674 | $ | 610,822 | $ | 565,034 | $ | 605,687 | $ | 615,463 | $ | 687,219 | $ | 629,075 | $ | 664,340 | $ | 623,914 | $ | 707,553 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
Our operating results have fluctuated, and will likely fluctuate in the future, as a result of many factors. Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. We believe that you should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors, which would adversely impact our share price.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Flows
Our business is working capital intensive. Our working capital needs are primarily to finance accounts receivable and inventory. We rely heavily on debt, accounts receivable flooring programs and the sale of our accounts receivable under our securitization program for our working capital needs.
We have financed our growth and cash needs to date primarily through working capital financing facilities, bank credit lines and cash generated from operations. The primary uses of cash have been to fund increases in inventory and accounts receivable resulting from increased sales, and for acquisitions.
We had positive net working capital of $206.6 million, $200.0 million and $187.2 million at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively. We believe that cash flows from operations, our current cash balance and funds available under our working capital and credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs and planned capital expenditures for the next 12 months.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.5 million for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 was primarily attributable to cash generated from net income of $21.4 million and depreciation and amortization of $5.7 million partially offset by the use of cash for working capital of $26.6 million. The cash used for working capital in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 was primarily due to increases in receivables from vendors and inventory as well as a decrease in accrued liabilities, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable. The fluctuations in these working capital balances were primarily due to the increase in our revenue and a net increase in sales of accounts receivable to General Electric Capital Corporation under our securitization program of $38.5 million. Absent the increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, our use of cash for working capital would have been $65.1 million and net cash used in operating activities would have been $37.0 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $69.3 million in fiscal 2002. Cash provided by operations in fiscal 2002 was primarily attributable to net income of $28.0 million plus depreciation and amortization of $8.3 million. Also contributing to the cash provided by operations was an increase in cash from net working capital of $32.7 million. The increase in cash from working capital was primarily attributable to a net increase in sales of our accounts receivable under our accounts receivable securitization program of $86.0 million in fiscal 2002. Absent this increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, our use of cash for working capital would have been $53.3 million and net cash used in operating activities would have been $16.7 million in fiscal 2002. The cash used for working capital in fiscal 2002, excluding the impact of the increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, was primarily due to increases in accounts receivable, inventory and other assets as well as a decrease in payable to affiliates, partially offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The fluctuations in our accounts receivable, inventory, other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities were primarily related to the increase in our distribution revenue in the period. The decrease in payable to affiliates was primarily related to the decline in our contract assembly operations in fiscal 2002.
39
Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.5 million in fiscal 2001. Cash provided by operations in 2001 was primarily attributable to net income of $25.8 million plus depreciation and amortization of $9.4 million and impairment of investments of $3.7 million partially offset by the use of cash for working capital of $27.3 million. The use of cash for working capital was primarily attributable to a net reduction in sales of our accounts receivable to a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program of $78.0 million in fiscal 2001. Excluding this reduction, our cash generated from working capital reduction would have been $50.7 million and cash provided by operations would have been $89.5 million in fiscal 2001. The positive cash generated from working capital reductions in fiscal 2001, excluding the impact of the reduction in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, was primarily attributable to decreases in inventory and accounts receivable, partially offset by lower accounts payable, due to the decrease in revenue and our improved management of working capital in the period.
Net cash used in investing activities was $2.5 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003, $63.0 million in fiscal 2002 and $20.8 million in fiscal 2001. The use of cash in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 was primarily the result of a final payment of $1.5 million to Arrow Electronics for our Gates/Arrow Distributing acquisition and capital expenditures of $1.7 million. The use of cash in fiscal 2002 was primarily a result of our acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing and License Online for $42.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $8.9 million. The use of cash in fiscal 2001 was primarily a result of our acquisition of Merisel Canada for $17.1 million, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $3.3 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.2 million in the nine months ended August 31, 2003 and was primarily related to our cash overdraft of $11.8 million offset by net repayment of borrowings under our credit facilities. Net cash used in financing activities of $7.3 million in fiscal 2002 was primarily due to the net repayment of borrowings under our credit facilities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.2 million in fiscal 2001, and consisted primarily of the increase in our cash overdraft balance at November 30, 2001 as compared to November 30, 2000.
To increase our market share and better serve our customers, we plan to further expand our international operations. We expect that this expansion will require an initial investment in personnel, facilities and operations, which may be more costly than similar investments in domestic operations. As a result of these investments, we may experience an increase in cost of sales and operating expenses that is disproportionate to revenue from those operations.
Capital Resources
Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $23.2 million, $15.5 million and $15.7 million at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Effective August 30, 2002, we entered into a revolving accounts receivable securitization program in the United States, which provides for the sale of up to $200.0 million of U.S. trade accounts receivable to General Electric Capital Corporation. On June 30, 2003, we amended our accounts variable securitization program to provide for the sale of up to $210.0 million of U.S. trade accounts receivable and extend the maturity for one additional year to August 30, 2008. In connection with this program substantially all of our U.S. trade accounts receivable are transferred without recourse to our wholly-owned subsidiary, which, in turn, sells the accounts receivables to the financial institution. Sales of the accounts receivables to the financial institution under this program result in a reduction of total accounts receivable in our consolidated balance sheet. The remaining accounts receivables not sold to General Electric Capital Corporation are carried at their net realizable value, including an allowance for doubtful accounts. Our effective borrowing cost under the program is the prevailing commercial paper rate of return plus 0.90% per annum. At August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, the amount
40
of our accounts receivable sold to and held by General Electric Capital Corporation under this accounts receivable securitization program totaled $196.5 million and $158.0 million, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2003 reflected our higher financing needs as a result of our higher volume of business. We believe that available funding under our accounts receivable financing programs provides us increased flexibility to make incremental investments in strategic growth initiatives and to manage working capital requirements, and that there are sufficient trade accounts receivable to support the U.S. financing programs.
Under the program, we continue to service the accounts receivable, and receive a service fee from General Electric Capital Corporation. The program contains customary financial covenants, including, but not limited to, requiring us to maintain on a consolidated basis:
| a minimum net worth at the end of each fiscal quarter in each fiscal year ending on or after November 30, 2003 of not less than the sum of (i) the minimum net worth required under the arrangement for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (ii) an amount equal to 50% of the positive net income of us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the amount of any equity raised by or capital contributed to us during the immediately preceding fiscal year; |
| a fixed charge ratio for each rolling period from and after the closing of the arrangement of not less than 1.75 to 1.00. The fixed charge ratio is the ratio of EBITDA for the rolling period ending on such date to fixed charges for such period. Fixed charges means, with respect to any of our fiscal periods the sum of (a) cash interest expense during such period, plus (b) regularly scheduled payments of principal on our debt (other than debt owing under the arrangement) paid during such period, plus (c) the aggregate amount of all capital expenditures made by us during such period other than capital expenditures related to the purchase of and improvements to the building occupied by our subsidiary in China in an amount not to exceed $8.5 million, plus (d) income tax expense during such period, plus (e) any dividend, return of capital or any other distribution in connection with our capital stock. Rolling period means as of the end of any or our fiscal quarters, the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters (including the fiscal quarter then ending); and |
| with respect to our wholly-owned subsidiary, a net worth percentage of not less than 5.0%. |
We are also obligated to provide periodic financial statements and investment reports, notices of material litigation and any other information relating to our U.S. trade accounts receivables as requested by General Electric Capital Corporation.
As is customary in trade accounts receivable securitization arrangements, a credit rating agencys downgrade of the third party issuer of commercial paper or of a back-up liquidity provider (which provides a source of funding if the commercial paper market cannot be accessed) could result in an adverse change or loss of our financing capacity under these programs if the commercial paper issuer and/or liquidity back-up provider is not replaced. Loss of such financing capacity could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our securitization balance consists of accounts receivable sold to and held by a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program. Sales of accounts receivables under this program result in a reduction of total accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheet. At February 28, 2001, May 31, 2001, August 31, 2001 and November 30, 2001, our securitization balance was $56.0 million, $43.0 million, $36.0 million and $72.0 million, respectively. At February 28, 2002, May 31, 2002, August 31, 2002 and November 30, 2002, our securitization balance was $71.0 million, $134.5 million, $126.0 million and $158.0 million, respectively. At February 28, 2003, May 31, 2003 and August 31, 2003, our securitization balance was $94.0 million, $177.0 million and $196.5 million, respectively.
We have also issued guarantees to certain SYNNEX Canada vendors and resellers for the total amount of $23.2 million as of August 31, 2003 and $15.4 million as of November 30, 2002.
41
We have also issued guarantees to certain SYNNEX Mexico vendors and resellers for the total amount of $18.9 million as of August 31, 2003 and $24.3 million as of November 30, 2002.
We have also issued guarantees of C$75.0 million in relation to a revolving loan agreement between SYNNEX Canada and a financial institution and $15.0 million in relation to a revolving loan agreement between SYNNEX Mexico and a financial institution.
We are obligated under these guarantees to pay amounts due should our subsidiaries not pay valid amounts owed to their vendors or lenders. The vendor guarantees are typically one year arrangements, with 30 day cancellation clauses and the lender guarantees are typically for the term of the loan agreement.
On Balance Sheet Arrangements
In December 1997, we entered into a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement, or the Revolver, with a financial institution, which is secured by our inventory. The Revolvers maximum commitment is 50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market up to a maximum borrowing of $10.0 million. In July 2002, the Revolver was amended and extended for an additional five-year period, and the credit limit was increased to $15.0 million. In June 2003, the Revolver was amended to increase the credit limit to $25.0 million and to extend the maturity to 2008. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the prime rate plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% at our option. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolver at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002.
Upon our acquisition of SYNNEX Canada, we assumed a three-year C$100.0 million revolving loan agreement with a financial institution due January 2004. In August 2001, the revolving loan agreement was amended to reduce the credit limit to C$75.0 million. In April 2002, the agreement was further amended to increase the credit limit back to C$100.0 million. Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by substantially all of SYNNEX Canadas assets, including inventories and accounts receivable. Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate of a Canadian bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.75% for Canadian Dollar denominated loans (totaling 5.50% at August 31, 2003), at the prime rate of a U.S. bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.25% (totaling 4.25% at August 31, 2003) or at LIBOR plus 2.00% for U.S. Dollar denominated loans. The balance outstanding at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 was $26.9 million and $26.4 million, respectively.
We also have other lines of credit and revolving facilities with financial institutions, which provide for borrowing capacity aggregating approximately $45.0 million and $43.7 million at August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, respectively. At August 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, we had borrowings of $14.9 million and $17.8 million, respectively, outstanding under these facilities. The expiration dates of these facilities range from 2004 to 2011.
We also have various term loans, bonds and mortgages with financial institutions. Future principal payments due under these term loans, bonds and mortgages and payments due under our operating lease arrangements after November 30, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):
Payments Due By Period
|
|||||||||||||||
Contractual obligations |
2003
|
2004
|
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
||||||||||
Principal debt payments |
$ | 2,982 | $ | 9,685 | $ | 2,839 | $ | 1,127 | $ | 1,127 | |||||
Non-cancelable operating leases |
8,920 | 6,692 | 5,546 | 5,128 | 4,651 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total |
$ | 11,902 | $ | 16,377 | $ | 8,385 | $ | 6,255 | $ | 5,778 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We are in compliance with all covenants or other requirements set forth in our accounts receivable financing programs and credit agreements discussed above.
42
Qualitative and Quantitative Market Risks
Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to foreign currency risk in the ordinary course of business. We hedge cash flow exposures for our major countries using a combination of forward contracts. Principal currencies hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar, Mexican peso and Japanese yen. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. These instruments are generally short-term in nature, with typical maturities of less than one year.
The following table presents the hypothetical changes in fair values in our outstanding derivative instruments at August 31, 2003 that are sensitive to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from an instantaneous strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar by 5%, 10% and 15% (in thousands).
Loss on Derivative Instruments Given a Weakening of U.S. dollar by X Percent |
Gain
Assuming No Change in Exchange Rate |
Gain on Derivative
Instruments Given a Strengthening of U.S. dollar by X Percent |
||||||||||||||||||||||
15%
|
10%
|
5%
|
5%
|
10%
|
15%
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Forward contracts |
$ | (7,241 | ) | $ | (4,819 | ) | $ | (2,398 | ) | $ | 23 | $ | 2,445 | $ | 4,866 | $ | 7,287 |
Interest Rate Risk
During the last two years, the majority of our debt obligations have been short-term in nature and the associated interest obligations have floated relative to major interest rate benchmarks, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate. While we have not used derivative financial instruments to alter the interest rate characteristics of our investment holdings or debt instruments in the past, we may do so in the future.
The fair value of our outstanding borrowing that is sensitive to changes in interest rates is $9.0 million at August 31, 2003. A 150-basis point increase or decrease in rates at August 31, 2003 would not result in any material change in the fair value of this obligation.
The following table presents the hypothetical changes in interest expense related to our outstanding borrowings for the nine months ending August 31, 2003 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in interest expense arising from hypothetical parallel shifts in the respective countries yield curves, of plus or minus 5%, 10% and 15% for the nine months ended August 31, 2003 (in thousands).
Interest Expense Given an
Interest Rate Decrease by X Percent |
Actual Interest
Expense Assuming No Change in Interest Rate |
Interest Expense Given an
Interest Rate Increase by X Percent |
|||||||||||||||||||
15%
|
10%
|
5%
|
5%
|
10%
|
15%
|
||||||||||||||||
SYNNEX US |
$ | 346 | $ | 366 | $ | 386 | $ | 406 | $ | 427 | $ | 447 | $ | 467 | |||||||
SYNNEX Canada |
629 | 666 | 703 | 740 | 777 | 813 | 850 | ||||||||||||||
SYNNEX Japan |
197 | 209 | 220 | 232 | 243 | 255 | 266 | ||||||||||||||
SYNNEX Mexico |
14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 17 | 18 | 19 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,186 | $ | 1,256 | $ | 1,325 | $ | 1,395 | $ | 1,464 | $ | 1,533 | $ | 1,602 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Price Risk
The equity price risk associated with our marketable equity securities at November 30, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2003 is not material in relation to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. Marketable equity securities include shares of common stock. The investments are classified as either
43
trading or available-for-sale securities. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, are recorded in operations as incurred.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities which addresses the recognition, measurement and reporting of costs associated with exit or disposal activities. SFAS No. 146 requires the recognition of a liability for a disposal activity, including those related to employee termination benefits and obligations under operating leases and order contracts, and that the liability be recognized when incurred and not necessarily on the date of an entitys commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the initial measurement of a liability be based on fair value. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We have not had any exit on disposal activities since the adoption of the standard.
In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN No. 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantors balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN No. 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entitys product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantors fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. We have applied the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. Fin No. 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN No. 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will have no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made: (a) as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that require amendment to SFAS No. 133; (b) in connection with other FASB
44
projects dealing with financial instruments; and (c) in connection with the implementation issues raised related to the application of the definition of a derivative. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for designated hedging relationships after June 30, 2003. We believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 149 will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many of these instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (EITF No. 00-21), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. EITF No. 00-21 addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. The consensus mandates how to identify whether goods or services or both that are to be delivered separately in a bundled sales arrangement should be accounted for separately because they are separate units of accounting. The guidance can affect the timing of revenue recognition for such arrangements, even though it does not change rules governing the timing or pattern of revenue recognition of individual items accounted for separately. The final consensus is applicable to agreements entered into in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2003 with early adoption permitted. Additionally, companies will be permitted to apply the consensus guidance to all existing arrangements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with APB No. 20, Accounting Changes. We are assessing the impact of EITF No. 00-21 and believe that the adoption will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
In March 2003, the EITF finalized Issue No. 02-16 (EITF No. 02-16), Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendors Products). EITF No. 02-16 requires that consideration received from vendors, such as advertising support funds, be accounted for as a reduction to cost of sales when recognized in the resellers income statement unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for a specific program entirely funded by an individual vendor. If these specific requirements related to individual vendors are met, the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related expense category, such as advertising or selling and administrative expense. EITF No. 02-16 applies to all agreements modified or entered into on or after January 1, 2003. Adopting EITF No. 02-16 had no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
45
Overview
We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company. We offer a comprehensive range of services to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. The supply chain services that we offer include product distribution related logistics and contract assembly.
We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on 2002 reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value we provide to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers.
In our distribution operations, we purchase IT systems, peripherals, system components, packaged software and networking equipment from OEM suppliers such as HP, IBM, Intel, Microsoft Corporation and Seagate and sell them to our reseller customers. We perform the same function for our purchases of licensed software products. Our reseller customers include value added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. We currently distribute and market approximately 15,000 products (as measured by active SKUs) from over 100 OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers.
Our contract assembly operations are generally related to building IT systems such as personal computers, workstations and servers. By leveraging the inventory management capabilities and system component supplier relationships of our distribution business, we provide cost-effective IT system assembly.
Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary logistics services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad range of supply chain capabilities, our focus on serving the leading IT OEMs and our efficient operations enables us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers.
46
Our Industry
The information technology, or IT, product supply chain generally consists of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, contract manufacturers, distributors, resellers and end-users. The roles of these participants are described in the table below:
IT Product Supply Chain
Participant | Description | Companies | ||
|
||||
IT OEMs |
Design IT systems, system components, peripherals and software.
Manufacture IT products, directly or on an outsourced basis.
Market and sell IT products directly or through distributors to resellers, retailers and large end-users. |
Systems (including PCs, servers, storage systems, workstations): Apple, Dell, EMC, HP, IBM, Sun Microsystems, Toshiba
Peripherals (including monitors, printers, supplies): APC, HP, Lexmark, NEC, ViewSonic, Xerox
System Components (including CPUs, memory, hard disk drives): Asus, Intel, Micron, Seagate, Western Digital
Software (including applications, operating systems): Adobe, Computer Associates, IBM, Intuit, Microsoft, Oracle, Symantec
Networking Equipment (including network interface cards, routers, switches, hubs, wireless products): Cisco, Intel, Lucent, Nortel, 3COM |
||
|
||||
Contract Manufacturers/ Assemblers |
Design IT products.
Source product materials.
Manufacture and assemble printed circuit boards.
Assemble and test finished products. |
Benchmark, Celestica, Flextronics, Foxconn, MiTAC International, Sanmina-SCI, Solectron, SYNNEX | ||
|
||||
Distributors |
Purchase IT products from OEMs.
Sell IT products to resellers.
Provide logistics, marketing, financial, technical support and other supply chain services. |
Arrow, Avnet, Bell Micro, Ingram Micro, Pioneer-Standard, ScanSource, SYNNEX, Tech Data, Westcon | ||
|
||||
Resellers |
Sell IT products directly to end-users.
Provide value added services, including design, installation, integration and training. |
Value Added Resellers and Solution Providers: small- to medium-sized business focused, local, regional and industry specific resellers
Corporate Resellers: Amherst, ASAP, CompuCom, EnPointe, Pomeroy, TIG
Government Resellers: Government Micro Resources , GTSI, PlanetGov, TELOS, Westwood Computer
Systems Integrators: AMAX, Comptech Micro System, Equus Computer Systems, Hatch Associates, Premio Computer
Direct Marketers: CDW, Creative Computer, Insight, PC Connection
Retailers: Amazon.com, Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Frys Electronics |
||
|
||||
End-Users |
Use IT products for commercial or personal use. |
Large corporations, governments and educational institutions, small- to medium-sized businesses, personal users |
47
The IT product supply chain is fluid as participants assume changing roles in the chain based on their various products, customer demands and business objectives. For example, a contract manufacturer may perform design features for some OEM products while solely manufacturing products for the same or other OEMs. Similarly, OEMs may elect to sell products directly to resellers or end-users without the use of a distributor, particularly in the case of larger volume end-user purchasers.
Distribution
OEMs rely on distributors because of the wide range and high complexity of IT products, the short product life cycle of some products and the desire of end-users to integrate solutions from multiple OEMs. Distributors provide an efficient and cost-effective means for OEMs to reach a broad range of resellers who sell to a large number of end-users. In addition, distributors provide OEMs with demand creation marketing, inventory management, logistics service, and pre- and post-sale technical support.
Resellers depend on distributors for product information, real-time price and availability information, system configuration, marketing, credit, logistics and technical support needs. Resellers also rely on distributors for inventory management services. These services allow resellers to reduce their inventory, staffing levels and warehouse requirements, thereby lowering their invested capital requirements and reducing their costs.
In October 2003, IDC estimated that the total worldwide IT spending on hardware and packaged software was $519.9 billion in 2002 and would grow to $657.2 billion by 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 4.8%. IDC also estimated that IT spending on hardware and packaged software in the U.S. was $214.2 billion in 2002 and would grow to $263.7 billion by 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 4.2%. In doing so, IDC makes assumptions about economic conditions that may or may not prove accurate. The distribution business in which we and our competitors operate addresses only a portion of this total market.
The IT product distribution industry has undergone significant consolidation as a result of several factors. These factors include the current economic downturn, reductions in IT spending, overcapacity, more restrictive terms and conditions from OEMs, reductions in the number of OEM-authorized distributors, a high level of price competition among distributors and evolving OEM business models such as direct sales initiatives.
Contract Manufacturing and Assembly
In addition to using wholesale distributors, OEMs in the IT industry have increasingly outsourced their manufacturing and product assembly. Historically, OEMs were vertically integrated and invested significantly in equipment and facilities to manufacture, service and distribute their products. Contract manufacturers originated to provide additional capacity during periods of high demand by assembling and testing printed circuit boards that typically form the backbone of electronic devices and have evolved to provide full system assembly. Recently, contract manufacturers have also expanded their electronic manufacturing operations to include design, component procurement, inventory management, logistics and after-market services.
OEMs use contract manufacturers and assemblers for many reasons including to reduce their time to market by using a contract manufacturers established manufacturing expertise, broad capabilities, global presence and infrastructure, reduce the OEMs overall capital equipment requirements, allow OEMs to focus on core technologies and activities such as product development and marketing and to reduce production and inventory costs by using a contract manufacturers volume procurement capabilities and expertise in inventory management.
Our Solution
We distribute the products of leading IT product OEMs and provide complementary contract assembly and supply chain activities. Our comprehensive offerings are an essential part of our OEM suppliers and
48
reseller customers supply chains that enable them to meet their specific sales, distribution, manufacturing and logistics objectives. The key components of our IT supply chain solution are as follows:
Distribution
Focus on leading OEMs. We primarily serve leading OEMs in selected IT product categories. This OEM focus enables us to dedicate teams that work directly with these OEMs and develop in-depth knowledge of the OEMs products. Because of our intimate knowledge of the products we distribute, we are able to provide effective product marketing activities for our OEM suppliers in order to help them meet their sales objectives. In addition, our in-depth product knowledge enables us to deliver solutions to our reseller customers that integrate several products, sometimes from multiple OEMs.
Broad Market Reach. Through our network of more than 15,000 reseller customers, we offer our OEM suppliers access to customers they could not reach cost-effectively otherwise. Our reseller relationships provide an important sales channel for these OEMs to connect with small- to medium-sized businesses, government agencies and educational institutions that generally buy IT products through intermediaries.
Low Cost Solutions. Our ability to effectively market and sell products for leading OEMs can save our OEM suppliers money relative to selling direct. OEMs can streamline their sales organization by using us to expand their reach to additional IT product resellers. OEMs can also reduce their costs associated with warehouse facilities by utilizing our inventory management and logistics support.
Financing Options for Resellers. Many resellers have limited working capital and rely on us to provide them with financing alternatives. By offering these alternatives, we enable our reseller customers to fulfill larger orders than their resources otherwise would allow.
Demand Creation Marketing. We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of demand creation marketing activities targeted to specific resellers. These activities include trade publication advertising, direct mail, e-mail marketing, national and regional trade show events and many Web-based marketing offerings.
Local Points of Presence. Our sales and distribution centers are geographically dispersed. Our regional locations enable us to work closely with our reseller customers to better serve them and their end-users. Our regional distribution centers also allow us to deliver products quickly. In addition, because shipping companies generally charge based on the distance shipped, our approach allows us to reduce our shipping costs, a significant component of our cost of sales.
Electronic Commerce. We maintain EDI, or electronic data interchange, and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to:
| search for products; |
| check inventory availability; |
| configure systems; |
| price systems and products; |
| place and track orders; |
| receive invoices; and |
| process returns. |
Competitive Pricing. We are able to offer our reseller customers competitive prices due to our high volume purchasing, low cost structure, efficient distribution methods and focus on leading OEM suppliers.
49
Other Supply Chain Support Activities. We provide both OEMs and resellers logistics services such as outsourced fulfillment, virtual distribution and direct ship to end-users. We also offer our reseller customers outsourced back-office support services, including management of sales and purchase orders, inventory, invoicing and collections, vendor claims and returns. Furthermore, we provide our reseller customers with pre- and post-sale technical support services.
Contract Assembly
Efficient System Components Sourcing. We distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our OEM customers products. As a result, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk because they can take advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. A primary benefit of our distribution relationships is vendor provided price protection that allows our OEM customers to benefit from declines in component prices. We also offer increased inventory availability to our OEM customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly. In addition, we generally can use our distribution operations to provide logistics, drop shipments to end-user customers and to sell excess system components ordered by our OEM assembly customers.
Flexible Product Assembly. We provide our OEM customers with a high degree of flexibility with our build-to-order or configure-to-order capabilities. By focusing only on system-level assembly and outsourcing more capital intensive contract manufacturing activities, such as printed circuit board assembly, we are able to maintain a flexible operating structure that allows us to rapidly increase or decrease production volumes and deliver customized assembly solutions.
Joint Design and Manufacturing Services. We offer contract design and manufacturing services to OEMs through our relationship with our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International. These activities complement our system assembly capabilities and allow us to deliver a complete design-to-delivery solution for our OEM customers. MiTAC International is a leading original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan, specializing in product design, printed circuit board assembly, power supply manufacturing, and plastic and sheet metal molding. We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities.
Product Return Services. We provide our OEM customers with product return services for the IT systems we build for them in our contract assembly facilities. These services allow for the management of product returns directly from the OEMs customer to us. These services include refurbishment of these systems to a like-new condition as well as the ability to re-sell the refurbished systems through authorized sales channels.
Our Strategy
Our objective is to continue to expand our business by providing IT product OEMs and other suppliers outsourcing solutions including distribution, assembly and supply chain support, and by providing our reseller customers outstanding execution, service and support. In particular, we intend to achieve this objective by pursuing the following strategies:
Deepen Relationships with Our Existing OEM Suppliers and Reseller Customers
We believe our present OEM and reseller relationships represent significant opportunities for growth. We seek to increase business opportunities with our existing OEM suppliers by expanding the distribution, assembly and supply chain support activities that we provide to them. We work closely with these suppliers to ensure that our service offerings meet their evolving needs. We aim to provide a complete supply chain solution to our OEM suppliers to decrease the costs associated with assembling, selling and distributing IT products.
50
Establish New Strategic Relationships with Leading OEMs
We intend to establish additional relationships with select leading IT product OEMs to increase the breadth of products we distribute. We will offer these OEMs our comprehensive range of global distribution and supply chain support activities, our ability to deliver services anywhere along the IT supply chain, our ability to assist OEMs in reaching a broad range of resellers and their end user customers.
Increase Our Reseller Customer Base
We seek to grow by increasing the number of reseller customers to which we sell IT products. Our depth of product knowledge resulting from our focus on leading OEM vendors enables us to provide a high level of service to resellers. Our efficient operating disciplines have permitted us to profitably sell IT products at competitive prices. We also seek opportunities to increase the number of resellers that buy from us by expanding the breadth of products that we distribute.
Expand Our Contract Assembly Business
We intend to expand our contract assembly business as the continuing trend of OEMs outsourcing of production activities creates a growing market opportunity. Our strategy is to remain focused on system level assembly operations serving IT product OEMs. Within the broad spectrum of IT products, we have targeted the non-branded, or white-box, segment of the IT product market as a focus of our assembly expansion efforts. We believe the white-box market has growth potential. We are also continuing to work with MiTAC International to jointly pursue contract manufacturing opportunities where we can combine MiTAC Internationals design and printed circuit board assembly operations with our system assembly capabilities to deliver an integrated, cost-effective solution to OEMs.
Control Costs
We intend to maintain our low cost operations and seek ways to further reduce costs in all areas of our operations. Our low cost structure is predicated upon our management of facility costs, capital outlays, and our effective use of IT systems and temporary labor. We also manage our costs by locating some professional and administrative functions, such as IT development, materials management and accounts payable, in low cost geographic regions, like China. Our strategy to operate numerous distribution centers that are geographically dispersed also helps us to control costs by reducing shipping costs.
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Investments
Over the last three years, we have completed a number of acquisitions and investments. We intend to continue to grow our business through strategic acquisitions or investments of complementary businesses or assets in order to increase our OEM and reseller relationships, enhance our service offerings and expand our geographic reach. Additionally, we plan to capitalize on the trend toward consolidation in the distribution and contract manufacturing industries. We believe that a critical part of any acquisition is proper management of the post-acquisition process. We intend to continue to devote attention and resources to the integration of management, personnel, culture, IT systems, products, customer relationships and other issues arising from recent and future acquisitions. We also intend to pursue strategic investments to leverage our core competencies in areas such as execution, IT management, logistics and systems manufacturing.
51
Our Products and Suppliers
We distribute a full range of IT products, including IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for more than 100 OEM suppliers, enabling us to offer comprehensive solutions to our reseller customers. Our primary OEM suppliers for fiscal 2002 and representative products we currently distribute for them include the following:
Supplier |
Representative Products |
|
HP |
Desktop and Notebook PCs, Printers, Imaging Products, Supplies, Servers, Storage Products |
|
IBM |
Desktop and Notebook PCs, Servers, Storage Systems, Software |
|
Intel |
CPUs, Motherboards, Networking Products |
|
Lexmark |
Printers and Supplies |
|
Microsoft |
Operating Systems, Application Software |
|
NEC-Mitsubishi |
Displays and Monitors |
|
Panasonic |
Ruggedized Notebook PCs |
|
Seagate |
Hard Disk Drives |
|
Toshiba America |
Notebook PCs |
|
Xerox |
Printers and Supplies |
Our largest OEM supplier is HP. Revenue from the sale of HP products represented approximately 23.5%, 30.4% and 35.0% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and approximately 31.5% of our revenue in the nine months ended August 31, 2003. As is typical with our OEM supplier agreements, our contractual relationship with HP is short-term and may be terminated by either party upon 30 days notice.
During fiscal 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, our distribution product mix by category was in the following ranges:
Product Category: |
||
Peripherals |
32%-36% | |
System Components |
24%-28% | |
IT Systems |
20%-24% | |
Software |
11%-15% | |
Networking Equipment |
3%- 7% |
In our contract assembly business we primarily assemble IT systems.
We have distribution agreements with many of our suppliers. These agreements usually provide for nonexclusive distribution rights and pertain to specific geographic territories. The agreements are also generally short term, subject to periodic renewal, and often contain provisions permitting termination by either us or our supplier without cause upon relatively short notice. An OEM supplier that elects to terminate a distribution agreement will generally repurchase its products carried in our inventory.
Our IT distribution and assembly business subjects us to the risk that the value of our inventory will be affected adversely by suppliers price reductions or by technological changes affecting the usefulness or desirability of the products comprising our inventory. Many of our OEM suppliers offer us limited protection from the loss in value of our inventory due to technological change or a suppliers price reductions. Under many of these agreements, we have a limited period of time to return or exchange products or claim price protection credits. We monitor our inventory levels and attempt to time our purchases to maximize our protection under supplier programs.
52
Our OEM suppliers generally warrant the products we distribute and allow returns of defective products, including those returned to us by our reseller customers. We generally do not independently warrant the products we distribute; however, we warrant our services with regard to products that we configure for our reseller customers, and the products that we assemble from components purchased from other sources. A provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Historically, our warranty expense has not been material.
Our Customers
Distribution
We distribute IT products to more than 15,000 resellers. Resellers are classified primarily by the end-users to which they sell as well as the services they provide. End-users include large corporations, governments, small- to medium-sized businesses, or SMBs, and personal users. In addition, resellers vary greatly in size and geographic reach. No reseller accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 or for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. Our reseller customers buy from us and other distributors. Some of our larger reseller customers also buy certain products directly from OEM suppliers. Some of our largest reseller customers include Business Depot, CDW, EnPointe, Insight and PlanetGov.
Contract Assembly
The customers of our contract assembly business are IT product OEMs seeking to outsource product assembly and production logistics. Currently our primary contract assembly customer is Sun Microsystems. No contract assembly customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 or for the nine months ended August 31, 2003.
Our Services
We offer a variety of services to our distribution and contract assembly customers, including the following:
Distribution
Distribution Services. We have sophisticated pick, pack and ship operations, which allows us to efficiently receive shipments from our OEM suppliers and fill orders from our reseller customers. We generally stock or otherwise have access to the inventory of our OEM suppliers to satisfy the demands of our reseller customers.
Logistics Services. We provide logistics support to our reseller customers such as outsourced fulfillment, virtual distribution and direct ship to end users. Other logistics support activities we provide include generation of customized shipping documents, multi-level serial number tracking for customized, configured products and online order and shipment tracking. We also provide logistics support both individually and in bulk directly to resellers, other distributors and end users.
Outsourced Back-Office Services. We offer our reseller customers outsourced back-office support, including management of sales and purchase orders, credit verification, inventory management, invoicing and collections, vendor claims and returns. Some of our reseller customers have outsourced to us their entire order processing, shipping and billing functions, eliminating the need for them to hire and maintain staff to perform these functions.
Online Services. We maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to search for products, check inventory availability and prices, configure systems, place and track orders, receive invoices, review account status and process returns. We also have web-application software that allows our resellers or their end-user customers to order software and take delivery online.
53
Financing Services. We offer our reseller customers a wide range of financing options, including net terms, third party leasing and floor plan financing, letters of credit and arrangements where we collect payment directly from the end user. The availability and terms of our financing services are subject to our credit policies or those of third party financing providers to our reseller customers.
Marketing Services. We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of marketing activities targeting specific resellers, including direct mail, external media advertising, reseller product training, targeted telemarketing campaigns, national and regional trade shows and web-based marketing. Web-based marketing includes customized areas of our web site that focus on an OEM suppliers products, programs, and services; web banners; web casts designed to allow an OEM supplier to make presentations to a targeted group of resellers; and web-based training.
Technical Support Services. We provide our reseller customers technical support services, including pre- and post-sale support.
Contract Assembly
Materials Procurement and Management. We provide our contract assembly customers with materials procurement and management activities including planning, purchasing, expediting and warehousing system components and materials used in the assembly process. Because we distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our contract assembly customers products, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk by taking advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. In addition, we also offer increased inventory availability to our contract assembly customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly.
Assembly Services. We provide our OEM assembly customers with build-to-order, or BTO, and configure-to-order, or CTO, assembly capabilities. BTO assembly consists of building a group of systems with the same pre-defined specifications, generally for our OEM customers inventory. CTO assembly consists of building a customized system for an OEM customers individual order specifications. We possess adequate systems and assembly flexibility to produce both large and small volumes of products that include numerous configurations. We also offer production value added services such as kitting, reconfiguration, asset tagging and hard drive imaging.
Joint Design and Manufacturing Services. We offer contract design and manufacturing services to OEMs through our relationship with our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International. MiTAC Internationals design capabilities complement our system assembly capabilities and allow us to deliver a complete design-to-delivery solution for our OEM customers.
Sales and Marketing
As of August 31, 2003, we employed 627 sales and marketing professionals. We serve our large government and commercial reseller customers through dedicated sales professionals. We market to smaller resellers through dedicated regional sales teams. In addition, we have dedicated product marketing and sales specialists that focus on the sale and promotion of the products of selected suppliers. These specialists are also directly involved in establishing new relationships with leading OEMs and resellers. Our sales and marketing professionals are complemented by members of our executive management team who are integral in identifying potential new customer opportunities and ensuring customer satisfaction. We have sales offices in North America and Asia and attempt to locate our sales and marketing professionals in close proximity to our reseller customers.
We also have a sales team dedicated to cultivating new contract assembly opportunities with IT product OEMs. On selected opportunities, this team works with MiTAC International representatives to offer OEMs comprehensive outsourced supply chain solutions. This joint sales effort enables us to deliver complete design-to-delivery solutions for our OEM customers.
54
Our Operations
Distribution
We operate 15 distribution facilities in the United States, Canada, Japan and Mexico. Our distribution processes are highly automated to reduce errors, ensure timely order fulfillment and enhance the efficiency of our warehouse operations and back office administration. In the United States, we operate ten distribution facilities that are geographically dispersed to be near end-users. This regional strategy enables us to benefit from lower shipping costs and shorter delivery lead times to our customers. Our regional locations also enable us to make local deliveries and provide will-call fulfillment to more customers than if our distribution operations were centralized resulting in better service to our customers. Our workforce is comprised of permanent and temporary employees, enabling us to respond to short term changes in order activity. Furthermore, we track several performance measurements to continuously improve the efficiency and accuracy of our distribution operations.
Our proprietary IT systems and processes, along with technology solutions from leading warehouse automation providers, enable us to automate many of our distribution operations. For example, we use radio frequency and bar code scanning technologies in all of our warehouse operations to maintain real time inventory records, facilitate frequent cycle counts and improve the accuracy of order fulfillment. We use palm readers to capture real time labor cost data enabling efficient management of our daily labor costs. We also scan and archive receiving documents and generate electronic freight out vouchers to streamline our accounts payable administration.
To enhance the accuracy of our order fulfillment and protect our inventory from shrinkage, our systems also incorporate numerous controls. These controls include order weight checks, bar code scanning, and serial number profile verification to verify that the product shipped matches the customer order. We also use digital video imaging to record our small package shipping activities by order. These images and other warehouse and shipping data are available online to our customer service representatives enabling us to quickly respond to order inquiries by our customers.
Contract Assembly
We operate assembly facilities in the United States and the United Kingdom. In our contract assembly business, we source materials, assemble IT systems, and ship completed products on behalf of our OEM customers. We generally assemble IT systems, including personal computers, workstations and servers, incorporating system components from our distribution inventory and other sources. Additionally, we perform production value added services, including kitting, asset tagging, hard-drive imaging and reconfiguration. Our contract assembly facilities are ISO 9001:2000 certified.
We focus on system level contract assembly rather than full service manufacturing in order to minimize our capital investments in our assembly business. Because of the variability of our assembly orders, our workforce is predominantly comprised of temporary workers. We also partner with MiTAC International to provide certain manufacturing capabilities, including design and printed circuit board assembly as these activities require extensive capital investments and labor.
International Operations
Approximately 10%, 14% and 21% of our revenue for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and approximately 22% of our revenue for the nine months ended August 31, 2003, originated outside of the United States. A key element in our business strategy is to expand our global presence in order to provide our distribution and contract assembly capabilities to OEMs in locations that meet their regional requirements. Consistent with this strategy, we have established international operations in Canada, China, Japan, Mexico and the United Kingdom. We plan to continue to seek strategic opportunities to expand our operations throughout the world.
55
Purchasing
Product costs represent our single largest expense and IT product inventory is one of our largest working capital investments. Furthermore, product procurement from our OEM suppliers is a highly complex process that involves marketing incentive programs, rebate programs, price protection and other arrangements. Consequently, efficient and effective purchasing operations are critical to our success.
Our purchasing group works closely with many areas of our organization, especially our product managers who work closely with our OEM suppliers and our sales force, to understand the volume and mix of IT products that should be purchased. In addition, the purchasing group utilizes an internally developed, proprietary information systems application tool, which further aids the purchasing group in forecasting future product demand based on several factors, including past sales levels, expected product life cycle and current and projected economic conditions. Our information systems tool also tracks warehouse and channel inventory levels and open purchase orders on a real-time basis enabling us to stock inventory at a regional level closer to the customer as well as to actively manage our working capital resources. This level of automation allows for greater efficiencies of inventory management by replenishing and turning inventory as well as placing purchase orders on a more frequent basis. Furthermore, our systems tool also allows for automated checks and controls to prevent the generation of inaccurate orders.
The purchasing group is supported by employees based in China who handle daily back-office routine functions such as purchase order issuance, changes to purchase orders and returns. Having a purchasing support team in China allows us to benefit from highly skilled and lower cost labor.
Managing our OEM supplier incentive programs is another critical function of our purchasing group. We attempt to maximize the benefit of incentives, rebates and volume discounts that our OEM suppliers offer us from time-to-time. We carefully evaluate these purchasing benefits relative to our product handling and carrying costs so that we do not over-invest in our inventory. We also closely monitor inventory levels on a product-by-product basis and plan purchases to take advantage of OEM supplier provided price protection. By managing inventory levels at each of our regional distribution facilities, we can minimize our shipping costs by stocking products near to our resellers and their end-user customers.
Financial Services
We offer various credit terms to our customers as well as prepayment, credit card and cash on delivery terms. We also collect outstanding accounts receivable on behalf of our reseller customers in certain markets. In issuing credit to our reseller customers, we closely and continually monitor their credit worthiness through our information systems, which contain detailed information on each customers payment history, as well as through periodic detailed credit file reviews by our financial services staff. In addition, we participate in a U.S. credit association whose members exchange customer credit rating information. In our operations in Canada, we have also purchased credit insurance to further control credit risks. Finally, we establish reserves for estimated credit losses in the normal course of business.
We also sell to certain reseller customers where the transactions are financed by a third-party floor plan financing company. These transactions generally involve large sales and are limited to selected product lines. The expenses charged by these financing companies will be subsidized either by our OEM suppliers or paid by us. We generally receive payment from these financing institutions within 15 days from the date of sale, depending on the specific arrangement.
Information Technology
Our IT systems manage the entire order cycle, including processing customer orders, production planning, customer billing and payment tracking. These internally developed IT systems make our distribution and contract
56
assembly operations more efficient and provide visibility into all aspects of our operations. We believe our IT infrastructure is scalable to support further growth. The continuing enhancement of our IT systems facilitates improved product and inventory management, streamlines order and delivery processes, and increases operational flexibility. Having a common enterprise resource-planning platform allows us to quickly respond to fluctuations in our customers orders in different parts of the world and facilitates simultaneous product introduction in multiple regions while providing visibility into product availability.
To allow our customers and suppliers to communicate and transact business with us in an efficient and consistent manner, we have implemented a mix of proprietary and off-the-shelf software programs which integrate our IT systems with those of our customers and suppliers. In particular, we maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers to enable them to search for products, check real-time price, inventory availability and specifications, place and track orders, receive invoices and process returns. We plan to continue making significant investments in our IT systems to facilitate the flow of information, increase our efficiency and lower transaction costs.
Competition
We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities, product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers.
Our current major competitors in IT product distribution include Bell Microproducts, Ingram Micro and Tech Data and, to a lesser extent, regional distributors. We also face competition from our OEM suppliers, which also sell directly to resellers and end-users. The distribution industry has recently undergone, and continues to undergo, major consolidation. During this period, a number of significant players within the IT distribution industry exited or merged with other players within the distribution market. We have participated in this consolidation through our acquisitions of Merisel Canada and Gates/Arrow, and we are continuing to evaluate other opportunities.
Our current competitors in contract assembly include Benchmark Electronics, Celestica, Foxconn, Sanmina-SCI and Solectron. We also face competition from the manufacturing and assembly operations of our current and potential customers, which continually evaluate the relative benefits of internal manufacturing and assembly compared to outsourcing.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers.
Employees
As of August 31, 2003, we had 1,540 full-time employees, including 627 in sales and marketing, 558 in distribution and assembly operations, and 355 in executive, finance, IT and administration. Given the variability in our business and the quick response time required by customers, it is critical that we are able to rapidly ramp-up and ramp-down our production capabilities to maximize efficiency. As a result, we frequently use a significant number of temporary or contract workers. Our employees are not represented by a labor union nor are they covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our employee relations to be good.
57
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located in Fremont, California. We operate more than 25 distribution, assembly and administrative facilities in six different countries encompassing a total of approximately 1.6 million square feet. We lease each of these facilities, except a 62,500 square foot sales and marketing facility in Greenville, South Carolina, a 40,700 square foot administrative facility in China, a 9,300 square foot administrative facility in Japan and a 124,000 square foot assembly facility in the United Kingdom which we own. In the United States, we operate 12 principal facilities with a total area of approximately one million square feet of space. Leases for our current U.S. facilities expire between March 2004 and July 2013. Our principal assembly facility is located in Fremont, California and our principal distribution facilities are located in in Fremont, California and Toronto, Ontario. Our distribution facility in Fremont, California is ISO 9001:2000 certified. We have sublet unused portions of some of our facilities. We believe our facilities are well maintained and adequate for current operating
Legal Proceedings
We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. For example, we are currently defending a trademark infringement claim filed against us and our Canadian subsidiary alleging that the use of our trademarks in Canada has infringed on the trademarks of the plaintiff, a Canadian company. We are also defendants in a civil matter involving Acropolis Systems, Inc. and Tony Yeh, third party investors in eManage.com, who allege violations of California securities laws and breach of contract, among other things, arising out of the sale of shares of eManage.com. We are also involved in various bankruptcy preference actions where we were a supplier to the companies now in bankruptcy. The bankruptcy preference actions were brought by the trustees of the various bankruptcy estates to request that payments made to us by the companies in bankruptcy within the 90 days prior to the bankruptcy filing be returned to the bankruptcy estate in connection with the allocation among all creditors. We may not be successful in defending these or other claims. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can result in substantial expense and could divert the efforts of our management. See Risk FactorsWe may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the efforts of our management, require us to pay substantial damages or require us to obtain a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
58
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors and their ages as of September 30, 2003:
Name |
Age
|
Position |
||
Matthew Miau(1) |
57 |
Chairman of the Board |
||
Robert Huang(1) |
58 |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
||
Peter Larocque |
41 |
Executive Vice President, Distribution |
||
Dennis Polk |
37 |
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance |
||
Simon Leung |
37 |
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
||
Catherine Chiu |
47 |
Senior Vice President of Corporate Development and Communications |
||
David Dennis |
42 |
Senior Vice President, Product Marketing |
||
Peggy Fong |
42 |
Senior Vice President, Finance Operations |
||
Gary Gulmon |
42 |
Chief Information Officer |
||
Stephen Ichinaga |
42 |
Senior Vice President, Systems Integration |
||
Steve Jow |
40 |
Senior Vice President, Commercial Sales |
||
Mitchell Martin |
40 |
President, Sales and Marketing, SYNNEX Canada Limited |
||
Timothy Rush |
42 |
Senior Vice President, Operations |
||
Michael Thomson |
57 |
Senior Vice President, Marketing and Services |
||
Michael Van Gieson |
46 |
Senior Vice President, Product Marketing |
||
Fred Breidenbach(2)(3) |
56 |
Director |
||
David Rynne(1)(2)(3)(4) |
63 |
Director |
||
Young Sohn(3)(4) |
47 |
Director |
||
Dwight Steffensen(2)(4) |
60 |
Director |
(1) | Member of the Executive Committee |
(2) | Member of the Audit Committee |
(3) | Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee |
(4) | Member of the Compensation Committee |
Matthew Miau has served as a member of our board of directors since 1992 and as a non-executive employee since 2001. Mr. Miau is the Chairman of the Board of MiTAC International Corporation, MiTAC Incorporated, Synnex Technology International and us. Mr. Miau is also the Vice Chairman of UPC Technology Corp. and the Chairman of Lien Hwa Industrial Corp. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Institute for Information Industry and a member of the Board of Supervisors of the Industrial Technology Research Institute, each in Taiwan. Mr. Miau received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering/Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley and a Master of Business degree from Santa Clara University.
Robert Huang founded our company in 1980 and serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Huang served as the Headquarters Sales Manager of Advanced Micro Devices, a semiconductor company. Mr. Huang received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Kyushyu University, Japan, Master of Science degrees in Electrical Engineering and Statistics from the University of Rochester and a Master of Science degree in Management Science from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Peter Larocque has served as our Executive Vice President of Distribution since June 2001 and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from September 1997 until June 2001. Mr. Larocque is responsible for our North America distribution business. Mr. Larocque received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the University of Western Ontario, Canada.
59
Dennis Polk is our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance and has served in this capacity since joining us in February 2002. From March 2001 through January 2002, Mr. Polk provided services, primarily in the capacity of chief financial officer, for several entities, including IPS Associates, SeeCommerce and Prestwick Partners. From February 2000 to February 2001, Mr. Polk served as the Vice President, Finance at DoveBid, Inc., a capital asset disposition and valuation firm. From December 1995 to January 2000, Mr. Polk was first the Corporate Controller and later the Senior Vice President of Finance and Principal Financial Officer of Savoir Technology Group, Inc., a computer systems distributor and contract assembler. Mr. Polk received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Simon Leung is our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and has served in this capacity since May 2001. Mr. Leung joined us in November 2000 as Corporate Counsel. From December 1999 to November 2000, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the law firm of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP. From May 1995 to December 1999, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the former law firm of Fotenos & Suttle, P.C. Mr. Leung received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Davis and his Juris Doctor degree from the University of Minnesota Law School.
Catherine Chiu has served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development and Communications since November 2003. Prior to joining us, Ms. Chiu was a principal of Falcon Group, a consulting organization providing strategy, finance and mergers and acquisition advisory services. From January 2000 to February 2001, Ms. Chiu served first as Chief Financial Officer and later as Chief Executive Officer of Certainty Solutions, a company offering out-sourced internet infrastructure management services. From January 1997 to December 1999, Ms. Chiu worked as a venture partner at Alpine Technology Ventures, an early-stage venture capital firm. From 1995 to 1997, Ms. Chiu was a Managing Director at CIBC Wood Gundy in charge of technology mergers and acquisitions. Ms. Chiu received a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from Johns Hopkins University and a Masters degree in Business Administration from the University of California, Berkeley Haas School of Business.
David Dennis has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Marketing for HP product offerings since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Product Management for the HP product lines from November 2000 to April 2003. Mr. Dennis joined us in 1994 and has held a variety of sales and product management positions. Mr. Dennis received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration and Marketing from California State University, Chico.
Peggy Fong has served as our Senior Vice President of Finance Operations since August 2002 and previously served as our Vice President of Finance Operations. Ms. Fong joined us in November 1999 as our Controller of Manufacturing Operations. Prior to joining us, Ms. Fong served as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer at Hercules Computer Technology, Inc., a leading graphics card company, from August 1992 to August 1999. Ms. Fong received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from San Jose State University.
Gary Gulmon has served as our Chief Information Officer since December 2000. Mr. Gulmon joined us in 1982 and has held several positions with our company. From July 1997 to December 2000, he served as Director of MIS. Mr. Gulmon received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration and Accounting from San Jose State University.
Stephen Ichinaga has served as our Senior Vice President of the Systems Integration Division since August 2002 and has previously served as our Senior Vice President of Business Development. Mr. Ichinaga joined us in March 1984 and has held a variety of sales positions. From October 1999 to June 2001, Mr. Ichinaga served as Vice President of Business Development. Prior to this position, Mr. Ichinaga served as Vice President of Western U.S. Sales. Mr. Ichinaga received a Bachelor of Science degree in Managerial Economics from the University of California, Davis.
Steve Jow has served as our Senior Vice President of Commercial Sales since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Western U.S. Distribution Sales from June 2000 to April 2003. Mr. Jow joined us
60
in 1990 and has held a variety of sales and management positions. From September 1999 to June 2000, Mr. Jow served as Associate Vice President of Distribution.
Mitchell Martin has served as President of Sales and Marketing, SYNNEX Canada Limited since September 2001 and previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Merisel Canada from August 2000 until our acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001. Prior to this, he joined the Products department at Merisel in 1989. Mr. Martin received a Masters degree in Business Administration, with emphasis in the areas of product marketing and product management, from York University in Toronto.
Timothy Rush has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since July 2001. Mr Rush joined us in March 1997 as our Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rush served as the Vice President of Operations of Merisel FAB, Inc. from March 1995 to March 1997. From November 1993 to March 1995, Mr. Rush served as the Director of Procurement and Vendor Relations of Vanstar Corporation, a network integrator and computer reseller. Mr. Rush received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management and an Associate of Science degree in Computer Studies from Keene State College.
Michael Thomson has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing and Services since July 2003. From January 2002 to July 2003, Mr. Thomson served as our Senior Vice President of Eastern U.S. Sales. Mr. Thomson joined us in May 1996 as our Vice President of Eastern U.S. Sales. Prior to joining us, Mr. Thomson served as Vice President of Sales of Gates/Arrow Distributing from July 1992 until October 1995.
Michael Van Gieson has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Marketing since January 2002 and previously served as our Vice President of Tier One Product Marketing from May 1999 until January 2002. Mr. Van Gieson joined us in February 1997 as Associate Vice President of Product Marketing. Mr. Van Gieson received a Bachelor of Science degree in Administrative Management from Clemson University.
Fred Breidenbach has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2003. Mr. Breidenbach has had his own consulting firm of FA Breidenbach & Associates, LLC since November 1997. Prior to that, he served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, an aviation company, from 1993 to 1997. Prior to joining Gulfstream, Mr. Breidenbach spent 25 years in various positions at General Electric Company, including five years as an officer of the General Electric Company and two years as President, GE Aerospace Asia Pacific, responsible for business development and Asian operations. Mr. Breidenbach currently serves on the board of directors of Suntron. Mr. Breidenbach received a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and a Master of Business Administration from Xavier University.
David Rynne has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Mr. Rynne served as the Chief Executive Officer of Receipt.com, a secure data transfer company, from July 1999 until its acquisition by Vali-Cert in December 1999. From August 1998 to June 1999, he served as Vice President at Nortel Networks, a networking solutions company. Mr. Rynne served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Bay Networks from January 1997 until its merger into Nortel Networks in August 1998. From July 1982 until December 1996, Mr. Rynne was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tandem Computers, a computer manufacturer. Prior to Tandem, Mr. Rynne spent 18 years in various financial positions including Corporate Controller at Burroughs Corporation. Mr. Rynne is on the board of directors of Zoran Corporation and two private companies. Mr. Rynne received a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Buffalo.
Young Sohn has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2001. Mr. Sohn joined Agilent Technologies, Inc., a global diversified technology company, in August 2003 as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Semiconductor Products Group. From February 1999 to August 2003, Mr. Sohn was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oak Technology, Inc. Before joining Oak Technology, Inc., Mr. Sohn served as President of the Hard Disk Drive Group of Quantum Corporation from February 1996 to February 1999. Prior to Quantum Corporation, Mr. Sohn spent ten years in various management positions at Intel Corporation, including Marketing Director of Worldwide Channel Marketing, and
61
PC Chipset Business Unit Manager. Mr. Sohn is a member of the board of directors of Cymer, Inc. and PLX Technology, Inc. Mr. Sohn received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Dwight Steffensen has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2002. Mr. Steffensen served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Merisel, Inc. from February 1996 until August 2000. Prior to joining Merisel, Mr. Steffensen served as President and Chief Operating Officer at Bergen Brunswig Corporation, a healthcare company. Prior to the merger of Bergen Brunswig Corporation and Synergex Corporation, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Synergex. Mr. Steffensen received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from Stanford University and is a certified public accountant.
Director Compensation
Each outside member of our Board of Directors receives a cash bonus of $25,000 upon joining the Board and then receives an annual cash retainer fee of $25,000, an additional $1,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended. In addition, each committee chair receives an annual retainer fee of $5,000. All directors are reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in serving on the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors. Directors are eligible to receive stock options under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and will be eligible to receive equity incentives, in the form of stock options or direct stock issuances, under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.
On the date of each annual stockholders meeting held after completion of this offering, each of our continuing non-employee board members will receive an option to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the automatic option grant program under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, provided such individual has served on our board for at least six months. Each non-employee director who is first elected as a non-employee board member on or after the completion of this offering and who has not been in our prior employ will receive an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock on the date such individual joins the board. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, and will have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the directors cessation of board service. The shares subject to each annual 5,000 share option grant and the shares subject to each initial 25,000 share automatic option grant will vest over five years at a rate of 20% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of 1/60th per month thereafter. Before adoption of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, options were generally granted to non-employee directors for the same number of shares and subject to the same basic terms as described above.
In fiscal 2002, Matthew Miau received a $1,000 quarterly retainer, $2,500 for board meeting fees and a 187,500 share option grant. Mr. Miau also received $550,000 for extraordinary services as our Chairman and for services as a non-officer employee. The services performed by Mr. Miau were beyond those typically provided by a non-executive chairman. For example, in 2002 and 2003, Mr. Miau was actively involved in marketing and new business development activities for us. During this period, he participated in meetings with certain existing and potential customers. Mr. Miau also participated in meetings assisting our management in the oversight of business and financial strategies. In addition, Mr. Miau has played an integral role in the collaborative effort of MiTAC International and SYNNEX in the contract assembly business. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Sohn received a $25,000 retainer, $6,000 for board meeting fees and a 5,000 share option grant. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Steffensen received a $25,000 retainer, $6,500 for board meeting fees and a 25,000 share option grant.
Board Structure
Our board of directors currently consists of six directors. All directors are elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until their successors have been elected.
62
Board Committees
Our board of directors has an audit committee, compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and an executive committee.
Audit Committee
The audit committee provides assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. The audit committee currently consists of Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Dwight Steffensen. Mr. Steffensen is the chairman of the audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under SEC rules. We believe that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future audit committee requirements as they become applicable to us.
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee determines our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. The current members of the compensation committee are David Rynne, Young Sohn and Dwight Steffensen. Mr. Sohn is the chairman of our compensation committee. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future compensation committee requirements as they become applicable to us.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board and for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters. The current members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Fred Breidenbach, David Rynne and Young Sohn. Mr. Breidenbach is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporation governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future nominating and corporate governance committee requirements as they become applicable to us.
Executive Committee
The executive committee is responsible for identifying strategic opportunities, including but not limited to acquisitions or investments and assessing these opportunities. The executive committee is also responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding these opportunities. The current members of our executive committee are Robert Huang, Matthew Miau and David Rynne. Mr. Miau is the chairman of our executive committee.
63
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serves on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
Corporate Governance
We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees which meets the requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC rules and regulations and the proposed New York Stock Exchange requirements. We intend to comply with future code of conduct requirements as they become applicable to us.
A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to have in place disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that such information will be accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth the cash compensation paid by us, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued, during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002 to our Chief Executive Officer and our four next most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for services rendered in fiscal 2002 exceeded $100,000, whom we refer to as the named executive officers.
Summary Compensation Table
Annual Compensation
|
Long-term
Compensation |
|||||||||||
Name and Principal Position(s) |
Salary
|
Bonus
|
Other
Compensation |
Shares
Underlying Options |
||||||||
Robert Huang President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
$ | 350,000 | $ | 1,100,000 | | 375,000 | ||||||
Peter Larocque Executive Vice President, Distribution |
$ | 277,645 | $ | 300,000 | $ | 4,100 | (1) | 75,000 | ||||
Dennis Polk(3) Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance |
$ | 138,836 | $ | 50,000 | $ | 500 | (2) | 75,000 | ||||
Simon Leung General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
$ | 148,967 | $ | 60,000 | $ | 500 | (2) | 20,000 | ||||
Kevin Chuang Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer(4) |
$ | 266,615 | $ | 300,000 | | 75,000 |
(1) | Represents $3,600 in automobile allowance and $500 in 401(k) plan contributions. |
(2) | Represents $500 in 401(k) plan contributions. |
(3) | Mr. Polk joined us as our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance in February 2002. Mr. Polks salary for fiscal 2002 on an annualized basis was $180,000. |
(4) | Mr. Chuang resigned as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in June 2002. |
64
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
This table provides information concerning stock options granted to the named executive officers during fiscal 2002. The percentage of total options granted is based on a total of 1,397,548 options granted in fiscal 2002. The exercise price on the date of grant was equal to the fair market value on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Options have a maximum term of 10 years but may terminate earlier for specified events related to cessation of employment. These options were granted under our Special Executive Option Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan and vest over five years at a rate of 20% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of 1 / 60 per month thereafter. The 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price.
The values reflected in the table may never be achieved. The dollar values have been calculated by determining the difference between the fair market value of the securities underlying the options at November 30, 2002 and the exercise prices of the options. Solely for purposes of determining the value of the options at November 30, 2002, we have assumed that the fair market value of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options was $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price per share, since the common stock was not traded in an established market prior to the offering.
Individual Grants
|
Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term ($) |
||||||||||||||
Name |
Number of
Securities Underlying Options Granted (#) |
Percent of
Total Options Granted in Fiscal 2002 (%) |
Exercise
Price Per Share ($) |
Expiration
Date |
|||||||||||
5%
|
10%
|
||||||||||||||
Robert Huang |
375,000 | 26.8 | % | 10.00 | 3/29/12 | $ | 5,412,532 | $ | 10,839,801 | ||||||
Peter Larocque |
75,000 | 5.4 | 10.00 | 3/29/12 | $ | 1,082,506 | $ | 2,167,960 | |||||||
Dennis Polk |
75,000 | 5.4 | 10.00 | 2/15/12 | $ | 1,082,506 | $ | 2,167,960 | |||||||
Simon Leung |
20,000 | 1.4 | 10.00 | 2/15/12 | $ | 288,668 | $ | 578,123 | |||||||
Kevin Chuang |
75,000 | 5.4 | 10.00 | 3/29/12 | $ | 1,082,506 | $ | 2,167,960 |
Aggregated Option Exercises in 2002 and Fiscal Year-End Values
This table sets forth with respect to the named executive officers, the number of shares acquired and the value realized upon exercise of stock options during fiscal 2002 and the exercisable and unexercisable options held by them as of November 30, 2002. The Value Realized and the Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options shown in the table represents an amount equal to the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and the option exercise price multiplied by the number of shares acquired on exercise and the number of unexercised in-the-money options.
Name |
Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#) |
Value
Realized ($) |
Number of Securities
at November 30, 2002 |
Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at November 30, 2002 |
|||||||||||
Exercisable
|
Unexercisable
|
Exercisable
|
Unexercisable
|
||||||||||||
Robert Huang |
| $ | | 1,246,666 | 603,333 | $ | 10,839,993 | $ | 3,484,997 | ||||||
Peter Larocque |
| | 221,134 | 118,663 | $ | 2,096,603 | $ | 675,971 | |||||||
Dennis Polk |
| | | 75,000 | $ | | $ | 375,000 | |||||||
Simon Leung |
| | 7,667 | 32,333 | $ | 23,001 | $ | 136,999 | |||||||
Kevin Chuang |
| | 325,166 | 136,334 | $ | 2,988,995 | $ | 809,006 |
65
Employee Benefit Plans
2003 Stock Incentive Plan
General . Our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to serve as the successor plan to our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our 1993 Stock Option Plan, which have all been terminated in connection with this offering. Our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors in 2003 and is subject to approval by our stockholders. It will become effective upon completion of this offering. The plan provides for the direct award or sale of shares of common stock, the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock and the award of stock appreciation rights to employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. However, incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code may be granted only to employees.
Administration. The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine which eligible individuals are to receive awards under the plan, the number of shares subject to the awards, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards and other terms of the award, subject to the limits of the plan. The compensation committee may delegate its administrative authority, subject to certain limitations, with respect to individuals who are not officers.
The board of directors will be able to amend or modify the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval. The plan will terminate no later than September 1, 2013.
Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan shall not exceed the sum of (1) the number of shares subject to outstanding options granted under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, our Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our 1993 Stock Option Plan outstanding as of the closing of this offering, to the extent those options expire, terminate or are cancelled for any reason prior to being exercised, plus (2) 5,506,649 shares of common stock; provided however, that the number of authorized shares under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan shall not exceed 14,111,761 shares of common stock. However, no participant in the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan may receive option grants or stock appreciation rights for more than 1,500,000 shares per calendar year, or more than 2,500,000 shares in the participants first calendar year of service.
Plan Features . Under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan:
| Qualified employees will be eligible for the grant of incentive stock options to purchase shares of common stock. |
| Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants will also be eligible for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock grants. |
| Qualified non-employee directors will be eligible to receive automatic option grants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the date of grant. Non-employee directors who first join the board after the plan is effective will receive an initial option grant of 25,000 shares, and all non-employee directors will be eligible for annual option grants for 5,000 shares for each year they continue to serve. |
| The compensation committee will determine the exercise price of options or the purchase price of restricted stock grants, but the option price for incentive stock options will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and the option price for nonstatutory stock options will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant although the committee may determine that the price will vary in accordance with a predetermined formula. |
| The exercise price or purchase price may, at the discretion of the compensation committee, be paid in cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services or future services. |
66
| Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants will also be eligible for the award of stock appreciation rights, which enable the holder to realize the value of future appreciation in our common stock, payable in cash or shares of common stock. |
Vesting . The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan includes change in control provisions that may result in accelerated vesting of outstanding awards. The committee may also grant options, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights in which all or some of the shares shall become vested if we have a change in control. Change in control is defined under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan as:
| a change in the composition of the board of directors, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either: |
| had been directors on our board 24 months before the change; or |
| were elected, or nominated for election, to the board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the directors who had been directors 24 months before the change and who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved; or |
| an acquisition or aggregation of securities by a person, including two or more persons acting together, as a result of which the person becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the voting power of our outstanding securities; or |
| a merger in which our stockholder do not continue to own more than 50% of our stock. |
Upon a corporate reorganization, outstanding awards may accelerate vesting or be settled for cash if not assumed by the acquiring company.
2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
General . The board of directors adopted our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in 2003, to be effective upon completion of this offering. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is subject to approval by our stockholders. A total of 500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Administration. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, is administered by the board of directors or by a committee appointed by the board. Employees in the U.S. or Canada other than officers and employee directors who constitute highly compensated employees under Section 414 (q) of the Internal Revenue Code and 5% or greater stockholders, are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week and for more than five months in any calendar year. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an employees total compensation. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase during a single accumulation period is 1,250 shares.
Offering and Accumulation Periods. The 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be implemented by a series of overlapping offering periods of 24 months duration, with new offering periods, other than the first offering period, beginning in October and April each year. Each offering period will consist of four accumulation periods of up to six months each. During each accumulation period, payroll deductions will accumulate, without interest. On the last trading day of each accumulation period, accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase common stock. The initial offering period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and end on September 30, 2005. The initial accumulation period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and end on March 31, 2004.
67
The purchase price will equal 85% of the fair market value per share of common stock on either the first trading day of the offering period or on the last trading day of the accumulation period, whichever is less. If the fair market value of our stock at the start of an offering period is higher than the fair market value at the start of a subsequent offering period, then the first offering period will automatically terminate and participants will be automatically re-enrolled in the new offering period.
Employees may withdraw their accumulated payroll deductions at any time. Participation in our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ends automatically on termination of employment. Immediately before the effective time of a corporate reorganization, the accumulation period then in progress will terminate and stock will be purchased with the accumulated payroll deductions, unless the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation under the plan of merger or consolidation.
The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the plan at any time. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval. Unless earlier terminated, the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on September 1, 2013.
Deferred Compensation Plan
Introduction. Our Deferred Compensation Plan became effective on January 1, 1994. The plan is designed to permit designated employees to accumulate additional income for retirement and other personal financial goals through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.
Eligibility. Employees designated by the company as eligible to participate in the plan may participate in the plan.
Elective Contributions. Each participant executes a salary and/or bonus reduction agreement to reduce a specified amount or salary and/or bonus for any calendar year. Such salary reduction agreement must be executed no later than the last day of the preceding calendar year, except that a salary reduction agreement may be executed with respect to a bonus before the amount of the bonus is ascertainable. A salary reduction agreement for a participants initial participation in the plan must be executed no later than thirty (30) days after the participant becomes eligible to participate in the plan and will be applied only to compensation earned after its execution or to a bonus before the amount of the bonus is ascertainable. No salary reduction agreement may be amended or revoked with respect to base salary after it has been earned, or with respect to a bonus after the amount of the bonus is ascertainable.
Account. An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The account is maintained on our books only, and we are under no obligation to segregate any assets to provide for the plan liabilities. The participant may designate one or more investments as the measure of investment return on the participants account. The participants account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participants designated investments. If the participant does not designate one or more investments as the measure of the investment return on the participants account, then such participants account will be credited with interest at a rate determined by our compensation committee.
Distributions. The amount credited to the participants account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participants termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five (65). The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen (15) years.
The participant may apply for a hardship distribution in limited circumstances in the event of such participants immediate and substantial financial need and participants account will be reduced by the amount of
68
any such hardship withdrawal. A hardship distribution will be distributed at such time or times as the compensation committee determines.
In the event the participant requests a distribution other than a hardship distribution, the compensation committee may distribute any portion of the participants account, provided the participants account is debited an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount of the requested distribution, in addition to the amount of the requested distribution. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment.
Amendment and Termination. We have the right to refuse to allow a participant to make additional income deferrals under the plan at any time. The plan may be amended or terminated in whole or in part at any time by the Board in its sole discretion. Any amendment or termination will not affect the rights of any participant under the plan other than as may be required by law.
401(k) Plan
In 1993, we adopted a 401(k) profit sharing plan for which our employees generally are eligible. The plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions to the plan by employees or us and the investment earnings on the contributions are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn. Our contributions are deductible when made. Our employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by an amount equal to the maximum of 20% of total annual compensation or the annual limit permitted by law ($11,000 in 2002) and to have those funds contributed to the plan. We make contributions to the plan which match 25% of each participants contribution for the year to the extent that the participants contribution does not exceed 4% of the participants salary for the year. However, the maximum matching contribution for a participant in any year is $500. A participant vests in his or her matching contribution account in annual increments over three years of service.
Profit Sharing Program
We have a profit sharing program under which we have historically accrued 15% of our pre-tax, before profit sharing accrual, profits for bonus allocation purposes. Under this program, bonuses granted to officers at the Senior Vice President level and above are determined by our compensation committee. Bonus allocations to all other employees are granted at our discretion. Bonus amounts paid to employees through the profit sharing program are not based on quantitative goals. Payments are based on rewarding employees for individual contribution, loyalty, teamwork and integrity. There are no goal amounts within the program as payments are based on the recommendations of managers, and of the compensation committee for senior executives, as a result of their assessment of these factors for the year. Our compensation committee has determined that for fiscal 2003, the bonus for Mr. Huang, our Chief Executive Officer, will be an amount equal to 16.7% of the bonus pool under this program subject to certain criteria related to our performance. Our compensation committee has also determined that for fiscal 2003, the bonus for Mr. Miau, our Chairman, will be an amount equal to 50% of the bonus amount granted to our Chief Executive Officer. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors.
Indemnification under our Certificate of Incorporation
Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to the company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of directors duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
69
Our certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Indemnification may not apply in certain circumstances to actions arising under federal securities laws. We believe that the limitation of liability provisions in our certificate of incorporation and indemnification agreements may enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors.
Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements
In connection with his termination of employment with us, on or before this offering, Kevin Chuang, our former Chief Operating Officer will execute a severance and non-competition agreement with, and a release in favor of, us in exchange for cash payments totaling $1.7 million. In addition to the cash payments, the agreement accelerates the vesting and extends the exercise period, of certain options previously issued to Mr. Chuang. We estimate the non-cash expense related to the change in options terms will be approximately $564,000. The net, after-tax, effect of the cash payments and option acceleration expense will be approximately $1.4 million. This amount is expected to be incurred in our fiscal fourth quarter.
In addition, if any of the following officers are terminated without cause within two months before or 12 months after a change in control of us (including a voluntary termination because of a reduction in salary or position or a relocation), the officer would be entitled to the following post-termination salary and benefits arrangements:
| Executive Vice Presidents would be entitled to receive salary continuation at the rate equal to the average of such officers total salary and bonus over the prior three years for a minimum of 18 months plus one month per year of employment with us after the eighteenth year of such employment, up to a maximum of 24 months, and paid COBRA for two years; and |
| Senior Vice Presidents and the Chief Information Officer would be entitled to receive salary continuation at the rate equal to the average of such officers total salary and bonus over the prior three years for a minimum of 12 months plus one month per year of employment with us after the thirteenth year of such employment, up to a maximum of 18 months, and paid COBRA for one year. |
70
OWNERSHIP BY MITAC INTERNATIONAL AND ITS AFFILIATES
In 1992, MiTAC International, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Silver Star Development, Ltd., acquired a controlling interest in us. Since 1992, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, has increased its beneficial ownership interest in us to approximately 98%.
MiTAC International, established in 1982, is a publicly held, original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan. MiTAC International specializes in the development and manufacturing of motherboards, servers, LCD PCs, mobile wireless handheld devices, such as wireless PDAs and smart phones. In the last 20 years, MiTAC International has expanded its presence in more than 20 countries around the world.
After completion of this offering, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately 77.3% of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately 74.6% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. MiTAC International and its affiliates will continue to control us upon completion of the offering. As a result of MiTAC Internationals and its affiliates continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as Mr. Miaus position as Chairman of our board of directors and as chairman, director or officer of MiTAC International and some of its affiliates, MiTAC International and its affiliates will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder action. Other than shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they do not presently intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the 180 day lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or dispose of some or all of their shares.
The following table sets forth the ownership of our shares by the various entities affiliated with, or which may be considered to be affiliated with, MiTAC International.
Name of our current stockholders |
Percentage
ownership of us before offering |
Percentage ownership of us
after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option |
Percentage ownership of us after this offering, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full |
||||||
Silver Star Developments Ltd.(1) |
55 | % | 46 | % | 45 | % | |||
Peer Developments Ltd.(2) |
24 | % | 21 | % | 20 | % | |||
Constant Holdings Ltd.(3) |
14 | % | 10 | % | 9 | % | |||
Abundant Investment Group Limited |
2 | % | * | * | |||||
MIX System Holdings Ltd. |
1 | % | * | * | |||||
Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corp. |
* | * | * | ||||||
Budworth Investments Ltd. |
* | * | * |
(1) | MiTAC International owns 100% of Silver Star Developments Ltd. |
(2) | Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Ltd. |
(3) | UPC Technology Corp. owns 100% of Constant Holdings Ltd. |
* | Less than 1%. |
The above-listed entities are all owned or controlled directly or indirectly by MiTAC International or its significant stockholders, Lien Hwa Industrial Corp., UPC Technology Corp. and Mitac Incorporated, each of which is based in Taiwan. MiTAC International, Lien Hwa Industrial Corp. and UPC Technology Corp. are listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange. Mitac Incorporated is a privately held company. Our Chairman serves as the chairman, a member of the board of directors or an executive officer of each of the above MiTAC affiliated entities or their parent company.
Synnex Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia,
71
and is also a potential competitor of ours. Mitac Incorporated, a privately held company based in Taiwan and a separate entity from MiTAC International, owns approximately 16.0% of Synnex Technology International and approximately 9.6% of MiTAC International. MiTAC International indirectly owns 0.41% of Synnex Technology International and Synnex Technology International owns approximately 1.3% of MiTAC International. In addition, MiTAC International indirectly owns approximately 9.0% of Mitac Incorporated and Synnex Technology International owns approximately 14.4% of Mitac Incorporated. In addition, each of MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 50% of Abundant Investment Group Limited, a selling stockholder. In addition, Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Ltd., which has an ownership interest in us as set forth in the preceding chart.
MiTAC Internationals and its affiliates continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as our Chairmans position as chairman or director or officer of these entities could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters that could have different implications for MiTAC International, its affiliates and us, including potential acquisitions of businesses, effects of competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters.
72
Transactions with Management and Others and Certain Business Relationships
Business Relationships and Agreements with MiTAC International
We have a business relationship with MiTAC International that began in 1992 when it, through its affiliates, became our primary investor.
We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities and jointly market MiTACs design and electronic manufacturing services and our contract assembly capabilities. This relationship has enabled us to build relationships with MiTAC Internationals customers and we continue to work with and depend on MiTAC International to jointly serve our shared customers.
In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, we purchased inventories, including notebook computers, motherboard and other peripherals, from MiTAC International and its affiliates totaling approximately $392.0 million, $236.0 million, $142.4 million and $90.3 million, respectively. Our sales to MiTAC International and its affiliates during fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, totaled approximately $8.6 million, $4.7 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
Our business relationship to date with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International and our assembly customers for a given project. Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms-length negotiations between independent parties. Our relationship, including pricing and other material terms with our shared customers or with MiTAC International, may or may not be as advantageous to us as the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. We believe that the terms of these services in the aggregate are at least as favorable to us as those we could have obtained from unrelated third parties through arms-length negotiations. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the board. Notwithstanding this policy, MiTAC International can generally control us and can determine the outcome of all matters submitted for stockholder approval.
Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement with MiTAC International. In May 2002, we entered into a joint sales and marketing agreement with MiTAC International. Pursuant to the agreement, both parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to promote the other partys capabilities to their respective customers who are interested in such product offerings. This agreement does not provide for the terms upon which we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue. To date, these negotiations have been on a case-by-case basis.
Agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems. In August 1999, MiTAC International entered into a general agreement with Sun Microsystems. This agreement does not constitute a contract or obligation by Sun Microsystems to purchase products or services. In February 2002, the agreement was amended to include us as a supplier under the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the terms for the manufacture and purchase of each particular product awarded by Sun Microsystems are individually negotiated and if agreed upon by the parties, such terms are included in a product award letter. There is no minimum level of commitment required by any of the parties under the agreement. We negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue based on manufacturing services that each party provides, on a project-by-project basis with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems for a given project. In the past, these negotiations with MiTAC International were not conducted on an arms-length basis. Between February 1, 2002 and August 31, 2003, we purchased approximately $213.3 million of products from MiTAC International under this agreement.
73
Registration Rights Agreement. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock, including the MiTAC International affiliated entities. After this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, the holders of an aggregate of 19,838,550 shares of our common stock will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares. Any group of holders of at least 30% of the securities with registration rights can require us to register all or part of their shares at any time following six months after this offering, so long as the thresholds in the registration rights agreement are met with respect to the amount of securities to be sold. After we have completed two such registrations subject to certain exceptions, we are no longer subject to these demand rights. In addition, holders of securities with registration rights may also require us to include their shares in future registration statements we file, subject to cutback at the option of the underwriters of any such offering. Subject to our eligibility to do so, holders of registrable securities may also require us to register their shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-3 if total proceeds are at least $500,000 and if we have not completed two such registrations in any 12-month period. Upon any of these registrations, these shares will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction.
Sales of Securities
In August 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corp., from MIX System Holdings Ltd., which is wholly owned by Mitac Incorporated which in turn directly owns approximately 9% of MiTAC International, for approximately $4.2 million in common stock. We acquired MiTAC Industrial Corp. as part of our U.S. contract assembly expansion efforts.
In September 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Mitac Europe Ltd. from Silver Star Developments Ltd, a company controlled by our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International, for 1,637,500 shares of our common stock. We acquired Mitac Europe Ltd. as part of our international expansion effort to enable us to more effectively provide contract assembly to the European market.
Additional Compensation for Mr. Miau
In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, Matthew Miau, our Chairman of the Board, received discretionary bonus payments and salary payments totaling $187,500, $500,000 and $550,000, respectively, and options to purchase an aggregate of 912,500 shares of our common stock in connection with his performance of duties as Chairman, and his services as a non-executive employee. For fiscal 2003, it is expected that Mr. Miau will receive a similar discretionary bonus as was paid in fiscal 2002 for his services as our Chairman and as a non-executive employee. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors.
Deferred Compensation Investment in SYNNEX Japan
In fiscal 1997 and 2000, pursuant to our deferred compensation plan, Matthew Miau, Robert Huang and Kevin Chuang allocated $173,228 of their deferred compensation into our investment in one of our subsidiaries, SYNNEX Japan K.K, or SYNNEX Japan. The terms of such investment were determined by the managements of SYNNEX and SYNNEX Japan. On November 30, 2002, the majority of the disinterested directors on our Board of Directors approved the divestiture by Messrs. Miau, Huang and Chuang of their interests in 200,000, 200,000 and 40,000 shares, respectively, of SYNNEX Japan at a price of $0.09 per share. In addition, we purchased the remaining shares of SYNNEX Japan held by Messrs. Miau, Huang and Chuang for $71,792, $71,792 and $17,948, respectively. The purchase price of $0.09 per share was equal to the price per share paid to an independent third party for shares in SYNNEX Japan. Although we continue to maintain our deferred compensation plan, in the future, we do not anticipate allowing our executive officers and directors to invest in our other subsidiaries through our deferred compensation plan.
74
Stock Option Repurchase Program
On August 31, 2001, we implemented an option repurchase program in which we offered some of our employees, including our named executive officers and current executive officers, the right to sell certain of their unexercised fully vested stock options to us. The payment per unexercised option share was equal to the difference between $10.00, the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date we made the repurchase offer as determined by our board of directors, and the exercise price per share of the unexercised option. We recorded compensation expense of $2.6 million in respect to the payments made to our employees. Participation in the option repurchase program was voluntary, and participants were permitted to elect to have some, all or none of their eligible options repurchased pursuant to the option repurchase program. The following table summarizes the options repurchased from, and the amounts paid to, our named executive officers and current executive officers pursuant to the option repurchase program.
Named Executive Officers and Current Executive Officers |
Total Number of
Unexercised Options Surrendered for Repurchase |
Total Consideration
Received in Return for Surrendering the Unexercised Options |
|||
Matthew Miau |
8,632 | $ | 69,056 | ||
Robert Huang |
131,250 | $ | 1,155,000 | ||
Peter Larocque |
41,200 | $ | 313,400 | ||
Kevin Chuang |
45,999 | $ | 336,993 |
Separation with Former Officer
In October 2001, Kevin Chuang, who is the brother-in-law of Mr. Huang and who was then serving as our Chief Operating Officer, entered into a plea agreement with the United States Attorneys Office for the Northern District of California in which he plead guilty to one felony charge of perjury relating to a customers 1996 bankruptcy proceeding. No charges of wrongdoing by us or any of our other officers or directors were brought in connection with this matter.
In June 2002, Mr. Chuang ceased to be our Chief Operating Officer. Thereafter, he has continued to serve as our employee. His employment will terminate at least five days before the completion of this offering. Upon his termination, Mr. Chuang will execute a severance and non-competition agreement with, and a release in favor of, the Company, as described under ManagementEmployment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements. We paid approximately $260,000 of Mr. Chuangs legal costs and expenses in connection with this matter, including a fine and special assessment fee. As part of this settlement, Mr. Chuang will repay, prior to the closing of this offering, the amounts so advanced by us.
Indebtedness of Management
On December 31, 2002, Mr. Huang, our Chief Executive Officer, repaid the remaining balance of both promissory notes described below.
In January 1998, Mr. Huang issued a secured full recourse promissory note to us pursuant to which he could borrow up to $1,000,000, which note was secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by Mr. Huang. Interest was calculated based on the unpaid principal from the date of each borrowing at an annual rate of the then prevailing LIBOR rate plus 1.75% at the beginning of each calendar year, with the accrued interest payable on the last business day of the calendar year.
In December 2001, Mr. Huang borrowed an additional $1.1 million from us pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note with interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note is secured by the same deed of trust on real property which serves as collateral for Mr. Huangs January 1998 promissory note.
In fiscal 2002, the largest aggregate amount outstanding under these notes was $1.7 million.
75
On August 29, 2003, Mr. Larocque, our Executive Vice President, Distribution, repaid the promissory note described below.
In January 2002, Mr. Larocque borrowed $200,000 from us pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note bears interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note is due on or before January 25, 2017. The note is secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by Mr. Larocque. In fiscal 2002, the largest aggregate amount outstanding under this note was $200,000.
76
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information as of August 31, 2003, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
| each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5%, in the aggregate, of our outstanding common stock; |
| each of our named executive officers; |
| each of our directors; |
| all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and |
| the selling stockholders. |
Except as otherwise indicated, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by such person, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder is c/o SYNNEX Corporation, 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538. Some of the selling stockholders are or may be considered to be affiliates of MiTAC International, our majority stockholder as more fully described under Ownership by MiTAC International and its Affiliates.
The percentages shown are calculated based on 22,090,291 shares of common stock outstanding on August 31, 2003. The numbers and percentages shown include the shares actually owned as of August 31, 2003, and the shares that the identified person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of such date. In calculating the percentage ownership, all shares that the identified person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of August 31, 2003 upon exercise of options are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of shares owned by that person or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of shares owned by any other person or group. In addition, the following table assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and certain of the selling stockholders.
Beneficial Ownership
of Shares Before the Offering |
Number of
Shares Offered |
Beneficial Ownership
of Shares After the Offering |
||||||||||
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number
|
Percent
|
Number
|
Percent
|
||||||||
5% Stockholders: | ||||||||||||
MiTAC International Corporation and related parties(1) |
21,661,050 | 98.1 | % | 1,822,500 | 19,838,550 | 77.3 | % | |||||
Directors and Named Executive Officers: | ||||||||||||
Matthew Miau(2) |
1,306,576 | 5.6 | % | | 1,306,576 | 4.8% | ||||||
Robert Huang(3) |
1,581,249 | 6.7 | % | | 1,581,249 | 5.8 | % | |||||
Peter Larocque(4) |
256,882 | 1.1 | % | | 256,882 | 1.0 | % | |||||
Dennis Polk(5) |
25,000 | * | | 25,000 | * | |||||||
Simon Leung(6) |
18,000 | * | | 18,000 | * | |||||||
Kevin Chuang(7) |
378,584 | 1.7 | % | | 378,584 | 1.5 | % | |||||
Fred Breidenbach |
| | | | | |||||||
David Rynne |
| | | | | |||||||
Young Sohn(8) |
15,000 | * | | 15,000 | * | |||||||
Dwight Steffensen(9) |
8,333 | * | | 8,333 | * | |||||||
All current directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)(10) |
3,211,040 | 12.8 | % | | 3,211,040 | 11.2 | % | |||||
Selling Stockholders: | ||||||||||||
Silver Star Developments Ltd.(11) |
12,197,024 | 55.2 | % | 500,000 | 11,697,024 | 45.6 | % | |||||
Constant Holdings Ltd.(12) |
3,047,082 | 13.8 | % | 500,000 | 2,547,082 | 9.9 | % | |||||
Abundant Investment Group Limited(13) |
500,000 | 2.3 | % | 500,000 | | | ||||||
MIX System Holdings Ltd.(14) |
322,500 | 1.5 | % | 322,500 | | |
77
* | Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%). |
(1) | Represents 12,197,024 shares held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., 5,294,444 shares held by Peer Developments Ltd., 3,047,082 shares held by Constant Holdings Ltd., 500,000 shares held by Abundant Investment Group Limited, 322,500 shares held by MIX System Holdings, Ltd., 200,000 shares held by Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and 100,000 shares held by Budworth Investments Ltd. Matthew Miau, Feng-Tzu Tsai, Jhi-Wu Ho and Chi-Ying Yuan, the directors of Silver Star Developments Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Silver Star Developments Ltd. Matthew Miau and Hermie Hoi-Ming Miu, the directors of Constant Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Constant Holdings Ltd. Hsiang-Yun Yang and Jong-Long Tzeng, the directors of Abundant Investment Group Limited, hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Abundant Investment Group Limited. Matthew Miau and Judy B.L. Tsai, the directors of MIX System Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the share held by MIX System Holdings Ltd. C.K. Cheng and T.C. Chou, the directors of Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation, hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and C.K. Cheng and T.C. Chou, the directors of Budworth Investments Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Budworth Investments Ltd. |
(2) | Includes 1,295,208 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Mr. Miau disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the above-listed entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. |
(3) | Includes 1,431,249 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(4) | Represents 256,882 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(5) | Represents 25,000 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(6) | Represents 18,000 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(7) | Represents 378,584 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(8) | Represents 15,000 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(9) | Represents 8,333 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(10) | Includes 3,049,672 shares subject to options which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2003. |
(11) | The principal business address of Silver Star Developments Ltd. is 6F, No. 200, Wen Hua 2nd Road, Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Peer Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Matthew Miau, Feng-Tzu Tsai, Jhi-Wu Ho, and Chi-Ying Yuan, the directors of Silver Star Developments Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Silver Star Developments Ltd. |
78
(12) | The principal business address of Constant Holdings Ltd. is 5F, 20 Lane 478, Rueiguang Rd., Neihu 114, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Matthew Miau and Hermie Hoi-Ming Miu, the directors of Constant Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Constant Holdings Ltd. |
(13) | The principal business address of Abundant Investment Group Limited is Beaufort House, P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Abundant Investment Group Limited, MIX System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Ltd. Hsiang-Yun Yang and Jong-Long Tzeng, the directors of Abundant Investment Group Limited, hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Abundant Investment Group Limited. |
(14) | The principal business address of MIX System Holdings Ltd. is c/o MiTAC, Inc., 11F, No. 187, Tiding Blvd., Sec. 2, Neihu 114, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Developments Ltd., Peer Developments Ltd., Constant Holdings Limited, Abundant Investment Group Limited, Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investments Limited. Matthew Miau and Judy B.L. Tsai, the directors of MIX System Holdings Ltd., hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by MIX System Holdings Ltd. |
79
The following discussion summarizes our capital stock. This summary is not complete and is subject to the complete text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Authorized Capitalization
Upon the closing of this offering, our capital structure will consist of 100,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Immediately following the completion of this offering, an aggregate of 25,667,791 shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding. As of August 31, 2003, there were approximately 50 stockholders of record.
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends as our board of directors may declare from time to time from legally available funds subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. Accordingly, directors will be elected by a plurality of the shares voting once a quorum is present. No holder of our common stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of capital stock issued in the future.
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share, on a pro rata basis, all assets remaining after payment to creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
As of the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors, without further action by our stockholders, will be authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series. The board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock, along with any limitations or restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each class or series of preferred stock. The preferred stock could have voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect, under certain circumstances, of delaying, deferring or preventing a takeover or other transaction that holders of some or a majority of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holder might receive a premium for their shares over the then market price of the shares. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us.
80
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs.
| Supermajority Voting . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of our combined voting power to effect certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws may be amended by either a majority of the board of directors, or the holders of 66 2 / 3 % of our voting stock. |
| Authorized but Unissued or Undesignated Capital Stock . At the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. No preferred stock will be designated upon consummation of this offering. After this offering, we will have outstanding 25,667,791 shares of common stock. The authorized but unissued (and in the case of preferred stock, undesignated) stock may be issued by the board of directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants the board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the board of directors authority described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. The board of directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law. |
| Special Meetings of Stockholders . Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by the chairman of the board or by a majority of the board of directors. |
| No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that an action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may only be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. This provision prevents stockholders from initiating or effecting any action by written consent, and thereby taking actions opposed by the board. |
| Notice Procedures . Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to all stockholder proposals to be brought before meetings of our stockholders, including proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, the removal of directors and amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our Secretary prior to the meeting. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws. |
Other Anti-Takeover Provisions
See Management Employee Benefit Plans for a discussion of certain provisions of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and Management Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements for discussion of certain change in control arrangements which may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or unsolicited acquisition proposals.
81
Limitation of Director Liability
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to us or our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a directors fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
| for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; |
| for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
| under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or |
| for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. |
Indemnification Arrangements
Our bylaws provide that our directors and officers shall be indemnified and provide for the advancement to them of expenses in connection with actual or threatened proceedings and claims arising out of their status as such to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide them with rights to indemnification and expense advancement to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company and its telephone number is (781) 575-2717.
82
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity-related securities in the future or reduce the price at which we could sell any equity-related securities.
All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless those shares are held by affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of the outstanding shares not sold in this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, 105,994 shares will be eligible for sale immediately as of the date of this prospectus, 38,862 shares will become eligible for sale between the date of this prospectus and 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and 20,122,935 shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rules 701 or 144 upon expiration of lock-up agreements with our underwriters, a portion of which will be subject to Rule 144 volume limitations.
Lock-up Agreements
We have agreed, and each of our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., sell or otherwise dispose of any shares or options to acquire shares of our common stock or take any action to do any of the foregoing during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements. In addition, certain of our stockholders have entered into agreements with us under which they have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares or options to purchase shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the closing of this offering without our prior written consent.
Of the 20,122,935 shares eligible for sale upon expiration of the underwriters lock-up and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, 19,838,550 shares are held by MiTAC International and its affiliates. MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they presently do not intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of the Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or sell some or all of their shares. In this regard, MiTAC International and its affiliates could effect a pro rata distribution of its shares to their public and private shareholders without compliance with Rule 144 or further registration under the Securities Act. These shares also may be resold in the public markets pursuant to the volume, reporting and other requirements of Rule 144 or by registration. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with MiTAC International and its affiliates requiring us to register these shares for resale to the public.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person deemed to be our affiliate, or a person holding restricted shares who beneficially owns shares that were not acquired from us or our affiliate within the previous one year, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
| 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 256,678 shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, or |
| the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. |
Sales under Rule 144 are subject to requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.
83
Rule 144(k)
A person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale and who owned shares for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner who is not an affiliate, would be entitled to sell restricted shares following this offering under Rule 144(k) without complying with the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information or notice requirements of Rule 144.
Rule 701 and Options
Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some restrictions of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director or consultant who purchased his shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Under Rule 701:
| affiliates can sell Rule 701 shares without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144; |
| non-affiliates can sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144; and |
| Rule 701 shares must be held at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus before they can be resold. |
However, all shares issued by us under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up provisions and will only become eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
Stock Options
As of August 31, 2003, options to purchase a total of 8,502,497 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 6,003,836 are currently exercisable. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all of the shares issuable under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, the shares underlying these options will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up agreements described above.
Registration Rights
Following this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, under specified circumstances and subject to customary conditions, holders of 19,838,550 shares of our common stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by selling stockholders, will have demand registration rights with respect to their shares, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act, and rights to participate in future registrations of our securities. If the holders of these registrable securities request that we register their shares, and if the registration is effected, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
84
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated , 2003, each of the underwriters named below, through their representatives Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
Underwriter |
Number of
Shares |
|
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. |
||
Banc of America Securities LLC |
||
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. |
||
|
||
Total |
5,400,000 | |
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters thereunder are several and subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and various other conditions. Under the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are obligated to purchase and pay for all of the above shares, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any of the shares.
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to initially offer some of the shares directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at this price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may re-allow, concessions not in excess of $ per share on sales to other dealers. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the underwriters may change the offering price, concessions and other selling terms. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts to exceed three percent of the total number of shares offered by them.
We and certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days from the date of the underwriting agreement to purchase up to 810,000 additional shares, at the offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to each underwriters initial purchase commitment as indicated in the preceding table.
We, the selling stockholders and MiTAC International have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
Our directors, executive officers and stockholders, who collectively hold a total of 20,122,935 shares of common stock, have agreed not to sell or offer to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.
We have been advised by Bear, Stearns & Co. that the decision to waive or shorten any lock-up period will be made by Bear, Stearns & Co. on a case-by-case basis after considering such factors as the then-current equity market conditions, the performance of our stock price since the offering and the likely impact of any waiver on our future stock price performance, and the requesting partys motivation for making the request.
In addition, we have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus we will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares our common stock, except for the shares offered in this offering and any
85
shares offered in connection with employee benefit plans described in this prospectus, without the consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be the following:
| our results of operations in recent periods; |
| estimates of our business potential; |
| an assessment of our management; |
| prevailing market conditions; and |
| the prices of similar securities of generally comparable companies. |
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SNX. We cannot assure you, however, that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to the offering at or above the initial offering price.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering, or by their affiliates. The underwriters may allocate a number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than any prospectus made available in electronic format as described above, the information on any web site containing the prospectus is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in such capacity and should not be relied on by prospectus investors.
In order to facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in our common stock for their own account by selling more shares than we have actually sold to them. The underwriters may elect to cover any short position by purchasing shares in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of our common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market and may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in this offering are reclaimed if shares previously distributed in this offering are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and these transactions may be discontinued at any time. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of shares to the extent that it discourages resales. No representation is made as to the magnitude or effect of these activities.
The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 270,000 shares for employees, directors, and other persons associated with us who express an interest in purchasing these shares in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares in this offering.
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may, from time to time, in the future provide banking and other financial services to us for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and expenses.
86
Affiliates of Banc of America Securities LLC provide banking and other financial services to our affiliates for which they have received customary interest payments, fees and expenses. These services include short term credit facilities and cash management services.
The following table shows the underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
Total
|
|||||||||
Per Share
|
Without
Over-Allotment Option |
With
Over-Allotment Option |
|||||||
Assumed initial public offering price |
$ | 15.00 | $ | $ | |||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us |
3,756,375 | 4,291,875 | |||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by certain of the selling stockholders |
1,913,625 | 2,228,625 | |||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
49,906,125 | 57,020,625 | |||||||
Proceeds to the selling stockholders |
25,423,875 | 29,608,875 |
Other expenses of this offering, including the registration fees and the fees of financial printers, legal counsel, and accountants, payable by us are expected to be approximately $1,700,000.
87
Selected legal matters with respect to the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California.
The consolidated financial statements of SYNNEX Corporation as of November 30, 2001, November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered in this offering. This prospectus omits certain information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares offered in this offering, reference is made to such Registration Statement, exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. After consummation of this offering we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in accordance therewith, will be required to file annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith, as well as such reports and other information filed by us may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates and from the Commissions Internet Web site at http://www.sec.gov.
88
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
|
||
SYNNEX Corporation |
||
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||
Report of Independent Auditors |
F-2 | |
F-3 | ||
F-4 | ||
F-5 | ||
F-6 | ||
F-7 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SYNNEX Corporation
The reverse stock split described in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements has not been consummated at November 6, 2003. When it has been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SYNNEX Corporation (the Company, a majority-owned subsidiary of Silver Star Development Limited) and its subsidiaries at November 30, 2001, November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
October 11, 2003 except for Note 19
for which the date is October 28, 2003
F-2
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except for share amounts)
November 30,
|
August 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 15,730 | $ | 15,503 | $ | 23,174 | ||||||
Restricted cash |
1,002 | 5,561 | 4,333 | |||||||||
Short-term investments |
1,499 | 3,830 | 4,670 | |||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
204,624 | 221,432 | 191,056 | |||||||||
Receivables from vendors, net |
34,886 | 35,162 | 52,522 | |||||||||
Receivable from affiliates |
7,637 | 2,138 | 866 | |||||||||
Inventories |
236,127 | 261,498 | 353,229 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
13,535 | 13,805 | 14,573 | |||||||||
Other current assets |
7,366 | 13,511 | 17,761 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total current assets |
522,406 | 572,440 | 662,184 | |||||||||
Property and equipment, net |
16,616 | 25,295 | 22,921 | |||||||||
Intangible assets |
21,321 | 23,769 | 19,865 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
874 | 529 | 590 | |||||||||
Other assets |
3,817 | 7,042 | 1,993 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total assets |
$ | 565,034 | $ | 629,075 | $ | 707,553 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit |
$ | 18,104 | $ | 19,685 | $ | 51,447 | ||||||
Payable to affiliates |
24,968 | 16,817 | 26,348 | |||||||||
Accounts payable |
248,307 | 269,608 | 327,158 | |||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
42,901 | 66,202 | 49,568 | |||||||||
Income taxes payable |
891 | 107 | 1,061 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total current liabilities |
335,171 | 372,419 | 455,582 | |||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
43,036 | 38,714 | 7,852 | |||||||||
Long-term liabilities |
| 1,535 | 1,053 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
1,007 | 579 | 795 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total liabilities |
379,214 | 413,247 | 465,282 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
2,448 | 2,610 | 2,733 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18) |
||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding |
| | | |||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 22,047,399 and 22,081,441 and 22,090,291 shares issued and outstanding |
22 | 22 | 22 | |||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
79,004 | 79,251 | 79,282 | |||||||||
Unearned stock-based compensation |
(1,283 | ) | (753 | ) | (340 | ) | ||||||
Receivables from stockholders |
(300 | ) | | | ||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
(1,597 | ) | (860 | ) | 3,645 | |||||||
Retained earnings |
107,526 | 135,558 | 156,929 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total stockholders equity |
183,372 | 213,218 | 239,538 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 565,034 | $ | 629,075 | $ | 707,553 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 3,802,629 | $ | 3,224,390 | $ | 3,767,882 | $ | 2,694,376 | $ | 2,873,293 | ||||||||||
Cost of revenue (inclusive of stock-based compensation expense of $552, $194 and $66 in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $50 (unaudited) and $50 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively) |
(3,626,317 | ) | (3,060,304 | ) | (3,593,982 | ) | (2,568,419 | ) | (2,741,446 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Gross profit |
176,312 | 164,086 | 173,900 | 125,957 | 131,847 | |||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses (inclusive of stock-based compensation expense of $5,684, $2,784 and $495 in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively and $358 (unaudited) and $363 for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively) |
(106,489 | ) | (106,197 | ) | (123,418 | ) | (88,638 | ) | (91,968 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from operations |
69,823 | 57,889 | 50,482 | 37,319 | 39,879 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(452 | ) | (1,397 | ) | (1,422 | ) | (1,069 | ) | (1,437 | ) | ||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
6,845 | (12,813 | ) | (4,207 | ) | (3,347 | ) | (4,901 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest |
76,216 | 43,679 | 44,853 | 32,903 | 33,541 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
(33,373 | ) | (17,608 | ) | (16,837 | ) | (12,735 | ) | (12,276 | ) | ||||||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
(832 | ) | (274 | ) | 16 | 176 | 106 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from continuing operations |
42,011 | 25,797 | 28,032 | 20,344 | 21,371 | |||||||||||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations, adjusted for applicable benefit for income taxes of $4,600 and minority interest of $2,313 |
(5,189 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
Loss on write-off of net assets of discontinued operations, adjusted for applicable benefit for income taxes of $345 and minority interest of $540 |
(388 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income |
$ | 36,434 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share basic: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.96 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(0.26 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share basic |
$ | 1.70 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share diluted: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.72 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(0.23 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share diluted |
$ | 1.49 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic |
21,466,002 | 21,918,742 | 22,060,578 | 22,053,762 | 22,088,463 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding diluted |
24,404,129 | 24,391,871 | 24,250,528 | 24,396,925 | 24,442,652 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(in thousands, except for share amounts)
Common Stock
|
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Unearned
Stock-based Compensation |
Receivables
from Stockholders |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Retained
Earnings |
Total
Stockholders Equity |
Comprehensive
Income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares
|
Amount
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances, November 30, 1999 |
21,379,551 | $ | 21 | $ | 68,242 | $ | | $ | | $ | (840 | ) | $ | 45,295 | $ | 112,718 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition |
322,500 | 1 | 4,211 | | | | | 4,212 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unearned stock-based compensation |
| | 4,055 | (4,055 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reversal of unearned stock-based compensation due to terminations |
| | (729 | ) | 729 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation |
| | | 1,347 | | | | 1,347 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services |
| | 2,280 | | | | | 2,280 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options |
84,511 | | 357 | | | | | 357 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for note receivable on exercise of options |
12,222 | | 55 | | (55 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities |
| | | | | (1,030 | ) | | (1,030 | ) | $ | (1,030 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | | 1,505 | | 1,505 | 1,505 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 36,434 | 36,434 | 36,434 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balances, November 30, 2000 |
21,798,784 | 22 | 78,471 | (1,979 | ) | (55 | ) | (365 | ) | 81,729 | 157,823 | $ | 36,909 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
(20,000 | ) | | (128 | ) | | 55 | | | (73 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Reversal of unearned stock-based compensation due to terminations |
| | (131 | ) | 131 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation |
| | | 565 | | | | 565 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services |
| | 28 | | | | | 28 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options |
118,615 | | 464 | | | | | 464 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for note receivable on exercise of options |
150,000 | | 300 | | (300 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities |
| | | | | (37 | ) | | (37 | ) | $ | (37 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | | (1,195 | ) | | (1,195 | ) | (1,195 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 25,797 | 25,797 | 25,797 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balances, November 30, 2001 |
22,047,399 | 22 | 79,004 | (1,283 | ) | (300 | ) | (1,597 | ) | 107,526 | 183,372 | $ | 24,565 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax benefits from exercise of non-qualified employee stock options |
| | 116 | | | | | 116 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unearned stock-based compensation |
| | 35 | (35 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reversal of unearned stock based compensation due to terminations |
| | (4 | ) | 4 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation |
| | | 561 | | | | 561 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options |
34,042 | | 100 | | | | | 100 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repayment of employee note receivable |
| | | | 300 | | | 300 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities |
| | | | | (66 | ) | | (66 | ) | $ | (66 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | | 803 | | 803 | 803 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 28,032 | 28,032 | 28,032 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balances, November 30, 2002 |
22,081,441 | 22 | 79,251 | (753 | ) | | (860 | ) | 135,558 | 213,218 | $ | 28,769 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation |
| | | 413 | | | | 413 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options |
8,850 | | 31 | | | | | 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities |
| | | | | 154 | | 154 | $ | 154 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | | 4,351 | | 4,351 | 4,351 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 21,371 | 21,371 | 21,371 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balances, August 31, 2003 |
22,090,291 | $ | 22 | $ | 79,282 | $ | (340 | ) | $ | | $ | 3,645 | $ | 156,929 | $ | 239,538 | $ | 25,876 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Years Ended November 30, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 36,434 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||||||
Add: loss from discontinued operations |
5,577 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income from continuing operations |
42,011 | 25,797 | 28,032 | 20,344 | 21,371 | |||||||||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash provided by continuing operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation expense |
3,991 | 7,175 | 5,035 | 3,614 | 3,319 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
1,415 | 1,610 | 2,741 | 1,986 | 1,953 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation |
1,347 | 565 | 561 | 408 | 413 | |||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services |
2,280 | 28 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Tax benefits from employee stock plans |
| | 116 | | | |||||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on trading securities |
1,012 | 61 | 630 | 1,357 | 495 | |||||||||||||||
Net realized gains on investments |
(18,672 | ) | (518 | ) | (582 | ) | (726 | ) | (292 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment of investments |
515 | 3,743 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
15 | 63 | 105 | 57 | 933 | |||||||||||||||
Minority interest in subsidiaries |
832 | 274 | (16 | ) | (176 | ) | (106 | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of businesses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(24,700 | ) | 57,504 | 23,831 | (3,335 | ) | 38,703 | |||||||||||||
Receivables from vendors |
(14,334 | ) | 20,764 | (376 | ) | (10,505 | ) | (17,012 | ) | |||||||||||
Receivable from affiliates |
3,189 | (4,501 | ) | 5,825 | 6,417 | 1,308 | ||||||||||||||
Inventories |
(100,635 | ) | 80,602 | (9,992 | ) | (25,505 | ) | (95,627 | ) | |||||||||||
Other assets |
237 | 5,579 | (10,415 | ) | (7,247 | ) | 8,711 | |||||||||||||
Payable to affiliates |
37,161 | (70,958 | ) | (7,775 | ) | (8,320 | ) | 9,642 | ||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
49,937 | (90,230 | ) | 10,363 | 68,034 | 42,343 | ||||||||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
54,643 | (26,081 | ) | 21,246 | 10,054 | (14,661 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net cash provided by continuing operations |
40,244 | 11,477 | 69,329 | 56,457 | 1,493 | |||||||||||||||
Net cash used in discontinued operations |
(9,929 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
30,315 | 11,477 | 69,329 | 56,457 | 1,493 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of short-term investments |
(7,480 | ) | (472 | ) | (8,406 | ) | (7,711 | ) | (2,611 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments |
14,526 | 1,494 | 6,016 | 4,498 | 2,045 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase of additional investment in affiliates |
| (333 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliates |
3,500 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired |
3,472 | (17,143 | ) | (47,174 | ) | (47,088 | ) | (1,525 | ) | |||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment, net |
(9,604 | ) | (3,296 | ) | (8,912 | ) | (4,786 | ) | (1,677 | ) | ||||||||||
Decrease (increase) decrease in restricted cash |
| (1,000 | ) | (4,500 | ) | (4,500 | ) | 1,284 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
4,414 | (20,750 | ) | (62,976 | ) | (59,587 | ) | (2,484 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash overdraft |
$ | (45,780 | ) | $ | 9,658 | $ | (5,296 | ) | $ | 7,353 | $ | 11,754 | ||||||||
Proceeds from revolving line of credit |
292,351 | 182,800 | 98,992 | 88,800 | 110,292 | |||||||||||||||
Payments on revolving line of credit |
(292,351 | ) | (182,800 | ) | (98,992 | ) | (80,800 | ) | (110,054 | ) | ||||||||||
Net proceeds (payments) under other lines of credit |
(843 | ) | (10,877 | ) | 924 | 3,627 | (5,179 | ) | ||||||||||||
Proceeds from bank loan |
387 | 162,853 | 517,422 | 411,083 | 419,265 | |||||||||||||||
Repayments of bank loan |
(573 | ) | (156,794 | ) | (521,474 | ) | (421,705 | ) | (422,996 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of bonds by SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. |
| | | | 5,051 | |||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock (including $305 from sales of SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. common stock in 2000) |
662 | 464 | 1,076 | 1,049 | 86 | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
| (73 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
(46,147 | ) | 5,231 | (7,348 | ) | 9,407 | 8,219 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(1,505 | ) | (792 | ) | 768 | 723 | 443 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(12,923 | ) | (4,834 | ) | (227 | ) | 7,000 | 7,671 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
33,487 | 20,564 | 15,730 | 15,730 | 15,503 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 20,564 | $ | 15,730 | $ | 15,503 | $ | 22,730 | $ | 23,174 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | 1,426 | $ | 5,093 | $ | 2,443 | $ | 1,786 | $ | 1,934 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Income taxes paid |
$ | 24,792 | $ | 24,301 | $ | 18,470 | $ | 13,855 | $ | 11,935 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing and financing activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for acquisition of subsidiary |
$ | 4,211 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Unearned stock-based compensation |
$ | 4,055 | $ | | $ | 35 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Issuance of common stock in exchange for receivables from stockholders |
$ | 55 | $ | 300 | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
SYNNEX Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as SYNNEX or the Company) is an information technology products supply chain services company. The Companys supply chain outsourcing services include distribution, contract assembly and logistics. SYNNEX is headquartered in Fremont, California and has operations in North America, Asia and Europe.
The Company is a majority-owned subsidiary of Silver Star Development Limited (SSDL), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MiTAC International Corporation, a publicly traded corporation in Taiwan. At November 30, 2002, SSDL owned approximately 55% of the Companys common stock. At November 30, 2002, MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates had a combined ownership of approximately 98% in the Company.
NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Unaudited interim financial information
The accompanying, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Companys financial position as of August 31, 2002 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended August 31, 2002. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to financial statements related to the nine-month period ended August 31, 2002 are unaudited.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority owned subsidiaries in which no substantive participating rights are held by minority stockholders. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Investments in 20% through 50% owned affiliated companies are included under the equity method where the Company exercises significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee. Investments in less than 20% owned companies or investments in 20% through 50% owned companies where the Company does not exercise significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee are recorded under the cost method.
Sale of stock by subsidiary company
At the time a subsidiary or investee accounted for under the consolidation or equity method of accounting sells its stock to a third party at a price per share which is different than the Companys carrying value per share,
F-7
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
the Companys share of the subsidiary net equity changes. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commissions Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 84, the Company records the change in its share of the subsidiarys net equity as a gain within other income (expense), net. To date, the only such transaction has been the sale of 377,000 shares of SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. common stock for $305 during 2000.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity or remaining maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of money market deposit accounts that are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Companys cash management program utilizes zero balance accounts, and all book overdraft balances have been reclassified to accounts payable and amounted to $22,826, $17,530 and $29,284 at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively.
Restricted cash
The Company provides letter of credit to vendors on behalf of its subsidiaries in Asia and North America. The Company is required by the banks to maintain certain balances in its bank accounts as collateral for such credit arrangements. At November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, the Company had restricted cash balances of $1,002, $5,561 and $4,333, respectively.
Investments
Short-term investments include equity instruments which are expected to be sold during the normal operating cycle of the business (within twelve months). The Company classifies its investments in marketable securities as trading and available-for-sale. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders equity. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, if any, are recorded in operations as incurred.
To determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates current factors, including current economic environment, market conditions, operational and financial performance of the investee, and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, including business outlook of the investee, future trends in the investees industry and the Companys intent to carry the investment for a sufficient period of time for any recovery in fair value. If a decline in value is deemed as other-than-temporary, the Company records reductions in carrying values to estimated fair values, which are determined based on quoted market prices if available or on one or more of the valuation methods such as pricing models using historical and projected financial information, liquidation values, and values of other comparable public companies.
Long-term investments include instruments that the Company has the ability and intent to hold for more than twelve months. The Company classifies its long-term investments as available-for-sale if a readily determinable fair value is available.
F-8
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
The Company has investments in equity instruments of privately-held companies. These investments are included in other assets and are accounted for under the cost method as the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operations. The Company monitors its investments for impairment by considering current factors, including economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, and records reductions in carrying values when necessary.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed based on the weighted average method. Inventories consist of finished goods purchased from various manufacturers for distribution resale and components used for contract assembly.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based upon the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the lease term of the respective assets, if applicable. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized. The depreciation and amortization periods for property and equipment categories are as follows:
Equipment |
5 years | |
Software |
3 years | |
Furniture |
7 years | |
Building |
39 years |
Intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of vendor lists, customer lists, trade names and land rights, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives. Intangible assets acquired in the years ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 are amortized over 8 years. Vendor and customer lists acquired prior to November 30, 2000 were initially amortized over 15 years. Effective December 1, 2001, the remaining useful lives of these assets were reduced to 8 years. The effect of the change was to increase the amortization of intangible assets by $513,000 per year for the eight years beginning in the year ended November 30, 2002.
Software Costs
The Company develops software for internal use only. The payroll and other costs of the Companys software department have been expensed as incurred. Excluding the costs of support, maintenance and training functions that are not subject to capitalization, the costs of the software department were not material for the periods presented. If the internal software development costs become material, the Company will capitalize the costs based on the defined criteria for capitalization in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1 Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.
F-9
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Impairment of long-lived assets
The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Companys ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.
Concentration of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Companys cash and cash equivalents are maintained with high quality institutions, the compositions and maturities of which are regularly monitored by management. Through August 31, 2003, the Company had not experienced any losses on such deposits.
Accounts receivable include amounts due from customers in the technology industry. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk on its accounts receivable is substantially mitigated by the Companys evaluation process and relatively short collection terms. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral. The Company also maintains allowances for potential credit losses when deemed necessary. Through August 31, 2003, such losses had been within managements expectations.
Two customers accounted for 22.7% and 15.2% of the Companys revenue in 2000. One customer accounted for 10.9% of the Companys revenue in 2001. In 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003 the Company did not have sales to any one customer comprising 10% or more of the Companys total revenues. At November 30, 2001, the Company had no accounts receivable balance from any one customer which represented more than 10% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance. At November 30, 2002, one customer comprised 12% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance. At August 31, 2003, one customer comprised 11% of the total consolidated account receivable balance.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue as products are shipped, if a purchase order exists, the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. The shipping terms are F.O.B. the Companys warehouse. Provisions for sales returns are estimated based on historical data and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of revenue. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted periodically by the Company. Revenue is reduced for early payment discounts and volume incentive rebates offered to customers.
The Company purchases licensed software products from OEM vendors and distributes them to customers. Revenues are recognized upon shipment of software products when a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is determined to be probable. Subsequent to the sale of software products,
F-10
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
the Company has no obligation to provide any modification, customization, upgrades, enhancements, or any other post-contract customer support.
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) supplier programs
Funds received from OEM suppliers for inventory volume promotion programs, price protection and product rebates are recorded as adjustments to cost of revenue. The Company tracks vendor promotional programs for volume discounts on a program-by-program basis. Once the program is implemented, the expected benefit of the program based on the estimated volume is recorded as a receivable from vendors with a corresponding reduction in the cost of inventories. As the inventories are sold, the benefit is earned and reflected as a reduction in the cost of sales. Concurrently, the vendor receivable is realized, generally through reductions authorized by the vendor to accounts payable. The Company monitors the balances of vendor receivables on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance for differences between expected and actual volume sales. For price protection programs, the Company records a reduction in the payable to the vendor and a reduction in the related inventory. Funds received for specific marketing and infrastructure reimbursements are recorded as adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses, and any excess reimbursement amount is recorded as an adjustment to cost of revenue.
Royalties
The Company purchases licensed software products from OEM vendors and distributes to resellers. Royalties to OEM vendors are accrued for and recorded in cost of revenue when software products are shipped and revenue is recognized.
Warranties
The Companys OEM suppliers generally warrant the products distributed by the Company and allow returns of defective products. The Company generally does not independently warrant the products it distributes; however, the Company does warrant the following: (1) its services with regard to products that it assembles for its customers, and (2) products that it builds to order from components purchased from other sources. An accrual for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Neither warranty expense nor the accrual for warranty costs is material to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Advertising
Costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures of products are charged to selling, general and administrative expense as incurred. To date, costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures has not been material.
Income taxes
The asset and liability method is used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the difference is expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against assets which are not likely to be realized.
F-11
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Fair value of financial instruments
For certain of the Companys financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturities. The amount shown for borrowings also approximates fair value because current interest rates offered to the Company for debt of similar maturities are approximately the same. The estimated fair value of foreign exchange contracts are based on market prices or current rates offered for contracts with similar terms and maturities. The ultimate amounts paid or received under these foreign exchange contracts, however, depend on future exchange rates. The gains or losses are recognized as Other income (expense), net based on changes in the fair value of the contracts, which generally occur as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
Foreign currency translations
The functional currencies of the Companys foreign subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. The financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation as follows: assets and liabilities at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, stockholders equity at the historical rates of exchange, and income and expense amounts at the average exchange rate for the year. Translation adjustments resulting from the translation of the subsidiaries accounts are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included within Other income (expense), net. During the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded transaction losses (gain) of $709, $3,362, $177, $(88) (unaudited) and $629, respectively.
Stock-based compensation
The Companys employee stock option plan is accounted for in accordance with Accounting Principles Board No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, (APB No. 25) and complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure (SFAS No. 148). Expense associated with stock-based compensation is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the individual award.
The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services (EITF No. 96-18). Under SFAS No. 123 and EITF No. 96-18, stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
F-12
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
The following table illustrates the effect on net income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation. The estimated fair value of each Company option is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended August 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net incomeas reported |
$ | 36,434 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||||||
Plus: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under APB No. 25, included in reported net income |
1,347 | 565 | 561 | 408 | 413 | |||||||||||||||
Less: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method |
(2,032 | ) | (2,001 | ) | (2,553 | ) | (1,936 | ) | (1,915 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net incomeas adjusted |
$ | 35,749 | $ | 24,361 | $ | 26,040 | $ | 18,816 | $ | 19,869 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net earnings (loss) per sharebasic: |
||||||||||||||||||||
As reported |
$ | 1.70 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||||||
Pro forma |
$ | 1.67 | $ | 1.11 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 0.85 | $ | 0.90 | ||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) per sharediluted: |
||||||||||||||||||||
As reported |
$ | 1.49 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||||||
Pro forma |
$ | 1.49 | $ | 1.01 | $ | 1.09 | $ | 0.78 | $ | 0.82 | ||||||||||
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per sharebasic: |
||||||||||||||||||||
As reported |
21,466,002 | 21,918,742 | 22,060,578 | 22,053,762 | 22,088,463 | |||||||||||||||
Pro forma |
21,466,002 | 21,918,742 | 22,060,578 | 22,053,762 | 22,088,463 | |||||||||||||||
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per sharediluted: |
||||||||||||||||||||
As reported |
24,404,129 | 24,391,871 | 24,250,528 | 24,396,925 | 24,442,652 | |||||||||||||||
Pro forma |
24,008,931 | 24,085,945 | 23,871,899 | 23,998,954 | 24,207,883 |
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The primary components of comprehensive income for the Company includes foreign currency translation adjustments arising from the consolidation of the Companys foreign subsidiaries and unrealized gains and losses on the Companys available-for-sale securities. Comprehensive income is disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity.
F-13
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Net income per common share
Net income per common share-basic is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income per common share-diluted reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options were exercised. The calculations of net income per common share are presented in Note 13.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which addresses the recognition, measurement and reporting costs associated with exit or disposal activities, and supersedes previous authoritative guidance, Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 94-3. The principal difference is that the new standard requires that a liability for a disposal activity (including those related to the employee termination benefits and obligations under operation leases and other contracts) be recognized when a liability is incurred, and not necessarily the date of an entitys commitment to an exit plan, as under EITF No. 94-3. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the initial measurement of a liability recognized under SFAS No. 146 be based on fair value. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company has not had any exit or disposal activities since the adoption of the standard.
In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN No. 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantors balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN No. 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entitys product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantors fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on the Company financial position or results of operations.
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has applied the disclosure provision of SFAS No. 148.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. FIN No. 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior
F-14
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN No. 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will have no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made: (i) as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that require amendment to SFAS No. 133; (ii) in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments; and (iii) in connection with the implementation issues raised related to the application of the definition of a derivative. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for designated hedging relationships after June 30, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 149 will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many of such instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (EITF No. 00-21), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. EITF No. 00-21 addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. The consensus mandates how to identify whether goods or services or both that are to be delivered separately in a bundled sales arrangement should be accounted for separately because they are separate units of accounting. The guidance can affect the timing of revenue recognition for such arrangements, even though it does not change rules governing the timing or pattern of revenue recognition of individual items accounted for separately. The final consensus is applicable to agreements entered into in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2003 with early adoption permitted. Additionally, companies will be permitted to apply the consensus guidance to all existing arrangements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with APB No. 20, Accounting Changes. The Company is assessing the impact of EITF No. 00-21 and believes that the adoption will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
In March 2003, the EITF finalized Issue No. 02-16 (EITF No. 02-16), Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendors Products). EITF No. 02-16 requires that consideration received from vendors, such as advertising support funds, be accounted for as a reduction to cost of sales when recognized in the resellers income statement unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for a specific program entirely funded by an individual vendor. If these specific requirements related to individual vendors are met, the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related expense category, such as advertising or selling and administrative expense. EITF No. 02-16 applies to all agreements modified or entered into on or after January 1, 2003. Adopting EITF No. 02-16 had no material impact on the Companys financial position and results of operations.
F-15
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
NOTE 3 BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:
November 30,
|
August 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||||
Accounts receivable, net: |
||||||||||||
Trade accounts receivables |
$ | 219,128 | $ | 233,504 | $ | 207,727 | ||||||
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts |
(7,961 | ) | (8,315 | ) | (8,581 | ) | ||||||
Less: Allowance for sales returns |
(6,543 | ) | (3,757 | ) | (8,090 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
$ | 204,624 | $ | 221,432 | $ | 191,056 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Receivables from vendors, net: |
||||||||||||
Receivables from vendors |
$ | 37,562 | $ | 37,866 | $ | 56,570 | ||||||
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts |
(2,676 | ) | (2,704 | ) | (4,048 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
$ | 34,886 | $ | 35,162 | $ | 52,522 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Inventories: |
||||||||||||
Components |
$ | 37,701 | $ | 6,713 | $ | 16,166 | ||||||
Finished goods |
198,426 | 254,785 | 337,063 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
$ | 236,127 | $ | 261,498 | $ | 353,229 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Property and equipment, net: |
||||||||||||
Equipment and computers |
$ | 32,274 | $ | 31,476 | $ | 31,581 | ||||||
Furniture and fixtures |
4,024 | 4,295 | 4,632 | |||||||||
Vehicles |
428 | 515 | 488 | |||||||||
Buildings and land |
9,885 | 20,617 | 21,465 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
46,611 | 56,903 | 58,166 | ||||||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
(29,995 | ) | (31,608 | ) | (35,245 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
$ | 16,616 | $ | 25,295 | $ | 22,921 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $3,991, $7,175, $5,035, $3,614 (unaudited) and $3,319 for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Intangible assets:
November 30,
|
August 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net
Amount |
Gross
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net
Amount |
Gross
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Vendor lists |
$ | 23,530 | $ | (6,629 | ) | $ | 16,901 | $ | 22,482 | $ | (8,535 | ) | $ | 13,947 | $ | 22,482 | $ | (10,038 | ) | $ | 12,444 | |||||||||
Customer lists |
1,346 | (56 | ) | 1,290 | 7,574 | (789 | ) | 6,785 | 5,490 | (1,171 | ) | 4,319 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other intangible assets |
3,535 | (405 | ) | 3,130 | 3,540 | (503 | ) | 3,037 | 3,675 | (573 | ) | 3,102 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
$ | 28,411 | $ | (7,090 | ) | $ | 21,321 | $ | 33,596 | $ | (9,827 | ) | $ | 23,769 | $ | 31,647 | $ | (11,782 | ) | $ | 19,865 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Amortization expense was $1,415, $1,610, $2,741, $1,986 (unaudited) and $1,953 for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Intangible assets are being amortized over estimated useful lives of eight years. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:
Years ending November 30, |
|||
2003 |
$ | 2,760 | |
2004 |
2,760 | ||
2005 |
2,760 | ||
2006 |
2,760 | ||
2007 |
2,760 | ||
thereafter |
9,969 | ||
|
|
||
$ | 23,769 | ||
|
|
November 30,
|
August 31, 2003 |
||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
||||||||
Accrued liabilities: |
|||||||||
Payroll related accruals |
$ | 11,435 | $ | 12,801 | $ | 12,070 | |||
Deferred compensation liability |
10,398 | 12,911 | 14,347 | ||||||
Royalty and warranty accruals |
957 | 4,587 | 4,657 | ||||||
Sales tax payable |
770 | 7,971 | 5,183 | ||||||
Other accrued liabilities |
19,341 | 27,932 | 13,311 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
$ | 42,901 | $ | 66,202 | $ | 49,568 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 4 ACQUISITIONS:
Acquisitions during the year ended November 30, 2002
Gates/Arrow Distributing
On May 31, 2002, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Gates/Arrow Distributing, a business unit of Arrow Electronics, Inc. for cash of approximately $44,487. Gates/Arrow was a distributor of computer systems, peripherals and software, serving value-added resellers across North America. The purchase enabled the Company to expand its market share in North America.
License Online, Inc.
On May 10, 2002, the Company acquired the assets of License Online, Inc., a provider of Web-based software licensing technology to small to medium-sized business (SMB) solution providers and their SMB customers, for $3,292 in cash.
Novitech, S.A. de C.V.
On May 7, 2002, the Company acquired certain distribution and sale assets of Novitech, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican distributor of information technology products. The purchase price for the assets was $920 in cash.
F-17
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Accounting for the Acquisitions
All of these acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting; thus, the consolidated financial statements do not include the financial results of any acquired business prior to the closing date of the acquisition.
The aggregate purchase consideration of the three acquisitions was $48,509 plus acquisition costs of $190, and has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
Purchase Consideration |
Fair Value |
|||||
Cash |
$ | 48,509 | ||||
Acquisition costs |
190 | |||||
|
|
|
||||
$ | 48,699 | |||||
|
|
|
||||
Allocation |
Fair Value |
Amortization
Period |
||||
Accounts receivable |
$ | 41,893 | | |||
Inventories |
15,416 | | ||||
Property and equipment |
4,278 | | ||||
Customer lists |
3,086 | 8 years | ||||
Accounts payable |
(15,974 | ) | | |||
|
|
|
||||
$ | 48,699 | |||||
|
|
|
The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing, License Online, Inc., and Novitech, S.A. de C.V. had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributed to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustments for amortization of acquired intangibles and additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisitions. The table includes pro forma information relating to the acquisition of Merisel Canada, Inc. in 2001 as if the acquisition had occurred on December 1, 2000.
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended
August 31, |
|||||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 4,216,141 | $ | 4,000,270 | $ | 2,858,039 | $ | 2,926,764 | ||||
Net income |
$ | 17,898 | $ | 26,733 | $ | 19,544 | $ | 19,123 | ||||
Net income per common share basic |
$ | 0.82 | $ | 1.21 | $ | 0.89 | $ | 0.87 | ||||
Net income per common share diluted |
$ | 0.73 | $ | 1.10 | $ | 0.80 | $ | 0.78 |
F-18
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Acquisition during the year ended November 30, 2001
On July 28, 2001, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Merisel Canada, Inc. (Merisel Canada) from Merisel Americas, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merisel, Inc. Merisel Canada is a distributor of computer hardware and software products, with locations in Toronto, Ontario; Vancouver, British Columbia; and Montreal, Quebec. The purchase of Merisel Canada enables the Company to expand its market share in North America. Effective August 30, 2001, Merisel Canada changed its name to SYNNEX Canada Limited. For reporting purposes, the results of Merisel Canada have been reflected in the Distribution Business Segment. The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, and the results of operations of Merisel Canada are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The source of the funds for the acquisition came from a sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution under the Companys accounts receivable securitization program.
The total purchase consideration was $19,940 and has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition as follows:
Fair
Value |
||||||
Purchase consideration: |
||||||
Cash |
$ | 19,559 | ||||
Acquisition costs |
381 | |||||
|
|
|
||||
$ | 19,940 | |||||
|
|
|
||||
Fair
Value |
Amortization Period |
|||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 2,796 | | |||
Accounts receivables |
59,338 | | ||||
Inventories |
42,210 | | ||||
Other current assets |
2,109 | | ||||
Vendor list |
2,020 | 8 years | ||||
Customer list |
1,346 | 8 years | ||||
Trade names |
500 | 8 years | ||||
Other long-term assets |
1,177 | | ||||
Accounts payable |
(51,037 | ) | | |||
Accrued liabilities |
(4,549 | ) | | |||
Other long-term liabilities |
(35,970 | ) | | |||
|
|
|
||||
$ | 19,940 | |||||
|
|
|
F-19
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Merisel Canada had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributed to a transaction that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma adjustments contained in the table below include amortization of acquired intangibles and additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisition.
Years Ended November 30,
|
||||||
2000
|
2001
|
|||||
(unaudited) | ||||||
Revenue |
$ | 4,486,365 | $ | 3,562,289 | ||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 23,596 | $ | 21,849 | ||
Net income |
$ | 18,019 | $ | 21,849 | ||
Income from continuing operations per common share basic |
$ | 1.10 | $ | 1.00 | ||
Income from continuing operations per common share diluted |
$ | 0.97 | $ | 0.90 | ||
Net income per common share basic |
$ | 0.84 | $ | 1.00 | ||
Net income per common share diluted |
$ | 0.74 | $ | 0.90 |
The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning of periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.
Acquisitions during the year ended November 30, 2000
On August 31, 2000, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corporation (MID) from MIX System Holding Limited (MIX) in exchange for 322,500 shares of SYNNEX common stock with a fair value of $13.06 per share. MIX is wholly owned by MiTAC, Inc., which in turn owns approximately 9% of MiTAC International Corporation, the indirect parent company of SYNNEX.
MID is an industrial personal computer manufacturer, located in Fremont, California that assembles special purpose equipment for industries that require rugged or heavy-duty personal computers.
The acquisition of MID was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations of MID are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The $1,048 excess of the purchase price of $4,212 over the net tangible assets acquired of $3,164 was allocated to vendor lists, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 8 years.
The pre-acquisition revenue and net income of MID were not material to the results of SYNNEX and accordingly, no pro forma results have been presented.
MID had assets of $3,969 and liabilities of $805 at the date of the acquisition. The consolidated financial statements contain the results of MID from the date of the acquisition.
F-20
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
On September 15, 2000, the Company acquired MiTAC Europe Limited (MEL) from SYNNEXs immediate parent company, SSDL, through the issuance of 1,637,500 shares of SYNNEX common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a transfer under common control whereby the net tangible assets acquired were recorded at their historical cost of $7,558 and the assets and liabilities and financial results of MEL are included within the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. MEL was subsequently renamed SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK) Limited (SYNNEX UK).
NOTE 5 INVESTMENTS:
The carrying amount of the Companys investments is shown in the table below:
November 30, 2001
|
November 30, 2002
|
August 31, 2003
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Original
Cost |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair
Value |
Original
Cost |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair
Value |
Original
Cost |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading |
$ | 1,259 | $ | (61 | ) | $ | 1,198 | $ | 4,399 | $ | (630 | ) | $ | 3,769 | $ | 5,558 | $ | (1,103 | ) | $ | 4,455 | |||||||||
Available-for-sale |
931 | (630 | ) | 301 | 757 | (696 | ) | 61 | 757 | (542 | ) | 215 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
$ | 2,190 | $ | (691 | ) | $ | 1,499 | $ | 5,156 | $ | (1,326 | ) | $ | 3,830 | $ | 6,315 | $ | (1,645 | ) | $ | 4,670 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Long-term: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
$ | 49 | $ | | $ | 49 | $ | 300 | $ | | $ | 300 | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term trading securities consist of equity securities relating to the deferred compensation plan. Short-term and long-term available-for-sale securities primarily consist of investments in other companies equity securities.
Total realized gains on investments were $18,672, $518, $582 and $292 for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively.
During the year ended November 30, 2001, the Company performed an impairment assessment of the carrying value of its equity investments. One of these investments, Converge, Inc., substantially reduced its operations during fiscal 2001. As a result, the Company wrote down the investment amount for other than temporary impairment by $3,333 to zero.
NOTE 6 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ARRANGEMENTS:
Effective December 1997, the Company established a five-year revolving arrangement (the Arrangement) through a consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary to sell up to $150,000 of U.S. trade accounts receivables (the Receivables) to a financial institution. In August 2002, the Arrangement was amended to allow the Company to sell up to $200,000 of receivables and was extended for an additional five-year period. Subsequently, in June 2003 the Arrangement was amended again to allow the Company to sell up to $210,000, of receivables and to extend the Arrangement to August 2008. In connection with the Arrangement, the Company sells its Receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary on a continuing basis, which will in turn sell an undivided interest in the Receivables to the financial institution without recourse, at market value, calculated as the gross receivable amount, less a facility fee. The fee is based on the prevailing commercial paper interest rates plus 0.90%. A separate fee based on the unused portion of the facility, at 0.375% per annum, is also charged by the financial institution. To the extent that cash was received in exchange, the amount of Receivables sold to the financial
F-21
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
institution has been recorded as a true sale, in accordance with SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. The amount of Receivables sold to the financial institution and not yet collected from customers at November 30, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2003 was $72,000, $158,000 and $196,500, respectively. The wholly-owned subsidiary is consolidated in the financial statements of the Company, and the remaining balance of unsold Receivables at November 30, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2003 of $117,655, $102,544 and $84,606, respectively, are included within Accounts receivable, net.
The gross proceeds resulting from the sale of the Receivables totaled approximately $822,000, $599,100, $672,500 and $642,000 in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively. The gross payments to the financial institution under the Arrangement totaled approximately $730,000, $677,100, $586,500 and $603,500 in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, which arose from the subsequent collection of Receivables. The proceeds (net of the facility fee) are reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows in operating activities within changes in accounts receivable.
The Company continues to collect the Receivables on behalf of the financial institution, for which it receives a service fee from the financial institution, and remits collections to the financial institution. The Company estimates that the service fee it receives approximates the market rate for such services, and as a result, has recognized no servicing assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. Facility fees (net of service fees) charged by the financial institution totaled $7,020, $2,693, $2,786 and $2,328 for 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, and were recorded within Other income (expense), net.
Under the Arrangement, as amended, the Company is required to maintain certain financial covenants to maintain its eligibility to sell additional receivables under the facility. These covenants include minimum net worth, minimum fixed charge ratio, and net worth percentage. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003.
The Company has also entered into financing agreements with various financial institutions (Flooring Companies) to allow certain customers of the Company to finance their purchases directly with the Flooring Companies. Under these agreements, the Flooring Companies pay to the Company the selling price of products sold to various customers, less a discount, within approximately 15 business days from the date of sale. The Company is contingently liable to repurchase inventory sold under flooring agreements in the event of any default by its customers under the agreement and such inventory being repossessed by the Flooring Companies. See Note 18, Commitments and Contingencies for additional information. Approximately $977,023, $984,017, $836,906 and $566,692 of the Companys net sales were financed under these programs in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively. Approximately $31,168, $38,030 and $33,333 of accounts receivable at November 30, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, were subject to flooring agreements. Flooring fees were approximately $2,593, $3,098, $2,013 and $1,386 in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively, and are included within Other income (expense), net.
F-22
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
NOTE 7 BORROWINGS:
Borrowings consist of the following:
November 30,
|
August 31,
2003 |
|||||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||||
SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
|
$ | | $ | 1,931 | $ | | ||||||
SYNNEX Mexico revolving loan |
| | 227 | |||||||||
SYNNEX USA corporate margin account arrangement |
| | 135 | |||||||||
SYNNEX Canada revolving loan |
33,144 | 26,393 | 26,853 | |||||||||
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. line of credit |
17,822 | 17,151 | 14,548 | |||||||||
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. term loan |
8,168 | 8,160 | 8,557 | |||||||||
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. mortgage |
1,296 | 1,175 | 1,095 | |||||||||
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K bond |
| | 5,134 | |||||||||
SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK), Ltd. term loan |
710 | 610 | | |||||||||
SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. mortgage |
| 2,979 | 2,750 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
61,140 | 58,399 | 59,299 | ||||||||||
Less: Current portion |
(18,104 | ) | (19,685 | ) | (51,447 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Non current portion |
$ | 43,036 | $ | 38,714 | $ | 7,852 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYNNEX USA short-term loan
In July 2002, SYNNEX USA entered into a short-term financing arrangement of $2,900 with a financial institution that is payable in 12 monthly installments. The loan was collateralized by certain inventory items. At November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003, the outstanding balance was $1,931 and $0, respectively.
SYNNEX USA senior secured revolving line of credit
In December 1997, the Company entered into a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement (the Revolver) with a group of financial institutions, which is secured by the Companys inventory. The Revolvers maximum commitment is 50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market up to a maximum borrowing of $10,000. In July 2002, the Revolver was amended and extended for an additional five-year period, and the credit limit was increased to $15,000. Subsequently, in June 2003, the Revolver was amended again and the credit limit was increased to $25,000. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the prime rate plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% at the Companys option. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolver at November 30, 2002 and 2001. A fee of 0.30% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. Under the 2002 amendment, the Company is required to comply with minimum net worth and minimum fixed charge ratio covenants. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003. During the years ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, the Company borrowed and repaid approximately $182,800, $98,992 and $110,054, respectively, under the Revolver.
F-23
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
SYNNEX USA corporate margin account arrangement
On April 1, 1997, the Company entered into a corporate account arrangement with a security broker, allowing the Company to perform margin transactions. Under the terms of the margin account, the Company may borrow funds to purchase publicly-traded securities at an interest rate of 5.75% to 7.5%. Borrowings are restricted to 50% of the equity held in the brokerage account and are collateralized by the marketable securities. There were no borrowings outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002, and an outstanding balance of $135 as at August 31, 2003.
SYNNEX Canada revolving loan
Upon acquisition of SYNNEX Canada Limited, SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., assumed a three-year C$100,000 revolving loan agreement with a financial institution. Subsequently, in August 2001, the revolving loan agreement was amended to reduce the credit limit to C$75,000. In April 2002, the agreement was further amended to increase the credit limit back to C$100,000. Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by substantially all of SYNNEX Canadas assets, including inventories and accounts receivable and are guaranteed, up to C$75,000, by SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate of a Canadian bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.75% for Canadian Dollar denominated loans, at the prime rate of a U.S. bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.25% or at LIBOR plus 2.00% for U.S. Dollar denominated loans. A fee of 0.25% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. The loan agreement contains covenants which SYNNEX Canada Limited was in compliance with for the year ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 and for the nine months ended August 31, 2003. The balance outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003 was $33,144, $26,393 and $26,853, respectively.
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. line of credit
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. has a Japanese Yen denominated line of credit with several Japanese banks, with total available credit under these facilities of $41,524 as of November 30, 2002. Under the line of credit, approximately $17,822, $17,151 and $14,548 was outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, bearing interest at fixed rates ranging from 1.38% to 3.8% per annum.
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. term loan
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. had a total of $8,168, $8,160 and $8,557 outstanding as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, under a Japanese yen denominated term loan agreement with a Japanese bank. The amount must be repaid in 2004, and bears interest at fixed rates ranging from 1.28% to 1.30% per annum.
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. mortgage
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. has a Japanese Yen denominated mortgage loan with a Japanese bank. Total amount outstanding under the mortgage was approximately $1,296, $1,175 and $1,095 at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, bearing interest at a fixed rate of 3.10% per annum. The mortgage is repayable between 2002 and 2011 and is secured by the Companys office building in Japan.
F-24
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. bond
SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. issued two Japanese Yen denominated bonds in February and July 2003. The bonds bear interest at 0.45% and 0.57% per year, and are to be redeemed in February 2005 and in ten equal installments by July 2008, respectively. The two bonds are guaranteed by a bank in Japan, and a fee of 0.70% and 0.80%, respectively, of the guaranteed amount are payable to the bank every year. At August 31, 2003, the carrying value of the bonds is $5,134.
SYNNEX UK term loan
In 1996, SYNNEX UK entered into a British Pound denominated loan agreement with a financial institution, which is collateralized by real estate. The total credit available under this facility was $2,138 as of November 30, 2002, of which approximately $710 and $610 was outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002, respectively. Interest on the borrowing is payable at 8% per annum. The loan agreement expires in 2006. The Company had no outstanding balance at August 31, 2003.
SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. mortgage
In September 2002, SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. obtained a Chinese Renminbi denominated mortgage loan with a financial institution of approximately $3,055. The amount outstanding at November 30, 2002 was $2,979. The mortgage is repayable by 2012 and is secured by the Companys real estate in Beijing. The interest rate is adjustable based on a lending rate as determined by Peoples Bank of China. For fiscal year 2002, the rate was 5.18%. At August 31, 2003, the balance was $2,750.
SYNNEX Mexico Revolving Loan
In June 2003, SYNNEX Mexico entered into a revolving loan agreement consisting of $15,000 with a financial institution. The borrowing bears an interest rate of TIIE plus 3.25% per year and is collateralized by accounts receivable. At August 31, 2003, the balance was $227.
Guarantees
SYNNEX USA has also issued guarantees to certain of its subsidiaries vendors, totaling $72,000 and $74,115 for trade credit lines as of November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively.
Future principal payments
Future principal payments under the above loans as of November 30, 2002 are as follows:
Years Ending November 30, |
|||
2003 |
$ | 19,685 | |
2004 |
35,156 | ||
2005 |
603 | ||
2006 |
549 | ||
2007 |
437 | ||
Thereafter |
1,969 | ||
|
|
||
$ | 58,399 | ||
|
|
F-25
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
NOTE 8 DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS:
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into currency forward contracts to protect itself from the risk that the eventual cash outflows or inflows resulting from purchase or sale of inventory will be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to these currency forward contracts; and has not designated any of them as hedging instruments. As of November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company had unrealized losses (gain) of $0, $327, $192, $(36) (unaudited) and $23, respectively, as a result of fair value changes on its outstanding currency forward contracts. These unrealized losses were charged to expense during the year.
The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes, nor is it a party to leveraged derivatives. Further, the Company has a policy of
only entering into contracts with major financial institutions. The Company has not sustained a material loss from these instruments nor does it anticipate any material adverse effect on its net income, financial position or cash flows in the future
NOTE 9 INCOME TAXES:
The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months
Ended August 31, 2003 |
||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||||||
Current tax provision: |
|||||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 20,780 | $ | 13,176 | $ | 13,892 | $ | 10,530 | |||||||
State |
4,321 | 2,939 | 2,693 | 2,261 | |||||||||||
Foreign |
3,621 | 1,185 | 599 | 299 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
28,722 | 17,300 | 17,184 | 13,090 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax provision (benefit): |
|||||||||||||||
Federal |
(90 | ) | 129 | (311 | ) | (533 | ) | ||||||||
State |
(204 | ) | 40 | 6 | (281 | ) | |||||||||
Foreign |
| 139 | (42 | ) | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
(294 | ) | 308 | (347 | ) | (814 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
28,428 | 17,608 | 16,837 | 12,276 | ||||||||||||
Tax benefit related to discontinued operations |
4,945 | | | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total tax provision related to continuing operations |
$ | 33,373 | $ | 17,608 | $ | 16,837 | $ | 12,276 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Net deferred tax assets consist of the following:
November 30,
|
August 31,
2003 |
|||||||||||
2001
|
2002
|
|||||||||||
Inventory reserves |
$ | 2,597 | $ | 2,035 | 1,939 | |||||||
Bad debt and sales return reserves |
3,294 | 2,978 | 3,669 | |||||||||
Vacation and profits sharing accruals |
1,932 | 2,462 | 1,477 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(1,023 | ) | (303 | ) | 334 | |||||||
State tax deduction |
698 | 526 | 526 | |||||||||
Deferred compensation |
4,085 | 5,044 | 5,647 | |||||||||
Net operating losses |
7,318 | 5,820 | 7,803 | |||||||||
Other |
246 | 304 | 1,252 | |||||||||
Valuation allowance |
(6,619 | ) | (5,640 | ) | (8,869 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net deferred tax assets |
$ | 12,528 | $ | 13,226 | $ | 13,778 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets in tax jurisdictions for which realization of the assets is uncertain.
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Companys effective income tax rate is as follows:
Years Ended
November 30, |
Nine Months
Ended
|
|||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
||||||||||
Federal statutory income tax rate |
35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | ||||
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |
5.0 | 4.3 | 4.0 | 4.4 | ||||||||
Foreign taxes |
0.7 | 1.0 | 1.9 | 0.7 | ||||||||
Valuation allowance adjustments |
0.0 | 0.0 | (3.4 | ) | (2.4 | ) | ||||||
Permanent differences |
2.4 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 0.6 | ||||||||
Other |
0.7 | (0.8 | ) | (0.4 | ) | (0.6 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Effective income tax rate |
43.8 | % | 40.3 | % | 37.5 | % | 37.7 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 10 DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN:
The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain directors and officers, which became effective in January 1994.
The plan is designed to permit eligible officers and directors to accumulate additional income through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.
An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The participant may designate one or more
F-27
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
investments as the measure of investment return on the participants account. The participants account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participants designated investments.
The amount credited to the participants account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participants termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five. The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen years.
In the event the participant requests a distribution other than a hardship distribution, a 10% withdrawal penalty will be levied. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment.
As of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, the deferred compensation liability balance was $10,398, $12,911 and $14,347, respectively. Of the balances deferred, $1,198, $3,769 and $4,455 have been invested in equity securities at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003, respectively, and are classified as trading securities. The Company has recorded gains (losses) in Other income (expense), net on the trading securities of $5,242, $68, $(528), $(13) (unaudited) and $(204) for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. An amount equal to these gains (losses) has been charged (credited) to selling, general and administrative expenses, relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the directors and officers.
NOTE 11 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the Plan) under which eligible employees may contribute the lesser of up to 15% of their gross compensation or the maximum amount as provided by law. Employees become eligible to participate in the Plan six months after their employment date. The Company can make discretionary contributions under the Plan. During 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company contributed $135, $143, $178, $159 (unaudited) and $165, respectively.
NOTE 12 STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
Receivables from Stockholders
During the year ended November 30, 2001, in conjunction with the exercise of 150,000 stock options by the Companys CEO at $2.00 per share, the CEO drew down $300 from the $1,000 full recourse promissory note described in Note 14. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 1.75% plus the annual LIBOR rate at the beginning of each calendar year, was due and payable in full no later than January 29, 2003 and was recorded as a reduction of Stockholders Equity. The note was repaid in full in 2002.
During the year ended November 30, 2000, in conjunction with the exercise of 20,000 stock options by another employee of the Company at $4.50 per share, the Company received a full recourse promissory note for $55 as part of the payment. The note had an interest rate of 7.5% per annum and was due and payable in full no later than December 31, 2002. During the year ended November 30, 2001, the Company repurchased the shares at the fair value of $10.00 per share for $145 in cash, net of the note repayment. The Company recorded an associated compensation expense of $72, which represented the excess of the fair value over the exercise price of the option, less compensation expense of $38, previously recognized.
F-28
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Tax benefits from employee stock option plans
During the year ended November 30, 2002, various employees exercised their fully-vested non-qualified stock options. The tax benefits from such employee stock option transactions reduce the Companys income taxes currently payable for federal and state purposes. These benefits totaled $116 for fiscal 2002, and were reflected as a credit to Stockholders Equity.
1992 Stock Options
Certain employees received options to purchase common stock of the Company prior to 1993 at an exercise price of $0.60 per share. As of November 30, 2000, 131,250 shares of such options were outstanding and exercisable. These options were repurchased during 2001 and, as discussed below, the Company recorded compensation expense in respect of the repurchases.
1993 Stock Option Plan
Under the 1993 Stock Option Plan (the 1993 Plan), as amended in 1996, 5,400,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. The 1993 Plan, which will expire in 2003, provides for incentive as well as non-statutory stock options.
Options under the 1993 Plan can be granted at exercise prices ranging from 85% to 110% of the fair market value of the shares at the date of the grant, as determined by the Board. No options have been granted at exercise prices less than 100% of fair market value of common stock. Options granted under the 1993 Plan expire ten years from the grant date. Options granted vest annually over a five-year period. The Board determined that no further options would be available for grant under the 1993 Plan upon the adoption of the 1997 Stock Option Plan and Special Executive Stock Option Plan.
1997 Stock Option Plan
In December 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the 1997 Plan). The 1997 Plan provides for incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, officers and consultants of the Company. Under the 1997 Plan, 6,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted vest monthly over a five-year period with a one-year cliff and expire in ten years from the date of grant. In 2000, the Board of Directors granted 1,537,400 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 to $7.00 per share. In 2001, the Board of Directors granted 282,160 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share. In 2002, the Board of Directors granted 320,050 options at exercise prices ranging from $9.00 to $12.00 per share. In the nine months ended August 31, 2003, the Board of Directors granted 219,125 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share.
F-29
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Executive Stock Option Plan
In December 1997, the Company adopted the Special Executive Stock Option Plan (the Executive Plan). The Executive Plan provides for incentive and non-statutory stock options to officers and the members of the Companys Board of Directors. Under the Executive Plan, 7,150,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted vest monthly over a five-year period with a one-year cliff and expire in ten years from the date of grant. In 2000, the Board of Directors granted 2,827,500 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 to $9.00 per share. In 2001, the Board of Directors granted 142,500 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share. In 2002 the Board of Directors granted 1,077,500 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share. In the nine months ended August 31, 2003, the Board of Directors granted 724,995 options at exercise prices ranging from $10.00 to $12.00 per share.
The following table summarizes the stock options outstanding and exercisable under the Companys option plans as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2003:
Number of Options at November 30, 2001 |
Number of Options at November 30, 2002 |
Number of Options at August 31, 2003 |
||||||||||
Outstanding
|
Exercisable
|
Outstanding
|
Exercisable
|
Outstanding
|
Exercisable
|
|||||||
1993 Stock Option Plan |
1,002,109 | 991,109 | 929,629 | 929,629 | 910,829 | 910,829 | ||||||
1997 Stock Option Plan |
1,640,780 | 1,107,797 | 1,885,681 | 1,326,554 | 1,929,344 | 1,373,895 | ||||||
Executive Stock Option Plan |
3,988,828 | 2,553,966 | 5,030,493 | 3,178,435 | 5,662,324 | 3,719,112 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
6,631,717 | 4,652,872 | 7,845,803 | 5,434,618 | 8,502,497 | 6,003,836 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
A summary of the activity under the Companys stock option plans is set forth below:
Options Outstanding
|
|||||||||
Shares Available
For Grant |
Number of
Shares |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
|||||||
Balances, November 30, 1999 |
4,035,414 | 4,046,010 | $ | 3.54 | |||||
Additional shares reserved |
7,650,000 | | | ||||||
Options granted |
(4,364,898 | ) | 4,364,898 | 6.63 | |||||
Options exercised |
| (96,732 | ) | 4.27 | |||||
Options cancelled |
630,314 | (835,722 | ) | 4.11 | |||||
Options repurchased |
| (399,829 | ) | 2.48 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balances, November 30, 2000 |
7,950,830 | 7,078,625 | 5.43 | ||||||
Options granted |
(454,660 | ) | 464,660 | 11.55 | |||||
Options exercised |
| (268,615 | ) | 2.84 | |||||
Options cancelled |
356,557 | (350,361 | ) | 5.81 | |||||
Options repurchased |
| (292,590 | ) | 2.10 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balances, November 30, 2001 |
7,852,727 | 6,631,719 | 6.09 | ||||||
Options granted |
(1,357,548 | ) | 1,397,548 | 10.05 | |||||
Options exercised |
| (34,042 | ) | 2.93 | |||||
Options cancelled |
105,307 | (120,790 | ) | 6.33 | |||||
Options repurchased |
| (28,632 | ) | 2.00 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balances, November 30, 2002 |
6,600,486 | 7,845,803 | 6.82 | ||||||
Options granted |
(944,120 | ) | 944,120 | 11.93 | |||||
Options exercised |
| (8,850 | ) | 3.48 | |||||
Options cancelled |
265,778 | (278,576 | ) | 7.32 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balances, August 31, 2003 |
5,922,144 | 8,502,497 | $ | 7.37 | |||||
|
|
|
|
The options outstanding and exercisable at November 30, 2002 are as follows:
Options Outstanding
|
Options Vested and Exercisable
|
|||||||||
Range of
Exercise Prices |
Shares
|
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) |
Weighted
Per Share |
Shares
|
Weighted
Average Exercise Price Per Share |
|||||
$3.00 |
874,629 | 3.67 | $3.00 | 874,629 | $3.00 | |||||
$3.50 |
55,000 | 4.83 | $3.50 | 55,000 | $3.50 | |||||
$4.50 |
3,108,474 | 6.60 | $4.50 | 2,786,229 | $4.50 | |||||
$7.00 |
56,300 | 7.14 | $7.00 | 34,887 | $7.00 | |||||
$9.00 |
1,976,999 | 7.43 | $9.00 | 1,457,285 | $9.00 | |||||
$10.00 |
1,403,498 | 9.24 | $10.00 | 67,728 | $10.00 | |||||
$12.00 |
370,903 | 8.32 | $12.00 | 158,860 | $12.00 | |||||
|
|
|||||||||
$3.00$12.00 |
7,845,803 | 7.03 | $6.82 | 5,434,618 | $5.76 | |||||
|
|
F-31
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
The options outstanding and exercisable at August 31, 2003 are as follows:
Options Outstanding |
Options Vested and Exercisable |
|||||||||
Range of
|
Shares |
Weighted
|
Weighted
Per Share |
Shares |
Weighted
|
|||||
$3.00 |
855,829 | 2.91 | $3.00 | 855,829 | $3.00 | |||||
$3.50 |
55,000 | 4.08 | $3.50 | 55,000 | $3.50 | |||||
$4.50 |
2,974,865 | 5.85 | $4.50 | 2,870,510 | $4.50 | |||||
$7.00 |
51,885 | 6.39 | $7.00 | 38,051 | $7.00 | |||||
$9.00 |
1,974,499 | 6.68 | $9.00 | 1,622,710 | $9.00 | |||||
$10.00 |
1,348,981 | 8.55 | $10.00 | 361,322 | $10.00 | |||||
$12.00 |
1,241,438 | 9.31 | $12.00 | 200,414 | $12.00 | |||||
|
|
|||||||||
$3.00$12.00 |
8,502,497 | 6.67 | $7.37 | 6,003,836 | $6.09 | |||||
|
|
At November 30, 2000 and 2001, options to purchase 4,159,890 and 4,652,872 shares, respectively, were exercisable and the weighted average price for each exercisable option was $4.87 and $5.46, respectively.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model, as well as other currently accepted option valuation models, was developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, and these assumptions differ significantly from the characteristics of Company stock option grants. The following weighted average assumptions, together with the minimum value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, are used to estimate the fair value of stock option grants in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine-month periods ended August 31, 2002 and 2003:
Year Ended
November 30, |
Nine Months
Ended August 31, |
||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||||||
Expected life (years) |
5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
6.0 | % | 4.7 | % | 4.5 | % | 4.4 | % | 3.0 | % | |||||
Dividend yield |
0 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % |
As the determination of fair value of all options granted after such time the Company becomes a public company will include an expected volatility factor in addition to the factors described in the preceding table, the pro forma net income (loss) (see Note 2) may not be representative of future periods.
The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003 was $2.72, $2.42, $2.10, $2.06 (unaudited) and $1.82, respectively.
F-32
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Stock-based compensation
The Company applies APB No. 25 accounting to its stock-based compensation plans.
In connection with certain stock option grants to employees during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the Company recognized approximately $4,055, $0 and $35, respectively, of unearned stock- based compensation for the excess of the deemed fair value of shares of common stock subject to such options over the exercise price of these options at the date of grant. Such amounts are included as a reduction of stockholders equity and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, generally five years. The Company recorded amortization expense of unearned stock-based compensation of $1,347, $565, $561 and $413 during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively.
During the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001, the Company granted 370,000 and 10,000 options, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 per share to $12.00 per share to employees of its parent company which were immediately vested and exercisable. The Company measured the fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes options pricing model assuming a dividend yield of 0%, volatility of 75%, expected option term of 10 years and a risk free interest rate between 4.74% and 5.52%. Accordingly, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2,280 and $28 for the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001, respectively.
Stock option repurchase
On August 31, 2001, the Company repurchased 292,591 stock options at a per share price that equaled $10.00 less the original exercise price. The Company recognized compensation expense of $2,312, of which $114 was charged to cost of revenue and $2,198 to selling, general and administrative expenses.
On April 10, 2000, the Company repurchased 399,829 stock options at a per share price that equaled $9.00 less the original exercise price. The Company recognized compensation expense of $2,609, of which $249 was charged to cost of revenue and $2,360 to selling, general and administrative expenses.
F-33
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
NOTE 13 NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share for the period indicated:
Years Ended November 30,
|
Nine Months Ended August 31,
|
|||||||||||||||
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 42,011 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(5,577 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income |
$ | 36,434 | $ | 25,797 | $ | 28,032 | $ | 20,344 | $ | 21,371 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Weighted average common shares basic |
21,466,002 | 21,918,742 | 22,060,578 | 22,053,762 | 22,088,463 | |||||||||||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Stock options |
2,938,127 | 2,473,129 | 2,189,950 | 2,343,163 | 2,354,189 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Weighted average common shares diluted |
24,404,129 | 24,391,871 | 24,250,528 | 24,396,925 | 24,442,652 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share basic income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.96 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(0.26 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share basic |
$ | 1.70 | $ | 1.18 | $ | 1.27 | $ | 0.92 | $ | 0.97 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share diluted: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.72 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(0.23 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net income per common share diluted |
$ | 1.49 | $ | 1.06 | $ | 1.16 | $ | 0.83 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase 366,048, 369,460, 335,439 (unaudited) and 1,291,441 shares of common stock as at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, have not been included in the computation of diluted net income per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive securities outstanding at November 30, 2000.
NOTE 14 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
Purchases of inventories from MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates (principally notebook PCs, motherboards and other peripherals) were approximately $392,000, $236,000, $142,354 and $90,274 during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, respectively. Sales to MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the nine months ended August 31, 2003, were approximately $8,617, $4,706, $2,364 and $2,272, respectively. The Companys relationship with MiTAC International Corporation has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue, or capacity
F-34
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
commitments. Accordingly, the Company negotiates manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International Corporation.
In January 1998, the Companys Chief Executive Officer (CEO) issued a secured full recourse promissory note to the Company pursuant to which he can borrow up to $1,000. Interest is calculated based on the unpaid principal from the date of each borrowing at an annual rate of the then prevailing LIBOR rate plus 1.75% at the beginning of each calendar year with the accrued interest being payable on the last business day of the calendar year. The note was due on or before January 29, 2003 and is secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by the CEO. As of November 30, 2001, the amounts outstanding under the note were $871. As of November 30, 2002, there was no amount outstanding under the note.
In December 2001, the CEO borrowed an additional $1,100 from the Company pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note was due on or before December 28, 2031 and bore interest of 7.00%, payable on the last day of the calendar year. The note was secured by the same deed of trust on real property which serves as collateral for the 1998 promissory note. In December 2002, the entire amount of the note was paid off.
In January 2002, another officer of the Company borrowed $200 from the Company pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note is evidenced by a secured promissory note with interest at the rate of 7.00% per annum, payable on the last day of each calendar month. The note is due on or before January 25, 2017. The note is collateralized by a deed of trust on real property owned by the officer. As of November 30, 2002, $200 was outstanding under the note. In August 2003, the entire amount of the note was paid off.
In October 2001, the Company established a brokerage account in Taiwan and deposited $2,000 in the account, for the purpose of acquiring shares of MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates. As of November 30, 2001, the fair value of the common stock acquired was approximately $211. In 2002, the brokerage account was liquidated.
In February 2002, as a new investment option for the deferred compensation plan, the Company established another brokerage account in Taiwan. The purpose of the account is to hold shares of MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates. Between February and August 2002, the Company deposited a total of $1,500 in the account. As of November 30, 2002 and August 31, 2003, the fair market value of the common stock acquired was approximately $1,464 and $1,924.
NOTE 15 SEGMENT INFORMATION:
Segments were determined based on products and services provided by each segment. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company has identified the following two reportable business segments:
The Distribution segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators, retailers, OEMs and direct outbound resellers.
The Contract Assembly segment provides electronics manufacturing services to various OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management and logistics.
F-35
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Summarized financial information related to the Companys reportable business segments as at November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003, and for each of the periods then ended, is shown below:
Distribution
|
Contract
Assembly |
Consolidated
|
|||||||
Year ended November 30, 2000: | |||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 2,174,826 | $ | 1,627,803 | $ | 3,802,629 | |||
Income from operations |
38,266 | 31,557 | 69,823 | ||||||
Total assets |
508,766 | 127,668 | 636,434 | ||||||
Year ended November 30, 2001: | |||||||||
Revenue |
2,464,386 | 760,004 | 3,224,390 | ||||||
Income from operations |
31,977 | 25,912 | 57,889 | ||||||
Total assets |
498,404 | 66,630 | 565,034 | ||||||
Year ended November 30, 2002: | |||||||||
Revenue |
3,394,727 | 373,155 | 3,767,882 | ||||||
Income from operations |
43,087 | 7,395 | 50,482 | ||||||
Total assets |
585,424 | 43,651 | 629,075 | ||||||
Nine months ended August 31, 2002 (unaudited): | |||||||||
Revenue |
2,384,416 | 309,960 | 2,694,376 | ||||||
Income from operations |
30,378 | 6,941 | 37,319 | ||||||
Total assets |
638,813 | 48,406 | 687,219 | ||||||
Nine months ended August 31, 2003: | |||||||||
Revenue |
2,736,293 | 137,000 | 2,873,293 | ||||||
Income from operations |
38,682 | 1,197 | 39,879 | ||||||
Total assets |
654,876 | 52,677 | 707,553 |
F-36
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Summarized financial information related to the geographic areas in which the Company operated at November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and August 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the periods then ended is shown below:
North
America |
Other
|
Consolidation
Adjustments |
Consolidated
|
|||||||||
Year Ended November 30, 2000: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 3,429,113 | 380,821 | $ | (7,305 | ) | $ | 3,802,629 | ||||
Income from continuing operations |
32,563 | 13,071 | (3,623 | ) | 42,011 | |||||||
Total long-lived assets |
30,355 | 15,965 | | 46,320 | ||||||||
Year Ended November 30, 2001: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 2,913,200 | 317,587 | $ | (6,397 | ) | $ | 3,224,390 | ||||
Income from continuing operations |
23,680 | 2,233 | (116 | ) | 25,797 | |||||||
Total long-lived assets |
27,760 | 14,868 | | 42,628 | ||||||||
Year Ended November 30, 2002: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 3,481,367 | 291,408 | $ | (4,893 | ) | $ | 3,767,882 | ||||
Income from continuing operations |
27,693 | 665 | (326 | ) | 28,032 | |||||||
Total long-lived assets |
34,042 | 22,323 | | 56,635 | ||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2002 (unaudited): |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 2,496,862 | 200,863 | $ | (3,349 | ) | $ | 2,694,376 | ||||
Income from continuing operations |
20,216 | 367 | (239 | ) | 20,344 | |||||||
Total long-lived assets |
35,947 | 16,796 | | 52,743 | ||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2003: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 2,602,491 | 276,231 | $ | (5,429 | ) | $ | 2,873,293 | ||||
Income from continuing operations |
21,217 | 514 | (360 | ) | 21,371 | |||||||
Total long-lived assets |
26,406 | 18,963 | | 45,369 |
NOTE 16 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
On November 20, 2000, one of the Companys majority-owned subsidiaries, eManage.com (eManage), filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Company consolidated the results of eManage through November 19, 2000. The loss from discontinued operations, including loss on write-off of net assets, associated with eManage.com was $5,577 in 2000. Concurrent with the bankruptcy filing the Company exited the web hosting and service business, and, as a result, the net financial results of eManage.com are reported separately as discontinued operations in the Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations.
F-37
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Revenue and loss from discontinued operations are as follows:
Year End
November 30, 2000 |
||||
Revenue from discontinued operations |
$ | 2,056 | ||
Loss from discontinued operations: |
||||
Operating loss |
(12,107 | ) | ||
Minority interest |
2,318 | |||
Income tax benefit |
4,600 | |||
|
|
|
||
$ | (5,189 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Loss on write-off of net assets of discontinued operations: |
||||
Loss on write-off of net assets |
$ | (1,273 | ) | |
Minority interest |
540 | |||
Income tax benefit |
345 | |||
|
|
|
||
$ | (388 | ) | ||
|
|
|
NOTE 17 RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES:
The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and is subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Companys future operating results and cause actual results to differ materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, dependence on few customers, competition, new products and services, dependence upon key personnel, industry conditions, foreign currency fluctuations, and aspects of our strategic relationship with MiTAC International Corporation.
NOTE 18 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
The Company leases its facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire in various periods through 2007. Future minimum rental obligations under noncancelable lease agreements as of August 31, 2003 were as follows:
Years Ending November 30, |
|||
2003 |
$ | 8,920 | |
2004 |
6,692 | ||
2005 |
5,546 | ||
2006 |
5,128 | ||
2007 |
4,651 | ||
Thereafter |
10,657 | ||
|
|
||
Total minimum lease payments |
$ | 41,594 | |
|
|
Rent expense for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and for the nine months ended August 31, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $5,786, $8,303, $10,567, $7,564 (unaudited) and $7,319, respectively.
F-38
SYNNEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2002 IS UNAUDITED)
(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
The Company was contingently liable at August 31, 2003, under agreements to repurchase repossessed inventory acquired by Flooring Companies as a result of default on floor plan financing arrangements by the Companys customers. These arrangements are described in Note 6. Losses, if any, would be the difference between repossession cost and the resale value of the inventory. There have been no repurchases through August 31, 2003 under these agreements nor is the Company aware of any pending customer defaults or repossession obligations.
The Company experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of its warehouses in which approximately $9,400 of inventory was stolen. The August 31, 2003 consolidated balance sheet includes a receivable for the claim from the insurance company less the deductible portion and amounts already collected. No loss has been recorded because the Company believes that collection of the claim is assured.
The Company is involved in certain ongoing litigation in the normal course of operations. The Company believes that the outcome of the litigation will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
NOTE 19 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
Reincorporation
The Company intends to reincorporate in the State of Delaware prior to the effective date of this offering, and the historical information contained in these consolidated financial statements has been updated to reflect this reincorporation.
Severance Agreement
The Company has reached an agreement regarding the severance arrangements with an officer whose employment is to be terminated. The agreement calls for a cash payment of $1,671 and the acceleration of vesting and extension of the exercise period of certain options previously issued to him, resulting in a non-cash charge of approximately $355. The expense related to the cash payments and option acceleration, net of tax, is expected to be approximately $1,200. Subject to certain conditions, the termination is to be finalized and the expense taken in the quarter ended November 30, 2003.
Reverse Stock Split
On October 11, 2003, the Board of Directors declared a reverse stock split of one share for two shares which will be effective prior to the completion of this offering. The accompanying historical financial statements have been restated to reflect this reverse stock split.
F-39
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SYNNEX Corporation
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated October 11, 2003 appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
October 11, 2003
S-1
SCHEDULE II
SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Description |
Balance
of Period |
Additions
from Acquisitions |
Additions
and Costs
|
Writeoffs
and
|
Balance at
End of
|
||||||||||||
2000 |
|||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful trade receivables |
$ | 6,064 | $ | 209 | $ | 8,246 | $ | (6,463 | ) | $ | 8,056 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for vendor receivables |
$ | 3,064 | $ | | $ | 13 | $ | (756 | ) | $ | 2,321 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for sales returns |
$ | 3,313 | $ | | $ | 26,909 | $ | (25,613 | ) | $ | 4,609 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for inventory reserve |
$ | 3,550 | $ | | $ | 6,151 | $ | (2,536 | ) | $ | 7,165 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
2001 |
|||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful trade receivables |
$ | 8,056 | $ | 3,781 | $ | 4,820 | $ | (8,696 | ) | $ | 7,961 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for vendor receivables |
$ | 2,321 | $ | | $ | 31 | $ | 324 | (1) | $ | 2,676 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for sales returns |
$ | 4,609 | $ | | $ | 42,955 | $ | (41,021 | ) | $ | 6,543 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for inventory reserve |
$ | 7,165 | $ | 2,712 | $ | 1,360 | $ | (2,970 | ) | $ | 8,267 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets |
$ | | $ | 6,619 | $ | | $ | | $ | 6,619 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
2002 |
|||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful trade receivables |
$ | 7,961 | $ | 1,220 | $ | 6,189 | $ | (7,055 | ) | $ | 8,315 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for vendor receivables |
$ | 2,676 | $ | | $ | 89 | $ | (61 | ) | $ | 2,704 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for sales returns |
$ | 6,543 | $ | | $ | 37,326 | $ | (40,112 | ) | $ | 3,757 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for inventory reserve |
$ | 8,267 | $ | 788 | $ | 1,726 | $ | (3,362 | ) | $ | 7,419 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets |
$ | 6,619 | $ | | $ | | $ | (979 | ) | $ | 5,640 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Nine months through August 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful trade receivables |
$ | 8,315 | $ | (963 | ) | $ | 3,473 | $ | (2,244 | ) | $ | 8,581 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for vendor receivables |
$ | 2,704 | $ | | $ | 1,379 | $ | (35 | ) | $ | 4,048 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for sales returns |
$ | 3,757 | $ | | $ | 37,206 | $ | (32,873 | ) | $ | 8,090 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for inventory reserve |
$ | 7,419 | $ | (787 | ) | $ | 2,355 | $ | (2,979 | ) | $ | 6,008 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for deferred tax assets |
$ | 5,640 | $ | | $ | 3,999 | $ | (770 | ) | $ | 8,869 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The amount represents a net recovery of previously written-off vendor receivables. |
S-2
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
Page
|
||
1 | ||
5 | ||
20 | ||
21 | ||
21 | ||
22 | ||
23 | ||
24 | ||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
26 | |
46 | ||
59 | ||
71 | ||
73 | ||
77 | ||
80 | ||
83 | ||
85 | ||
88 | ||
88 | ||
88 | ||
F-1 |
Until , 2003 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
5,400,000 shares
SYNNEX Corporation
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
, 2003
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Raymond James
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, payable by the Registrant in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange entry and application fee.
Registration fee |
$ | 8,039 | |
NASD filing fee |
9,700 | ||
Blue Sky/NASD fees and expenses (including legal fees) |
10,000 | ||
New York Stock Exchange entry and application fee |
191,937 | ||
Accounting fees and expenses |
400,000 | ||
Other legal fees and expenses |
750,000 | ||
Transfer agent and registrar fee |
15,000 | ||
Printing and engraving |
300,000 | ||
Miscellaneous |
15,324 | ||
|
|
||
Total |
$ | 1,700,000 | |
|
|
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award or a corporations board of directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
Article VII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3(i)3 hereto) and Section 6 of the our bylaws (Exhibit 3(ii)3 hereto) provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into Indemnification Agreements (Exhibit 10.6 hereto) with our officers and directors that will require us to, among other things, indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us, our directors and officers and by us, the selling stockholders and MiTAC International of the Underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto. We also maintain directors and officers liabilities insurance.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since August 2, 2000, we have issued and sold the following securities:
(a) We have issued and sold 331,526 shares of our common stock to officers, employees and consultants for an aggregate purchase price of $973,687 pursuant to stock issuances and option exercise under our 1993 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
II-1
(b) In September 2000, we issued 322,500 shares of our common stock to MIX System Holdings Ltd. in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corporation.
(c) In September 2000, we issued 1,637,500 shares of our common stock to Silver Star Developments Ltd. in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Europe, Ltd.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the Registrant believes that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.
II-2
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
1.1** |
Form of Underwriting Agreement | |
3.(i)1** |
Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant | |
3.(i)2** |
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed following our reincorporation under Delaware law | |
3.(i)3** |
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates | |
3.(ii)1** |
Bylaws of the Registrant | |
3.(ii)2** |
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following our reincorporation under Delaware law | |
3.(ii)3** |
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates | |
4.1 |
Specimen Common Stock Certificate | |
5.1 |
Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP | |
10.1** |
1993 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.2** |
1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.3** |
Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.4 |
Form of 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.5 |
Form of 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan | |
10.6** |
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors | |
10.7** |
Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2002 | |
10.8** |
Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation | |
10.9** |
Amendment No. 1 dated June 30, 2003 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated August 30, 2002 by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation | |
10.10** |
Standard Industrial Lease, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. | |
10.11** |
First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. | |
10.12** |
Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. | |
10.13** |
Form of Change of Control Severance Plan | |
10.14 |
HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement, dated November 6, 2003, between the Registrant and Hewlett-Packard Company | |
10.15 |
Master External Manufacturing Agreement, dated August 28, 1999, by and among the Registrant, MiTAC International Corporation and Sun Microsystems, Inc., including amendments thereto | |
10.16 |
Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement, dated May 6, 2002, between the Registrant and MiTAC International Corporation | |
21.1** |
List of Subsidiaries | |
23.1 |
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors | |
23.2 |
Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
24.1** |
Power of Attorney | |
24.2** |
Power of Attorney for David Rynne |
** | Previously filed. |
| Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
Report of Independent Auditors
Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts
II-3
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fremont, State of California, on this 7th day of November, 2003.
SYNNEX C ORPORATION
/s/ R OBERT T. H UANG
By:
Robert T. Huang
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the persons whose signatures appear below, which persons have signed such Registration Statement in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature |
Title |
Date
|
||
/s/ R OBERT T. H UANG Robert T. Huang |
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
November 7, 2003 | ||
/s/ D ENNIS P OLK Dennis Polk |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
November 7, 2003 | ||
* Matthew Miau |
Chairman of the Board | November 7, 2003 | ||
* Fred Breidenbach |
Director | November 7, 2003 | ||
* David Rynne |
Director | November 7, 2003 | ||
* Young Sohn |
Director | November 7, 2003 | ||
* Dwight Steffensen |
Director | November 7, 2003 |
* | /s/ D ENNIS P OLK | |
|
||
Attorney-in-Fact |
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number |
Description |
|
1.1** | Form of Underwriting Agreement | |
3.(i)1** | Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant | |
3.(i)2** | Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed following our reincorporation under Delaware law | |
3.(i)3** | Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates | |
3.(ii)1** | Bylaws of the Registrant | |
3.(ii)2** | Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following our reincorporation under Delaware law | |
3.(ii)3** | Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates | |
4.1 | Specimen Common Stock Certificate | |
5.1 | Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP | |
10.1** | 1993 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.2** | 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.3** | Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.4 | Form of 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder | |
10.5 | Form of 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan | |
10.6** | Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors | |
10.7** | Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2002 | |
10.8** | Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation | |
10.9** | Amendment No. 1 dated June 30, 2003 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated August 30, 2002 by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation | |
10.10** | Standard Industrial Lease, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. | |
10.11** | First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. | |
10.12** | Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. | |
10.13** | Form of Change of Control Severance Plan | |
10.14 | HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement, dated November 6, 2003, between the Registrant and Hewlett-Packard Company | |
10.15 | Master External Manufacturing Agreement, dated August 28, 1999, by and among the Registrant, MiTAC International Corporation and Sun Microsystems, Inc., including amendments thereto | |
10.16 | Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement, dated May 6, 2002, between the Registrant and MiTAC International Corporation | |
21.1** | List of Subsidiaries | |
23.1 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors | |
23.2 | Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
24.1** | Power of Attorney | |
24.2** |
Power of Attorney for David Rynne |
** | Previously filed. |
| Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement. |
EXHIBIT 4.1
FORM OF COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE
[COMPANY LOGO]
NUMBER |
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE |
|
SHARES |
IN NEW YORK, NY |
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
CUSIP 87162W 10 0
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
is the record holder of FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE OF SYNNEX CORPORATION transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of
its duly authorized officers.
Dated:
[Robert Huang]
PRESIDENT
[SEAL]
[Simon Leung]
SECRETARY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY
|
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR |
BY |
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE |
SYNNEX CORPORATION
A statement of all of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights as established by the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, may be obtained by any stockholder upon request and without charge from the principal office of the Corporation.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM- as tenants in common
TEN ENT- as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- Custodian
(Cust) (Minor)
under Uniform Gift to Minors
Act
(State)
UNIF TRF MIN ACT- Custodian (until age )
(Cust)
under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
to Minors Act
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
ASSIGNMENT
For Value Received hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE(S))
Shares of capital stock represented by the within Certificate and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said Shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated:
NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the names as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
Signatures must be guaranteed.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
By: |
|
THE SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
EXHIBIT 5.1
PILLSBURY WINTHROP LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, California 94304
November 6, 2003
SYNNEX Corporation
3797 Spinnaker Court
Fremont, California 94538
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are acting as counsel for SYNNEX Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-108543) relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) of 6,210,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the Common Stock), of the Company, of which 4,087,500 authorized but heretofore unissued shares (including 510,000 shares subject to the underwriters over-allotment option) are to be offered and sold by the Company and 2,122,500 shares (including 300,000 shares subject to the underwriters over-allotment option) are to be offered and sold by certain stockholders of the Company (the Selling Stockholders). (Such Registration Statement, as amended, and including any registration statement related thereto and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act (a Rule 462(b) registration statement) is herein referred to as the Registration Statement.)
We have reviewed and are familiar with such corporate proceedings and other matters as we have deemed necessary for this opinion. Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the shares of Common Stock to be offered and sold by the Company (including any shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to a Rule 462(b) registration statement) have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold by the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) the shares of Common Stock to be offered and sold by the Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized and legally issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. This opinion is limited to matters governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
SYNNEX Corporation
November 6, 2003
Page 2
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption Legal Matters in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus included therein. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Pillsbury Winthrop LLP
Exhibit 10.4
SYNNEX C ORPORATION
2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(Adopted by the Board on October 1, 2003)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
|
||||||
Section 1. |
ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE. |
1 | ||||
Section 2. |
DEFINITIONS. |
1 | ||||
(a) |
Affiliate | 1 | ||||
(b) |
Award | 1 | ||||
(c) |
Board of Directors | 1 | ||||
(d) |
Change in Control | 1 | ||||
(e) |
Code | 2 | ||||
(f) |
Committee | 2 | ||||
(g) |
Company | 2 | ||||
(h) |
Consultant | 2 | ||||
(i) |
Disability | 3 | ||||
(j) |
Employee | 3 | ||||
(k) |
Exchange Act | 3 | ||||
(l) |
Exercise Price | 3 | ||||
(m) |
Fair Market Value | 3 | ||||
(n) |
ISO | 3 | ||||
(o) |
Misconduct | 3 | ||||
(p) |
Nonstatutory Option or NSO | 4 | ||||
(q) |
Offeree | 4 | ||||
(r) |
Option | 4 | ||||
(s) |
Optionee | 4 | ||||
(t) |
Outside Director | 4 | ||||
(u) |
Parent | 4 | ||||
(v) |
Participant | 4 | ||||
(w) |
Plan | 4 | ||||
(x) |
Purchase Price | 4 | ||||
(y) |
Restricted Share | 4 | ||||
(z) |
Restricted Share Agreement | 4 | ||||
(aa) |
SAR | 4 | ||||
(bb) |
SAR Agreement | 4 | ||||
(cc) |
Service | 4 | ||||
(dd) |
Share | 4 | ||||
(ee) |
Stock | 4 | ||||
(ff) |
Stock Option Agreement | 5 | ||||
(gg) |
Subsidiary | 5 | ||||
Section 3. |
ADMINISTRATION. |
5 | ||||
(a) |
Committee Composition | 5 | ||||
(b) |
Committee for Non-Officer Grants | 5 | ||||
(c) |
Committee Procedures | 5 | ||||
(d) |
Committee Responsibilities | 5 |
-i-
Section 4. |
ELIGIBILITY. |
7 | ||||
(a) |
General Rule | 7 | ||||
(b) |
Automatic Grants to Outside Directors | 7 | ||||
(c) |
TenPercent Stockholders | 8 | ||||
(d) |
Attribution Rules | 8 | ||||
(e) |
Outstanding Stock | 8 | ||||
Section 5. |
STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN. |
8 | ||||
(a) |
Basic Limitation | 8 | ||||
(b) |
Additional Shares | 9 | ||||
Section 6. |
RESTRICTED SHARES. |
9 | ||||
(a) |
Restricted Stock Agreement | 9 | ||||
(b) |
Payment for Awards | 9 | ||||
(c) |
Vesting | 9 | ||||
(d) |
Voting and Dividend Rights | 9 | ||||
(e) |
Restrictions on Transfer of Shares | 9 | ||||
Section 7. |
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. |
10 | ||||
(a) |
Stock Option Agreement | 10 | ||||
(b) |
Number of Shares | 10 | ||||
(c) |
Exercise Price | 10 | ||||
(d) |
Withholding Taxes | 10 | ||||
(e) |
Exercisability and Term | 10 | ||||
(f) |
Exercise of Options Upon Termination of Service | 11 | ||||
(g) |
Effect of Change in Control | 11 | ||||
(h) |
Leaves of Absence | 11 | ||||
(i) |
No Rights as a Stockholder | 11 | ||||
(j) |
Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options | 11 | ||||
(k) |
Restrictions on Transfer of Shares | 11 | ||||
(l) |
Buyout Provisions | 12 | ||||
Section 8. |
PAYMENT FOR SHARES. |
12 | ||||
(a) |
General Rule | 12 | ||||
(b) |
Surrender of Stock | 12 | ||||
(c) |
Services Rendered | 12 | ||||
(d) |
Cashless Exercise | 12 | ||||
(e) |
Exercise/Pledge | 12 | ||||
(f) |
Promissory Note | 12 | ||||
(g) |
Other Forms of Payment | 12 | ||||
(h) |
Limitations under Applicable Law | 12 | ||||
Section 9. |
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. |
13 | ||||
(a) |
SAR Agreement | 13 | ||||
(b) |
Number of Shares | 13 | ||||
(c) |
Exercise Price | 13 | ||||
(d) |
Exercisability and Term | 13 |
-ii-
(e) |
Effect of Change in Control | 13 | ||||
(f) |
Exercise of SARs | 13 | ||||
(g) |
Modification or Assumption of SARs | 13 | ||||
Section 10. |
ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES. |
14 | ||||
(a) |
Adjustments | 14 | ||||
(b) |
Dissolution or Liquidation | 14 | ||||
(c) |
Reorganizations | 14 | ||||
(d) |
Reservation of Rights | 15 | ||||
Section 11. |
LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. |
15 | ||||
Section 12. |
WITHHOLDING TAXES. |
15 | ||||
(a) |
General | 15 | ||||
(b) |
Share Withholding | 15 | ||||
Section 13. |
LIMITATION ON PARACHUTE PAYMENTS. |
15 | ||||
(a) |
Scope of Limitation | 15 | ||||
(b) |
Basic Rule | 15 | ||||
(c) |
Reduction of Payments | 16 | ||||
(d) |
Related Corporations | 16 | ||||
Section 14. |
NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. |
16 | ||||
Section 15. |
DURATION AND AMENDMENTS. |
16 | ||||
(a) |
Term of the Plan | 16 | ||||
(b) |
Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan | 16 | ||||
(c) |
Effect of Amendment or Termination | 17 | ||||
Section 16. |
EXECUTION. |
17 |
-iii-
SYNNEX C ORPORATION
2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.
The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on October 1, 2003, effective as of the date of the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of restricted shares, options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.
(a) Affiliate shall mean any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one of more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.
(b) Award shall mean any award of an Option, a SAR or a Restricted Share under the Plan.
(c) Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
(d) Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:
(A) Had been directors of the Company on the look-back date (as defined below) (the original directors); or
(B) Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the continuing directors); or
(ii) Any person (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Companys then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right
1
to vote at elections of directors (the Base Capital Stock); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Companys securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such persons ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such persons beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company; or
(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or
(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets.
For purposes of subsection (d)(i) above, the term look-back date shall mean the later of (1) October 1, 2003 or (2) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.
For purposes of subsection (d)(ii)) above, the term person shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.
Any other provision of this Section 2(d) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Companys incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Companys securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial offering of Stock to the public.
(e) Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(f) Committee shall mean the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board of Directors, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section 3 hereof.
(g) Company shall mean SYNNEX Corporation.
(h) Consultant shall mean a consultant or advisor who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary who is not an Employee. Service as a Consultant shall be considered Service for all purposes of the Plan.
2
(i) Disability shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.
(j) Employee shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.
(k) Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(l) Exercise Price shall mean, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Common Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. Exercise Price, in the case of a SAR, shall mean an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Common Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.
(m) Fair Market Value with respect to a Share, shall mean the market price of one Share of Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:
(i) If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question but was not traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the Pink Sheets published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.;
(ii) If the Stock was traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last reported sale price quoted for such date by The Nasdaq Stock Market;
(iii) If the Stock was traded on a United States stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported for such date by the applicable composite-transactions report; and
(iv) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.
In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(n) ISO shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422 of the Code.
(o) Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Participant of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by the Participant adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any Parent or
3
Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Participant or any other individual in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
(p) Nonstatutory Option or NSO shall mean an employee stock option that is not an ISO.
(q) Offeree shall mean an individual to whom the Committee has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).
(r) Option shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.
(s) Optionee shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR.
(t) Outside Director shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. Service as an Outside Director shall be considered Service for all purposes of the Plan, except as provided in the second sentence of Section 4(a).
(u) Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.
(v) Participant shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Award.
(w) Plan shall mean this 2003 Stock Incentive Plan of SYNNEX C ORPORATION , as amended from time to time.
(x) Purchase Price shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.
(y) Restricted Share shall mean a Share awarded under the Plan.
(z) Restricted Share Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Shares.
(aa) SAR shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.
(bb) SAR Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.
(cc) Service shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director.
(dd) Share shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).
(ee) Stock shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
4
(ff) Stock Option Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his Option.
(gg) Subsidiary shall mean any corporation, if the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.
(a) Committee Composition . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board. In addition, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy
(i) such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and
(ii) such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
(b) Committee for Non-Officer Grants . The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan with respect to Employees who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and may determine all terms of such grants. Within the limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. The Board of Directors may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.
(c) Committee Procedures . The Board of Directors shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman. The Committee may hold meetings at such times and places as it shall determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee members present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of the Committee.
(d) Committee Responsibilities . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take the following actions:
(i) To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;
(ii) To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and forms relating to the Plan;
5
(iii) To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;
(iv) To determine when Shares are to be awarded or offered for sale and when Options are to be granted under the Plan;
(v) To select the Offerees and Optionees;
(vi) To determine the number of Shares to be offered to each Offeree or to be made subject to each Option;
(vii) To prescribe the terms and conditions of each award or sale of Shares, including (without limitation) the Purchase Price, the vesting of the award (including accelerating the vesting of awards, either at the time of the award or sale or thereafter, without the consent of the Offeree or Optionee) and to specify the provisions of the Restricted Stock Agreement relating to such award or sale;
(viii) To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Option, including (without limitation) the Exercise Price, the vesting or duration of the Option (including accelerating the vesting of the Option), to determine whether such Option is to be classified as an ISO or as a Nonstatutory Option, and to specify the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement relating to such Option;
(ix) To amend any outstanding Restricted Stock Agreement or Stock Option Agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of the Offeree or Optionee who entered into such agreement if the Offerees or Optionees rights or obligations would be adversely affected;
(x) To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Option or other right under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of such consideration;
(xi) To determine the disposition of each Option or other right under the Plan in the event of an Optionees or Offerees divorce or dissolution of marriage;
(xii) To determine whether Options or other rights under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;
(xiii) To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, any Stock Option Agreement or any Restricted Stock Agreement; and
(xiv) To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting of Options or other rights under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions,
6
interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Offerees, all Optionees, and all persons deriving their rights from an Offeree or Optionee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Option, or any right to acquire Shares under the Plan.
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.
(a) General Rule. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. Only Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors shall be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Nonstatutory Options or SARs.
(b) Automatic Grants to Outside Directors.
(i) Each Outside Director who first joins the Board of Directors after the effective date of the Plan, and who was not previously an Employee, shall receive a Nonstatutory Option, subject to approval of the Plan by the Companys stockholders, to purchase 50,000 Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 10) on the first business day after his or her election to the Board of Directors.
(ii) On the first business day following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Companys stockholders after such Outside Directors appointment or election to the Board of Directors, commencing with the annual meeting occurring after the adoption of the Plan, each Outside Director who will continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors thereafter shall receive an Option to purchase 10,000 Shares, subject to adjustment under Section 10, provided such Outside Director has served on the Board of Directors for at least six months.
(iii) The Exercise Price of all Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(b) shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms described in Section 8(a), (b) or (d).
(iv) Twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to each Option granted under this Section 4(b) shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The balance of the Shares subject to each Option ( i.e . the remaining eighty percent (80%)) granted under this Section 4(b) shall vest and become exercisable monthly over a four-year period beginning on the day which is one month after the first anniversary of the date of grant, at a monthly rate of 1.666% of the total number of Shares subject to such Options.
(v) Subject to Sections 4(b)(vi) and (vii), all Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(e) shall terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such Options.
(vi) If an Outside Directors Service terminates for any reason, then his or her Options granted under this Section 4(b) shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:
(A) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 4(b)(v) above;
7
(B) The date 12 months after the termination of the Outside Directors Service, if the termination occurs because of his or her death or Disability;
(C) The date of the Outside Directors termination of Service, if the termination occurs by reason of his or her Misconduct; or
(D) The date three months after the termination of the Outside Directors Service, if the termination occurs for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct.
The Outside Director may exercise all or part of his or her Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become vested before his or her Service terminated. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Outside Directors Service terminates.
(vii) In the event that the Outside Director dies after the termination of his or her Service but before the expiration of his or her Options granted under this Section 4(b), then his or her Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:
(A) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 4(b)(v) above; or
(B) The date 12 months after his or her death.
(c) Ten-Percent Stockholders. An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.
(d) Attribution Rules. For purposes of Section 4(c) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employees brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners or beneficiaries.
(e) Outstanding Stock. For purposes of Section 4(c) above, outstanding stock shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. Outstanding stock shall not include shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.
SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.
(a) Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. Subject to Section 5(b) below, the maximum aggregate number of Options, SARs and Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (i) the number of Shares subject to outstanding options granted under the Companys 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and 1993 Stock Option Plan (the Predecessor Plans), as of the effective date of the Plan, to the extent those options expire, terminate or are cancelled for any reason prior to exercise in full, plus (ii)
8
11,013,298 Shares; provided, however, that such sum shall not exceed 28,223,522 Shares. The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
(b) Additional Shares. If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are forfeited, then such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Options or SARs are forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised, then the corresponding Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If SARs are exercised, then only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan.
SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES
(a) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
(b) Payment for Awards. Subject to the following sentence, Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services. To the extent that an Award consists of newly issued Restricted Shares, the Award recipient shall furnish consideration with a value not less than the par value of such Restricted Shares in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or past services rendered to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), as the Committee may determine.
(c) Vesting. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participants death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Restricted Shares of thereafter, that all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Companys other stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid.
(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal or other restrictions as the Committee may determine.
9
Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.
SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.
(a) Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Options may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionees other compensation.
(b) Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 10. Options granted to an Optionee in a single calendar year of the Company shall not cover more than 3,000,000 Shares, except that Options granted to a new Employee or Consultant in the calendar year of the Company in which his or her Service first commences shall not cover more than 5,000,000 Shares (in each case subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 10).
(c) Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(c), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Option Agreement may specify that the exercise price of an NSO may vary in accordance with a predetermined formula. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section 8.
(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.
(e) Exercisability and Term. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five years for Employees described in Section 4(c)). A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionees death, disability, or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionees Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(e),
10
the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.
(f) Exercise of Options Upon Termination of Service. Each Stock Option Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Optionees Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Optionee by bequest or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.
(g) Effect of Change in Control. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Option or thereafter, that such Option shall become exercisable as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Option in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
(h) Leaves of Absence. An Employees Service shall cease when such Employee ceases to be actively employed by, or a Consultant to, the Company (or any subsidiary) as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. For purposes of Options, Service does not terminate when an Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued service crediting, or when continued service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employees Service will be treated as terminating 90 days after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employees right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.
(i) No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by his Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 10.
(j) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different exercise price, or in return for the grant of the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, adversely affect his or her rights or obligations under such Option.
(k) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.
11
(l) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.
(a) General Rule . The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(g) below.
(b) Surrender of Stock . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Optionee or his representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.
(c) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary prior to the award. If Shares are awarded without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the award) of the value of the services rendered by the Offeree and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet the requirements of Section 6(b).
(d) Cashless Exercise . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.
(e) Exercise/Pledge . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.
(f) Promissory Note . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents.
(g) Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.
(h) Limitations under Applicable Law . Notwithstanding anything herein or in a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
12
SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.
(a) SAR Agreement . Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. SARs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionees other compensation.
(b) Number of Shares . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 10. SARs granted to any Optionee in a single calendar year shall in no event pertain to more than 3,000,000 Shares, except that SARs granted to a new Employee or Consultant in the calendar year of the Company in which his or her Service first commences shall not pertain to more than 5,000,000 Shares. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 10.
(c) Exercise Price . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. A SAR Agreement may specify an Exercise Price that varies in accordance with a predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding.
(d) Exercisability and Term . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionees death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionees service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.
(e) Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting a SAR or thereafter, that such SAR shall become fully exercisable as to all Common Shares subject to such SAR in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.
(f) Exercise of SARs . Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.
(g) Modification or Assumption of SARs . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise
13
price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, may alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.
Section 10. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.
(a) Adjustments. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make such adjustments as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate in one or more of:
(i) The number of Options, SARs and Restricted Shares available for future Awards under Section 5;
(ii) The limitations set forth in Section 5(a), Section 7(b) and Section 9(b);
(iii) The number of NSOs to be granted to Outside Directors under Section 4(b);
(iv) The number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR; or
(v) The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR.
Except as provided in this Section 10, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any issue by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options and SARs shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.
(c) Reorganizations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement shall provide for:
(i) The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation;
(ii) The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary;
(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding Awards;
(iv) Full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the outstanding Awards; or
14
(v) Settlement of the full value of the outstanding Awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such Awards.
(d) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 10, an Optionee or Offeree shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
SECTION 11. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.
Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Companys securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable.
SECTION 12. WITHHOLDING TAXES.
(a) General. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
(b) Share Withholding. The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would otherwise be issued to him or her in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the legally required minimum tax withholding.
SECTION 13. LIMITATION ON PARACHUTE PAYMENTS.
(a) Scope of Limitation. This Section 13 shall apply to an Award only if the independent auditors most recently selected by the Board (the Auditors) determine that the after-tax value of such Award to the Optionee or Offeree, taking into account the effect of all federal, state and local income taxes, employment taxes and excise taxes applicable to the Optionee or Offeree (including the excise tax under section 4999 of the Code), will be greater after the application of this Section 13 than it was before application of this Section 13. Basic Rule . In the event that the Auditors determine that any payment or transfer by the Company
15
under the Plan to or for the benefit of a Participant (a Payment) would be nondeductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes because of the provisions concerning excess parachute payments in Section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate present value of all Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount. For purposes of this Section 13, the Reduced Amount shall be the amount, expressed as a present value, which maximizes the aggregate present value of the Payments without causing any Payment to be nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code.
(c) Reduction of Payments. If the Auditors determine that any Payment would be nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code, then the Company shall promptly give the Participant notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof and of the Reduced Amount, and the Participant may then elect, in his or her sole discretion, which and how much of the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall advise the Company in writing of his or her election within 10 days of receipt of notice. If no such election is made by the Participant within such 10-day period, then the Company may elect which and how much of the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall notify the Participant promptly of such election. For purposes of this Section 13, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. All determinations made by the Auditors under this Section 13 shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant and shall be made within 60 days of the date when a Payment becomes payable or transferable. As promptly as practicable following such determination and the elections hereunder, the Company shall pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant such amounts as are then due to him or her under the Plan and shall promptly pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant in the future such amounts as become due to him or her under the Plan.
(d) Related Corporations. For purposes of this Section 13, the term Company shall include affiliated corporations to the extent determined by the Auditors in accordance with Section 280G(d)(5) of the Code.
SECTION 14. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.
No provision of the Plan, nor any right or Option granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate any persons Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.
SECTION 15. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.
(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall terminate automatically on September 30, 2013, and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.
(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the person to whom the Option was granted. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the
16
approval of the Companys stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.
(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.
SECTION 16. EXECUTION.
To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors effective as of October 1, 2003, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.
SYNNEX C ORPORATION | ||
By | ||
|
||
Robert Huang President and Chief Executive Officer |
17
SYNNEX C ORPORATION
2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT
You have been granted the following Option to purchase Common Stock of SYNNEX C ORPORATION (the Company) under the Companys 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan):
Name of Optionee: | [Name of Optionee] | |
Total Number of Option Shares Granted: | [Total Number of Shares] | |
Type of Option: | ¨ Incentive Stock Option | |
¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option | ||
Exercise Price Per Share: | $ | |
Grant Date: | [Date of Grant] | |
Vesting Commencement Date: | [Vesting Commencement Date] | |
Vesting Schedule: | This Option becomes exercisable with respect to the first 12/60 th of the shares subject to this Option when you complete 12 months of continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) from the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, this Option becomes exercisable with respect to an additional 1/60 th of the shares subject to this Option when you complete each additional month of Service. | |
Expiration Date: | [Expiration Date] This Option expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the Stock Option Agreement. |
1
By your signature and the signature of the Companys representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the term and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.
OPTIONEE: |
SYNNEX C ORPORATION |
|||||||
: | By: | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Optionees Signature | ||||||||
Title: | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Optionees Printed Name |
2
SYNNEX C ORPORATION
2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Tax Treatment |
This Option is intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or a nonstatutory option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Even if this Option is designated as an incentive stock option, it shall be deemed to be an nonstatutory option to the extent required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Internal Revenue Code. | |
Vesting |
This Option becomes exercisable in installments, as shown in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. This Option will in no event become exercisable for additional shares after your Service has terminated for any reason. | |
Term |
This Option expires in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the Notice of Stock Option Grant (fifth anniversary for a more than 10% stockholder as provided under the Plan if this is an incentive stock option). This Option may expire earlier if your Service terminates, as described below. | |
Regular
Termination |
If your Service terminates for any reason except Misconduct, Death or Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three (3) months after the date your Service terminates (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date). The Company has discretion to determine when your Service terminates for all purposes of the Plan and its determinations are conclusive and binding on all persons. | |
Death |
If you die, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date your Service terminates (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date). During that period of up to 12 months, your estate or heirs may exercise the Option. | |
Disability |
If your Service terminates by reason of Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date your Service terminates (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date). | |
Misconduct |
If your Service terminates for Misconduct, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date your Service terminates. |
3
Leaves of Absence |
For purposes of this Option, your Service does not terminate when you go on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service is required by the terms of the leave or by applicable law. But your Service terminates when the approved leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work.
If you go on a leave of absence, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant may be adjusted in accordance with the Companys leave of absence policy or the terms of your leave. If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant may be adjusted in accordance with the Companys part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between you and the Company pertaining to your part-time schedule. |
|
Restrictions on
Exercise |
The Company will not permit you to exercise this Option if the issuance of shares at that time would violate any law or regulation. The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of the Company stock pursuant to this Option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Company stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. However, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain such approval. | |
Notice of
Exercise |
When you wish to exercise this Option you must notify the Company by completing the attached Notice of Exercise of Stock Option form and filing it with the Human Resources Department of the Company. You notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase. Your notice must also specify how your shares should be registered. The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company. If someone else wants to exercise this Option after your death, that person must prove to the Companys satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so. | |
Form of
Payment |
When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the Option exercise price for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in the following form(s): | |
· Your personal check, a cashiers check or a money order. |
4
5
Restrictions on
Resale |
By signing this Agreement, you agree not to sell any Option shares at a time when applicable laws, Company policies or an agreement between the Company and its underwriters prohibit a sale (e.g., a lock-up period after the Company goes public). This restriction will apply as long as you are an employee, consultant or director of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company. | |
Transfer of Option |
In general, only you can exercise this Option prior to your death. You cannot transfer or assign this Option, other than as designated by you by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided below. For instance, you may not sell this Option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become invalid. You may in any event dispose of this Option in your will. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your former spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your former spouses interest in your Option in any other way.
However, if this Option is designated as a nonstatutory stock option in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, then the Committee (as defined in the Plan) may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option as a gift to one or more family members. For purposes of this Agreement, family member means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any individual sharing your household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which one or more of these individuals have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which you or one or more of these persons control the management of assets, and any entity in which you or one or more of these persons own more than 50% of the voting interest.
In addition, if this Option is designated as a nonstatutory stock option in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this option to your spouse or former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights.
The Committee will allow you to transfer this Option only if both you and the transferee(s) execute the forms prescribed by the Committee, which include the consent of the transferee(s) to be bound by this Agreement. |
6
Retention Rights |
Neither your Option nor this Agreement gives you the right to be retained by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in any capacity. The Company and its subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time, with or without cause. | |
Stockholder
Rights |
You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a stockholder of the Company until you have exercised this Option by giving the required notice to the Company and paying the exercise price. No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before you exercise this Option, except as described in the Plan. | |
Adjustments |
In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company stock, the number of shares covered by this Option and the exercise price per share may be adjusted pursuant to the Plan. | |
Applicable Law |
This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to their choice-of-law provisions). | |
The Plan and
Other Agreements |
The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. All capitalized terms in the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Option are superseded. This Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement, signed by both parties. |
BY SIGNING THE COVER SHEET OF THIS AGREEMENT,
YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.
7
Exhibit 10.5
SYNNEX Corporation
2003 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(Adopted by the Board on October 1, 2003)
Table of Contents
Page
|
||
SECTION 1 Purpose Of The Plan |
1 | |
SECTION 2 Definitions | 1 | |
(a) Accumulation Period |
1 | |
(b) Board |
1 | |
(c) Code |
1 | |
(d) Committee |
1 | |
(e) Company |
1 | |
(f) Compensation |
1 | |
(g) Corporate Reorganization |
1 | |
(h) Eligible Employee |
2 | |
(i) Exchange Act |
2 | |
(j) Fair Market Value |
2 | |
(k) IPO |
2 | |
(l) Offering Period |
2 | |
(m) Participant |
2 | |
(n) Participating Company |
3 | |
(o) Plan |
3 | |
(p) Plan Account |
3 | |
(q) Purchase Price |
3 | |
(r) Stock |
3 | |
(s) Subsidiary |
3 | |
SECTION 3 Administration Of The Plan | 3 | |
(a) Committee Composition |
3 | |
(b) Committee Responsibilities |
3 | |
SECTION 4 Enrollment And Participation |
3 | |
(a) Offering Periods |
3 | |
(b) Accumulation Periods |
3 | |
(c) Enrollment |
3 | |
(d) Duration of Participation |
4 | |
(e) Applicable Offering Period |
4 | |
SECTION 5 Employee Contributions | 4 | |
(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions |
4 | |
(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions |
5 | |
(c) Changing Withholding Rate |
5 | |
(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions |
5 | |
(e) Limit on Number of Elections |
5 | |
SECTION 6 Withdrawal From The Plan | 5 | |
(a) Withdrawal |
5 | |
(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal |
5 |
i
SECTION 7 Change In Employment Status | 5 | |
(a) Termination of Employment |
5 | |
(b) Leave of Absence |
6 | |
(c) Death |
6 | |
SECTION 8 Plan Accounts And Purchase Of Shares |
6 | |
(a) Plan Accounts |
6 | |
(b) Purchase Price |
6 | |
(c) Number of Shares Purchased |
6 | |
(d) Available Shares Insufficient |
7 | |
(e) Issuance of Stock |
7 | |
(f) Unused Cash Balances |
7 | |
(g) Stockholder Approval |
7 | |
SECTION 9 Limitations On Stock Ownership | 7 | |
(a) Five Percent Limit |
7 | |
(b) Dollar Limit |
8 | |
SECTION 10 Rights Not Transferable | 8 | |
SECTION 11 No Rights As An Employee | 9 | |
SECTION 12 No Rights As A Stockholder | 9 | |
SECTION 13 Securities Law Requirements | 9 | |
SECTION 14 Stock Offered Under The Plan | 9 | |
(a) Authorized Shares |
9 | |
(b) Antidilution Adjustments |
9 | |
(c) Reorganizations |
9 | |
SECTION 15 Amendment Or Discontinuance | 10 | |
SECTION 16 Execution | 10 |
ii
SYNNEX Corporation
2003 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
SECTION 1 Purpose Of The Plan .
The Plan was adopted by the Board on October 1, 2003, effective as of the date of the IPO. The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company by purchasing Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Code.
SECTION 2 Definitions .
(a) Accumulation Period means a three-month period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 4(b).
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
(c) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) Committee means a the Compensation Committee of the Board, as described in Section 3.
(e) Company means SYNNEX Corporation, a Delaware Corporation.
(f) Compensation means (i) the compensation paid in cash to a Participant by a Participating Company, including salaries, wages, incentive compensation, bonuses, overtime pay and shift premiums, plus (ii) any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under section 401(k) or 125 of the Code. Compensation shall exclude all non-cash items, commissions, moving or relocation allowances, cost-of-living equalization payments, car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income attributable to cars or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of stock options, and similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a particular item is included in Compensation.
(g) Corporate Reorganization means:
(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization in which the Companys stockholders immediately prior thereto own less than 50% of the voting securities of the Company (or its successor or parent) immediately thereafter; or
1
(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(h) Eligible Employee means any employee of a Participating Company, other than an officer or director who qualifies as a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code, whose customary employment is for more than five months per calendar year and for more than 20 hours per week.
The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an Eligible Employee if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country which has jurisdiction over him or her or if he or she is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for participation in the Plan.
(i) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j) Fair Market Value means the market price of Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:
(i) If Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date;
(ii) If Stock was traded on The Nasdaq National Market on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price quoted for such date by The Nasdaq National Market; or
(iii) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported in the Wall Street Journal or as reported directly to the Company by a stock exchange or Nasdaq. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(k) IPO means the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(l) Offering Period means a 24-month period with respect to which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 4(a).
(m) Participant means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 4(c).
(n) Participating Company means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a Participating Company.
2
(o) Plan means this SYNNEX Corporation 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
(p) Plan Account means the account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 8(a).
(q) Purchase Price means the price at which Participants may purchase Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8(b).
(r) Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.
(s) Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
SECTION 3 Administration Of The Plan .
(a) Committee Composition . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist exclusively of one or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board.
(b) Committee Responsibilities . The Committee shall interpret the Plan and make all other policy decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committees determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.
SECTION 4 Enrollment And Participation .
(a) Offering Periods . While the Plan is in effect, two Offering Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Offering Periods shall consist of the 24-month periods, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, commencing on October 1 and April 1 of each year, except that the first Offering Period shall commence on the date of the IPO and end on September 30, 2005. The next Offering Period shall commence on April 1, 2004 and will end on March 31, 2006.
(b) Accumulation Periods . While the Plan is in effect, two Accumulation Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Accumulation Periods shall consist of the six-month periods commencing on October 1 and April 1, except that the first Accumulation Period shall commence on the date of the IPO and end on March 31, 2004. Employees may participate in only one Offering Period at a time.
(c) Enrollment . Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period (other than the initial Offering Period), qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by executing the enrollment form prescribed for this purpose by the Committee. The enrollment form shall be filed with the Company at the prescribed location not later than 15 days prior to the commencement of such
3
Offering Period. All Eligible Employees shall be automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period under the Plan.
(d) Duration of Participation . Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee, withdraws from the Plan under Section 6(a) or reaches the end of the Offering Period in which his or her employee contributions were discontinued under Section 5(d) or Section 9(b). A Participant who discontinued employee contributions under Section 5(d) or withdrew from the Plan under Section 6(a) may again become a Participant, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Subsection (c) above. A Participant whose employee contributions were discontinued automatically under Section 9(b) shall automatically resume participation at the beginning of the earliest Offering Period ending in the next calendar year, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee.
(e) Applicable Offering Period . For purposes of calculating the purchase price under Section 8(b), the applicable Offering Period shall be determined as follows:
(i) Once a Participant is enrolled in the Plan for an Offering Period, such Offering Period shall continue to apply to him or her until the earliest of: (A) the end of such Offering Period; (B) the end of his or her participation under Subsection (d) above; or (C) re-enrollment in a subsequent Offering Period under Paragraph (ii) below.
(ii) In the event that the Fair Market Value of Stock on the last trading day on or before the commencement of the Offering Period in which the Participant is enrolled is higher than on the last trading day on or before the commencement of any subsequent Offering Period, the Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for such subsequent Offering Period.
(iii) When a Participant reaches the end of an Offering Period but his or her participation is to continue, then such Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for the Offering Period that commences immediately after the end of the prior Offering Period.
SECTION 5 Employee Contributions .
(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions . A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions; provided, however, that in the initial Accumulation Period, Participants may also purchase shares of Stock by making a lump sum cash payment at the end of the Accumulation Period. Payroll deductions, as designated by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (b) below, shall occur on each payday during participation in the Plan.
(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions . An Eligible Employee shall designate on the enrollment form the portion of his or her Compensation that he or she elects to have withheld for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employees Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%. During the initial Accumulation Period,
4
no payroll deduction will be made unless a Participant timely files the proper form with the Company after a registration statement covering the Stock is filed and effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(c) Changing Withholding Rate . If a Participant wishes to change the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time. The new withholding rate shall be effective as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company. The new withholding rate shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employees Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%.
(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions . If a Participant wishes to discontinue employee contributions entirely, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time. Payroll withholding shall cease as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company. In addition, employee contributions may be discontinued automatically pursuant to Section 9(b). A Participant who has discontinued employee contributions may resume such contributions by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location. Payroll withholding shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company.
(e) Limit on Number of Elections . The Committee may limit the number of elections that a Participant may make under Subsection (c) or (d) above during any Accumulation Period.
SECTION 6 Withdrawal From The Plan .
(a) Withdrawal . A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by filing the prescribed form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time before the last day of an Accumulation Period. In addition, in the initial Accumulation Period, Participants may be deemed to withdraw from the Plan by declining or failing to remit timely payment to the Company for the shares of Stock. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount credited to the Participants Plan Account shall be refunded to him or her in cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.
(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal . A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until he or she re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 4(c). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of an Offering Period.
SECTION 7 Change In Employment Status .
(a) Termination of Employment . Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under Section 6(a). A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a termination of employment.
(b) Leave of Absence . For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of
5
absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing. Employment, however, shall be deemed to terminate 90 days after the Participant goes on a leave, unless a contract or statute guarantees his or her right to return to work. Employment shall be deemed to terminate in any event when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to work.
(c) Death . In the event of the Participants death, the amount credited to his or her Plan Account shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by him or her for this purpose on the prescribed form or, if none, to the Participants estate. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participants death.
SECTION 8 Plan Accounts And Purchase Of Shares .
(a) Plan Accounts . The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participants Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the Participants Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be trust funds and may be commingled with the Companys general assets and applied to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.
(b) Purchase Price . The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased at the close of an Accumulation Period shall be the lower of:
(i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last trading day in such Accumulation Period; or
(ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the first trading day of the applicable Offering Period (as determined under Section 4(e)) or, in the case of the first Offering Period under the Plan, 85% of the price at which one share of Stock is offered to the public in the IPO.
(c) Number of Shares Purchased . As of the last day of each Accumulation Period, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Subsection (c), unless the Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 6(a). The amount then in the Participants Plan Account shall be divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased from the Company with the funds in the Participants Plan Account. The foregoing notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase more than 2,500 shares of Stock with respect to any Accumulation Period nor more than the amounts of Stock set forth in Section 9(b) and Section 14(a). Any fractional share, as calculated under this Subsection (c), shall be rounded down to the next lower whole share. For each Accumulation Period, the Committee shall have the authority to establish additional limits on the number of shares purchasable by each Participant or by all Participants in the aggregate.
(d) Available Shares Insufficient . In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Accumulation Period exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under Section 14(a), then the number of shares to
6
which each Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.
(e) Issuance of Stock . Certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be issued to him or her as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the applicable Accumulation Period, except that the Committee may determine that such shares shall be held for each Participants benefit by a broker designated by the Committee (unless the Participant has elected that certificates be issued to him or her). Shares may be registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship or as community property.
(f) Unused Cash Balances . An amount remaining in the Participants Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for any fractional share shall be carried over in the Participants Plan Account to the next Accumulation Period. Any amount remaining in the Participants Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be purchased by reason of Subsection (c) above, Section 9(b) or Section 14(a) shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest.
(g) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Companys stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.
SECTION 9 Limitations On Stock Ownership .
(a) Five Percent Limit . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after his or her election to purchase such Stock, would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:
(i) Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code;
(ii) Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that he or she has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan; and
(iii) Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to purchase up to the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased by a Participant under this Plan under the individual limit specified in Section 8(c) with respect to each Accumulation Period.
(b) Dollar Limit . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the following limit:
7
(i) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company).
(ii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year.
(iii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the second preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the two preceding calendar years.
For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined in each case as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in section 423 of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then his or her employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall resume at the beginning of the earliest Accumulation Period ending in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an Eligible Employee).
SECTION 10 Rights Not Transferable .
The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participants interest in any Stock or moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interest under the Plan, other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 6(a).
SECTION 11 No Rights As An Employee .
Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.
8
SECTION 12 No Rights As A Stockholder .
A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock that he or she may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the last day of the applicable Offering Period.
SECTION 13 Securities Law Requirements .
Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Companys securities may then be traded.
SECTION 14 Stock Offered Under The Plan .
(a) Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan is One Million (1,000,000) shares. The aggregate number of shares available for purchase under the Plan shall at all times be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14.
(b) Antidilution Adjustments . The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the individual Participant share limitation described in Section 8(c) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend, any other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the distribution of the shares of a Subsidiary to the Companys stockholders or a similar event.
(c) Reorganizations . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, immediately prior to the effective time of a Corporate Reorganization, the Offering Period then in progress shall terminate and shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 8, unless the Plan is assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation pursuant to the plan of merger or consolidation. The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Companys right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
SECTION 15 Amendment Or Discontinuance .
The Board shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on September 30, 2013. Except as provided in Section 14, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by an applicable law or regulation.
9
SECTION 16 Execution .
To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board on October 1, 2003, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.
SYNNEX Corporation | ||
By: |
|
|
Robert Huang President and Chief Executive Officer |
10
Exhibit 10.14
H
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
SIGNATURE PAGE
ICN # |
||
LEGAL BUSINESS NAME |
SYNNEX Corporation |
|
ADDRESS |
3797 SPINNAKER CT. |
|
CITY, STATE, ZIP |
FREMONT, CA 94538 |
|
PHONE, FAX # |
|
|
E-MAIL/INTERNET ADDRESS |
|
|
DBA(S) |
In addition to any and all other documents comprising the Contract, all documents marked with an X below govern the relationship between HP and you for the purchase and resale of HP Products and are part of the Contract.
AGREEMENT:
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
ADDENDA:
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Record Keeping Audit And Reporting
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Channel Service Provider
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP Refurbished/Excess LaserJet Products
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP IPG Product Specific
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP NSS Product Specific
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP ProCurve Products
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP PSG Products
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP ISS Products
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP Referral
x U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement CSP Server Pilot Program Addendum
SHIPMENT ELECTION
Please check one.
OUTLET
CONSOLIDATED
Page 1 of 2
STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP:
Form of Organization: (i.e. Corporation, General Partnership, Limited Partnership, Sole proprietor): Corporation
For a Corporation, specify whether: Publicly Held ü Privately Held
State of Incorporation/Organization: Delaware
Identify Company ownership and management structure as follows (attach additional pages if necessary):
Sole proprietor: |
Provide owners legal name | |
Trust: |
Identify Trustee(s), Administrators and Beneficiaries of Trust | |
Partnership: |
Identify all General Partners, Limited Partners, Officers and ownership percentages held Specify dollar investment of limited partners | |
Privately Held Corporation: |
Identify all shareholders with class and percentage ownership, Officers and Board of Director Members | |
Publicly Held Corporation: |
Identify owners of 20% or more of each class of shares with class and percentage ownership, Officers and Board of Director Members |
NAMES |
TITLES |
OWNERSHIP INTEREST |
||||
Percentage Ownership (Dollar Investment in Limited Partners) |
Type of Ownership interest (Assets, Common or Preferred Shares) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
If Company is 100% owned by another corporation, identify the parent corporations ownership and management structure above and the identity of the parent corporation below:
Parent/Owner, including DBA(s)
Address
( ) | ||||||
|
||||||
City |
State | Zip | Telephone | |||
( ) | ||||||
|
||||||
State of Parent/Owners Incorporation |
Fax |
This Contract is made and entered into by and between SYNNEX Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation.
General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Title |
11/06/03 Effective Date |
May 31, 2005 Expiration Date |
||
Page 2 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. |
APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. |
STATUS CHANGE | 2 | ||
4. |
RELATIONSHIP | 2 | ||
5. |
SOURCING AND SELLING | 3 | ||
6. |
INTERNATIONAL | 4 | ||
7. |
RESALES TO U.S. GOVERNMENT | 4 | ||
8. |
PRICES AND DISCOUNTS | 4 | ||
9. |
ORDERS AND DELIVERY | 5 | ||
10. |
PAYMENT | 5 | ||
11. |
WARRANTY | 6 | ||
12. |
INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT | 7 | ||
13. |
SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS | 7 | ||
14. |
MARKS | 9 | ||
15. |
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION | 9 | ||
16. |
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS | 10 | ||
17. |
CONFIDENTIALITY | 10 | ||
18. |
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND REMEDIES | 10 | ||
19. |
COMPLIANCE, RECORD-KEEPING AND AUDIT | 11 | ||
20. |
SALES AND INVENTORY REPORTING | 12 | ||
21. |
POLICIES AND PROGRAMS | 13 | ||
22. |
GENERAL | 13 | ||
23. |
CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS | 14 | ||
24. |
NOTICES | 14 | ||
25. |
TERM AND TERMINATION | 14 | ||
HP CARE PACK SERVICES EXHIBIT |
HP Confidential
Page 1 of 15
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum.
2. | APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Business Development Partner for the purchase and resale or sublicense of Products, Services and Support subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. HP reserves the right to sell Products, Services and Support to all HP end-user customers and Business Development Partners. |
B. | HP appoints Business Development Partner to engage in Transactions, as set forth in this Agreement. |
C. | The nature and scope of Business Development Partners authorization, including any geographic, vertical market or other restrictions, are detailed in Addenda to this Agreement. The Products, Services and Support covered by Business Development Partners authorization, including any discounts and commitment levels, and sourcing and selling restrictions are detailed in Addenda or the Partnership Website. |
D. | Business Development Partner will sell Products, Services and Support only to Customers. |
E. | When acting in its capacity as an authorized Business Development Partner, Business Development Partner will purchase Products, Services and Support only directly from an HP authorized Distributor set forth on the U.S. Distributor Summary Matrix located at http://partner.americas.hp.com, unless otherwise agreed to in an Addendum. |
F. | When acting in its capacity as an authorized Business Development Partner reselling Products, Business Development Partner shall ensure that its employees complete any training courses and/or certification designated by HP for each authorized location. Only Business Development Partners full time employees are eligible for HP certification. Business Development Partners contract and part-time employees shall not be eligible for certification. Training requirements for Products are defined on the Partnership Website. |
G. | Business Development Partner accepts appointment on these terms and conditions. |
3. | STATUS CHANGE |
A. | If Business Development Partner wishes to: |
1. | Change its name; |
2. | Add, close or change an HP-approved Ship-To, delivery or other HP-authorized location; or |
3. | Undergo a merger, acquisition, consolidation or other reorganization with the result that any entity controls twenty percent (20%) or more of Business Development Partners capital stock or assets after such transaction, or assumes management of Business Development Partner operations; then Business Development Partner will notify HP in writing within five (5) business days prior to the intended date of change, or the earliest date Business Development Partner is legally permitted to provide such information. In no event shall such notice be given more than five (5) days after the change has occurred. Each event referenced in this Section 3(A) shall be defined as a Status Change. HP reserves the right to terminate this Agreement for cause if Business Development Partner fails to notify HP as set forth herein of a Status Change. |
Business Development Partner shall provide HP all information and documents requested by HP for the purpose of evaluating such status change.
B. | HP will promptly notify Business Development Partner of its consent to the continuation of Business Development Partners authorization following such a change in status, provided that HP may terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice in the event HP does not consent to such change. Pending HPs notification, HP will have no obligation to perform under this Agreement. |
4. | RELATIONSHIP |
A. | Business Development Partner and HP are independent contractors for purposes of this Agreement. This Agreement does not establish a franchise, joint venture or partnership, or create any relationship of employer and employee, master and servant, or principal and agent between the parties. |
B. | Neither party will have, nor represent that it has, any power, right, or authority to bind the other party, or to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of the other party without such other partys express written consent. Business Development Partner acknowledges that any commitment made by Business Development Partner to its Customers with respect to price, quantities, delivery, specifications, warranties, modifications, interfacing capability or suitability will be Business Development Partners sole responsibility, and Business Development Partner will indemnify HP from liability for any such commitment by Business Development Partner. |
C. | Each Party shall control the means, manner and method of its performance. Neither Party shall either exercise or have the right to exercise any control, supervision or oversight of the other Partys performance. |
HP Confidential
Page 2 of 15
D. | HP may market Third Party Products, including Third Party Products in competition with Products, without making those Third Party Products available to Business Development Partner. HP reserves the right to resell Products, Services and Support, and Third Party Products directly to Customers without relying on Business Development Partner. Each Party reserves the right to market, promote and resell products and services in competition with the other Party. |
E. | HP will not be deemed a party to any agreement between Business Development Partner and any subsequent purchaser or licensee. |
F. | Immediately upon notification from HP to Business Development Partner, the Business Development Partner shall change or cease representations or business practices pertaining to this relationship found to be misleading or deceptive by HP. |
G. | Business Development Partner shall conduct all activities relating to its business with HP in accordance with the highest standards of ethics and fairness as well as in compliance with all applicable United States and State laws and regulations. |
H. | Neither Party shall be responsible for failure or delay in performance due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control, such as labor disputes, natural disasters, shortage of or inability to obtain labor, energy, and materials, war, riot, embargo, fire, or any other act or condition beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall relieve Business Development Partner from any payment obligations under this Agreement. |
I. | Neither Party shall issue any press release concerning this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party as to form, content, and timing of the press release. |
J. | Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, HP may elect at any time during the term of this Agreement to announce new Products to which the terms and conditions of this Agreement may not apply. |
K. | Prior to entering into this Agreement, Business Development Partner must inform HP if it at any time in the past previously executed a reseller or distributor agreement with HP or, prior to the merger of HP and Compaq Computer Corporation, with Compaq, and was de-authorized under such agreement. |
5. | SOURCING AND SELLING |
A. | Business Development Partner may purchase Products or Services for resale purposes only from HP authorized Distributors set forth on the U.S. Distributor Summary Matrix located at http://partner.americas.hp.com, or as permitted in any addenda agreed to by HP and Business Development Partner. Business Development Partner may purchase Products or Services for resale purposes directly from HP, provided that Business Development Partner: (i) meets the revenue requirements set forth on the Partnership Website; or (ii) executes an Addendum that sets forth a direct purchase relationship. Business Development Partner may not purchase Products or Services for resale purposes from Other Business Development Partners and/or any unauthorized sources. |
B. | Business Development Partner may resell Products, Services and Support only to Customers. |
C. | Business Development Partner may not resell Products to any division or subsidiary of the Business Development Partners corporate parent. |
D. | Business Development Partner may purchase and resell Open and Controlled Products. Business Development Partner may purchase and resell Enterprise Servers and Storage Products only if Business Development Partner has successfully completed any HP designated criteria for purchasing and reselling Enterprise Servers and Storage Products as permitted in any addenda agreed to by HP and Business Development Partner. |
E. | Business Development Partner may resell Products over the internet, provided that Business Development Partner: |
1. | implements policies supporting Customer satisfaction as a primary concern; |
2. | provides Customer support including, but not limited to, the following activities: |
a. | maintaining a toll-free support telephone number during regular posted hours of operation; |
b. | providing pre-sales support; |
c. | providing accurate detailed Product specification information on Partnership Website; |
d. | providing front line technical support; and |
e. | posting clear policy/procedures on Partnership Website. |
3. | sells packaged services for ongoing Customer support (i.e. HP Care Pack services); |
4. | primarily sells new Products and clearly identifies used or Refurbished Products and state such used or Refurbished Products are not warranted by HP; |
5. | does not sell Products, Services, or Support via an Auction; |
6. | acknowledges by accepting the terms and conditions of this Agreement that selling over the internet will be granted for a specific domain name. Business Development Partner is authorized to sell via a URL that matches the Business Development Partners HP authorized d/b/a name. New or additional domain names require HP approval prior to Business Development Partners posting of HP Products; and |
HP Confidential
Page 3 of 15
7. | complies with the terms and conditions of this subsection 5(D). Business Development Partners failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this subsection 5(D) may result in termination of this Agreement or loss of marketing program eligibility or benefits for ninety (90) days. |
F. | If Business Development sells Refurbished Products, Business Development Partner shall: |
1. | not remove any HP warranty information or labels identifying Refurbished Products as used or refurbished from cartons, packaging, and invoices; |
2. | market and advertise Refurbished Products only as used or refurbished; and |
3. | notify Customer prior to purchase if any Refurbished Products being purchased have a limited warranty. |
G. | HP reserves the right to restrict at any time the permissible sources from which Business Development Partner may purchase Products, Services or Support. |
6. | INTERNATIONAL |
HP does not consent to the marketing or use of Products outside the United States and reserves any and all rights it has under any applicable law, including but not limited to intellectual property laws, to oppose the exportation for sale or resale of Products outside the United States or the importation into any country outside the United States. Accordingly:
A. | Business Development Partner shall not export for sale or resell (and shall ensure that contracts with any purchasers of Products prevent the export for sale or resale of) Products to or import into any country outside the United States. Business Development Partner shall not directly or indirectly sell Products within the United States if Business Development Partner knows or has reasons to believe that the purchaser or any third party will export for sale or resell Products to or import into any country outside the United States. |
B. | Business Development Partner shall not remove (and shall ensure that contracts with any purchasers of Products prevent the removal of) any notices that may appear on the Products packaging restricting sale of Products outside the United States. |
7. | RESALES TO U.S. GOVERNMENT |
A. | Business Development Partner shall not issue Letters of Supply, guarantee the supply, or resell, supply, or provide persons or entities with Product, Support or Services for resale under a General Services Administration (GSA) contract without HPs prior written approval. |
B. | Business Development Partner shall not list Product, Support or Services on GSA schedules or contracts without HPs prior written approval. |
C. | If Business Development Partner desires to sell Products to Public Sector Customers, then Business Development Partner must comply with any additional requirements posted on the Partnership Website that relate to such sales. |
8. | PRICES AND DISCOUNTS |
This Section 8 applies only to Business Development Partners with an established direct purchase relationship with HP as described in Section 5A above.
A. | Net Price includes shipping and handling charges, unless otherwise quoted by HP. HP will charge Business Development Partner for any special packing or shipping instructions requested by Business Development Partner and agreed to by HP. |
B. | HP reserves the right to change prices and discounts at anytime with reasonable prior notice to Business Development Partner. If Business Development Partner is unsure of the List Price to use in calculating the Net Price, then the Business Development Partner should refer to the Partnership Website or contact its HP sales representative or relationship manager. |
C. | Prices are exclusive of, and Business Development Partner will pay, applicable sales, use, consumption, goods and services, value added or like taxes, unless Business Development Partner has provided HP with an appropriate exemption certificate for the Delivery jurisdiction, or HP agrees the transaction is otherwise exempt. |
D. | List prices are suggested prices for resale to End User customers and a basis for calculating Net Business Development Partner Price. Business Development Partner has the right to determine its own resale prices, and no HP representative will require that any particular minimum resale price be charged by Business Development Partner to Customer or grant or withhold any benefits to Business Development Partner based on Business Development Partners resale pricing policies. Business Development Partner agrees that it will promptly report any effort by HP personnel to interfere with its pricing policies directly to an HP officer or senior sales manager. |
E. | Upon request from Business Development Partner, HP may at its discretion, grant special pricing for particular Customer Transactions. HP may retract or amend the special pricing at any time before acceptance of the purchase order by HP. HP may extend the pricing on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis and may condition the special pricing on a pass-through to End User of all or part of incremental discount extended by HP to Business Development Partner. |
F. |
HP may, from time to time, offer Business Development Partner certain Products, Services and Support on special promotional terms and conditions. Such offerings may not be combined with other HP program(s) or promotion(s) and may be subject to pricing or discounts different from those provided for in this Agreement. In some cases, such offerings |
HP Confidential
Page 4 of 15
may not, be counted towards Business Development Partners volume or other commitments, and may not be eligible for other standard benefits, including but not limited to promotional allowance funds, price protection or stock protection adjustments. Except as specifically altered by HP in a promotional offering under this section, all other terms and conditions will remain unaltered.
9. | ORDERS AND DELIVERY |
This Section 9 applies only to Business Development Partners with an established direct purchase relationship with HP as described in Section 5.A. above.
A. | HP may, at its sole discretion and for any reason, reject a Business Development Partners purchase order. |
B. | HP will honor written orders from Business Development Partner unless other methods are agreed upon in writing. Business Development Partners orders must reference this Agreement and must comply with the minimum order, release, destination (Ship To address) and other requirements specified in any Addenda to this Agreement, or as set forth on Partnership Website. Orders must also specify Delivery dates within periods specified on the Partnership Website. |
C. | All Business Development Partners sales, advertising and promotional activities for Products must be conducted from selling locations identified on the Approved Location list and approved by HP (Approved Selling Locations). No sales, advertisement or promotion of Products may be conducted from Approved Locations that are not also Approved Selling Locations. |
D. | HP shall ship Products under HPs standard shipment terms and conditions. Unless HP offers to ship Products directly to Business Development Partners Customer sites, HP shall ship Products to Business Development Partners shipment locations identified on the Approved Location list and approved by HP (Approved Shipment Locations). Approved Shipment Locations may be the same as Approved Selling Locations. |
E. | Business Development Partner will issue orders from Approved Locations within its organization and will specify HP authorized Ship- To addresses, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties. Business Development Partner is responsible for ensuring that only authorized employees place, change or delete orders and that the orders conform to all requirements of this Agreement. |
F. | All orders are subject to acceptance by HP. |
G. | Delivery by HP is subject to Product and Services availability at the time Business Development Partners order is received. HP will make commercially reasonable efforts to meet delivery dates quoted or acknowledged. If Products are in short supply, quantity restrictions may apply and HP will allocate Products at HPs discretion. If HP is unable to meet Business Development Partners delivery requirements, the Parties may agree to alternative arrangements. In the absence of such agreement, Business Development Partners sole remedy is to cancel the order. |
H. | HP will ship according to HPs standard commercial practice. Title to Products and risk of loss or damage for any Product will pass from HP to Business Development Partner at Ship-To address, provided Products are shipped via HPs carrier. Shipping and handling charges will be listed separately on HPs invoice when not included in the Products purchase price. If Business Development Partner requested special packing or shipping instructions are agreed to by HP, charges will be billed separately to Business Development Partner, and title, and risk of loss or damage will pass to Business Development Partner on delivery to Business Development Partners carrier or designate. |
I. | Transactions may be conducted through EDI or other electronic methods, as agreed. |
10. | PAYMENT |
This Section 10 applies only to Business Development Partners with an established direct purchase relationship with HP as described in Section 5A above.
A. | Business Development Partner shall pay any HP invoices within thirty (30) days from the date of HPs invoice. For credit reasons, or when Business Development Partners financial condition or relationship with HP so warrants, HP reserves the right to require payment in advance or other payment terms with respect to any new or unshipped orders. |
B. | Invoices for contractual support services and maintenance will be issued in advance of the Support period. |
C. | HP may discontinue performance under this Agreement or any other agreement between HP and Business Development Partner if Business Development Partner fails to pay any sum when due to HP or fails to perform under this or any other Agreement and has not cured such performance failure within ten (10) days written notice from HP. |
D. | Any Business Development Partner claim for adjustment of an HP invoice is deemed to be waived if Business Development Partner fails to present such claim within ninety (90) days from the date of the HP invoice. No claims, credits, or offsets may be deducted from any HP invoice. |
E. | Payments for claims in support of program or other events that are later determined by HP to be invalid, erroneous, or non-compliant through an audit will be re-invoiced to Business Development Partner within thirty (30) days of such determination. |
F. |
Business Development Partner grants and HP reserves a purchase money security interest in each Product purchased under this Agreement and in any proceeds derived from the resale, lease, or transfer of such Products to secure the full amount of the purchase price at which Business Development Partner purchased such Products from HP. Promptly upon request by HP, Business Development Partner shall sign any document HP reasonably deems necessary to perfect such |
HP Confidential
Page 5 of 15
security interest. Payment in full of the purchase price of a Product purchased shall release the security interest in such Product. |
G. | HP shall have the right to set off or apply any and all amounts owed by Business Development Partner, its subsidiaries and affiliates, against any and all amounts owed or which may subsequently be owed by HP to Business Development Partner, its affiliates, subsidiaries, or their successor in interest. Business Development Partner shall not have such rights. |
11. | WARRANTY |
A. | WARRANTY STATEMENTS APPLICABLE TO HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE |
1. | HP warrants Hardware against defects in materials and workmanship. HP further warrants that Hardware conforms to Specifications in effect on the date HP ships the Products. |
2. | HP warrants Software branded by HP with an HP trademark (HP Branded) and Firmware Products, which are designated by HP for use with Hardware and are properly installed on that Hardware, against failures to execute their programming instructions due to defects in materials and workmanship when properly installed and used on the Device designated by HP. |
3. | HP warrants that HP Branded Software shall substantially conform to Specifications. HP does not warrant that HP Branded Software shall operate in hardware and software combinations selected by Business Development Partners, Customers or third parties, or meet requirements specified by Business Development Partners, Customers or, third parties, or that the operation of Products shall be uninterrupted or error free. |
4. | Peripherals, accessories and interfaces receive the same warranties as the systems to which they are connected when: |
a. | Products are purchased with the system on a coordinated delivery and are included in the system configuration; or |
b. | Products are purchased as add-ons to an existing system that are part of a Service that includes add-on Products. |
5. | HP may provide Product-specific warranties. Materials or documents setting forth Product warranty terms, conditions, exceptions, exclusions and disclaimers are set forth at the Partnership Website or are contained within the Product packaging upon Product shipment to Business Development Partner. If Product-specific warranties are not contained in the Product packaging, it is Business Development Partners responsibility to provide Customer with a copy of all applicable Product-specific warranties. Any HP revisions to such warranties shall be effective on the date specified by HP in any written communication sent to Business Development Partner. Such warranties shall take precedence over any conflicting terms contained in this section. |
6. | The above warranties do not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration by Business Development Partner or Customer; non-HP supplied Software, interfacing or supplies; unauthorized modification; improper use or operation outside of the specifications for the Product; abuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit; improper site preparation; or unauthorized maintenance or repair, and may be limited for Refurbished Products. |
7. | HP shall not warrant that any Products HP sells to Business Development Partner that are not branded by HP are free from defects in materials and workmanship, even if the Products that are not branded by HP are sold as part of a Service. |
B. | WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO SERVICES |
1. | HP warrants that HP Branded Services will be provided in a professional and workmanlike manner. HP will replace, at no charge, any Product parts and Software media that are part of an HP Branded Service, which are defective and returned to HP within ninety (90) days of delivery. |
2. | During the Software warranty period, HP warrants that HP Branded Software updates will not fail to execute their programming instructions due to defects in materials and workmanship when properly installed and used on the Hardware designated by HP. |
3. | The above warranties do not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration by Business Development Partner or Customer; non-HP supplied Software, interfacing or supplies; unauthorized modification; improper use or operation outside of the specifications for the Product; abuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit; improper site preparation; or unauthorized maintenance or repair. |
C. | WARRANTY PERIODS AND PASS THROUGH PROCESSES |
1. | WARRANTY PERIODS. Product warranty period and additional information is available in the Product specific warranty materials packaged with Product, on quotations, or upon request to HP. If Business Development Partner does not pass through its HP warranty to its Customers, the warranty period begins on the date of Product receipt by Customer, or the date of Product installation if installed by HP. If Business Development Partners Customer chooses to schedule or delays HP installation by more than thirty (30) days after receipt, the warranty period begins on the thirty-first (31 st ) day after Product receipt by Customer. |
HP Confidential
Page 6 of 15
2. | PASS THROUGH PROCESSES. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Business Development Partner may pass through the warranties provided under this Agreement to Other Business Development Partners or to their Customers, so long as HPs obligation is: |
a. | not greater than the warranty coverage for defective Products as set forth in this Warranty Section; and |
b. | not greater than the limitations of remedies and liability set forth in the Limitation of Remedies and Liability Section 18 of this Agreement. |
Upon the request of Business Development Partners Customer, Business Development Partner shall provide a copy of any and all warranties for any Products to its Customer prior to the downstream resale. In addition, Business Development Partner may provide more extensive warranty coverage for Customers, so long as HP has no responsibility for fulfilling the additional obligations. |
3. | PASS THROUGH WARRANTY PERIODS. Where Business Development Partner uses the pass through processes described above, Products ordered by Business Development Partner from HP and temporarily retained in inventory are warranted beginning with the shipment date from HP and ending with shipment to the Customer, for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from date of original purchase from HP by Business Development Partner. User Warranties apply only to End User purchasers of Products. Customer warranties begin upon Product purchase by the Customer and must be verified by proof of acquisition by such Customer. |
D. | REMEDIES |
In the event HP receives notice of defects or non-conformance to the warranties provided in this Agreement during the applicable Product warranty period, HP shall, at its option, repair, or replace the affected Products. If HP is unable, within a reasonable time, to repair, replace or correct a defect or non-conformance in Products to a condition as warranted, Business Development Partner shall be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the Products to HP. Business Development Partner shall pay expenses for return of such Products to HP. HP shall pay expenses for shipment of repaired or replacement Products to Business Development Partner.
E. | WARRANTY EXCEPTIONS |
1. | Except as otherwise noted in this Section 11, HP does not warrant that the operation of Products shall be uninterrupted or error free. |
2. | Some newly manufactured Products may contain, and in supporting such Products HP may use, remanufactured parts that are equivalent to new in performance. |
F. | WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS |
1. | The warranties provided in this Section 11 shall not apply to defects resulting from abuse, misuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit, or any other Products warranty exclusion set forth in warranty materials or documentation, or from attempted repair by an unauthorized technician. Business Development Partner shall reimburse HP for all freight expenses incurred by HP as a result of returning Products that are determined by HP to be (1) free from defect or (2) defective as a result of abuse, misuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit. Such Products shall be shipped back to Business Development Partner, and Business Development Partner shall be responsible for associated freight charges. If Products are returned to Business Development Partner, title to the Products and risk of loss shall pass to Business Development Partner at the time HP delivers Products to HPs first designated carrier. |
2. | The warranties provided in this Section 11 shall apply only to those Products and Support that are branded by HP with an HP trademark (HP Branded). HP does not warrant any third party Products or Support even if included with other HP Branded Products. Furthermore, HP provides all such third party Products and Support AS IS. However, the original manufacturers or suppliers may provide their own warranties as specified in the documentation accompanying such third party Products and Support. |
G. | WARRANTY DISCLAIMERS |
THE WARRANTIES HEREIN ARE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE, AND NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
12. | INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT |
A. | Business Development Partner will provide Customers with access to information regarding HP designated support programs or other HP approved support plans to assist Customers in obtaining warranty repair for Products. Unless Business Development Partner participates in the Authorized Service Provider Program, nothing in this Agreement permits Business Development Partner to perform HP warranty repair on defective HP Product, even if Business Development Partner originally sold the HP Product. |
B. | If Business Development Partner purchases an HP System and chooses to resell individual components of that system to Customer who is purchasing an add-on to an HP System, it is the responsibility of Business Development Partner to provide the installation services to Customer at Business Development Partners expense. HP may agree, but is not obligated, to perform installation services at an additional charge. |
HP Confidential
Page 7 of 15
13. | SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS |
A. | In return for a fee or fees designated by HP for Use of Software (License Fee), HP grants Business Development Partner a non-exclusive non-transferable license to distribute Software to Customer for Customers Use. In situations regarding Open VMS Software or the sub-licensing of Software, such license shall incorporate the terms defined below into a written agreement, which shall be made available to HP upon request: |
1. | the terms set forth herein; |
2. | Use restrictions and authorizations for the Software specified by HP in its quotation, invoice or terms that accompany the Software; and |
3. | HPs third party suppliers terms that accompany the Software. |
In the event of a conflict, the third party suppliers terms that accompany the Software will take precedence over the Use restrictions and authorizations specified by HP and the terms set forth herein, and the Use restrictions and authorizations specified by HP will take precedence over the terms set forth herein.
B. | Software is owned and copyrighted by HP or by third party suppliers. Business Development Partners Software License confers no title or ownership and is not a sale of any rights in the Software, or the media on which it is recorded or printed. Third party suppliers may protect their rights in the Software in the event of any infringement. |
C. | Unless otherwise permitted by HP, the End User may only make copies or adaptations of the Software for archival purposes, to replace a defective copy, for program error verification or when copying or adaptation is an essential step in the authorized Use of the Software on a backup Device, provided that copies and adaptations shall be used in no other manner and provided further that the Use on the backup Device is discontinued when the original or replacement Device becomes operable. |
D. | Business Development Partner shall reproduce all copyright notices in or on the original Software on all permitted copies or adaptations. Business Development Partner will not remove, omit or alter any label or copyright on or in the original Software. Business Development Partner may not copy the Software onto any public or distributed network. |
E. | Bundled Software or Firmware provided to End Users may only be used when operating the associated Device in configurations as sold or subsequently upgraded by HP or Business Development Partner. End Users may transfer Firmware only upon transfer of the associated Device. |
F. | Updates, upgrades or other enhancements may be available under HP Support agreements. HP reserves the right to require additional licenses and fees for Use of the Software on upgraded Devices. |
G. | Business Development Partner shall not modify, disassemble or decompile the Software without HPs prior written consent. Where Business Development Partner has other rights under statute, Business Development Partner shall provide HP with reasonably detailed information regarding any intended disassembly or decompilation. Business Development Partner shall not decrypt the Software unless necessary for legitimate use of the Software. |
H. | End Users Software License is transferable subject to HPs prior written authorization and payment to HP of any applicable fees. Upon transfer of the Software License, End User shall immediately deliver all copies of the Software to the transferee. The transferee must agree in writing to the terms of Business Development Partners Software License terms. All Software License terms shall be binding on involuntary transferees, notice of which is hereby given. End Users license shall automatically terminate upon transfer. |
I. | Unless otherwise specified, all Software Licenses will be perpetual unless terminated or transferred in accordance with this Section 13(I). HP may terminate Business Development Partners or any transferees or sublicensees Software License upon notice for failure to comply with any applicable Software License terms. Immediately upon termination, the Software and all copies of the Software shall be destroyed or returned to HP. Copies of the Software that are merged into adaptations, except for individual pieces of data in Business Development Partners or transferees or sublicensees data base, shall be removed and destroyed or returned to HP. With HPs written consent, one (1) copy of the Software may be retained subsequent to termination for archival purposes. |
J. | If the Software is licensed for use in the performance of a U.S. government prime contract or subcontract, Business Development Partner agrees that Software is delivered as Commercial computer software as defined in DFARS 252.227-7014 (Jun 1995) or as a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101(a), or as Restricted computer software as defined in FAR 52.227-19 (Jun 1987) or any equivalent agency regulation or contract clause, whichever is applicable. Business Development Partner further agrees that the Software has been developed entirely at private expense. |
K. | Business Microsoft License Grant Limitation |
The following terms apply if Business Development Partner is or will be distributing pursuant to this Agreement HP Branded Products pre-installed, bundled, or otherwise distributed with Microsoft operating system or application software :
1. | Business Development Partner will deliver to its Customers and/or resellers, as applicable, the Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity (COA) and Associated Product Materials (APM) together with each HP Branded Products, in HPs packaging, and will not quote a separate price for the Microsoft operating system, the Microsoft application software or both. APM means material associated with the Microsoft operating system software or application software or both that accompanies the HP Branded Products in HPs packaging, including without limitation the end user manual, recovery media, and external media. |
HP Confidential
Page 8 of 15
2. | Business Development Partner acknowledges and agrees that if Customer and/or reseller does not comply with Section 1, Microsoft may notify HP that it must discontinue distribution to such Customer and/or reseller of the HP Branded Products. HP will discontinue distribution to Business Development Partner promptly following receipt of such notice. Under no circumstances will HPs failure to deliver HP Branded Products ordered by Customer and/or reseller following receipt of such notice constitute a breach of this Agreement. |
3. | Business Development Partner agrees to provide reasonable assistance to HP in any investigation of an incident where a Customer and/or reseller or any party within Customers and/or resellers distribution channels delivers the COA and APM separate from HP Branded Products or quotes a separate price for the Microsoft operating system, the Microsoft application software, or both. |
14. | MARKS |
A. | HP may authorize Business Development Partner to display one or more designated HP name, symbols, trademarks, logotypes, trade names, and insignia. Unless provided otherwise to Business Development Partner by HP, HP Marks that can be displayed by Business Development Partner can be found at the Partnership Website. Business Development Partner shall display the HP Marks solely to promote Products, Services and Support. |
B. | Business Development Partner shall not use any HP Marks in a manner implying Business Development Partner is or may be a branch or entity of HP. Business Development Partner shall promptly discontinue such use of a HP Mark upon HPs request. |
C. | HP authorizes Business Development Partner, in describing its relationship with HP, to identify itself as an HP Business Development Partner for only those Products, Services, and Support activities this Agreement permits Business Development Partner to purchase and resell or provide. |
D. | Displays of HP Marks shall be in good taste and in a manner that preserves their value as HP Marks. Use of HP Marks shall be at all times subject to any HP standards, policies and guidelines that may be set forth at the Partnership Website. All rights or purported rights in HP Marks acquired through Business Development Partners use belong solely to HP. HP reserves all rights under law or in equity for misuse of HP Marks. |
E. | HP reserves the right to require Business Development Partner to suspend its use of any HP Marks immediately, without prior notice. |
F. | Business Development Partner grants HP the non-exclusive, royalty-free right to display Business Development Partners marks in advertising and promotional material. HP shall display Business Development Partners marks in good taste, in a manner that preserves their value as Business Development Partners marks, and in accordance with any standards provided by Business Development Partner for their display. Any rights or purported rights in Business Development Partner marks acquired through HPs use belong solely to Business Development Partner. |
G. | Business Development Partner shall not register or use any internet domain name which contains HPs Marks, e.g., HP, hp, or Hewlett-Packard, in whole or in part or any other name which is confusingly similar thereto. |
15. | INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION |
A. | Neither Party shall gain by virtue of this Agreement any rights of ownership of copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks or any other intellectual property rights owned by the other. |
B. | HP copyrighted material and Software shall not be duplicated by Business Development Partner, except for archive purposes, to replace a defective copy, for program error verification. Business Development Partner has a limited right to copy marketing and sales documentation provided by HP relating to Services in order to promote Business Development Partners service offering. |
C. | HP will defend or settle any claim against Business Development Partner (or Customer and third parties to whom Business Development Partner is authorized by HP to resell or sublicense), that HP Branded Products, Services or Support (excluding Custom Products and Custom Support notwithstanding pre-written Statements of Work regarding Support), delivered under this Agreement that alone and not in combination with any other product constitutes an infringement of any third party United States patent, copyright, trade secret, mask work or trademark, provided that Business Development Partner: |
1. | promptly notifies HP in writing; |
2. | cooperates with HP in, and grants HP sole control of, the defense or settlement; and |
3. | sold Products, or sold or performed Services or Support in complete compliance with this Agreement. |
HP shall pay, subject to the limitation of liability in Section 15.E, the cost of such defense or settlement and costs, fees and damages finally awarded by a court against Business Development Partner.
D. | HP may either (1) procure for Business Development Partner and its Customers the right to continued sale or use, as appropriate, of the Products or (2) modify or replace the Products. If a court enjoins the sale or use of the Products and HP determines that none of the alternatives specified above is reasonably available, or in the case of a settlement agreement which binds HP, HP shall have the option to replace the Products with non-infringing Products or modify the Products at HPs expense so it becomes non-infringing, or repurchase the Products from Business Development Partner at Net Price and, if applicable, less any depreciation calculated on a five (5) year straight line basis. |
HP Confidential
Page 9 of 15
E. | HP shall have no obligation to Business Development Partner for any claim of infringement arising from: |
1. | HPs compliance with designs, specifications or instructions provided by Distributor, Business Development Partner, Customers, or third-party; |
2. | HPs use of technical information or technology provided by Distributor, Business Development Partner, Customers, or third-party; |
3. | modification of the Products by Distributor, Business Development Partner, Customers, or third party; |
4. | use of the Products in a manner not specified by HP; or |
5. | use of the Products with products that are not HP Branded Products. |
F. | THIS SECTION 15 STATES HPs ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT BY PRODUCTS FURNISHED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. |
16. | BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS |
Business Development Partner is solely responsible for its acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in providing its services to End Users. Business Development Partner agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless HP against all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including attorney and expert witness fees) as a result of claims in any form by Business Development Partners End Users, arising out of or in connection with Business Development Partners acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in connection with Business Development Partners provision of its services to End Users. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this clause shall not relieve HP of its obligations under any existing agreement between HP and Business Development Partner, or any existing agreement between HP and an End User of the Business Development Partners services.
17. | CONFIDENTIALITY |
A. | If Confidential Information is exchanged by the Parties, each Party shall protect the Confidential Information of the other in the same manner in which it protects its own like proprietary, confidential, and trade secret information, but no less than a reasonable degree of care. If the Party claiming the benefit of this Section 17 furnishes Confidential Information in writing to the other Party and marks such information Confidential or if such information is provided orally and the transmitting party (Discloser) confirms to the receiving party (Recipient) in writing within thirty (30) days of communication that the information is confidential, then such information shall remain confidential for three (3) years after the date of the disclosure. All such information is deemed Confidential Information. |
B. | As used herein, the term Confidential Information shall include, without limitation, all information designated by either party as confidential pursuant to Section 17 (A), all information or data concerning or related to Products (including the discovery, invention, research, improvement, development, manufacture, or sales thereof), processes, passwords or general business operations including sales costs, profits, pricing methods, formal contractual communications, Sales-Out information, lists of Other Business Development Partners, organization and employee lists), and any information obtained through access to any systems (including computers, networks, websites, voice mail, etc.) which, if not otherwise described above, is of such nature that a reasonable person would believe it to be confidential. Such information shall be deemed Confidential Information subject to the provisions of this Agreement. |
C. | This section shall impose no obligation upon a Recipient with respect to Confidential Information which (a) was in the Recipients possession before the Disclosure; (b) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of the Recipients (c) is rightfully received by Recipient from a third party without a duty of confidentiality; (d) is disclosed by the Discloser to a third party without a duty of confidentiality on the third party; (e) is independently developed or learned by the Recipient; (f) is disclosed under operation of law; or (g) is disclosed by the Recipient with the Disclosers prior written approval. No such information is deemed to be Confidential Information. |
D. | Business Development Partner will not publicize or disclose to any third party the contents of this Agreement without prior written consent from HP. |
E. | If personal data for employees or customer employees of either HP or Business Development Partner is disclosed to either party, each party agrees to comply with the applicable data protection laws when collecting, storing, transferring, sharing and/or otherwise processing such personal data. Unless expressly agreed otherwise, any personal data disclosed may only be used in accordance with the then-current HP privacy policy available on the Partnership Website. |
18. | LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND REMEDIES |
A. | Products, Services and Support are not specifically designed, manufactured or intended as parts, components or assemblies for the planning, construction, maintenance, or direct operation of a nuclear facility. Business Development Partner shall provide Customer purchasing Product(s), Support and Service(s) through Business Development Partner, notice of such restrictions. Should Business Development Partner fail to provide such notice or resell Product(s), Support and/or Service(s) knowing they will be used for nuclear applications, Business Development Partner shall be solely liable and shall hold HP harmless from all costs, fees, expenses and liability arising therefrom. |
B. | Business Development Partner is solely responsible for all maintenance Services that Business Development Partner performs. HP is not liable for any damage to Products repaired by Business Development Partner, whether in or out of warranty. In addition, HP is not responsible for the quality or punctuality of repairs made by Business Development Partner. |
HP Confidential
Page 10 of 15
C. | HP will not be liable for performance delays or for non-performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control. HP will not be liable for any damages in connection with HPs furnishing of or Business Development Partners use of HP information. |
D. | To the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines a Product purchased by Business Development Partner is defective and has directly caused property damage, bodily injury or death, HPs liability shall be limited to: |
1. | payments described in Sections 11(D), 15C), or 15(F); |
2. | damages for bodily injury or death; |
3. | direct damages to tangible property up to a limit of U.S. one million dollars ($1,000,000); |
4. | other actual damages for a claim arising from a material breach of Support services, up to a maximum of twelve (12) months of the related Support charges paid by Business Development Partner during the period of material breach; and |
5. | other direct damages for any claim based on a material breach of any other term of this Agreement up to a limit of U.S. one million dollars ($1,000,000) or the amount paid to HP for the associated Product, Support or Service, whichever is less. |
E. | Notwithstanding Section 18(D) above, in no event shall HP or its subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors or suppliers be liable for any of the following: |
1. | actual loss or direct damage that is not listed in Section 18D herein; |
2. | damages for loss of data or software and data or software restoration; |
3. | damages arising from Business Development Partners, Customers or Customers procurement of substitute products or services (i.e., cost of cover); or |
4. | incidental, special or consequential damages (including downtime costs or lost profits but excluding payments described in Section 17 above and damages for bodily injury). |
F. | HP reserves the right to change the design or Specifications of Product(s); add or delete Products, Support and Service(s) without prior notice to Business Development Partner; and change list price of Products, Support and Services. Business Development Partner shall be responsible for modification(s) it makes to Product(s), Support and Service(s)or for commitment(s) made with respect to special interfacing, compatibility or suitability of Product(s), Support and Service(s) for specific applications. In the event Business Development Partners modifications have an adverse effect on Product support, marketing and technical specifications as determined by HP in its sole discretion, HP may require Business Development Partner to cease making such modifications and notify HP in writing within ten (10) days of notice from HP, Customers purchasing the modified Product(s), Support and Service(s) to advise them of HPs concerns. Business Development Partner shall defend and indemnify HPs costs, expenses, damages and fees incurred by HP by reason of such unauthorized modification. |
G. | Business Development Partner shall, in the event of a Product safety notification or operational correction notification from HP, notify Customers who purchased the impacted Product(s). Such notification may include providing reports for Customers listing resources for information, advertising in various publications, etc. The notification shall be in writing and sent to Customers within five (5) days of receipt of notice from HP. |
H. | THE REMEDIES IN THE CONTRACT SHALL BE BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. |
I. | IN NO EVENT SHALL HP BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA, OR FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, OR FOR ANY OTHER OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES INCURRED BY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. |
19. | COMPLIANCE, RECORD KEEPING AND AUDIT |
A. | Unless otherwise prohibited by local law, for purposes such as Product safety notification, operational problem correction and contract compliance (including compliance with HPs marketing and sales programs), Business Development Partner shall maintain Records for a period of no less than four (4) years from the date of sale or purchase of all Products. |
B. | In the event HP offers drop-ship services, Business Development Partner shall provide the same information pertaining to the Customer as listed in this Section 19. |
C. |
At HPs discretion and upon reasonable notice to Business Development Partner, HP and/or HPs designate shall be given prompt access during normal business hours, either on-site or through other means, including but not limited to electronic data extracts, specified by HP, to Business Development Partners Records, inventory records and other books and records of account pertaining to Products and HP marketing or sales programs which are necessary, in HPs sole discretion, to verify and audit Business Development Partners compliance with this Agreement or the terms and conditions of HPs marketing or sales programs or Business Development Partners Product inventory, if applicable. If HP authorizes a representative to conduct an audit of Business Development Partners Records, such representative shall have the same powers and entitlements as HP, but shall further be entitled to inspect and make copies of Records that incorporate information that relates, both, to the Business Development Partners obligations under this Agreement and any other agreement provided that such representative and Business Development Partner shall, upon Business |
HP Confidential
Page 11 of 15
Development Partners request, enter into a confidentiality agreement in the form set forth in Section 17 herein. If, at the time Business Development Partner signs this Agreement, it requests HP to do so, HP shall use the nationally prominent accounting or investigative services company of HPs choice to conduct such audit. HPs right to audit under this Section 19 survives the termination or expiration of this Agreement for one (1) year beyond the date of termination or expiration. HPs right to audit hereunder shall include HPs right to audit Business Development Partners Records for the period commencing four (4) years prior to the date of such audit. |
D. | If Business Development Partner fails to comply with the record keeping and access requirements in Sections 19.A. and C. above or is found responsible for any program violations or breaches of this Agreement as a result of an audit, HP may terminate this Agreement and Business Development Partner will be considered to be in breach of this Agreement subject to the terms of Section 25.C. below. If HP conducts an audit and Business Development Partner is in compliance with all requirements of this Agreement and any applicable programs, all audit expenses will be the responsibility of HP. If HP conducts the audit and determines, in its sole discretion, that Business Development Partner is not in compliance with this Agreement and any applicable programs, Business Development Partner agrees to pay all of HPs costs and fees, in connection with the audit. |
E. | HP may debit Business Development Partner for all improperly claimed discounts, rebates, promotional allowances or other amounts determined as a result of HPs audit. The debit will occur within sixty (60) days of the audit being completed and the findings communicated to Business Development Partner. HP will use the industry standard FIFO operating process to evaluate Business Development Partners claims, stock protection, and HP promotional offers. All verifications of claims will be based on FIFO, unless Business Development Partner can satisfy HP that its current operating process is equal to FIFO. All verifications of stock protection will be based on shipping date. If Business Development Partner is unable to assist HP in the reconciliation of Sale-In and Sale-Out and inventory reconciliation through additional information, then the anomalies identified in the audit or verification process will be the basis for repayment and HP may debit Business Development Partner for such amounts. |
F. | In addition to any and all other remedies available to HP, HP may recover all costs incurred with compliance verification procedures from Business Development Partner or promotional funds, rebate funds or other HP accrued funds due Business Development Partner. |
G. | From time to time HP may send to Business Development Partner a list of serial numbers of designated Products. Business Development Partner shall identify from which supplier it purchased each serial number, to which Customer each serial number was delivered, and if special pricing was offered on a pass-through basis, provide HP with a copy of the invoice, delivery confirmation and payment information supporting such sale. Business Development Partner shall send the foregoing information to its HP account manager in writing within a period not to exceed fourteen (14) days from the date of HPs notice. |
H. | Business Development Partner shall comply with additional record keeping and audit requirements contained in this Agreement and terms and conditions of any sales and marketing program. |
I. | Any and all information obtained by HP or HPs designated agent during an audit described in Section 19 herein shall be deemed Confidential Information as described in Section 17 herein. |
J. | Business Development Partner shall conduct its business that is related in any way to commerce involving any HP branded or Compaq branded Product subject to HPs Business Development Partners Code of Conduct as amended from time to time by HP and posted on the Partnership Website. Business Development Partner agrees that Business Development Partners compliance with HPs Business Development Partners Code of Conduct is an express condition of HPs performance requirements under this Agreement and that HP may, at its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement for cause as set forth in Section 25 herein, and seek other remedies for any violation by Business Development Partner of HPs Business Development Partners Code of Conduct. If Business Development Partner has questions regarding HPs interpretation of HPs Business Development Partners Code of Conduct, Business Development Partner may contact its HP account manager. |
20. | SALES AND INVENTORY REPORTING |
A. | As required by HP, Business Development Partner shall provide HP with accurate Products and/or inventory Sales-Out information in a format and frequency defined in the Reporting Implementation Guidelines (available on the Partnership Website) or any other data management guidelines provided by HP, which are incorporated herein by reference. |
B. | Expenses incurred to meet reporting requirements set forth in this Agreement or any related addenda are the sole responsibility of Business Development Partner. |
C. | Promotional or marketing programs assigning benefits to Business Development Partners are based upon purchases made by Customers and are calculated on the information reported by Business Development Partner. Business Development Partner shall comply with the reporting requirements of such programs. Reporting such data is the sole responsibility of Business Development Partner, who releases HP from any cost, expense, fees and liability arising from or related to Business Development Partners noncompliance with reporting requirements. |
D. |
Business Development Partner warrants the accuracy of the information transmitted by Business Development Partner or Business Development Partners designate. Business Development Partner is responsible for the accuracy of data provided to HP for benefits under HP programs which condition the provision of benefits on Business Development Partners Sales-Out or inventory information. Failure to report accurate daily data for each Approved Location and to incorporate the previous days data for each Approved Location shall be a violation of this Agreement and result in penalties equal to HPs cost and expenses to correct such errors. Business Development Partner releases HP from any |
HP Confidential
Page 12 of 15
cost, expense, fee and liability arising from or related to inaccurate reports provided by Business Development Partner or its designate. |
E. | Some HP financial programs may impose a twenty-five dollar ($25) minimum benefit before a benefit shall be paid. |
F. | Business Development Partner may dispute, in writing, benefits paid to Business Development Partner pursuant to a promotional, marketing or special discount program. Business Development Partner shall provide such written dispute to HP within the time frames set forth in the promotional or marketing program materials. If such materials fail to establish dispute time frames, Business Development Partner shall have ninety (90) days from the date the benefit is paid to dispute the payment. If Business Development Partner and HP fail to resolve any benefits dispute, Business Development Partner may file suit against HP not more than one (1) year from the date of the benefit payment that Business Development Partner disputed. HPs review of such disputes shall be solely at HPs discretion. |
G. | HP reserves the right to refuse to review disputed benefit claims which are beyond the established time frames set forth in promotional, marketing or special pricing program documentation or this Agreement or which are based on late, inaccurate or otherwise discrepant data supplied by Business Development Partner. |
H. | In the event HP, in its own discretion, reviews disputed benefit claim(s), HP may charge for, and deduct from credits owed to Business Development Partner, all expenses HP incurs in reviewing the disputed benefit claim(s). |
I. | Business Development Partner shall not debit from invoice any unpaid benefits disputed by Business Development Partner. |
J. | All information provided by Business Development Partner pursuant to this Section 20 herein shall be deemed Confidential Information as described in Section 17 herein. |
21. | POLICIES AND PROGRAMS |
A. | From time to time, HP may make available to Business Development Partner certain promotional or marketing programs, including but not limited to, programs involving promotional allowances, marketing funds, demonstration Products and development unit purchases, and Support. Participation in such programs or promotions shall be subject to the then-current terms and conditions of those programs or promotions as set forth on Partnership Website and this Agreement. HP reserves the right to modify, discontinue or delete any such terms and conditions upon not more than fifteen (15) days notice to Business Development Partner. |
B. | Promotional or marketing programs assigning benefits to Customers generally rely upon information reported by Business Development Partner. Business Development Partner shall comply with the reporting requirements of such programs, and releases HP from claims, expenses, fees or liability arising from or related to Business Development Partners noncompliance or inaccurate reporting. |
C. | Business Development Partner acknowledges that only sales made in compliance with this Agreement shall be eligible for marketing, promotional or other benefits offered to Business Development Partners. |
D. | To maintain channel and Products distribution equity, Business Development Partners with more than one (1) agreement with HP may be denied program or promotional benefits offered to Other Business Development Partners with only a single specific agreement with HP. |
22. | GENERAL |
A. | The Parties hereby agree that they may do business electronically, including contract formation, order placement and acceptance. Any orders placed by Business Development Partner and accepted by HP on any HP.com website or HP/ Business Development Partner extranet site will create fully enforceable obligations that will be subject to the terms hereof. Such orders and acceptances will be deemed for all purposes to be: (1) business records originated and maintained in documentary form; (2) a writing or in writing; (3) signed; and (4) an original when printed from electronic files or records established and maintained in the normal course of business. The Parties further agree not to contest the validity or enforceability of such transactions under the provisions of any applicable law relating to whether certain agreements are to be in writing or signed by the Party to be bound thereby and will be admissible if introduced as evidence on paper in any judicial, arbitration, mediation, or administrative proceeding to the same extent and under the same conditions as other business records originated and maintained in documentary form. In addition, the Parties agree that transactions may be conducted through EDI or other electronic methods, as agreed by the Parties. Business Development Partner and HP will adopt commercially reasonable security measures to limit access to passwords and to limit access to the sites to authorized persons. Each party will be responsible for any unauthorized use of the sites or issuance of messages caused by the failure of its security measures. |
B. | Business Development Partner shall create its own username and password (Access Codes) on the Partnership Website. Business Development Partner is solely responsible for controlling access to its Access Codes. Business Development Partner shall only disclose its Access Codes to its authorized employees, representatives or agents. Business Development Partner shall be solely liable for any unauthorized use of its Access Codes resulting from its failure to safeguard its Access Codes. If Business Development Partner believes or has reason to believe its Access Codes have become known to any unauthorized persons, Business Development Partner shall promptly notify HP so that HP can deactivate such Access Codes. Business Development Partner then shall change the Access Codes. Business Development Partner shall be liable for all consequences, foreseen or unforeseen, resulting from Business Development Partners failure to safeguard its Access Codes. HP shall not be liable for indemnity or damages of any kind resulting from Business Development Partners failure to safeguard its Access Codes. |
HP Confidential
Page 13 of 15
C. | This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the Parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. HP hereby gives notice of objection to additional or inconsistent terms set forth in a purchase order or other document issued by Business Development Partner. No modification of this Agreement or this provision shall be binding on either Party unless made in compliance with Section 23. |
D. | Business Development Partner may not assign or transfer any rights or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of HP. |
E. | Neither Partys failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of that provision or of the right to enforce it in the future. |
F. | To the extent that any term and condition of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The offending term and condition shall be deemed amended by the Parties so as to make it enforceable and, to the extent possible, have substantially the same legal effect as what was intended by the Parties as of the date upon which this Agreement became effective between HP and Business Development Partner. |
G. | The United Nations Convention on Agreements for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement or to transactions processed under this Agreement. |
H. | This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. |
I. | All days are calendar days unless otherwise stated. |
J. | Business Development Partner and HP will conduct all its activities relating to their respective business in accordance with the highest standards of ethics and fairness as well as compliance with applicable law. Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement if the other party fails to do so. |
K. | Disputes arising in connection with a specific transaction under this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the country and locality in which the transaction is conducted, and the courts of that country will have jurisdiction, except that HP may, at its option, bring suit for collection in the country where Business Development Partner is located. All other disputes arising under this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the country in which the HP entity executing this Agreement is located and the courts of that country will have jurisdiction. |
L. | Business Development Partners that purchase Products, Services, or Support for resale or sublicensing purposes hereby agree to the terms and conditions of the HP Care Pack Services Exhibit, incorporated herein by reference. |
M. | In the event of a conflict, the following order of precedence will apply: Program Guides or Operating Policies, whichever is appropriate; Addenda; and this Agreement. |
23. | CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS |
A. | From time to time, HP may change discount schedules and implement or change HP policies or programs at its discretion, after written notice to Business Development Partner. |
B. | Any amendment shall automatically become a part of this Agreement on the effective date specified in the notice, unless Business Development Partner provides HP with written notice of its objection to such amendment within fifteen (15) days of Business Development Partners receipt of HPs notice. If both HP and Business Development Partner do not reach agreement to the amendment within thirty (30) days after HPs receipt of Business Development Partners objection, either Party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 25 herein below. |
24. | NOTICES |
A. | All notices and demands issued under this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission, overnight courier, personal service, first class mail postage prepaid, or by registered mail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HP may issue notices regarding Product, Service and Support updates, List Price changes, and modifications to or extensions of this Agreement through electronic methods. |
B. | Notices shall be considered given as of twenty-four (24) hours after sending by electronic means, facsimile transmission, overnight courier, or hand delivery, or as of five (5) days of certified mailing. Delivery and receipt of notices is calculated based upon business days, excluding Saturday, Sunday, and federal government holidays. |
C. | Notices to HP shall be sent to Hewlett-Packard Company, HP Americas Partners Contracts Organization, 10955 Tantau Avenue, Bldg 45 North-Middle, MS 4383, Cupertino, CA 95014-0794, or at such different address as may be designated by HP by written notice to Business Development Partner. |
D. | All notices shall be sent to the attention of the individual at the address set forth on the approval notification issued by HP to Business Development Partner. |
E. | Either Party may change its address at any time; however, upon changing address, the Party shall provide ten (10) days written notice to the other Party. |
25. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner. This Agreement shall remain in effect until May 31, 2005, or until otherwise terminated as set forth |
HP Confidential
Page 14 of 15
in this Section 25. With the exception of Section 10 herein, either Party may terminate this Agreement (1) without cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days written notice. Termination of this Agreement may result in the termination of any other contract or Addenda between HP and Business Development Partner. |
B. | In the event this Agreement is terminated for cause or Business Development Partner in any way fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement any and all existing contracts between HP and Business Development Partner for the resale of any and all Products, Support and Services shall automatically terminate upon such default or termination. |
C. | In the event of any breach of this Agreement by Business Development Partner, in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement or in law and equity, HP may terminate this Agreement and/or Business Development Partner will refund or forfeit any discounts or program payments paid and accrued during the scope of the breach period and reimburse HP for all reasonable attorney fees associated with enforcing these provisions. |
D. | In the event either Party (1) becomes insolvent; (2) is unable to pay its debts when due; (3) files for bankruptcy; (4) is the subject of involuntary bankruptcy; (5) has a receiver appointed; or (6) has its assets assigned, the other Party may terminate this Agreement without notice and cancel any unfulfilled obligations with the exception of payment obligations. HP reserves the right to assert any claim it may have against Business Development Partner to collect any outstanding payment obligations or balances owed to HP by Business Development Partner. |
E. | In the event either Party gives the other notice of termination or advises the other of its intent not to renew this Agreement HP may require that Business Development Partner pay cash in advance for additional deliveries from HP during the remaining term, regardless of Business Development Partners previous credit status, and may withhold all deliveries until Business Development Partner pays its outstanding balance. |
F. | Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Business Development Partner shall promptly cease to be a Business Development Partner and is prohibited from representing itself as such and from using any HP Marks. Business Development Partners right to display HP Marks shall cease as of the effective date of the termination or expiration of this Agreement. HPs right to use Business Development Partners Marks shall cease as of the effective date of the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Furthermore, all rights of Business Development Partner will immediately terminate, including but not limited to, rights to distribute, sub-license or copy any HP Software Licenses to customers; transfer warranties of Products to customers or other HP Business Development Partners; or repackage or reproduce materials with HP tradename, label, trademark or marking. |
G. | Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement HP may require that Products purchased under this Agreement which Products are unopened, in the original packaging and marketable as new merchandise, be returned for credit against an outstanding balance or, if no such balance exists, be repurchased by HP. The repurchase or credit price paid by HP upon HPs exercise of its right to repurchase or credit provided by Section 25 herein shall be the lower of either (1) the Net Price on the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement or (2) the original purchase price from HP. In calculating price, the promotional or other discounts or price protections or other credits extended by HP for the Products shall be subtracted from the repurchase or credit price. |
H. | Obligations concerning outstanding transactions, warranties, Support, Software licensing, intellectual property protection, limitations of liability and remedies, audit, and confidentiality, will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement, except that provisions for Support shall survive through the periods set forth in this Agreement. Furthermore, obligations concerning audit from prior reseller agreements between HP and Business Development Partner shall run concurrently with this Agreement and shall survive termination of the Agreement. |
I. | Unless earlier terminated as provided in this Section 25 herein, this Agreement shall expire as indicated herein. All orders accepted by HP on or before expiration as indicated herein shall be governed under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. |
J. | Neither Party has made commitments regarding the duration or renewal of this Agreement beyond those expressly stated in this Agreement. |
K. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. |
L. | Upon termination, all rights to any accrued HP promotional allowance funds and HP promotional services will automatically lapse. |
M. | This Agreement is effective on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner. |
N. | HP reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to unilaterally extend this Agreement for any duration. Notice of such extension shall be provided in hardcopy or electronic copy, at HPs sole determination. |
HP Confidential
Page 15 of 15
AUTHORIZED SERVICES RESELLER PARTNER
FOR HP CARE PACK SERVICES (ASRPCPS) EXHIBIT
1. | APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Business Development Partner to purchase select HP Care Pack Services from a source authorized by HP for resale to Customers. The HP Care Pack Services available for purchase and resale by Business Development Partner shall be set forth on the Partnership Website, herein incorporated by reference. |
B. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement - HP Care Pack Services Exhibit (ASRP - CPS Exhibit) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (Agreement) controlling Business Development Partners purchase and resale of HP Care Pack Services. Any and all purchases and resale of HP Care Pack Services shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit shall take precedence. |
C. | Orders for HP Care Pack Services Products are subject to the terms of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, the SPA Program Guide, and the applicable Technical Data Sheet in effect on the date of the order. |
D. | Business Development Partner accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
2. | ELIGIBILITY AND RELATIONSHIP |
A. | This ASRP - CPS Exhibit is only applicable to Services and does not contain terms that govern, or apply to, the resale of HP (or third party) hardware, software or support. Terms of Care Pack Services Deliverables are contained in the Services Partner Architecture Guide (SPA Program Guide) on the Partnership Website and in the applicable Technical Data Sheet. |
B. | Business Development Partner must be familiar with the prerequisites, use and functionality of HP Care Pack Services to be purchased and resold by Business Development Partner. |
C. | HP Care Pack services are offered in one (1) to five (5) year increments (depending on the HP Care Pack service level purchased), and are available for purchase by Customer, either at the time Customer purchases Product from Business Development Partner, or for a fixed period of time after the ship date of such Products for which HP Care Pack services are being purchased. Refer to SPA Program Guide on Partnership Web Site for specifics concerning the length of time for which services are available. |
D. | Certain features of HP Care Pack services are optional and may be purchased upon request by Customer from Business Development Partner. Standard and optional features for HP Care Pack services, and HP System Support covering HP Products and specified non-HP systems, are described in the HP Care Pack Program Guide and in the applicable Technical Data Sheet and will be provided pursuant to the specifications set forth therein. Technical Data Sheets are given to the Customer by Business Development Partner and become an integral part of this HP Care Pack services. Some Service features have prerequisites and/or ongoing requirements that Business Development Partner is responsible for ensuring are on the order so that Customer will receive all entitlements. |
E. | Service limitations and Product supportability are as described in the SPA Program Guide and applicable Technical Data Sheet. |
F. | Business Development Partner is responsible for complying with all training requirements designated by HP, and provided to Business Development Partner, for each eligible Service the Business Development Partner resells. |
G. | Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, Business Development Partner is responsible for the marketing and support of its services offering which incorporates the Services purchased hereunder. |
3. | PURCHASING/ORDERING PREREQUISITES |
A. | All Hardware and Software Products that are part of a single support order must be covered at the same HP Care Pack Service level. Similarly, the duration period for such coverage must be coterminous. |
B. | All HP systems for which execution of diagnostic tests is software-dependent must at a minimum be covered by HP Care Pack services that provide periodic software updates. |
C. | For orders that include Software Support, all systems (including PC Server systems and XP storage devices) that are supported by one Customer system manager, except PC clients, must be covered by HP Care Pack services, HP System Support or an existing custom contract for HP Software Support service. |
D. | Business Development Partner will ensure that Customers understand they must have at least one system on the network covered under either HP Care Pack services or HP System Support to purchase network support services packaged in HP Care Pack. Storage network environmental support services packaged in HP Care Pack are excluded from this requirement. |
4. | BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER RESPONSIBILITIES |
A. | Business Development Partner will establish and administer its own agreements with Customers to cover the Services delivered by HP. Business Development Partner will not resell, and Business Development Partner will not obligate HP to deliver, Services that are not listed in the current version of services listed on the Partnership Website. |
HP Confidential
ASRP-CPS Ex. 1
B. | Business Development Partner will comply with the general obligations specified in this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, together with any specific Business Development Partner obligations. Business Development Partner acknowledges that HPs ability to deliver the Services is dependent upon Business Development Partners full and timely cooperation with HP, as well as the accuracy and completeness of any information and data Business Development Partner provides to HP. |
C. | Except as expressly permitted in this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, Business Development Partner agrees not to distribute to Customers any HP documentation, other than that included with a HP Care Pack Service. |
D. | Business Development Partner will be responsible for all commitments it makes to Customers. All renewals, collections, promotions, sales and services to Customers will be Business Development Partners sole responsibility. |
E. | Business Development Partner will supply HP with Customer information (other than price) that HP in its sole opinion considers necessary for the timely and accurate delivery of Services or to protect any rights of HP. |
F. | Business Development Partner and Business Development Partners Customer are responsible for the security of their proprietary and confidential information and for maintaining external procedures to reconstruct lost or altered Customer files, data, or programs. Business Development Partner must notify HP if any Services will be delivered in an environment that poses either a potential health hazard to HP employees or subcontractors, or a security risk to HP employees or subcontractors. |
G. | Business Development Partner will comply with the SPA Program Guide, including operating procedures and administrative processes. The SPA Program Guide is published on the Partnership Website and is incorporated herein by this reference and subject to change from time to time at HPs sole discretion. Any deviation by Business Development Partner from the SPA Program Guide must be agreed to in writing signed by both parties. |
H. | Business Development Partner will maintain reasonable standards of customer service and satisfaction as outlined in the SPA Program Guide. HP may terminate this Agreement if, in HPs reasonable opinion, Business Development Partner fails to maintain such customer service and satisfaction standards. |
5. | BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER DELIVERY RESPONSIBILITIES |
A. | Business Development Partner is responsible for reviewing the applicable HP Care Pack Services with the Customer, including the prerequisites, order requirements and final configurations. |
B. | Business Development Partner shall (i) provide HP with the location for delivery; and (ii) put in place with the Customer procedures for reporting order status. |
C. | Business Development Partner agrees to comply with all security procedures, facility restrictions, rules, regulations, and any other requirements when accessing the premises of HP or the Customer. |
6. | HP RESPONSIBILITIES |
HP Care Pack Services may be added or deleted from the SPA Program Guide from time to time at HPs sole discretion.
7. | PROGRAM MANAGERS |
A. | Each party will appoint a Relationship Manager to serve as the primary representative for the delivery of Services. |
B. | Each Relationship Manager will: (i) have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the performance of the party it represents in a prompt and professional manner; (ii) be authorized to act for and on behalf of the party it represents; (iii) meet with the other partys Relationship Manager at regular agreed-upon intervals to review progress and resolve any issues relating to the Services; and (iv) attempt to resolve disputes in accordance with the terms of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. |
C. | Business Development Partners Relationship Manager will designate a contact to receive all calls from HP or Customers concerning the Services. |
D. | Either party may change its Relationship Manager at any time upon written notice or may provide different Relationship Managers for different Statements of Work. |
8. | ORDERS AND CHANGES |
A. | The process for purchasing Services is set forth in the HP Business Development Partner Business Terms and Conditions. |
B. | Requests by Business Development Partner and recommendations by HP for changes to the Services and Deliverables are subject to HPs change management procedures, and will only become effective once mutually agreed by the parties in writing. |
C. | Orders for HP Care Pack services are subject to the terms of the SPA Program Guide and the applicable Technical Data Sheet. For orders that include Software Support, Business Development Partner must ensure that Customer receives HP Care Pack services that corresponds to processor type, processor quantity, application Software, and if applicable, storage system device type and data capacity. |
9. | SALES AND MARKETING LITERATURE |
A. |
HP may provide Business Development Partner with marketing materials regarding the Services from time to time to provide to Business Development Partners prospective or existing Customers. Upon HPs express written permission, Business Development Partner may copy the marketing materials. Business Development Partner shall not remove, |
HP Confidential
ASRP-CPS Ex. 2
alter, cover, or otherwise deface any trademark, copyright notice, or other notice on HPs marketing materials. HP shall retain ownership of all such materials. |
B. | Business Development Partner warrants and represents that Business Development Partners sales and marketing materials will at all times comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and will not contain any materials that are obscene, threatening, fraudulent, harassing, libelous, infringing of third party intellectual property rights or otherwise illegal. |
10. | WARRANTY |
A. | HP warrants that it will perform its services using generally recognized commercial practices and standards. |
B. | Business Development Partner warrants that it will perform its services using generally recognized commercial practices and standards. |
C. | THE WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES, ALL OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND OBLIGATIONS IMPLIED IN LAW, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
11. | BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER INDEMNIFICATION |
A. | Business Development Partner agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless HP, its employees, agents, or subcontractors against any claim, suit, proceeding, including those based on contract or tort, brought by a third party, including Customers, arising out of reselling HP Care Pack Services to Customers. Business Development Partner agrees to pay all damages and costs awarded with respect to such claim or agreed to in any settlement of that claim, including reasonable attorneys fees incurred by HP. |
B. | Business Development Partner will defend and hold harmless HP, its employees, agents, or subcontractors against any claims arising out of or relating to Business Development Partners infringement of any patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, service marks or trade names alleged to have occurred, related to Business Development Partners reselling HP Care Pack services to Customers. Business Development Partner agrees to pay all damages and costs awarded with respect to such claim or agreed to in any settlement of that claim. |
C. | HP will provide Business Development Partner with notice of a claim, the right to control the defense against such claim and related settlement negotiations, and reasonable cooperation from HP at Business Development Partners expense. |
12. | LIMITATION OF LIABILITY |
A. | Business Development Partner is solely responsible for all contractual relationships with the Customer. HP is not liable for any claims, damages, or liabilities arising out of Business Development Partners direct contractual relationships with Customers, if any, unless and except as expressly authorized by HP or this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. |
B. | HPS AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER FOR ANY REASON AND UPON ALL CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION HEREUNDER WILL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF FEES PAID BY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY FOR THE SERVICES. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION OR CLAIMS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER TORTS. IN NO EVENT WILL HP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF PROFITS OR LOSS OF SAVINGS OR REVENUE, EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. |
13. | GENERAL |
A. | Nothing in this ASRP - CPS Exhibit will prohibit HP from selling HP Care Pack or services similar to HP Care Pack to Customers directly. |
B. | Business Development Partner agrees not to solicit, or make offers of employment to or enter into consultant relationships with, employees or consultants of HP if such person was involved, directly or indirectly, in the performance of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, within a one (1) year period of the cessation of such employment or consultant engagement; provided, however, that nothing contained herein will prevent a party from hiring any such employee or consultant who responds to a general hiring program conducted in the ordinary course of business or who approaches such party on a wholly unsolicited basis. |
C. | This ASRP - CPS Exhibit and any related agreement may not be used for any U.S. Federal Government Order, Project, or other form of business. |
D. | If HP Care Pack services are financed as part of an HP Financing Agreement, the HP Financing Agreement terms and conditions regarding cancellation will govern. |
14. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. |
Business Development Partners appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner. Business Development Partners appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, Business Development Partners appointment may be renewed upon expiration of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. |
HP Confidential
ASRP-CPS Ex. 3
Either party may terminate this ASRP - CPS Exhibit or the entire Agreement without cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party, or with cause at any time upon fifteen (15) days written notice to the other party. |
B. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this ASRP - CPS Exhibit for any reason, Business Development Partner shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP Care Pack Services and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. |
C. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. Business Development Partner shall immediately return to HP at Business Development Partners expense all free-of-charge materials provided to Business Development Partner by HP for the sale and support of HP Services. |
HP Confidential
ASRP-CPS Ex. 4
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT -
DEFINITIONS ADDENDUM
This U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement - HP Definitions Addendum (Definitions Addendum) to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (Agreement) provides definitions for capitalized terms used in the Agreement, associated Addenda, and Exhibits. In the event of conflict between terms and conditions in the Definitions Addendum and the terms and conditions in the Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Definition Addendum shall take precedence.
1. | ABSP or HP Authorized Business Solution Partner means the arrangement within the HP Services Partner Architecture Program whereby ABSPs may deliver business solutions such as HP Storage Services and HP Technical Services, by becoming certified through training, qualification metrics, sales and support capabilities. |
2. | Access Code(s) means the OID or Business Development Partners username or password, or any combination thereof, which allows Business Development Partner access to and use of the Partnership Website. |
3. | Accredited Technicians means Business Development Partner employees who successfully pass tests required by HP to provide support for Eligible HP Products. |
4. | Addendum or Addenda means document(s) attached to, incorporated by reference in, or added to the Agreement at any time during the life of the Agreement that set(s) forth additional descriptions and requirements of particular Business Development Partner relationships, Products, Services and Support offerings. |
5. | Adopted Format means the accepted method for the interchange of Messages under the addendum for record-keeping audit and reporting based on the EDIFACT, ANSI or ASC X12 standards, InfoNow Web POS or the formats agreed to in writing by the Parties for the presentation and structuring of the electronic transmission of Messages. |
6. | Affiliate means any business entity in which a Party owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or ownership interest, any parent corporation of such Party, or any business entity in which a Partys parent corporation owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or ownership interest. Affiliates of Business Development Partner shall be listed in the System Integrator or Enterprise and Business System Products Application and may be modified and revised upon written notice by Business Development Partner and acceptance by HP. |
7. | Agreement means the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement, any attached agreement(s), program guides, signature page(s), Addenda, Exhibits, Operating Policies and Partnership Website content referenced in the HP Business Development Partner Agreement. |
8. | Alpha or HP Alpha means specific Products available to Business Development Partners that have (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in Alpha Addendum. HP Alpha Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP Alpha Products. |
9. | Application means the form located on Partnership Website to be completed by any applicant who desires to sell certain Products, Support or Services. Information on the Application includes, but is not limited to, company name, company address, and various other approval criteria. |
10. | Approved Location means a list of Business Development Partners selling and headquarters locations approved by HP and part of the Agreement. |
11. | ASDP or HP Authorized Service Delivery Partner means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an Authorized Service Delivery Partner Addendum. |
12. | ASDP Program or HP Authorized Service Delivery Partner Program means the HP program that authorizes ASDP to (1) perform warranty service on Eligible HP Products at Customer sites or repair locations within the United States only and (2) purchase spare parts for Eligible HP Products. |
13. | ASP Program or HP Authorized Support Provider Program means the HP program that authorizes Business Development Partner to (1) perform warranty services on Eligible HP Products at Customer sites or repair locations within the United States, and to (2) purchase spare parts for Eligible HP Products. |
14. | Auction means any public, closed, or internet sale at which Products, Services, or Support are sold using a bidding process. |
Page 1 of 11
15. | Authorized Services Reseller Partner for HP Consulting & Integration Services or ASRP-CIS means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an Authorized Services Reseller Partner for HP Consulting & Integration Services ASRP-CIS Addendum. |
16. | Authorized Solution Sales Partner or ASSP means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an Authorized Solution Sales Partner Addendum. |
17. | Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner or AWDP means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner Addendum. |
18. | Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner Program or HP Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner Program or AWDP Program means the HP program that authorizes Business Development Partner to (1) perform warranty service on Eligible Products at Customer sites or repair locations within the United States only and (2) purchase spare parts for Eligible Products |
19. | Base Product(s) means the standard HP Product(s) on which a Custom Product is based. |
20. | Bundled Software means Software that is included on another Product or Device. |
21. | Business Development Partner(s) or BDP means (1) the U.S. authorized signatory to the Agreement permitted to solicit and obtain orders or execute Transactions or Products, Services or Support pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement; (2) the U.S. entity(-ies) contractually authorized by HP to solicit and obtain orders to execute Transactions; (3) the officers, employees, agents, and contractors of the U.S. entity(-ies) whom HP has contractually authorized to engage in soliciting and obtaining orders or execute Transactions; (4) the U.S. authorized signatory to the Agreement permitted to participate in programs and certain activities that provide hosting services to Customers, and/or create business demand for Product. |
22. | Business Development Partner Scheduled Buyout means HP Courses offered by Business Development Partner as open enrollment at Business Development Partner designated facilities. |
23. | Card means any credit card issued by a Card Association. |
24. | Card Association means a company providing credit and a deferred payment option to individuals or companies. The individual or company utilizes the available credit by charging purchases via a credit card. |
25. | Care Pack Product or HP Care Pack Product means any of a family of HP Services offerings that are packaged with a specific specification and list price for sale as a stand alone Product or with selected Products. |
26. | Co-location Customer means any End User who owns all or any portion of Products used to conduct its business, even though such Products are physically located at one or more DataCenters. |
27. | Commission(s) means either a flat fee or a fee that is paid to Business Development Partner that is equal to a percentage of the Net Selling Price for each Product and/or Service sold or provided to Customer. |
28. | Confidential Information means information defined in the Agreement as confidential or proprietary. |
29. | Configuration Tool(s ) means HP and third party software that is used for the purpose of selling, configuring, quoting prices for, ordering, distributing and/or supporting Products and Business Development Partner products. |
30. | Controlled Products, Controlled Distribution or A means Products sourced and sold through a narrow distribution environment determined exclusively at the discretion of HP as set forth at the Partnership Website. Controlled Products may only be sold by those Business Development Partners that meet any HP-specified criteria and/or qualifications and that are authorized by HP to sell such Products. Controlled Products may not be sold through an internet reselling motion. |
31. | Corrections means changes made in the HP Software Products to correct errors or defects in the HP Software Products or to make the HP Software Products conform to then-current specifications. |
32. | Course(s) or HP Course(s) means the programs of instruction available from HP. |
33. | Custom Product(s) means Products that are customized according to specifications provided by Business Development Partner. Specifications of the Custom Products and the Custom Products available for purchase pursuant to the Custom Products Addendum are listed in the application, which includes Base Product information and the Statement of Work for customization to Business Development Partners specification. |
34. |
Custom Specifications means the HP then-current published operating and technical specifications for Custom Product(s) |
Page 2 of 11
and HP Software Products. |
35. | Custom Support means any agreed upon non-standard Support, including but not limited to consulting and custom project services. |
36. | Customer(s) means the End User purchaser of Products and Services or the recipient of Support. |
37. | Customer Response Center or HP Customer Response Center means the entity within HP that is responsible for providing assistance to Customers or Business Development Partners. |
38. | Customer Sales Reporting Application or CSRA means the reference book comprising the user manual(s), other documentation of commercial and technical procedures and rules and other requirements applicable to the interchange of Messages using the Adopted Format. |
39. | Customer Satisfaction Returns means Products purchased from and returned to Business Development Partner by Customer because the Product did not meet Customer expectations of the HP Product. |
40. | DataCenter or DataCenter Location(s) means a physical location owned or leased, operated, managed and controlled by xSP Business Development Partner at which Products and xSP Offerings are utilized by the xSP Business Development Partner to provide IT services to xSP Business Development Partners End User customers. xSP Business Development Partner shall list its DataCenter Locations on its application. xSP Business Development Partner further agrees to provide HP with written notice of any change to the DataCenter Locations contained in the application within ten (10) days of such change. |
41. | Data Log means the complete record of data exchanged and represents all of the Messages sent and received by each Party. |
42. | Dedicated Buyout means those HP Courses offered by Business Development Partner as a dedicated delivery to a single Customer account. |
43. | Defective Unit Returns means Products purchased from and returned to Business Development Partner by Customer because the HP Product was Dead On Arrival at Customers location or was otherwise broken or defective and does not function properly due to the defect. |
44. | Dead on Arrival or DOA means Custom Product that upon initial inspection by Business Development Partner is DOA or has an out of box failure for one or more of the following reasons: 1) does not power up due to an HP part; 2) is missing a part (e.g., memory, hard drive, etc.), excluding country kits, power cord, keyboard, mouse, documentation and/or software; 3) is functional, but the hardware in the unit does not meet the HP Product specification (e.g., 3.2 GB hard drive instead of published 6.4GB); and/or 4) is incapable of normal operation due to an HP part. |
45. | Deliverables means the work product, materials, documentation and other items identified in each Statement of Work. |
46. | Delivery means standard HP shipping to and arrival at the receiving area at the Ship To address identified on the Quotation. |
47. | Delivery Date means the calendar date on which HP will deliver Product to Business Development Partner. |
48. | Device means a controller, processor or other hardware Product that requires software to function. |
49. | Direct Order means a purchase order directly from Customer to HP. |
50. | Direct Prime Partner means a Business Development Partner appointed to purchase directly from HP and authorized to purchase and resell or sublicense Products, Services and/or Support subject to the terms and conditions of the Direct Partner Prime Addendum. |
51. | Direct Response Channel or DRC or means the marketing channel in which Business Development Partners primary go-to-market strategies are telephone, facsimile, catalog, internet, and direct mail. |
52. | Distributor(s) means those entity(-ies) having a current U.S. Distributor Agreement, Enterprise Channel Partner Agreement, Channel Service Provider Agreement or an Authorized Distributor Agreement with HP. Distributors may purchase Products for resale purposes only directly from HP. Distributor may not purchase products for resale from other Distributors or any other non-authorized sources. Distributors resell Products to Business Development Partners. Distributors may resell Open Products and, if so authorized, Controlled and Enterprise Products. |
Page 3 of 11
53. | DRC Program means a program specific document that sets forth detailed descriptions of the requirements, processes, and features of any HP Program for Business Development Partners that have been appointed by HP to market, promote and resell Products to Customers using through telephone, facsimile, catalog, internet, and direct mail |
54. | Due Date means the calendar date on which payment for HP Products and/or Services is due and payable, as indicated on the HP invoice to the Business Development Partner. |
55. | e3000 Products or HP e3000 Products means specific Products available to those Business Development Partners that have (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in e3000 Addendum HP e3000 Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP e3000 Products. |
56. | EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook means the reference book comprising the user manual(s), other documentation of commercial and technical procedures and rules and other requirements applicable to the exchange of Messages using the Adopted Format. The EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook and any revisions are incorporated by reference into the Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum and the Agreement. |
57. | Education Services Website or HP Education Services Website means the website located at www.hp.com/education that provides HP Course scheduling and class location information to the Business Development Partner. |
58. | Education Products means all courses and services so identified on HP Partnership Website. |
59. | Effective Date means the calendar date stated in the approval notification from HP to the Business Development Partner which indicates the commencement date for the Business Development Partners Agreement and/or Addenda. |
60. | Electronic Data Interchange or EDI means the data transfer process used by Business Development Partners to report business operations data to HP. |
61. | Eligible Products means the current HP computer and peripheral products to which Business Development Partner is allowed to provide warranty service under the AWDP Addendum. |
62. | Eligible HP Authorized Business Solutions means HP Authorized Business Solutions that Business Development Partner is permitted to deliver pursuant to the HP Authorized Business Solution Partner Addendum. Eligible HP Authorized Business Solutions are further defined in the SPA Program Guide. |
63. | End of Life PSG Product List means an HP-generated list of End of Life PSG Product descriptions, minimum order quantities, and applicable HP Prices offered by HP to Business Development Partner for potential purchase. |
64. | End of Life PSG Product(s) means those Products in product lines 7F, 8B, and AN, including, but not limited to personal computing and netserver Products, that HP has identified as obsolete. End of Life PSG Products shall be sold with all standard accessories, i.e., those normally included when the HP End of Life PSG Products was sold as new, prior to obsolescence. |
65. | End User(s) means the party who has submitted or is likely to submit a formal request to purchase Products, Services or Support from or through Business Development Partner. End User(s) are not Business Development Partners corporate parent, any subsidiary of corporate parent, or any other entity effectively controlled by Business Development Partners corporate parent. |
66. | End User Agreement means an HP agreement that governs Customer purchases directly from HP. |
67. | Enterprise Server Products or HP Enterprise Server Products means specific Products available to those Business Development Partners that have (1) an Agreement with HP and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in the Enterprise Server Addendum. HP Enterprise Server Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP Enterprise Server Products |
68. | Enterprise Storage Products or HP Enterprise Storage Products means specific Products available to those Business Development Partners that have (1) an Agreement with HP and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in the Enterprise Storage Addendum. HP Enterprise Storage Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP Enterprise Storage Products. |
69. | Estimated Volume means the mutually agreed upon combined monetary value of eligible Products and related Support that Business Development Partner will order from each Product Exhibit during each Ordering Period. |
70. |
Exhibits means attachments to the Agreement that describe or otherwise apply to the sale or license of Products, Services |
Page 4 of 11
or Support. |
71. | Field Change Notice means a notice of a mandatory engineering change to a Product. Such changes include revisions to safety or data integrity features and will be made to retrofit Products after Business Development Partners purchase and receipt of the Product. |
72. | FIFO means a method of inventory accounting in which the oldest remaining items are assumed to have been the first sold (first in, first out). |
73. | Firmware means Software that is fixed in a Device and not removable in normal operation. |
74. | Fulfillment Programs Only IPG Products means HP Imaging and Printing Products that are available to Business Development Partners for purchase from HP solely for the purpose of fulfilling HP Customers orders submitted through the HP Multifunctional Printer VIP Program. |
75. | Fulfillment Programs or HP Fulfillment Programs means any HP direct sales model, or Product evaluation programs, whereby HP Customers order Products directly from HP and Business Development Partner fulfills HP Customer orders on HPs behalf. |
76. | Fulfillment Service Agreements means any and all executed agreements between Business Development Partner and HP setting forth the terms and conditions controlling Business Development Partners fulfillment of HP Customer orders through Fulfillment Programs. |
77. | General Services Administration or GSA means the branch of the U.S. Government responsible for providing federal agencies with workplaces, computing solutions, acquisition services and management policies. |
78. | Government means a United States Government agency or department or an End User with valid purchasing authority from the GSA list of authorized End User agencies. |
79. | GSA Schedule means a negotiated contract between a Business Development Partner and the GSA. |
80. | Guide to HP Services Partner Architecture Program means the document on the Partnership Website that sets forth the specific relationship(s) and obligations pertaining to Services between HP and Business Development Partner under the Agreement. |
81. | HAO or HP High Availability Observatory means the combination of Hardware, Software and, if applicable, documentation, owned and operated by HP, but installed in Customers specified site. The HAO is a feature of certain mission critical support offers, and is used to facilitate the delivery of Services to Customer. |
82. | Hardware means computers and the associated physical equipment directly involved in the performance of data processing or communications functions. (e.g. monitors, central processing units, keyboards, printers, servers or other computer hardware Products). |
83. | Hewlett-Packard or HP means the Hewlett-Packard Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. |
84. | Hosting Partner means a third party company that provides the website content for each Business Development Partners SW Depot Site web page and administration site, as well as the credit card and purchase order capability for those websites. |
85. | HP Branded means Products branded by HP with a HP or Compaq Trademark |
86. | HP Enterprise System Group Order Administration means the order administration group responsible for accepting Enterprise Product orders from the HP Business Development Partners with direct purchase relationships. |
87. | HP ProCurve Elite Partner means those Business Development Partners permitted to purchase ProCurve Products upon meeting and agreeing to specific requirements as specified in the associated Addenda. |
88. | iCOD or Instant Capacity on Demand means the program that provides immediate access to inactive processors on a Customers HP-UX server, which provides capacity flexibility to the Customer. |
89. | Individual Customers means the faculty, staff (i.e., any permanent employee) and students (i.e., anyone enrolled in a degree or certificate granting program) of an Institution or anyone who has been accepted by the Institution for enrollment for the next semester. |
Page 5 of 11
90. | Information Resources means collectively (1) the Services Partner Architecture Program Guide (SPA Program Guide), (2) information or instructions for accessing service authorization training and HP remote technical assistance as defined in the SPA Program Guide, (3) HP Service Parts Information as defined in the SPA Program Guide, and (4) the Partnership Website and HP Services website at http://www.hp.com/partners/csn . |
91. | InfoNow Web POS means a sales reporting tool for resellers that is intended to provide a streamline and flexible sales reporting process without the need for an EDI infrastructure. |
92. | Initial System means the first Product sold to a Customer with added value. |
93. | Institution means an educational entity purchasing HP Products under the associated Addendum. |
94. | Institutional Customers means the internal and/or departmental entities within an Institution that purchase Products. |
95. | Intellectual Property means all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other similar intellectual property. |
96. | IPG means the Imaging and Printing Group of Hewlett-Packard. |
97. | ISS means Industry Standard Servers, and includes, but is not limited to HP Product groups such as Proliant IA-32 Servers, blade servers, and rack products. |
98. | Letter of Supply means a letter from HP guaranteeing to the Business Development Partner the appropriate amount of Product to meet the demand of the Government under the GSA schedule. |
99. | Level 1 Support means the initial technical investigation and analysis of a problem with a Product and shall include, among other things, a search for previously reported problems, identifying and issuing of available Corrections or workarounds as appropriate. Level 1 Support also includes provision of warranty or on-site assistance by Business Development Partners field engineers if required. If unable to resolve the issue, Level 1 Support will work with and refer problem to Level 2 Support. |
100. | Level 2 Support means in-depth investigation and analysis of a problem with a Product and includes, but is not limited to, problem isolation, efforts to reproduce the problem, and establishing workarounds. Level 2 Support also includes on-site assistance by Business Development Partners field engineers if required. If unable to resolve the issue, Level 2 Support will work with and refer problem to Level 3 Support. |
101. | Level 3 Support means provision of resolutions for previously unsolved problems with Products and shall include generation and verification of Corrections or workarounds, and integration with applicable releases. Level 3 Support also includes on-site assistance by HP if required. |
102. | License Fee(s) means the fee(s) designated by HP for use of Software. Different License Fees may apply to particular Software if more than one type of Software License is available for that Software. |
103. | Limited Product(s) or HP Limited Product(s) means the U.S. versions of Products sold pursuant to the associated Addendum that are (1) displayed to Business Development Partner on the Partnership Website; and are (2) included in a personal computing solution resold by Business Development to Customer as part of a solution |
104. | List Price means the non-discounted price set by HP to its direct purchasers which serves as the basis for applying any discounts. |
105. | Marks means designated name, symbols, trademarks, logotypes, trade names, and insignia belonging to HP or the Business Development Partner. |
106. | Major Change means (1) a discontinuance of the Base Product for which either no replacement Product will be made available or (2) differences between the discontinued Base Product and the corresponding replacement Base Product are more than incremental changes that generally affect form, fit, reliability or function. |
107. | Major Release(s) means a release of an HP Software Product subsequent to the initial delivery in which HP has incorporated one or more changes or additions, other than Corrections, together with new or revised documentation which properly describes the upgraded HP Software Product and which is identified by a change in the release designation to the left of the decimal place (i.e. X.XX to Y.XX). Major Releases typically provide significant improved reliability and functionality, add new function(s), and/or improve performance via changes in system design and coding. |
108. | Message or Messaging means data structured in accordance with the Adopted Format and transmitted electronically between the Parties. |
Page 6 of 11
109. | MFP VIP Business Development Partners means the Business Development Partners that participate in the MFP VIP Program, hold a MFP VIP Addendum and are eligible to purchase HP MFP Products pursuant to the terms and conditions of the MFP VIP Program. |
110. | MFP VIP Program means the Multi-Function Printer Value Incentive Partner Program whereby Business Development Partners purchase MFP Products for resale to Customers. |
111. | Minor Change means a discontinuance of the Base Product for which the differences between the discontinued Base Product and the corresponding replacement Base Product are solely incremental changes, (e. g. changes to clock speed or minor component changes) that do not affect form, fit, reliability or function. |
112. | Minor Release means a release of an HP Software Product subsequent to the initial delivery in which HP has incorporated one or more changes or additions, other than Corrections, together with new or revised Documentation which properly describes the upgraded HP Software Product and which is identified by a change in the release designation to the right of the decimal place (i.e. X.X to X.Y). Minor Releases typically provide improved reliability and functionality and/or may improve performance by changes in system design and coding. |
113. | MFP Products or Multi-Function Printer Products means the HP Imaging and Printing Multi-Function Printer Products that are available to Business Development Partner for purchase from HP solely for the purpose of fulfilling MFP VIP Business Development Partners orders. |
114. | Net Price or Net Reseller Price means the HP List Price in effect at the time an order from Business Development Partner is received by HP, less any applicable discounts for Products, Services or Support purchased under the Agreement. |
115. | Net Selling Price means the final invoiced and collected selling price of a Product or Service which is equal to List Price less any applicable deductions for freight, taxes, discounts, returns, trade adjustments and the like from such sale. It is the basis for determining Commissions to be paid to the Business Development Partner. |
116. | Non-Affiliate means any company or other organizational entity with which HP has no current contractual relationship or bilateral support agreement. This includes third-party maintenance organizations, software developers that have no programs running on HP platforms, support providers not authorized by HP, or channel partners of other system vendors with no current contractual relationship with HP. |
117. | OEM Product means a standard Product or Custom Product to which Business Development Partner has added an OEM Value-Add Solution. |
118. | OEM Value-Add Solution means an OEM Customers unique proprietary or acquired Product and solutions such as application software custom programming, specialized installation services, or training as described in the Solution Information section of the associated application form. |
119. | Operations Policies or Operating Policies means the document published on PWeb that sets forth the specific relationship and obligations pertaining to Products between HP and Business Development Partner under the Agreement. |
120. | O pen Products, Open Distribution or O means specific Products set forth on the Partnership Website that Business Development Partners may purchase and resell without obtaining certification and/or authorization from HP. |
121. | Ordering Period means the initial twelve (12) month term or any twelve (12) month renewal term of the Authorized Service Management Partner Addendum. |
122. | Outlet Identification Number or OID means a unique ten (10)-digit number generated by HP and assigned to Business Development Partner, upon HPs approval of Business Development Partners application, for Business Development Partners access to the Partnership Website |
123. | Packaged Services means those Services labeled as such in the SPA Program Guide. |
124. | Partner See Business Development Partner(s). |
125. | Partnership Website or PWeb means the HP website located at the following URL: http://partner.americas.hp.com, which contains, among other information, information pertaining to the purchase and resale of Products by Business Development Partner and Business Development Partners status with HP program(s). |
126. | Parts means system components sold by HP for Business Development Partners use for replacement purposes in maintaining and repairing Custom Product previously purchased under the Custom Products Addendum. |
Page 7 of 11
127. | Party or Parties means HP and the Business Development Partner signatory to the Agreement. |
128. | Price or HP Price means the price offered by HP to Business Development Partners for HP Products. |
129. | Price List means Product pricing as provided on the Partnership Website. |
130. | Prime Contractor means the party who is responsible for providing a Systems Integration solution to the Customer for a Project. |
131. | ProCurve Networking Products or ProCurve Products means those certain high-end networking Products that bear the ProCurve name. |
132. | Product(s) means the HP-branded U.S. version of Hardware, Software, Services, documentation, accessories, supplies, parts and upgrades that HP authorizes Business Development Partner to purchase or license under the Agreement, and that are determined by HP to be available from HP upon receipt of Business Development Partners order. |
133. | Product Change Notice means a form utilized by HP to notify Business Development Partner of changes made by HP to a Custom Product. |
134. | Product Knowledge Base means, with respect to HPs software and configuration tools, the file contained in the SalesBuilder Tool that contains the configuration and Product rules. |
135. | Project or Systems Integration Project means any formal request for a Systems Integration that meets the requirements of Section 7 of the Systems Integration Addendum. |
136. | Project Agreement or Systems Integrator Project Agreement means the specific terms and conditions, obligations and responsibilities under which HP and System Integrator will pursue any Project. |
137. | Project Manager means the employee of either HP or Business Development Partner with the authority to commit resources and funding towards the completion of a project based on a written Statement of Work. |
138. | Proposal means the proposal submitted by the Prime Contractor in response to a request for information/proposal or invitation to bid issued by Customer with respect to the Project. |
139. | PSG means the Personal Systems Group within Hewlett-Packard. |
140. | Public Sector Customer means U.S. federal, state, or local government entities; public or private K-12 and higher education institutions; certified IRC 501C3 non-profit agencies; university hospitals; and city, state, or county hospitals that obtain Products for their own internal use and not for resale. |
141. | Public Sector Federal Referral Partner Rules of Engagement or HP Public Sector Federal Referral Partner Rules of Engagement means the policy manual for conducting business with Federal Agencies, as posted on the Partnership Website. |
142. | Qualified Software Products means the specific Software Products that a Business Development Partner may purchase and resell or refer, if the Business Development Partner has (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in Addendum for software products Addendum. |
143. | Quotation means the applicable price, quantity and other authorized HP terms in effect when HP accepts the order. |
144. | Record(s) means Business Development Partners books, records and original documentation, related to the acquisition, sale, maintenance and disposition of all Products, Software and Support including, but not limited to those existing in electronic form, of Business Development Partner and/or Customer purchases. Records shall include, at a minimum, Product number(s), description, quantities shipped or purchased, serial numbers, Customers and/or suppliers name and Outlet Identification Number, address, phone number, date of sale or purchase, cost of purchase or sale price, and delivery address. Records shall also include distinct lists of all Products purchased directly from HP, or Distributors. |
145. | Referral Information means Customer information obtained by HP through direct contact with Customers referred to HP by the Referral Participant. |
146. | Referral Participant means a Business Development Partner that receives Commissions for influencing sales to Customers of Products that Customer purchases directly from HP. |
147. |
Referral Tools means the program requirements for this selling motion as defined in the partnerONE Operations Guide on |
Page 8 of 11
Partnership Website. |
148. | Refurbished Product(s) or Remanufactured Product(s) means Product that has been used, refurbished and is sold as used Product. |
149. | Relationship Manager means an employee of a Business Development Partner who is authorized to make decisions on behalf of the Business Development Partner with respect to the business relationship with HP governed by the SPA Program Guide. |
150. | Reseller Special Pricing Agreement or RSPA means a special pricing agreement between Business Development Partner and HP that provides additional discounts to the Business Development Partner so it can meet a competing offerings price. |
151. | Retain Title means Products (1) purchased by the xSP Business Development Partner for use within its DataCenter and Co-location Customer sites for the purpose of providing an xSP offering and (2) to which xSP Business Development Partner retains legal title. |
152. | SalesBuilder Tool means a configuration/quote tool that automates the configuration and pricing of Products. |
153. | Sales In means product sold by HP to the partner and all HP product purchased by the partner from other non HP sources. |
154. | Sales Out means the combination of daily, weekly or monthly Sells-Through transactions and/or Sells-To transactions provided by HP to the Business Development Partner through EDI or InfoNow Web POS. |
155. | SAN means Storage Area Network. |
156. | Sanlink means Storage Area Network storage Products |
157. | Sells-Through means a transaction between a Distributor and a Business Development Partner that is reported to HP by the Distributor through EDI or InfoNow Web POS. |
158. | Sells-To means a transaction between a Business Development Partner and a Customer that is reported to HP by the Business Development Partner through EDI or InfoNow Web POS. |
159. | Service(s) means HP-branded services for supported Products related to either ongoing activities or one-time project engagements to be provided by HP to Business Development Partner through the Agreement. |
160. | Service Agreements means any and all executed agreements between Business Development Partner and HP that set forth any terms and conditions. |
161. | Service Definition Document means a document that provides the step-by-step procedures for technical and non-technical aspects of the Services to be provided to the Customer. |
162. | Service Delivery Document means a document that sets forth the delivery process and outlines the primary activities involved in delivering the services. |
163. | Service Note(s) means a periodic or event-driven technical communication from the HP which details updated information, known problems and workarounds associated with a particular supported hardware or software product. |
164. | Ship To means the physical location(s) to which HP shall deliver Products. |
165. | Software means one or more programs capable of operating on a Device or Hardware. Software may be a separate Product, Bundled Software or Firmware. |
166. | SPA Program Guide or Services Partner Architecture Programs Guide means the document which includes the Service Relationship Guides, together with any updates thereto, available on the password-protected HP Partnership Website, or from an HP services sales representative. |
167. | Statement(s) of Work or SOW means the document(s) that set forth the Services to be performed and the Deliverables to be provided by the Business Development Partner to the End User Customer. |
168. |
Storage Services or HP Storage Services shall mean technical consulting and implementation services associated with HP storage systems, networks and products that are short duration projects with fixed scope and deliverables (using a pre- |
Page 9 of 11
written Statement of Work) packaged with a unique services product number and pre-defined list price. As such, they are considered a subset of HP Technical Services. |
169. | Support means Hardware and Device maintenance and repair; Software updates and maintenance; training; and other standard Support services provided by HP. |
170. | Support Services Delivery Service means a preferred solution for ASDPs who deliver support for Eligible HP Support Services Products. |
171. | SW Depot Product Catalog means the online catalog of software products available for trial, download, and purchase from the SW Depot Site. |
172. | SW Depot Products means the Software Products offered via the SW Depot Site. |
173. | SW Depot Referral Information means all information from SW Depot Referrals, including information that is navigational, transactional, or address-related. |
174. | SW Depot Site or Software Depot Site means the website created by HP to provide the Business Development Partner with access to the SW Depot Products. The website address is www.software.hp.com. |
175. | SW Depot Team means the group of HP personnel that ensure that Customer downloads match payment to HP and receivables collected through the Business Development Partners site. |
176. | System(s) or HP System(s) means a set of Products, including accessories, interfaces, peripherals and terminals that are included in HPs configuration guide and ordered for coordinated delivery. |
177. | Systems Integration means the ability of a Business Development Partner to prepare solutions consisting of a combination of mutli-vendor systems of hardware, software, and services and provide said solution as a Systems Integrator to a Customer for sale. |
178. | Systems Integrator means define a Business Development Partner that has the ability to integrate multi-vendor systems of hardware, software, and project management services to be supplied, typically for a fixed duration, to provide a custom solution to Customers that meets requirements set for on the Partnership Web site. |
179. | System Support or HP System Support means HPs offerings for Hardware, Software, network, SAN, and mission critical support. HP System Support is available on a contractual basis either for a fixed period or on an open-ended (evergreen) basis. These System Support Services are not part of HP upfront Services offerings. HP System Support is also referred to as contractual support. |
180. | Technical Data Sheet means a document that states the specification and all relevant technical parameters associated with a particular HP branded services offering |
181. | Technical Services or HP Technical Services shall mean technical consulting and implementation services that are short duration projects with fixed scope and deliverables (using a pre-written Statement of Work) packaged with a unique services product number and pre-defined list price. |
182. | Terms and Conditions of Sale and Service or HP Terms and Conditions of Sale and Service means the terms and conditions pursuant to which HP provides services to Customer and as specified on Exhibit E16. |
183. | Third Party Product(s) means any and all documentation, accessories, supplies, and upgrades that are not branded by HP. |
184. | Third Party Software Product means the software programs and associated documentation that HP has obtained from a third party licensor. |
185. | Transaction(s) means the purchase and resale or sublicense sale of Products or Services, or the provision of Services or Support. |
186. | United States or U.S. means the fifty (50) states and the District of Columbia. |
187. | Update means a Correction, Minor Change, or Major Change to an HP Software Products, and/or a Minor Release or Major Release to a Base or Custom Products. |
188. | US Government Federal Agency means any agency that is funded through U.S. Federal tax money. |
Page 10 of 11
189. | Warranty Service means Hardware repair service performed on Eligible HP Products that are covered by standard Eligible HP Product warranty. |
190. | XP Storage Products means certain high-end storage product included in the HP Enterprise Storage Product line and identified as XP. |
191. | xSP End Users means any person, entity or business that has entered into an agreement pursuant to which xSP Service Provider is required to perform any of the services or functions related to Product and xSP Offerings to all xSP End Users who are also Co-location Customers. |
192. | xSP Offering means those services that are saleable, fee-based, and managed or hosted by xSP Business Development Partner, have security features and are delivered over a network. xSP Offering is developed or acquired by the xSP Business Development Partner and is made available to an XSP End User or Co-location Customer. xSP Business Development Partner retains title to the Product used by the xSP End User in connection with the xSP Offering. |
193. | xSP Service Provider means a Business Development Partner that (1) provides a fee-based or contractual service specialty that is complementary to Products and (2) is responsible for delivery of xSP Offering to xSP End Users within a DataCenter or a Co-location Customer. |
END OF HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT DEFINITIONS ADDENDUM
Page 11 of 11
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT -
RECORD - KEEPING AUDIT AND REPORTING ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS |
2 | ||
2. |
APPOINTMENT |
2 | ||
3. |
EDI REPORTING REQUIREMENTS |
2 | ||
4. |
TERM AND TERMINATION |
3 |
Page 1 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT -
RECORD-KEEPING AUDIT AND REPORTING ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum.
2. | APPOINTMENT |
A. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement - HP Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum (Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (Agreement) controlling Business Development Partners purchase and resale of Product and Services. Any and all purchases and resale of Product and Services shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. In the event of conflict between terms and conditions in this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum and terms and conditions in the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum shall take precedence. |
B. | This Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum governs record-keeping and audit responsibilities of Business Development Partner, sales and inventory reporting requirements and the batch and on-line electronic interchange of data between Business Development Partner and HP and will apply to all Messages transmitted in accordance with the provisions of the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook provided when Sales Out data reporting is implemented. |
3. | EDI/RSO REPORTING HANDBOOK AND CSRA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS |
A. | SECURITY OF DATA |
1. | The parties will follow procedures for security, storage, access, and encryption of Messages as set out in the then current terms and conditions governing such business operations between the parties. |
2. | Business Development Partner data will be treated as Business Development Partner confidential. HP may use the EDI data only for the purposes set forth in this document. |
3. | Access to the Business Development Partner data by HP personnel will be managed in accordance with the confidentiality clause in the Agreement, and any confidentiality agreement in place between Business Development Partner and HP. |
4. | HP will not disclose Business Development Partner data to any third party without requiring the third party to sign an appropriate Confidential Disclosure Agreement. If HP releases data to vendors for program management on HPs behalf, HP will require its vendors to adhere to HPs confidentiality policies, which are no less strict than the confidentiality terms and conditions between Business Development Partner and HP. |
5. | Business Development Partner data will be housed in a HP data repository that is protected from unauthorized access. |
6. | Business Development Partner customer names, addresses and related data, such as Invoice Numbers, Big Deal, Discount Now or Education Rebate numbers, HP product numbers, quantity sold and serial numbers, are the property of Business Development Partner and cannot be shared or given to anyone without written consent of Business Development Partner. HP acknowledges that Business Development Partner shares this information with HP subject to the terms and conditions of Business Development Partners privacy policy and only for purposes of allowing HP to fulfill its commitments to Business Development Partner and the customer. |
B. | AUTHENTICITY OF MESSAGES |
1. | All Messages must identify the sender and recipient(s) and must include a means of verifying the authenticity of the Message either through a technique used in the Message itself or by some other means provided for in the Adopted Format. |
2. | Upon written agreement, the parties also may use higher levels of authentication to verify the Message. |
C. | INTEGRITY OF MESSAGES |
1. | Each party accepts the integrity of all Messages and agrees to accord these the same status as would be applicable to a document or to information sent other than by electronic means. If the recipient believes a Message is corrupted as a result of technical failure on the part of machine, system or transmission line, or lacks the information required by the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook or CSRA Online Procedures for transmitting Messages, the recipient will endeavor to promptly notify sender of the error; sender will correct the error as set out in the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook or CSRA procedures. |
2. | If the recipient receives a Message addressed to it in error, then recipient shall notify the sender and delete the information contained in such Message from its system. Record of receipt of the message need not be deleted from the system. |
D. | CONFIRMATION OF RECEIPT OF MESSAGES |
Except where receipt of a Message is automatically confirmed, the sender of a Message may request the recipient to confirm receipt of that Message subject to the provisions of the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook or CSRA Procedures. Upon such request, recipient must send confirmation without unreasonable delay.
E. | STORAGE OF DATA |
1. | Each partys Data Log will be maintained without any modification. Subject to any legal requirements of the party maintaining such Data Log or any requirements contained in the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook, the parties may agree on a period during which the Data Log must be stored unchanged. In the absence of such agreement, a party will have the right to maintain its Data Log for such period, as it thinks fit. |
2. | The Data Log may be maintained on computer media or other suitable means provided that the data can be readily retrieved and presented in readable form. |
Page 2 of 3
F. | INTERMEDIARIES |
1. | If a party to this Agreement contracts the services of an intermediary in order to transmit, log or process Messages, then that party will be responsible for any acts, failures or omissions by that intermediary which is acting as an agent of that party. |
2. | If a party to this Agreement instructs the other party to use the services of an intermediary for transmitting, logging or processing a Message, then that party giving such instructions will be responsible to the other party for such intermediarys acts and omissions. |
3. | Any party giving such instructions to use an intermediary will ensure that it is a contractual responsibility of the intermediary that no change in the substantive data content of the Messages to be re-transmitted is made and that such Messages are not disclosed to any unauthorized person. |
G. | DELAY IN PERFORMANCE |
A party will not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement and will not be liable for performance delays or for non-performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control
H. | GENERAL |
All notices and demands under the terms of this Agreement will be in writing, delivered, sent electronically, or Faxed to HP or to Business Development Partner at the addresses indicated below and will become effective five (5) days after sending.
4. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | Business Development Partners appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner. Business Development Partners appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, one (1) year from the Effective Date. At HPs discretion, Business Development Partners appointment may be renewed upon expiration of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party or with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and Business Development Partner. |
C. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of the Agreement or this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum for any reason, Business Development Partner shall immediately return to HP at Business Development Partners expense all free-of-charge materials provided to Business Development Partner by HP for the sale and support of Products. |
END OF HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT RECORD-KEEPING AUDIT AND REPORTING ADDENDUM
Page 3 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
220-VOLT LASERJET PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. |
STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. |
PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM | 2 | ||
4. |
OPERATING POLICIES | 2 | ||
5. |
PRICE PROTECTION | 2 | ||
6. |
CSP CUSTOMER AND END USER CUSTOMER RESTRICTIONS | 2 | ||
7. |
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS | 3 | ||
8. |
TERM AND TERMINATION | 3 |
Confidential
Page 1 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
220-VOLT LASERJET PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
The following definitions shall apply only to the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protections Program Addendum. All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum.
A. | Inventory Cap, as determined by HP in its sole discretion, shall be the lesser of the number of all price protected 220-Volt LaserJet Products by SKU (1) in CSPs inventory; or (2) all shipments of price protected 220-Volt LaserJet Products made by HP to CSP ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the price reduction. |
B. | Inventory means HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products purchased from HP under the 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program pursuant to the Agreement including both HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products on-hand and HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products in-transit from HP to CSP. |
C. | Federal Government Education Institution means any educational institution that is funded by U.S. federal tax money. |
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (CSP) to purchase for resale HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products under the 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program. The specific HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products and their quantities available for purchase and resale under the 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com incorporated herein by reference. |
B. | This 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program Addendum (220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum) adds terms and conditions to the Business Development Partner Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the Agreement) controlling CSPs purchasing HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products directly from HP and reselling to CSP Customers that resell HP 220-Volt Laser Jet Products to the U.S. Government Federal Agencies and Federal Government Education Institutions. The purchases and resales of 220-Volt LaserJet Products covered under the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
3. | PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM |
The 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program covers only a specified number of SKUs and units per year; the specific product numbers and quantities can be found at http://partner.americas.hp.com and are incorporated herein by reference.
4. | OPERATING POLICIES |
Stock Adjustment, Defective Unit and Returns:
A. | CSP may return unsold, unopened inventory of the Products specified on http://partner.americas.hp.com, up to the maximum number of units purchased as part of the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program. |
B. | Returns will be accepted up to ninety (90) days after the date of receipt by CSP. |
C. | To initiate the return process, CSP shall request an exception return through its channel team representative. If requested by HP, CSP must provide documentation proving the date CSP received the 220-Volt LaserJet Products it wishes to return to HP. |
D. | HP shall accept DOA or Defective Unit returns of 220-Volt LaserJet Products purchased under the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program up to a 2% return cap and for up to thirty (30) days after shipment from CSP to the CSP Customer. To initiate the return process, the CSP shall request an exception return through its channel team representative. DOA and Defective Units returned after the thirty (30) day period will be handled as customer satisfaction issues on a case-by-case basis. |
5. | PRICE PROTECTION |
A. | HP reserves the right to change its List Prices with not more than five (5) days written, electronic or other notice to CSP. If HP reduces the price of any HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products specified on http://partner.americas.hp.com , as determined by SKU, CSP shall be eligible to receive a price protection credit equal to the difference between the Net Price paid by CSP and the reduced price. HP shall price protect all eligible shipments of 220-Volt LaserJet Products as defined on http://partner.americas.hp.com made by HP to CSP, less any HP of 220-Volt LaserJet Products returned by CSP to HP, as calculated on an Inventory Cap basis. |
B. | HP shall invoice CSP based on the new reduced price for such HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products shipped on or after the effective date of the reduction. |
C. | Any disputes regarding the amount credited shall be communicated to HP within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the credit. CSP shall not deduct from any outstanding invoice from HP any amount for any reason whatsoever. |
6. | CSP CUSTOMER AND END USER CUSTOMER RESTRICTIONS |
A. | CSP will resell the 220-Volt LaserJet Products covered by the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program only to CSP Customers that resell the 220-Volt Laser Jet Products to the following End Users: |
1. | U.S. Government Federal Agencies |
2. | Federal Government Education Institutions |
Confidential
Page 2 of 3
B. | CSPs selling of HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products to any CSP Customer not reselling HP 220-Volt Laser Jet Products as set forth in Subsection 6 (A) above will result in an automatic cancellation of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and may result in termination of the Agreement. |
7. | REPORTING REQUIREMENTS |
A. | CSP shall provide a monthly report that shall include the information on the 220-Volt LaserJet Products sold and returned as shown on the 220-Volt LaserJet reporting template set forth on http://partner.americas.hp.com and incorporated hereby by reference. |
B. | HP reserves the right to obtain from CSP copies of its CSP Customers purchase orders related to the sale of 220-Volt LaserJet Products covered under the 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program. If requested by HP, CSP shall provide the documentation to its HP channel sales representative within five (5) business days. |
8. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, one (1) year from the Effective Date. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products purchased under this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum. |
END U.S. COMMERCIAL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER 220-VOLT LASERJET PROGRAM ADDENDUM
Confidential
Page 3 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS |
2 | ||
2. |
FURTHER APPOINTMENT |
2 | ||
3. |
SOURCING AND SELLING |
2 | ||
4. |
REQUIREMENTS |
2 | ||
5. |
PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
3 | ||
6. |
CSPS INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS |
3 | ||
7. |
TURN AROUND TIME |
3 | ||
8. |
INSURANCE |
5 | ||
9. |
TERM AND TERMINATION |
6 |
H
Page 1 of 6
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
A. | Channel Service Provider(s) or CSP(s) means those Business Development Partners who have a current U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement and a current Channel Service Provider Addendum with HP. |
B. | CSP Customer(s) or Customer(s) means an HP authorized Business Development Partner who may purchase Products from Channel Service Provider for resale purposes to its End Users, provided that such HP authorized Business Development Partner has: (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in the associated Addenda. |
C. | Other Reseller(s) means reseller(s) who purchase Products from a Channel Service Provider and resell to its End Users but have not entered into a contract with HP. Other Resellers may not resell Controlled Products. |
D. | All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum. |
2. | FURTHER APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (CSP) to purchase HP Products listed on Partnership Website located at http://partner.americas.hp.com for resale or lease. |
B. | This HP U. S. Business Development Partner Agreement Channel Service Provider Addendum (CSP Addendum) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (Agreement)controlling Business Development Partners purchase and resale of Products. Any and all purchases and resales of HP Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this CSP Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this CSP Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this CSP Addendum shall prevail. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the term Customer in the Agreement shall, for the purposes of the appointment under this CSP Addendum, be read in accordance with Section 1(B) of this Addendum, and not as set out in the Definitions Addendum. |
C. | CSP accepts appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this CSP Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
3. | SOURCING AND SELLING |
A. | CSP may purchase Products for resale purposes only from HP. |
B. | CSPs may resell HP Controlled and Open Products. |
C. | CSP may distribute Products for resale purposes to CSP Customers, and Other Resellers. |
D. | Qualified Products may be shipped only to CSP Customers and other Business Development Partners authorized and qualified by HP to resell such Products. |
E. | CSPs resale or shipment of Products to any non-authorized or non-qualified Business Development Partner or to a Business Development Partner who sells Products in violation of any HP eligibility criteria, qualifications, added value requirement or any other HP limitation or restriction constitutes a material breach of the Agreement justifying termination of this CSP Addendum or the Agreement for cause. |
4. | REQUIREMENTS |
A. | Within ten (10) days of discovery, CSP shall report to HP violations of the Agreement by CSP Customers to whom CSP has sold Products. |
B. | HP may withdraw its permission for Product sales to a particular Business Development Partner, with or without cause, at any time, in its sole discretion, by notifying CSP in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, CSP shall immediately discontinue resale of Products to that Business Development Partner identified by HP. |
C. | CSP shall market, promote and resell Products only under the company name(s) set forth on the Approved Location List. |
D. | No sale, advertising, promotion, display or disclosure of features, availability or pricing of new Products shall occur prior to HP placing the Products on HPs price list at http://partner.americas.hp.com . |
E. | CSP shall accurately fill orders for Products. |
F. | CSP shall identify and keep current primary and secondary support contacts to receive marketing, sales, post-sales technical support information provided by HP. |
G. | CSP shall provide or arrange for on-going sales support and post-sales technical support to all CSP Customers for Products CSP may resell pursuant to this CSP Addendum. CSP shall maintain for CSP Customers qualified personnel necessary to provide timely and knowledgeable support services. All such qualified personnel shall attend all training mandated by HP. |
H. | CSP shall provide CSP Customers or Other Resellers with all ergonomics information supplied by HP, including but not limited to, HP Working in Comfort materials in both paper and electronic forms, warning or advisory tags, labels, or other information pertaining to the use of Products using keyboards. |
H
Page 2 of 6
I. | CSP shall provide CSP Customers or Other Resellers with access to HP designated service programs or other HP approved service plans and assist CSP Customers or Other Resellers in obtaining warranty repair for Products. |
J. | As soon as reasonably practicable, CSP shall report to HP in writing all suspected defects in Products. |
K. | CSP shall ensure its employees complete training courses and certification programs designated by HP. In certain cases, successful completion of such training and/or certification or other programs may be required before CSP is authorized to resell specific Products or participate in specific HP programs. |
L. | Except as otherwise explicitly set forth in Section 7 below, CSP shall not deduct any amount from any invoice for any reason whatsoever. |
M. | CSP authorizes HP to call upon its CSP Customers or Other Resellers for Product training and other objectives. |
N. | Nothing in this CSP Addendum or the Agreement permits CSP to purchase for resale HP branded services sold by HP as a specific Product with a specific SKU. |
5. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
A. | CSPs performance commitment is set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com and/or in Addenda to the Agreement. |
B. | CSPs performance commitment for the Agreement or any Addendum thereunder shall be based on a total of twelve (12) months volume levels. The volume levels may be either sales volume, sold in compliance with the Agreement, or ship-to volume, purchased in compliance with the Agreement, in HPs sole discretion, and as set forth by HP in the Agreement. In the event the term of the Agreement or any Addenda thereunder now or as modified in the future is less than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be prorated. |
C. | HP may review progress towards CSPs performance commitment pertaining to either the Agreement or any Addenda thereunder at any time, in HPs sole discretion. In the event CSPs projected performance commitment falls below the annual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to exercise any steps necessary to either improve CSPs performance or terminate the Agreement and/or any Addendum thereunder for cause. HP reserves the right to continue the Agreement between HP and CSP in the event CSPs performance commitment falls below the annual expected performance commitment. |
6. | CSPS INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS |
CSP is solely responsible for its acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in providing its services to Customers. CSP agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless HP against all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including attorney and expert witness fees) as a result of claims in any form by CSPs Customers, arising out of or in connection with CSPs acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in connection with CSPs provision of its Services to Customers.
7. | TURN AROUND TIME |
A. | APPROVAL PROCESS |
1. | The purposes of the Approval Process, as described in this Section 7(A), are to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7 are balanced and take into consideration notification prior to deducting, determination of responsible Parties, and accuracy of claims prior to deducting. The Approval Process shall be as set forth in this Section 7(A). |
2. | Notification Prior to Deducting : CSP shall communicate with the designated HP contact(s) specifying the reason(s) and intent to deduct pursuant to the criteria set forth in Section 7(B). |
3. | Determination of Responsible Parties. |
a. | If, during the notification process, the Parties determine that CSP is the cause of unacceptable credit turn around times (set forth in Section 7(B)), CSP shall not deduct. |
b. | If, during the notification process, the Parties determine that HP is the cause of unacceptable credit turn around times, CSP may proceed with the deduction process set forth in Section 7(B) below. |
c. | If, during the notification process, the Parties fail to determine which Party is the cause of the unacceptable credit turn around times, then the process shall be escalated to senior management within five (5) days to make the determination. |
4. | The Parties agree to work in due diligence within ten (10) business days or less to complete the approval process. Should HP deny approval or the Parties fail to reach agreement regarding approval, HP agrees to provide written documentation to CSP supporting its position that the requested deduction is disallowed under this Section 7(A). |
B. | RETURNS |
1. | HP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to issue credit for returns to CSP within fifteen (15) business days from the date HP receives the returned Product from CSP. CSP shall provide HP a debit memo listing relevant information about the Product being returned. |
a. | Credit issued by HP shall include CSPs debit memo number as a reference number. CSP also shall provide a credit memo(s) or other documentation listing relevant returns (hereinafter Intent to Debit). |
b. | Supporting documentation provided by HP shall be sent to CSP along with the credit memo which shall include a detailed listing of the Products received, the quantity of Products received, and the then-current value of the Products received. A discrepancy report will be provided for differences in claims and credits issued. |
H
Page 3 of 6
c. | Following completion of the Approval Process set forth in Section 7(A) above, CSP will continue to deduct after fifteen (15) days if no credit is received. |
2. | HP and CSP will have thirty (30) days from the date of CSPs deduction and/or HPs credit/discrepancy report issued to submit a request for review, which shall include the original information identified above and the HP credit memo for the return. The Party receiving the request will have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the review request to respond and provide remedy (remedy shall mean CSP paying back to HP or HP issuing a credit to CSP). |
3. | If a remedy is not reached to both Parties satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate representatives of both Parties. |
C. | PRICING |
1. | CSP will submit purchase orders (PO) to HP that detail CSPs commitment to purchase Product as follows. |
a. | The PO will outline the Product number, the quantity to be purchased and the price at which the Product will be paid. |
b. | The price on the PO shall be the price at which CSP agrees to make payment to HP per established payment terms and conditions. |
2. | HP agrees to review CSPs PO once received to verify the information provided therein. HP agrees to review and verify the pricing of the Product prior to shipment of Product to CSP to ensure the accuracy of the data. |
3. | Any discrepancies between the price indicated on CSPs PO and the price at which HP is selling the Product to CSP are to be identified and communicated to CSP within forty-eight (48) hours of PO receipt by HP. |
4. | CSP agrees to either correct the PO pricing or cancel the PO, such that the Product sent to CSP by HP will be invoiced at the price indicated on the PO, or the order will not be fulfilled by HP. |
5. | CSP is entitled to the most current pricing of Product that reflects any and all pricing actions by HP. CSPs PO will be refreshed with the latest pricing once a pricing action from HP has occurred. |
6. | By shipping Product against CSPs PO, HP agrees to the pricing indicated on the PO and that HPs invoice for the Product shipped to CSP will agree to the pricing on the PO. If pricing between CSPs PO and HPs invoice is different, following the Approval Process set forth in Section 7(A) above, CSP will deduct from the payment to HP the discrepant amount and forward to HP the debit memo of deduction. HP will have thirty (30) days from the date of the deduction to file a dispute notification with CSP. If a remedy is not reached to both Parties satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be reviewed one last time during the quarterly reconciliation meetings at which time a final resolution will be reached. |
D. | PRICE PROTECTION |
1. | HP shall make commercially reasonable efforts to inform CSP of HP pricing actions at the earliest possible time in order for CSP to adjust its system on a timely basis. HP shall provide CSP with the forms necessary for submitting reimbursement claims to HP. If notification is received by CSP prior to the pricing action, CSP will have thirty (30) days from the effect date of pricing action to submit any claims for reimbursement to HP. Shipment reports are available on the HP website The aforementioned time period will be allowed to increase in the event of a delay in receipt of the HP shipment reports, or if both Parties mutually agree to an extension. HP will issue credit and/or a discrepancy report and reconciliation within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt by HP of CSPs completed price protection claim with supporting back up as required. If CSP does not receive credit and/or a discrepancy report and reconciliation within twenty-five (25) days of the original claim date, CSP shall contact HP to request credit. If no credit or discrepancy report and reconciliation have been received by CSP within thirty (30) days after the original claim date, CSP may deduct the amount of the pricing action according to CSP records per the Approval Process. HP will have thirty (30) days to respond to this deduction from the actual date of the deduction. |
2. | HPs response to CSPs initial claim will include a claim reconciliation report outlining discrepancies in the amount claimed by CSP as compared to the amount credited by HP. HPs credit memo will include the claim reference number and the pricing action to which the credit applies. The claim reconciliation will include the credit memo calculations that support the total amount of the credit memo. All discrepancies between the original claim amount and the credit issued by HP will be made available to CSP on the Partnership Website located at http://partner.americas.hp.com in enough detail to provide CSP with an auditable reason for the discrepancy. |
3. | CSP will have thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of HPs credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation to submit a dispute notification reply to HP regarding any claims which CSP does not agree with HPs credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation. CSPs reply will include documentation supporting CSPs position. HP will provide a response and additional credit (if due) within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of CSPs dispute notice. |
4. | If remedy is not reached to both Parties satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate representatives of both Parties. |
E. | QUANTITY DISPUTES |
1. |
Product that matches a valid open CSP PO and Product that is not damaged will be received into CSPs warehouse. CSP will match the Product against the related invoice(s) for Product part number and quantity. If Product or Product quantities are identified that were not ordered by CSP, CSP will immediately notify HP of the discrepancy. For Product received from HP that were not ordered by CSP, CSP will determine if such discrepant Product currently in its possession is Product that CSP needs. If it is determined that CSP has a need for such discrepant Product, a |
H
Page 4 of 6
new line will be added to CSPs PO such that the warehouse can receive in the discrepant Product. The discrepant Product will then be received into CSPs warehouse and stocked. If it is determined that CSP does not need the discrepant Product, CSP will request a Return Material Authorization (RMA) from HP to return the discrepant Product to HP. Once HP has granted the RMA, CSP will add a line to the PO and receive the discrepant Product into its warehouse. The discrepant Product will then be stocked and prepared to be returned to HP. |
2. | If CSP receives incorrect quantities of Product from HP, CSP will notify HP of the discrepancy once the HP invoice has been received and matched against the receipt of goods. CSP will create a debit memo reflecting the identified discrepancies and deduct when the associated invoice is paid. HPs response will include documentation supporting HPs position. CSP will provide a response and a credit, if due, within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of HPs notice of dispute. |
3. | If no response is received from HP within the thirty (30) day window, CSP will release the debit memo from hold and it will be deducted on the next payment to HP following the Approval Process. |
F. | Assigned Rebate Model (A.R.M) and EDUCATION REBATES |
1. | HP will issue credit and/or a discrepancy report and reconciliation within thirty (30) days from semi-monthly upload of CSPs completed claim. |
2. | If CSP does not receive discrepancy report and/or credit report and reconciliation by day twenty-five (25), CSP will notify HP that a deduction for the claim amount will take place on day thirty (30) if aforementioned report and credit is not received. |
3. | CSP will have thirty (30) days from receipt of HPs credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation to submit a dispute notification reply to HP regarding any claim amounts where CSP does not agree with HPs credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation. CSP will include information supporting CSPs position. |
4. | HP will provide a response and additional credit, if, due within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of CSPs dispute notification. If HP does not provide response and/or additional credit (if due), CSP will notify HP on day twenty-five (25) that a deduction for the amount of the dispute will take place on day thirty (30) unless response and additional credit (if due) is not received. |
5. | If remedy is not reached to both Parties satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate representatives of both Parties. |
G. | INSTANT REBATES AND VOLUME REBATES |
1. | HP shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide credits for rebates to CSP as follows: |
a. | Forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt at HP of CSPs completed claim with supporting back up as required; or |
b. | Forty-five (45) days following the end of the period covered by the rebate program for claimless rebates; or |
c. | Forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt at HP of a discrepancy notice from CSP indicating the paid rebate did not equal what was expected. |
d. | CSP will deduct per the Approval Process if no credit and/or denial report is received from HP within the forty-five (45) day window. CSP will notify HP on day forty (40) that a deduction will take place on the forty-fifth (45 th ) day, unless the credit and/or discrepancy report is received. |
2. | If a remedy is not reached to both Parties satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate representatives of both Parties. |
H. | CORRECTIONS |
If either Party discovers an error in the amount sought, credited or debited, it shall immediately notify the other Party. The Party in error shall provide the other Party with all pertinent information regarding the amount in error (e.g. the claim number). The Party in error shall correct the error within fifteen (15) days per the Approval Process. |
8. | INSURANCE |
HP shall obtain and maintain, at its expense, a policy or policies of:
A. | Commercial General Liability (including product and completed operations, personal and advertising injury and contractual liability coverage) with a minimum per occurrence limit of $5,000,000; General Aggregate limit of $5,000,000; Products and Completed Operations Aggregate limit of $5,000,000 and Personal & Advertising Injury limit of $5,000,000, written on an occurrence form. |
B. | Workers Compensation Insurance as required by applicable law. |
C. | Employers Liability (Stop-Gap Liability) insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000. |
D. | The coverage territory applicable to the insurance policies required above must be worldwide with the exception of Workers Compensation insurance, which must be maintained in those territories where such coverage is mandated, and Auto Liability. HP will provide Certificates of Insurance at all times naming CSP as Additional Insured with respect to General Liability and Auto Liability policies. HP shall provide the Certificates of Insurance, evidencing the required coverage. |
E. | With exception of wholly owned captives, HPs insurers must be Best rated A-, VII or better. Policy limits may not be |
H
Page 5 of 6
reduced, terms materially changed, or policies canceled by either Party except after endeavoring to provide thirty (30) days prior written notice to CSP. HPs insurance shall be primary with respect to all obligations assumed by HP pursuant to this Contract. Any insurance carried by CSP shall not contribute to insurance maintained by HP. Coverage and limits referred to above shall not in any way limit the liability of HP. |
9. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this CSP Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this CSP Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this CSP Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this CSP Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this CSP Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this CSP Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP Products purchased under this CSP Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER ADDENDUM
H
Page 6 of 6
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
REFURBISHED/EXCESS LASERJET PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. |
APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. |
PRICES | 2 | ||
4. |
ORDER; SHIPMENTS; CANCELLATIONS AND CHANGES | 2 | ||
5. |
WARRANTY | 2 | ||
6. |
CSP RESPONSIBILITIES | 2 | ||
7. |
HP RESPONSIBILITIES | 3 | ||
8. |
OPERATING POLICIES | 3 | ||
9. |
TERM AND TERMINATION | 3 |
H
Page 1 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
REFURBISHED/EXCESS LASERJET PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
A. | HP Refurbished LaserJet Products means monochrome and color laser printers, and multi-function devices that have been previously sold and returned or otherwise used, and have been refurbished by HP. HP Refurbished LaserJet Products come with all standard accessories, i.e., those normally included with the HP Refurbished LaserJet Products when it was new. |
B. | Refurbished LaserJet Product List means an HP generated list of HP Refurbished LaserJet Product descriptions and quantities to be purchased by Refurbished LaserJet CSP from HP. |
C. | All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
2. | APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive commercial Channel Service Provider (CSP) to market, promote and resell used and excess HP Refurbished and Excess LaserJet Products (HP Refurbished LaserJet Products). HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be set forth on a Refurbished LaserJet Product List transmitted by HP to CSP or at http://partner.americas.hp.com incorporated herein by reference. HP Refurbished LaserJet Products are U.S. versions only. CSPs appointment is subject to the terms and conditions of this Refurbished and Excess LaserJet Products Addendum (this Addendum) in addition to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
B. | This Addendum adds terms and conditions to the Agreement pertaining to CSPs purchase and resale of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. In the event of a conflict between terms and conditions in this Addendum and terms and conditions in the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall take precedence. |
C. | CSP accepts appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
3. | PRICES |
A. | HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be sold to CSP at a Net Price equal to the HP Refurbished LaserJet Products List Price, less a discount of fifty percent (50%). HP may, at its sole discretion, offer CSP a discount greater than fifty percent (50%) on any purchases of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. |
B. | HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be eligible for price protection. |
C. | Unless notified otherwise by HP, HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be eligible for promotional fund accruals, market development funds or any other promotional funds or rebates. |
4. | ORDERS; SHIPMENTS; CANCELLATIONS AND CHANGES |
A. | CSP shall place an order with HP for all HP Refurbished LaserJet Products on the Refurbished LaserJet Product List. No cancellation of orders or partial orders of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be accepted from CSP without prior written approval from HP. |
B. | Only the HP Refurbished LaserJet Products listed on Refurbished LaserJet Product List will be made available to the CSP. Any other written, verbal, or implied statements or assurances regarding HP Refurbished LaserJet Products to be offered to CSP are not binding on HP. |
C. | HP shall deliver HP Refurbished LaserJet Products to a maximum of four (4) Ship-to Locations. |
5. | WARRANTY |
HP Refurbished LaserJet Product warranty shall be limited to a twelve (12) month period commencing the date CSP receives HP Refurbished LaserJet Product from HP. All other warranty terms contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
6. | CSP RESPONSIBILITIES |
A. | CSP shall market, promote and resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products in compliance with the Agreement and this Addendum. |
B. | CSP shall market, promote and resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products only through the company name(s) designated on CSPs Agreement with HP, and only using face-to-face, telephone, facsimile, catalog or Internet sales techniques to CSP Customers in the U.S. |
C. | CSP shall place order with HP for all HP Refurbished LaserJet Products on Refurbished LaserJet Product List within two (2) business days following the date when CSP receives Refurbished LaserJet Product List from HP. |
D. | CSP shall: |
1. | Comply with all applicable State and Federal laws for sales using face-to-face, telephone, facsimile, catalog or Internet selling techniques. |
2. | Provide CSP Customers with HP Refurbished LaserJet Products price, availability information and description. |
H
Page 2 of 3
E. | CSP shall not export HP Refurbished LaserJet Products outside the U.S., nor shall CSP resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products for export outside the U.S. |
F. | CSP shall not resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products to any U.S. federal government department, agency or branch thereof without HPs prior written approval. |
G. | All HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be clearly identified wherever applicable, including but not limited to, cartons, invoices and warranties and marketed as USED AND REFURBISHED. |
H. | HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be advertised as new and shall only be advertised as refurbished. |
I. | CSP shall notify CSP Customers of the warranty applicable to HP Refurbished LaserJet Products prior to purchase. |
7. | HP RESPONSIBILITIES |
A. | HP shall offer CSP all HP inventory of HP LaserJet Refurbished Product for purchase less any HP Refurbished LaserJet Products that HP requires for purposes of fulfilling its own Customer orders or to satisfy non-resale related business needs. |
B. | HP shall e-mail CSP an updated Refurbished LaserJet Product List on a weekly basis. |
8. | RETURNS |
HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be eligible for return to HP for price protection credit, for stock adjustment returns or as customer satisfaction returns. HP shall only accept returns for defective HP Refurbished LaserJet Products.
9. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP Refurbished LaserJet Products purchased under this Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT REFURBISHED AND EXCESS LASERJET PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
H
Page 3 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
IPG PRODUCT SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. |
STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. |
PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT | 2 | ||
4. |
OPERATING POLICIES | 2 | ||
5. |
TERM AND TERMINATION | 3 |
H
Page 1 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
IPG PRODUCT SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum.
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner to purchase HP Imaging and Printing Group Products (IPG Products) directly from HP for resale only to CSP Customers. IPG Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com, incorporated herein by reference. All IPG Products are U.S. versions only. |
B. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement-Channel Service Provider IPG Products Specific Addendum (IPG Product Specific Addendum) adds terms and conditions controlling CSP purchasing IPG Products directly from HP and reselling to CSP Customers. Any and all purchases and resales of IPG Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
A. | CSP shall be permitted to purchase IPG Products directly from HP only in the event that the individual HP CSP shall commit to and substantiate a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in IPG Products. |
B. | HP reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to permit a CSP to purchase IPG Products directly from HP despite CSPs initial inability to substantiate an annual performance commitment as set forth above in Subsection 3(A). |
C. | CSPs annual performance commitment under this IPG Product Specific Addendum shall be for deliveries of IPG Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the term of this IPG Product Specific Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. |
D. | HP shall review progress towards CSPs performance commitment pertaining to this IPG Product Specific Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSPs projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this IPG Product Specific Addendum for cause. |
4. | OPERATING POLICIES |
A. | Stock Adjustment, Defective Unit and Customer Satisfaction Returns |
1. | With the exception of IPG Products in Product Line R4, HP shall accept stock adjustment returns, closed box returns, defective unit and customer satisfaction returns of IPG Products up to a two percent (2%) returns cap. The returns cap for IPG Products shall be calculated as follows: add together the net dollar total of all IPG Products invoiced shipments during the previous quarter and multiply the result by two percent (2%) (IPG Products Returns Cap). |
2. | HP shall not accept stock adjustment returns, closed box returns, defective unit and customer satisfaction returns of IPG Products in Product Line R4. |
3. | HP shall not accept returns for any IPG Products declared obsolete. |
4. | Quarters are calculated as follows: February through April; May through July; August through October; and November through January. |
5. | HP shall charge a twenty five percent (25%) restocking fee for any IPG Products returned in excess of the IPG Products Returns Cap set forth hereinabove. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HP reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to alternatively reject IPG Products returned in excess of the IPG Products Returns Cap to CSP at CSPs expense. As necessary, HP shall honor the IPG Products warranty for HP IPG Product returns exceeding the IPG Products Returns Cap. |
6. | Ineligible IPG Products shall be defined to include IPG Products returned in excess of the IPG Products Returns Cap set forth hereinabove. |
7. | CSP shall be sent a monthly invoice by HP for the amount due as a restocking fee. The monthly restocking fee shall be calculated by multiplying twenty five percent (25%) by the total amount of the net dealer price of each Ineligible HP IPG Product returned that month. Payment of the restocking fee shall be paid by CSP within thirty (30) days from invoice. |
H
Page 2 of 3
B. | Price Protection |
1. | HP reserves the right to change its List Prices with not more than five (5) days written, electronic or other notice to CSP. In the event HP reduces the price of any IPG Product as determined by SKU, CSP shall be eligible to receive a price protection credit equal to the difference between the Net Price paid by CSP and the reduced price. HP shall price protect all shipments made by HP to CSP less any IPG Products returned by CSP to HP, as calculated on an Inventory Cap basis. |
2. | Inventory Cap, as determined by HP in its sole discretion, shall be the lesser of the number of all price protected IPG Products by SKU (1) in CSPs inventory; or (2) all shipments made by HP to CSP thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the price reduction. Inventory for purposes of IPG Product Specific Addendum means IPG Products purchased from HP pursuant to the Agreement including both IPG Products on-hand and IPG Products in-transit from HP to CSP. |
3. | Price protection credit shall be the difference between the net price and the reduced price times Inventory Cap. |
4. | HP shall invoice based on the new reduced price for such IPG Products shipped on or after the effective date of the reduction. |
5. | Any disputes regarding the amount credited shall be communicated to HP within thirty (30) days after the issuance of the credit. CSP shall not deduct from any outstanding invoice from HP any amount for any reason whatsoever. |
C. | CSP Sales and Shipment Locations |
1. | For CSPs demonstrating an annual volume performance, as measured in sell through, of up to one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP shall ship to a maximum of six (6) Approved Shipment Locations. CSP must own more than fifty percent (50%) of its business at each Approved Location (Consolidated Shipping Option). |
2. | An exception shall be made where drop shipment is available for a specific Product under a special program. Drop shipment for those Products shall be subject to limitations indicated in the relevant Addendum. |
3. | For CSPs demonstrating an annual performance commitment of greater than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP may allow additional Shipment Locations, subject to the review and written approval of HP Field and Channel Logistics management teams (Outlet Shipping Option). The application process for additional Shipment Locations may require CSP to provide documentation substantiating the increased efficiencies obtained for both HP and CSP by the additional Shipment Locations. |
D. | CSP Sales and Shipment Locations |
1. | Consolidated Shipping Option . HP shall ship to a maximum of six (6) approved Shipment Locations. CSP must own more than fifty percent (50%) of its business at each Approved Shipment Location. |
An exception shall be made where drop shipment is available for a specific Product under a special program. Drop shipment for those Products shall be subject to limitations indicated in the relevant Addendum. |
2. | Outlet Shipping Option . CSP may elect more than six (6) Shipment Locations. This election shall result in a one percent (1%) reduction in Product discount. CSP must own more than fifty percent (50%) of its business at each Approved Shipment Location. |
An exception shall be made where drop shipment is available for a specific Product under a special program. Drop shipment for those Products shall be subject to limitations indicated in the relevant Addendum. |
5. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this IPG Product Specific Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this IPG Product Specific Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this IPG Product Specific Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this IPG Product Specific Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of IPG Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this IPG Product Specific Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this IPG Product Specific Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of IPG Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any IPG Products purchased under this IPG Product Specific Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - IPG PRODUCT SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
H
Page 3 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
NSS PRODUCT SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. |
STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. |
PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT | 2 | ||
4. |
OPERATING POLICIES | 2 | ||
5. |
TERM AND TERMINATION | 3 |
H
Page 1 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
NSS PRODUCT SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum.
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (CSP) to purchase HP Business and Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products (NSS Products) from HP and resale only to CSP Customers. NSS Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com , incorporated herein by reference. All NSS Products are U.S. versions only. |
B. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement-Channel Service Provider NS Product Specific Addendum (NSS Product Specific Addendum) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S Business Development Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the Agreement). Any and all purchases and resales of NSS Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this NSS Product Specific Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this NSS Product Specific Addendum and the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this NSS Product Specific Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of NSS Product Specific Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
A. | CSP shall be permitted to purchase NSS Products directly from HP only in the event that CSP commits to and will demonstrate a minimum annual ship-to dollar amount of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) in NSS Products. |
B. | CSPs annual performance commitment under this NSS Product Specific Addendum shall be for deliveries of NSS Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event that the term of the NSS Product Specific Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term, based on figures available for the shorter period. |
C. | HP may review progress towards CSPs performance commitment pertaining to this NSS Product Specific Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSPs projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this NSS Product Specific Addendum for cause. |
D. | CSP must have met all HP authorization and training requirements prior to placing orders for NSS Products as set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com. |
4. | OPERATING POLICIES |
A. | Stock Adjustment, Defective Unit and Open Box Returns |
1. | HP shall accept stock adjustment returns, defective unit and open box returns of NSS Products, subject to the return allowance and pursuant to conditions as described below: |
a. | The returns allowance for NSS Products shall be calculated by adding together the net dollar total of all of CSPs invoiced shipments of NSS Products during the previous HP fiscal quarter and multiplying the result by the allotted allowance percentage stated below (NSS Products Returns Allowance). |
b. | HP Business Class NSS Storage Build to Order Products (BTO Products) are allotted a 1% quarterly return allowance based on CSPs previous quarter net sales of HP Business Class NSS Storage Products. HP will charge a twenty-five percent (25%) restocking fee for any BTO Product Returns that exceed the aforementioned allowance. CSP must pay the restocking fee within thirty (30) days of invoice. |
c. | For HP Business Class NSS Storage Configure to Order Products (CTO Products) only defective units (DOA) may be returned. CTO Product DOA returns are allotted a 1% quarterly return allowance based on the distributors previous quarter net sales of HP Business Class NSS Storage Products. No additional returns will be permitted. |
d. | HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products: Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products are allotted a 5% quarterly return allowance based on the distributors previous quarters net sales of HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products. No additional return will be permitted. CSP must submit an offsetting purchase order for any stock rotation returns of Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products. |
2. | If HP obsoletes an NSS Storage Product, only Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products will be accepted as returns. |
3. | Quarters are calculated as follows: February through April; May through July: August through October; and November through January. |
H
Page 2 of 3
B. | Price Protection |
1. | HP reserves the right to change its List Prices via written, electronic or other notice to CSP. In the event HP reduces the price of any HP Business or Enterprise Class NSS Storage Product, as determined by SKU, CSP shall be eligible to receive a price protection credit for the amount of time set forth below. Price Protection means a credit equal to the difference between the Net Price prior to the price reduction and the reduced price. |
2. | HP shall provide Price Protection to CSP as follows: |
a. | Price Protection for HP Business Class NSS Storage Product is as follows: |
b. | BTO Products: inventory on hand, plus five (5) days in transit from HP to CSP, up to a maximum of inventory shipped with last 30 (thirty)-calendar days. |
c. | CTO Products: seven (7) calendar days in transit. |
d. | Price Protection for HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products is for inventory on hand for a maximum of 60 (sixty) calendar days. HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products in transit are only price protected if they are drop shipments from HP to an End User. |
e. | CSP must communicate to HP any dispute regarding the amount credited within thirty (30) days after the issuance of the credit. CSP shall not deduct from any outstanding HP invoice any amount for any reason whatsoever. |
f. | Product shipped on or after the effective date of the price reduction shall be invoiced at the new price and not subject to price protection. |
C. | CSP Shipment Locations |
1. | For CSPs demonstrating an annual sell-though volume of up to one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP will ship to a maximum of six (6) Approved Shipment Locations |
2. | HP, in its own discretion and subject to its own limitations, may drop shipment Products directly to End Users. |
3. | For CSPs demonstrating an annual sell-through volume of greater than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP may allow more than six (6) Approved Shipment Locations, subject to the review and written approval of HP Field and Channel Logistics management teams. HP may require CSP to provide documentation substantiating the increased efficiencies of more than six (6) Approved Shipment Locations. |
5. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this NSS Product Specific Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this NSS Product Specific Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this NSS Product Specific Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this NSS Product Specific Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of NSS Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this NSS Product Specific Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this NSS Product Specific Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of NSS Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any NSS Products purchased under NSS Product Specific Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT NSS PRODUCT SPECIFIC ADDENDUM
H
Page 3 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
PROCURVE PRODUCT ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS |
2 | ||
2. |
STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
2 | ||
3. |
PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
2 | ||
4. |
TERM AND TERMINATION |
2 |
H
Page 1 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
PROCURVE PRODUCT ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum.
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner to purchase HP Product Line 6H Products (ProCurve Products) directly from HP for resale only to CSP Customers. ProCurve Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com, incorporated herein by reference. All ProCurve Products are U.S. versions only. |
B. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement-Channel Service Provider ProCurve Products Addendum adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S Business Development Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the Agreement) controlling CSPs purchasing of ProCurve Products directly from HP and reselling to CSP Customers. Any and all purchases and resales of ProCurve Products by CSP shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
A. | CSP shall be permitted to purchase ProCurve Products directly from HP only in the event that the individual HP CSP shall commit to and substantiate a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) in ProCurve Products. |
B. | HP reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to permit a CSP to purchase ProCurve Products directly from HP despite CSPs initial inability to substantiate an annual performance commitment as set forth above in Subsection 3(A). |
C. | CSPs annual performance commitment under this ProCurve Product Addendum shall be for deliveries of ProCurve Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the term of this ProCurve Product Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. |
D. | HP shall review progress towards CSPs performance commitment pertaining to this ProCurve Product Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSPs projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this ProCurve Product Addendum for cause. |
4. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this ProCurve Product Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this ProCurve Product Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this ProCurve Product Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this ProCurve Product Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of ProCurve Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this ProCurve Product Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this ProCurve Product Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of ProCurve Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any ProCurve Products purchased under this ProCurve Product Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - PROCURVE PRODUCT ADDENDUM
H
Page 2 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
PSG PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. |
DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT | 2 | ||
4. | TERM AND TERMINATION | 2 |
Page 1 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT -
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
PSG PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum.
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive commercial Channel Service Provider (CSP) to purchase HP personal computing system Products (HP PSG Products) directly from HP for resale to CSP Customers. HP PSG Products available for purchase and resale under this Channel Service Provider PSG Products Addendum exclude End of Life PSG Products and HP Refurbished Products. Products available for purchase and resale hereunder shall be set forth at the Partnership Website , incorporated herein by reference. All HP PSG Products are U.S. versions only. |
B. | This HP U. S. Business Development Partner Channel Service Provider PSG Products Addendum (CSP PSG Product Addendum) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (Agreement) controlling CSPs purchase and resale of HP PSG Products. Any and all purchases and resales of HP PSG Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
A. | CSP shall be permitted to purchase HP PSG Products directly from HP only in the event that CSP commits to and substantiates a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount of one hundred fifty million dollars ($150,000,000) in HP PSG Products. |
B. | CSPs annual performance commitment under this PSG Product Addendum shall be for deliveries of HP PSG Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the term of this CSP PSG Product Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. |
C. | HP may review progress towards CSPs performance commitment pertaining to this CSP PSG Product Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSPs projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this CSP PSG Product Addendum for cause. |
4. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this CSP PSG Product Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this CSP PSG Product Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this CSP PSG Product Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this CSP PSG Product Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP PSG Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this CSP PSG Product Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this CSP PSG Product Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP PSG Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP PSG Products purchased under this CSP PSG Product Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT CSP PSG PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
Page 2 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
ISS PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. | DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT | 2 | ||
4. | TERM AND TERMINATION | 2 |
Page 1 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
ISS PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. CSP Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum.
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (CSP) to purchase HP Industry Standard Server Products (ISS Products) from HP for resale to CSP Customers only. ISS Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at the Partnership Website , incorporated herein by reference. All ISS Products are U.S. versions only. |
B. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Channel Service Provider ISS Products Addendum (ISS Product Addendum) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (Agreement) controlling CSPs purchase and resale of ISS Products. Any and all purchases and resales of ISS Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ISS Product Addendum, the Agreement, and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this ISS Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this ISS Product Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ISS Product Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Channel Service Provider Addendum, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
3. | PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT |
A. | CSP shall be permitted to purchase ISS Products directly from HP only in the event that CSP commits to and substantiates a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in ISS Products. |
B. | CSPs annual performance commitment under this ISS Product Addendum shall be for deliveries of SS Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the term of this ISS Product Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. |
C. | HP may review progress towards CSPs performance commitment pertaining to this ISS Product Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSPs projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this ISS Product Addendum for cause. |
D. | CSP shall ensure that its employees complete any training courses and/or certification designated by HP for each authorized location. Employees eligible to meet HPs certification requirements must be CSPs actual full-time employees. CSPs contract and part-time employees shall not be eligible for certification. Specific training requirements for the SS Products are defined on the Partnership Website. |
4. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this ISS Product Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this ISS Product Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this ISS Product Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this ISS Product Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of ISS Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this ISS Product Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this ISS Product Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of ISS Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any ISS Products purchased under this ISS Product Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT CSP ISS PRODUCTS ADDENDUM
Page 2 of 2
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT-
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER REFERRAL ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. | DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. | APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. | REQUIREMENTS | 2 | ||
4. | CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER RESPONSIBILITIES | 2 | ||
5. | HP RESPONSIBILITIES | 3 | ||
6. | COMMISSIONS | 3 | ||
7. | TERM AND TERMINATION | 3 |
H
Page 1 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT-
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER REFERRAL ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
A. | All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
B. | For purposes of this Channel Service Provider-Referral Addendum only, 2 nd Tier Reseller(s) means those Business Development Partners in a current U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement with HP that are authorized to purchase Products from only an HP authorized Distributor and not directly from HP. |
2. | APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (CSP) to sell Product directly to End Users only in situations where: |
i. | A 2 nd Tier Reseller refers a sales opportunity to the CSP and requests that CSP sources the Product directly to End User; |
ii. | CSP acts as a fulfillment arm for 2 nd Tier Reseller; |
iii. | Title will pass directly from CSP to End User; |
iv. | CSP ensures that such 2 nd Tier Reseller does not make a claim to HP for payment of such referred sale; and |
v. | CSP agrees to indemnify HP for any costs and fees associated with any claims made by the referring 2 nd Tier Reseller regarding such referred sale. |
B. | CSPs appointment is subject to the terms and conditions of this Channel Service Provider-Referral Addendum (this Referral Addendum) in addition to the terms and conditions of the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the Agreement). In the event of conflict between terms and conditions in this Referral Addendum and terms and conditions in the Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Referral Addendum will take precedence. |
C. | CSP warrants that all information and benefits obtained through participation in any Referral Program and through this Referral Addendum shall only be used internally within CSPs organization solely for Sale of Commercial Products and Services. No other right, title, or interest in the information provided through participation in any Referral Program is granted to CSP. |
D. | CSP shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Referral Addendum to any third party. |
3. | REQUIREMENTS |
A. | Products and Services available for resale shall be set forth within the attached Product exhibits and Product categories. |
B. | HP may add, delete, or discontinue Products and Services or deem these to be obsolete without notice to CSP or End User. |
C. | HP may issue notices regarding Products and Services updates, List Price changes, and Commissions through electronic methods. |
D. | CSP shall regularly access Partnership Website to obtain and review information, updates, and any reports pertaining to the Referral Program(s) in which CSP participates. |
E. | CSP shall follow reasonable HP requests related to participation in any Referral Program(s). |
4. | CSP RESPONSIBILITIES |
A. | CSP shall: |
1. | Identify and keep current primary and secondary support contacts to receive marketing, sales, post-sales technical Support information, and pertinent Referral Program information provided by HP; |
2. | Refrain from marketing, advertising, promoting, or disclosing features or availability of a new Product or Service until HP makes such Product or Service available for resale; |
3. | Resell Product and pass title of Product solely to End User pursuant to this Referral Addendum; |
4. | Provide to 2 nd Tier Reseller only those Products, for which 2 nd Tier Reseller is authorized under its HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement; and |
5. | Design and implement a Sales Referral Program as follows: |
i. Permits 2 nd Tier Reseller to fulfill its contractual duties and responsibilities to HP;
H
Page 2 of 3
ii. | Provide a written copy of the Sales Referral Program to HP for HPs review for compliance with the terms and conditions of the U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement between HP and 2 nd Tier Reseller; and |
iii. | Fairly remunerates 2nd Tier Reseller for its Referral Services. |
6. | Report to HP in writing, as soon as reasonably practicable, all suspected defects in Products and Services; |
7. | Identify all referred sales, the 2 nd Tier Reseller or non-authorized Reseller responsible for such referred sale and the End User in such referred sale, in its reports to HP; and |
8. | Must hold the accounts receivable for such referred sales. |
B. | For purposes of either the Agreement or sales and marketing programs, CSP shall provide HP with accurate Product Sells-To information in a format and frequency defined by HP. |
5. | HP RESPONSIBILITIES |
HP shall:
A. | Maintain and deliver communications regarding Referral Programs through the Partnership Website; |
B. | Resolve End User service issues regarding Product and Service orders, delivery dates, returns, or payment when contacted either by End User or CSP on End Users behalf. |
6. | PROGRAM REBATES |
A. | CSP shall be eligible to receive assigned Program Rebates provided CSP meets HPs standard guidelines or terms and conditions then in effect for such Program Rebates. CSP shall also be in full compliance with the terms and conditions of this Referral Addendum and the Agreement. |
B. | HP shall release assigned Program Rebates to CSP as soon as practicable after CSP properly claims such assigned Program Rebates in accordance with HPs then effective Program Rebates reporting and claiming requirements. |
C. | HP shall pay only one Program Rebate to CSP per sale. |
7. | TERMS AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this Referral Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this Referral Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Referral Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
D. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this Referral Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by Referral Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Referral Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of Products. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any Products purchased under this Referral Addendum. |
END HP U.S. CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT REFERRAL ADDENDUM
H
Page 3 of 3
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
SERVER PILOT PROGRAM ADDENDUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. | DEFINITIONS | 2 | ||
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT | 2 | ||
3. | CSP OBLIGATIONS | 2 | ||
4. | CONDITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION TO AUTHORIZED RESELLERS | 3 | ||
5. | INDEMNIFICATION | 4 | ||
6. | AUDIT | 4 | ||
7. | RETURNS POLICY | 5 | ||
8. | THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY | 5 | ||
9. | TERM AND TERMINATION | 5 |
Page 1 of 5
HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT
CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER
SERVER PILOT PROGRAM ADDENDUM
1. | DEFINITIONS |
A. | Associated Product Materials or APM means materials as MS shall designate from time to time, such as end user manuals, recovery media, and external media. MS will make commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that changes made to the APM, if any, shall occur infrequently and will not affect the overall size of the APM packaging. |
B. | COA means the Certificate of Authenticity as designated by MS. |
C. | Customer System means HPs computer system Product(s) identified as HP ProLiant Series or HP Server Series Products. |
D. | MSCORP means Microsoft Corporation, the parent company of Microsoft Licensing, GP (MS). |
E. | Partitioning is the physical or logical allocation of at least the central processing units, input/outputs, and memory resources of a Customer System into independent units, such that each unit (a Partition) is capable of running a copy of the Product. |
F. | Server Pilot Program means program pursuant to which Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 are available for limited distribution pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. |
G. | Server Pilot Products means Microsoft ® Windows 2000 Server and Microsoft ® Windows Server 2003. |
H. | Server Pilot Product Package(s) means the two-part CD package including but not limited to the COA affixed to the outside of the CD wallet, end user manual, CD media, with an external break the seal label, placed over the opening of the Server Pilot Product and a break the seal license placed inside the Server Pilot Product packaging. |
I. | All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. |
2. | STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT |
A. | HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (CSP) to purchase Server Pilot Product Packages directly from HP only for resale to Authorized Resellers (defined in Section 4 below) only. Server Pilot Product Packages available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at the Partnership Website , incorporated herein by reference. All Server Pilot Product Packages are U.S. versions only. |
B. | This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Channel Service Provider Server Pilot Program Addendum adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (collectively, the Agreement) controlling CSPs purchase and resale of Server Pilot Product Packages. Any and all purchases and resales of Server Pilot Product Packages shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum shall prevail. |
C. | CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. |
3. | CSPS OBLIGATIONS |
A. | CSP will not quote a separate price, advertise, market or promote the Server Pilot Product separate from a new Customer System to End Users. |
B. | CSP will not remove, modify, or conceal any, copyright, trademark or patent notices or special labeling that appear in or on the Server Pilot Product(s) or any Server Pilot Product Packages. |
C. | CSP will maintain, in a manner consistent with standard industry practice, the inventory of any such Server Pilot Products and Server Product Packages. |
D. | CSP will destroy or sell-off all inventory of Server Pilot Products and Server Pilot Product Packages remaining at the expiration or termination of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. |
E. | CSP will not reproduce all or any part of the Server Pilot Product(s) or Server Pilot Product Packages. |
F. | CSP will not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any Server Pilot Product(s). |
G. | Except as set forth herein, CSP shall not advertise, display or provide any additional or special packaging for the Server Pilot Products, or make the Server Pilot Products available through any other means or channel. |
H. |
CSP will promptly cease distribution of the Server Pilot Product(s) upon notice from HP or MS. MS may provide notice to cease distribution in cases where MS or HP has information indicating that CSP is not in full compliance with this Server |
Page 2 of 5
Pilot Program Addendum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, immediately upon such notice, CSPs distribution rights under this Server Pilot Program Addendum will terminate if the notice so states, or MS or HP may terminate such distribution rights effective immediately upon a subsequent notice so stating from MS or HP. |
4. | CONDITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION TO AUTHORIZED RESELLERS |
CSP shall distribute the Server Pilot Products to Authorized Resellers (defined below) only, subject to following terms and conditions. CSP will require those resellers in its distribution channels with which CSP has a direct business relationship and who desire to participate in the Server Pilot Program (Authorized Resellers) to enter, as a condition of their participation in the Server Pilot Program, a written agreement with CSP requiring such Authorized Resellers to comply with the following terms and conditions, and making Microsoft a third party beneficiary of CSPs agreements with the Authorized Resellers:
A. | Authorized Reseller will accept delivery of the Server Pilot Product from CSP on Authorized Resellers premises only and direct its employees to preinstall Server Pilot Product(s) solely on new Customer Systems; |
B. | Simultaneously with the sale of a new Customer System, Authorized Reseller will preinstall one (1) copy of the Server Pilot Product software, on the hard disk or ROM of a new Customer System(s); |
C. | Authorized Reseller will not quote a separate price, advertise, market or promote the Server Pilot Product separate from a new Customer System to End Users; |
D. | Authorized Reseller will place only one (1) of each applicable Server Pilot Product Package, in the original packaging, inside the Customer System simultaneously with the sale of a new Customer System; |
E. | Authorized Reseller will deliver the Customer Systems together with the original Server Pilot Product Packages inside a sealed HP Customer System box to End Users; |
F. | Authorized Reseller will not reproduce all or any part of the Server Pilot Product(s) or Server Pilot Product Packages, except as necessary to preinstall the Server Pilot Product(s) in accordance with CSPs directions; |
G. | Authorized Reseller will not remove, modify, or conceal any, copyright, trademark or patent notices or special labeling that appear in or on the Server Pilot Product(s) or any Server Pilot Product Packages; |
H. | Authorized Reseller will maintain, in a manner consistent with standard industry practice, the inventory of any such Server Pilot Products and Server Product Packages; |
I. | Authorized Reseller will destroy or sell-off all remaining inventory of Server Pilot Products and Server Pilot Product Packages remaining at the expiration or termination of this Server Pilot Program Addendum; |
J. | Preinstallation of the Server Pilot Products shall be performed by Authorized Resellers employees on Authorized Resellers premises only. Authorized Reseller will not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any Server Pilot Product(s); |
K. | Authorized Reseller is authorized to resell the Server Pilot Product Packages only with and for use on HP ProLiant Series or HP Server Series systems based on the Pentium 3, Pentium 4, or comparable architecture; |
L. | Authorized Reseller may not resell both the Product and any other MS operating system product with the same Customer System(s); |
M. | Authorized Reseller is not authorized to resell the Server Pilot Product on a Customer System that includes more than four (4) processors. For purposes of this License Agreement, processor means a physical processor or central processing unit (CPU); |
N. | A Customer System that contains Partitions (Partitioned Customer System) may be installed with not more than one (1) operating copy of the Product on a Partition. Authorized Reseller shall report and pay HP royalties for each Partition installed with a copy of the Product whether the Product is installed by CSP or by End User (if authorized by this License Agreement). End User is not authorized by this License Agreement to install more copies of the Product than Authorized Reseller has reported to HP. To that end, Authorized Reseller is responsible for instructing such End User that it may install no more than the number of copies of Product that Authorized Reseller has reported to HP; |
O. | Authorized Reseller is not licensed to distribute a processor version of the Product on a Partitioned Customer System where the number of processors supporting a Partition running the Product is greater than four (4) processors; |
P. | Authorized Reseller(s) shall manage and maintain accurate and complete records of Server Pilot Product Packages for CSP, which are received by Authorized Reseller(s) and distributed to End Users. Authorized Reseller(s) shall maintain on Authorized Resellers premises and inventory, the records of any such Server Pilot Product and Server Pilot Product Packages in a secure manner and separate from the records and inventory, if any, in Authorized Resellers possession for other companies; |
Q. | During the term of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and for two (2) years thereafter, the Authorized Reseller shall maintain at its respective facilities all usual and proper records, including and not limited to, all records relating to each Server Pilot Product and Server Pilot Product Package sufficient to substantiate the number of copies of Server Pilot Product and/or Server Pilot Product Package(s), as applicable, received and distributed on behalf of HP pursuant to the terms of this Server Pilot Program Addendum; |
Page 3 of 5
R. | In order to verify compliance with the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, on or around the fourth (4 th ) month after the Effective Date of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, MS shall have the option to cause an audit to be made of at least one Authorized Resellers records related to the Server Pilot Program. Any such audit and/or inspection shall be conducted during regular business hours at Authorized Resellers facilities, with or without prior notice from MS; |
S. | Authorized Reseller(s) shall provide MS designated audit team with access to all records relevant to the Server Pilot Program maintained at Authorized Resellers facilities; |
T. | MS will pay the cost of any such audit or inspection; provided however, that in the event the Authorized Reseller is found to be in violation of any term or condition of this Server Pilot Program Addendum or the Agreement, Authorized Reseller will promptly reimburse MS for all costs of the audit. MS designated auditors may be escorted by Authorized Resellers personnel when on such Authorized Resellers premises, and shall not unreasonably interfere with Authorized Resellers normal course of business; |
U. | Except as set forth herein, Authorized Reseller shall not advertise, display or provide any additional or special packaging for the Server Pilot Products. Authorized Reseller will not make the Server Pilot Products available through any other means or channel; |
V. | Authorized Reseller shall promptly cease distribution of the Server Pilot Product(s) upon notice from HP or MS. MS may provide notice to cease distribution in cases where MS or HP has information indicating that Authorized Reseller is not in full compliance with this Addendum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, immediately upon such notice, Authorized Resellers distribution rights under this Addendum will terminate if the notice so states, or MS or HP may terminate such distribution rights effective immediately upon a subsequent notice so stating from MS or HP; |
W. | Authorized Reseller hereby indemnifies HP, MS and MSCORP against all damages, costs and attorneys fees, including any loss arising from claims or demands resulting from Authorized Resellers breach of any of terms and conditions herein, including without limitation, any unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution of all or any portion of the Server Pilot Product(s) and/or Server Pilot Product Packages inconsistent with the terms herein; and |
X. | In order for the Authorized Reseller to receive credit for the return of Server Pilot Packages, all contents of the Server Pilot Package, including but not limited to any end user manuals, CD media or COAs in the Server Pilot Package, must be returned to CSP. NO RETURNS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR SERVERS INSTALLED WITH THE SERVER SOFTWARE PACKAGE AND/OR SERVERS WITH THE COA APPLIED TO THEM. |
5. | INDEMNIFICATION |
CSP hereby indemnifies HP, MS and MSCORP against all damages, costs and attorneys fees, including any loss arising from claims or demands resulting from CSPs breach of any of terms and conditions herein, including without limitation, any unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution of all or any portion of the Server Pilot Product(s) and/or Server Pilot Product Packages inconsistent with the terms herein.
6. | AUDIT |
A. | CSP shall manage and maintain accurate and complete records of COAs, APM and Server Pilot Products for MS, which are received by CSP and distributed to Authorized Resellers. CSP shall maintain on CSPs premises and inventory, the records of any such COAs in a secure manner and separate from the records and inventory, if any, in CSPs possession for other companies. |
B. | During the term of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and for two (2) years thereafter, CSP shall maintain at its facilities all usual and proper records, including and not limited to, all records relating to each Server Pilot Product and Server Pilot Product Package sufficient to substantiate the number of copies of Server Pilot Product and/or Server Pilot Product Package(s), as applicable, received and distributed on behalf of HP pursuant to the terms of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. |
C. | In order to verify compliance with the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, on or around the fourth (4 th ) month after the Effective Date of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, MS shall have the option to cause an audit to be made of CSPs records related to the Server Pilot Program. Any such audit and/or inspection shall be conducted during regular business hours at CSPs facilities, with or without prior notice from MS. |
D. | CSP shall provide MS designated audit team with access to all records relevant to the Server Pilot Program maintained at CSPs respective facilities. |
E. | MS will pay the cost of any such audit or inspection; provided however, that in the event CSP is found to be in violation of any term or condition of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, CSP will promptly reimburse MS for all costs of the audit. MS designated auditors may be escorted by CSP personnel when on such CSP premises, and shall not unreasonably interfere with CSPs normal course of business. |
7. | RETURNS POLICY |
In order for CSP to receive credit for the return of Server Pilot Packages, all contents of the Server Pilot Package, including but not limited to any end user manuals, CD media, or COAs in the Server Pilot Package, must be returned to HP. NO RETURNS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR SERVERS INSTALLED WITH THE SERVER SOFTWARE PACKAGE AND/OR SERVERS WITH THE COA APPLIED TO THEM.
Page 4 of 5
8. | THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY |
MS shall be the intended third party beneficiary of the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement between HP and CSP with respect to the Server Pilot Products distributed under this Addendum to such Agreement.
9. | TERM AND TERMINATION |
A. | CSPs appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated on the Signature Page. CSPs appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HPs discretion, CSPs participation may be renewed upon expiration of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. |
B. | Either Party may terminate this Server Pilot Program Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Server Pilot Program Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. |
C. | Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this Server Pilot Program Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of Server Pilot Product Packages and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this Server Pilot Program Addendum. |
D. | Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Server Pilot Program Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSPs expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of Server Pilot Product Packages. |
E. | HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any Server Pilot Product Packages purchased under this Server Pilot Program Addendum. |
END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT CSP SERVER PILOT PROGRAM ADDENDUM
Page 5 of 5
EXHIBIT 10.15
MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT
This Master External Manufacturing Agreement ( the Agreement ) is made on and as of the 28th day of August, 1999 (Effective Date) by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303 (herein Sun) and Mitac International Corporation, a Taiwanese corporation, with offices at No. 40, Wen Hua 2nd Road, Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. (herein Supplier).
Background
This Agreement governs Suns purchase of component parts, fabricated materials, and/or finished manufactured products from Supplier ( each a Product). The general terms and conditions comprising the body of this Agreement sets forth the general terms for all Product purchases. A separate Product Supplement/Award Letter in the form of Attachment A-2 ( Award Letter ) will be issued for each particular Product, setting forth any additional or special terms and conditions applying to that particular Product, such as prices, order quantities, and lead times, and any change to the general terms and conditions applying to that particular Product. A purchase order ( P.O. ) will be issued for each purchase transaction(s) specifying the quantities, prices, shipment/delivery date(s), delivery location(s), any other term required by the Award Letter and any special delivery terms for that particular transaction(s).
Agreement Components
The parties agree to be bound by this Agreement, which consists of this signature page, the general terms and conditions and attachments following this signature page, any issued and accepted Award Letter and the Exhibits indicated below:
x |
Exhibit A (Electronic Data Interchange) | |
|
Exhibit B (Customer Support Provisions) | |
|
Exhibit C (Suppliers Quality Program) | |
x |
Exhibit D (Resident Supplier Agreement) |
The duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
Sun Microsystems, Inc. | MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION | |||||||
By: | /s/ Eddie Reynolds | By: | /s/ Billy Ho | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Name: | Eddie Reynolds | Name: | Billy Ho | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Title: | Director of Supply Mgment | Title: | President | |||||
|
|
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
1
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. | Scope of Agreement |
1.1. | Master Agreement Structure . These general terms and conditions cover the potential purchase by Sun of various Products from Supplier, but do not by themselves constitute a purchase commitment by Sun. Sun will be committed to purchase Products only if and when both parties enter into both an Award Letter and a P.O. issued under that Award Letter. Any issued and accepted P.O. shall be considered an entirely separate agreement that incorporates all the terms and conditions of the signature page, these general terms and conditions and attachments following the signature page, the applicable Award Letter(s) for the ordered Product(s) and the Exhibits indicated on the signature page (the Applicable Terms of this Agreement). |
1.2. | Design and Development Work . In the event Supplier performs any design or development work in connection with the manufacture and sale of any Product, the ownership, warranty and indemnity provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any and all resulting Work Product and deliverables and the intellectual property embodied or contained therein. |
1.3. | Applicable Parties . This Agreement applies with respect to all current or future divisions, subsidiaries, locations and operations of Supplier, wherever those may be located, and which are controlled by or are under the control of Supplier. For the purposes of this Agreement, control means the legal or beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of an entity. Sun and all its current and future subsidiaries, as well as contractors who receive written authorization from Sun, may issue a P.O. for the purchase of Products pursuant to this Agreement. Suns contractors shall be as mutually agreed upon by Sun and Supplier, which agreement will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by Supplier. Suppliers acceptance of such P.O. shall be subject to of such contractors creditworthiness. Each accepted P.O. shall be considered a separate contract which shall automatically incorporate the Applicable Terms of this Agreement. Such P.O. shall be binding only between Supplier and the entity executing the P.O.; Sun shall be liable to pay only for Products ordered directly by Sun. Under no circumstances shall Sun be liable to pay for any Products ordered by Suns contractors. Supplier agrees that Sun shall be an intended third party beneficiary of any agreement entered into between Supplier and any contractor or subsidiary of Sun as permitted hereunder and that Sun shall have the right to enforce such contractor or subsidiarys rights thereunder. All purchases made by Sun and its subsidiaries and contractors shall be cumulated for the purpose of determining volume discounts. |
2. | Engagement Process |
2.1. | Product Supplement/Award Letters . From time to time Sun may issue a request for quotation, request for proposal or otherwise initiate discussions regarding a potential Product. Supplier agrees to respond to such requests and engage in any follow-up discussions reasonably requested by Sun. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, each party agrees to bear its own costs and expenses associated with such discussions without compensation or reimbursement from the other party. In the event that Sun, at its sole discretion, believes that it may, at some time in the future, desire to purchase such a Product from Supplier, Sun will issue and deliver to Supplier a negotiated Award Letter incorporating the terms and conditions governing any such purchase. Supplier shall review the Award Letter and, if it is acceptable, execute it. An Award Letter shall not constitute a commitment to purchase any Product from Supplier. |
2.2. |
Purchase Orders. If and when Sun desires to commit to purchase a Product, Sun shall issue a P.O. in written form (or if Exhibit A forms a part of this Agreement, in electronic form) describing the Product, specifying the quantity, price and any other information required by the Award Letter. Supplier shall accept each Sun P.O. unless such P.O. is inconsistent with the Award Letter or other Applicable Terms of this Agreement. The preprinted terms of any P.O. and any terms in any P.O. acknowledgement shall be deemed deleted and of no force or effect. When written or electronic acknowledgment of receipt and acceptance of a P.O. is made by Supplier, the P.O. shall be deemed a |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
2 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
commitment to purchase and sell the specified Products pursuant to the Applicable Terms of this Agreement. |
2.3. | Pricing . The prices set forth in the Award Letter and P.O. shall be determined in accordance with the following principles: |
2.3.1. | Product Pricing and Elements . The price(s) set forth in the Award Letter shall be itemized to include the costs of materials mark-up, labor, overhead and profit. The pricing elements and estimates for the following six (6) quarters shall be updated by Supplier on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if requested in writing by Sun. |
2.3.2. | Non-approved Charges . Unless authorized in writing and due to extraordinary circumstances, Sun shall not be liable to Supplier for any overtime charges, freight charges (except as specified in Section 2.5., Delivery below) or component product price variances incurred by Supplier or its Sub-tier Suppliers as the result of factors including, but not limited to, component purges and stop-shipments. A Sub-tier Supplier means a supplier of any tier who provides Product material or components to Supplier. |
2.3.3. | Cost Reductions . Supplier will work actively to achieve cost reductions on all (i) material (except for Sun-Controlled Turnkey Components (defined below) which are exempted from the cost reduction calculations) and (ii) Supplier processing costs (including costs associated with assembly and test). Supplier will provide to Sun an anticipated six (6) quarter cost reduction profile on a quarterly basis. Material cost savings on all non Sun-Controlled Turnkey Components developed by Supplier and accepted by Sun will be retained by the Supplier for the current quarter achieved; thereafter, the savings will be passed on to Sun. Value engineered (VE) cost savings developed by Supplier and accepted by Sun will be retained by Supplier for the current quarter achieved, plus one (1) succeeding quarter; thereafter, the savings will be passed on to Sun. VE cost savings developed by Sun will be passed on to Sun immediately upon implementation. In the event that VE cost savings are jointly developed by Sun and Supplier, the parties will negotiate in good faith whether the savings will be (a) passed on to Sun immediately, or (b) retained in whole by Supplier for the current quarter achieved, plus one (1) succeeding quarter, and thereafter the savings will be passed on to Sun. Supplier shall pass one hundred percent (100%) of the cost reductions in Sun-Controlled Turnkey Components on to Sun as soon as possible after the effective date of such cost reductions, on a forward looking, weighted average basis. Turnkey Components means those components purchased by Supplier only in accordance with Suns Approved Vendor Listing (AVL), as may be amended from time to time by Sun, unless otherwise authorized by Sun. Sun-Controled Turnkey Components means those Turnkey Components which Supplier purchases and for which Sun establishes the pricing with the applicable supplier(s). |
2.3.4. | Documentation . Supplier agrees to make all supporting documentation available to Sun regarding Suppliers actual budget and specific costs at least two (2) weeks prior to the quarterly Product Cost Review (PCR) cycle as described in the Supplier Handbook (defined below). Such information shall be in a format to be mutually agreed upon by Sun and Supplier and shall include fully-costed bills of material that relate directly to this Agreement. |
2.3.5. | Best Prices . Supplier represents and covenants that the prices charged by Supplier to Sun for each Product (and that the basis of such prices) are and shall remain at least as low and favorable as the lowest, most favorable prices for manufacture and supply of comparable Products under comparable terms offered by Supplier to its other customers. |
2.3.6. | Sun Requested Changes . Sun may at any time make changes in the Product upon written notice to Supplier. Such changes may include changes to applicable drawings, designs or specifications; required method of shipment or packing; or place of delivery. If the change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or the time required by Supplier for performance of any P.O. issued under an Award Letter and Supplier so notifies Sun in writing within |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
3 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
fifteen (15) days of Suppliers receipt of the change order notice, then, if Sun still wishes such change to be made, the parties shall negotiate a reasonable adjustment to the price or delivery schedule or both. Any such change must be agreed upon by Sun and set forth in a written modification to the applicable P.O.
2.4. | Payment Terms . Payment (in U.S. dollars unless otherwise specified in the Award Letter) is due within ten (10) days after the receipt of invoice or receipt of the shipping documents associated with the Products within a shipment specified in the P.O., whichever is later ( Payment Due Date ), unless Sun notifies Supplier prior to the Payment Due Date that such Products are defective or nonconforming in any manner. Sun shall not be required to pay the disputed portion of any invoice, pending resolution of that dispute; provided, however that notice of the dispute has been forwarded to Supplier prior to the Payment Due Date. Payment of an invoice does not constitute acceptance of Products. Upon prior notification (which notification will include information as to the nature of the adjustment) to Supplier and Suppliers agreement which shall not be unreasonably withheld, invoices will be subject to adjustment for errors, shortages and/or rejected Products. If Supplier fails to respond to Suns notification within five (5) days, such notification and Suns adjustment shall be deemed to have been accepted by Supplier. Supplier will provide Sun with a credit memo within thirty (30) days after Suns return of the Products ( Credit Payment Due Date ) . Upon prior notification to Supplier and Suppliers agreement which shall not be unreasonably withheld, the amount of all good faith claims for monies due to Sun by Supplier relating to Products may be deducted by Sun from Suppliers outstanding invoices under this Agreement. However, Supplier shal not be required to pay a disputed portion of any claim, pending resolution of that dispute; provided, however that Notice of the dispute has been forwarded to Sun prior to the Credit Payment Due Date. The information on Suppliers invoices shall include the following: P.O. number, Sun part number(s), quantities, unit value and settlement currency, and freight charges (if applicable), each stated separately. With respect to all U.S. imports, the information provided on Suppliers invoice shall conform to the requirements of all federal laws and regulations. |
2.5. | Delivery/Title/Acceptance . |
2.5.1. | Delivery Point . Unless otherwise set out in the Award Letter delivery shall be EX-WORKS (INCOTERMS 1990). |
2.5.2. | Risk of Loss or Damage . Supplier will bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction to the ordered Products until delivery to a carrier specified by Sun in writing. In addition, Supplier shall be responsible for any loss or damage to Products due to Suppliers failure to reasonably preserve, package or handle the Product. Supplier will also bear the risk of loss to any Products rejected by Sun, except that Sun will be responsible for any damage to rejected Products occasioned by the negligence and willful misconduct of its employees acting within the scope of their employment. Title to Products shall only pass to Sun upon payment in full for Products. |
2.5.3. | Extraordinary Transportation for Late Deliveries . If it should reasonably be expected that a shipment of Product(s) will not be delivered on the agreed delivery date, Supplier shall notify Sun and, upon Suns request, Supplier shall, at Suppliers expense, use any extraordinary means of transportation to deliver Product(s) at the earliest possible date. Supplier shall pay for any resulting increase in the freight cost over that which Sun would have been required to pay had extraordinary transportation not been required. |
2.5.4. | Delivery Performance . If Supplier is unable to deliver the full number of Products ordered on the scheduled delivery date, Supplier shall notify Sun promptly, and Sun may, at its sole option, consent to partial delivery. If Sun does not consent, Sun may: (1) reschedule the delivery or (2) cancel all or a portion of the order without any further obligation to Supplier. Partial deliveries shall be separately invoiced by Supplier. |
2.5.5. |
Acceptance . Sun and Suns contractors shall have thirty (30) days to inspect and test all Products delivered by Supplier to Sun (the Acceptance Period). After such thirty (30) day period, Products delivered shall be deemed to have been accepted by Sun or Suns contractors; provided however that in the event there is any defect or quality issue arising in |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
4 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
connection with these Products, such defect or quality issue shall be settled in accordance with Section 4.2, Customer Support, below. |
2.6. | Forecasts, Allocation and Rescheduling . |
2.6.1. | Forecasts . Sun shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide Supplier with a six (6) quarter rolling forecast of its intended purchases under each Award Letter in the form of Suns Supply Plan, updated at least quarterly and subsequent updates as needed. Such forecast will be for Suppliers convenience only and will in no way create an obligation on Suns part to comply with such forecast, except for Suns obligations for EOQ and LLTC components (as defined in the Award Letter) specified in this Agreement. The designated Sun materials/operations person responsible for reconciling any conflict in forecast information provided to Supplier for a particular Product will be specified in the applicable Award Letter. Sun may change such person from time to time. |
2.6.2. | Allocation . In the event that materials or capacity is in such short supply that Supplier is unable to fill Suns orders in full ( Scarce Resources ), at a minimum Supplier agrees to allocate Scarce Resources to Sun and to utilize any materials in short supply to make Product under whichever of the following formulas would give Sun the greatest amount of Product: (i) in proportion to Suns percentage of all of Suppliers customer orders for Scarce Resources during the previous two (2) full months; (ii) in proportion to Suns percentage of all of Suppliers customers forecasts for Scarce Resources; or (iii) the most favorable allocation formula which Supplier utilizes with any other customer. Supplier will notify Sun promptly whenever Supplier identifies a materials or capacity constraint that could negatively affect Product deliveries to Sun. |
2.6.3. | Rescheduling . Sun may, from time to time, reschedule delivery of all or part of any P.O. once only, at no charge, up to ninety (90) days after the agreed delivery date. |
2.7. | Supplier Manufacturing Obligations . In accordance with the applicable Award Letter and P.O., Supplier shall do the following: |
2.7.1. | Manufacture, assemble, debug and test each Pre-Production version of Product, pursuant to and in accordance with the Specifications and applicable schedules (A Pre- Production version of a Product means a prototype Product which is fabricated prior to the beginning of production manufacturing and which may or may not meet Suns specifications); |
2.7.2. | Manufacture, assemble, debug, test and deliver Products in accordance with the Agreement; |
2.7.3. | Provide all necessary process design technology, labor, material, tooling, facilities and other resources necessary and/or appropriate for the timely and satisfactory completion and delivery of the Product and any Pre-Production version; |
2.7.4. | Commit and use sufficient and qualified personnel to support the requirements of this Agreement; |
2.7.5. | Provide sufficient resources for testing the Product to ensure compliance with the Specifications; |
2.7.6. | Provide Sun with reasonably detailed written progress reports as reasonably requested by Sun and mutually agreed to by Sun and Supplier; |
2.7.7. |
Notify Sun promptly (not to exceed one (1) business day) of any factor, occurrence or event coming to its attention that may materially adversely affect Suppliers ability to meet any of its obligations hereunder or that is likely to occasion any material delay in delivery of any of the deliverables due hereunder. For example, but not by way of limitation, such notice |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
5 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
shall be given in the event of any loss or reassignment of key personnel, threat of strike, or major material equipment failure; |
2.7.8. | Deliver to Sun packaged and tested Pre-Production versions of each Product in the quantity agreed, tested by Supplier. The goal shall be to provide Pre-Production versions that conform to all aspects of the finally agreed upon test requirements; and |
2.7.9. | For Products covered by warranty, promptly repair or replace all Products returned for rework after notice from Sun. All returned Products which are not repaired and delivered to Sun within thirty (30) days after Suns original notice must be delivered to Sun as the then most current version of the Product. Any cost or expense to repair or replace such Products so as to return them to Sun in their most current form shall be borne by Supplier, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Sun. |
2.8. | Compliance with Supplier Handbook . Supplier acknowledges that from time to time Sun may issue and revise Suns Supplier Handbook ( the Supplier Handbook ) . The Supplier Handbook will cover the areas of quality, qualification, compliance, connectivity, cost, supply and performance and may include Auto-Swap, Co-Planning, Demand Pull Certification, Direct Ship, Resident Supplier Program, Supplier Performance Management and other initiatives. Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the then most current version of the Supplier Handbook. Sun shall make the most current version of any applicable Supplier Handbook available to Supplier during the term hereof. Supplier represents that it has read and familiarized itself with the most current version of the Supplier Handbook and has notified Sun in writing of any objection to Suppliers compliance with the Supplier Handbook. Supplier also agrees to read and familiarize itself with each revision of the Supplier Handbook within 30 days of receipt. In the event Supplier has reason to believe that at any time it will not be able to comply with the then most current version of the Suppler Handbook, Supplier shall immediately notify Sun in writing. Sun and Supplier agree to negotiate in good faith to promptly resolve any reasonable objections that Supplier raises regarding its compliance with the Supplier Handbook. |
2.9. | Additional Responsibilities of Supplier . |
2.9.1. | Material Procurement and Inventory Management . Supplier will ensure that the amount of finished goods inventory, work in process, and Sun-unique raw materials ( Inventory ) is limited to that amount required to support the agreed upon lead times and Upside, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Sun. The costs associated with any excess Inventory not authorized in writing by Sun will be borne by Supplier, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, including Section 2.10.4. (Effect of Stop Production, P.O. Cancellation and EOL). |
2.9.2. | Sub-tier Supplier Management . Supplier will manage its Sub-tier Suppliers in accordance with the guidelines provided in Suns document, Sub Tier Management Roles and Responsibilities, 923-2349-xx, which may be amended from time to time by Sun, a current copy of which has been provided to Supplier. |
2.9.3. | Auto-Swap . Supplier agrees to support and implement an auto-swap process allowing Supplier Product(s) which fail during Suns manufacturing process to be immediately swapped with another unit from a buffer stock of Supplier-owned material, as set forth in the Supplier Handbook. |
2.9.4. | Co-Planning . Supplier agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to participate at an early stage in Suns planning cycle, to the extent that Sun requests such participation in writing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such participation may include jointly developing supply plans with Sun and refining forecasts. |
2.9.5. | Demand Replenishment . If requested by Sun, Supplier agrees to support and implement a Demand Replenishment Program for supply of Product to Sun in an agreed upon timeframe after execution of this Agreement. One purpose of the Demand Replenishment Program is to provide Sun flexibility in procuring Product on an as needed basis either from |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
6 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
Suppliers manufacturing facility or from a stock of Supplier-owned inventory located at a hub(s) near Suns point(s) of use. The specific details of Demand Replenishment Program will be specified in an attachment to the Award Letter.
2.9.6. | Demand Trigger . Demand Trigger means the mechanism, whether written or by electronic means in a method agreed to by the parties, by which Sun communicates to Supplier the required delivery dates and quantities under a specified P.O. If Products are subject to Demand Trigger, the frequency of releases will be specified in the Award Letter. |
2.9.7. | Direct Ship . Supplier agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to support processes that provide for delivery of Product from Suppliers point of manufacture directly to Suns point of consumption, e.g. Sun manufacturing sites, channels, consolidation points and direct end-users. |
2.9.8. | Resident Supplier Program . If applicable, the terms and conditions of the Resident Supplier Program, including a Statement of Work and a Sun Confidential Disclosure Agreement specific to Resident Suppliers are set forth as Exhibit D. Samples of the terms of the Statement of Work (applicable to the Resident Planner/Resident Engineer/Resident Program Manager, as the case may be) are set forth in the Supplier Handbook. |
2.9.9. | Supplier Performance Management . Supplier agrees to support Suns Supplier Performance Management process which is used to measure Suppliers ongoing performance, as described in the Supplier Handbook. |
2.9.10. | Testing/Qualification . Supplier certifies that it will perform all system-level qualification and safety agency testing which is applicable to Products sold to Sun. Sun may request at any time, and Supplier shall provide, evidence of such testing within three (3) days after Suns written request. |
2.9.11. | Recordkeeping . Supplier will implement and maintain recordkeeping practices consistent with Suns document WWOPS: Control of Quality Records, 923-1764-xx, which has been provided to Supplier. Upon reasonable notice, Sun shall be allowed to audit, or have an independent third party audit, Suppliers books related to all services provided to Sun under this Agreement. |
2.9.12. | Audit Rights . In addition to the audit rights set forth in Section 2.9.11. above, Sun reserves the right, for itself and its customers where Sun has contractual requirements from its customers, to enter Suppliers premises or other facilities where the Products are being manufactured, upon seventy-two (72) hours written notice and during normal working hours, to audit and inspect the quality of the manufacturing and testing procedures utilized and the resulting Products, and to verify that the Products conform to the contractual requirements. |
2.9.13. | Certifications . All shipping information, including that on invoices, packing lists, and packing labels will list the country of origin for all Product supplied, must be in both text and scannable bar code formats and must comply with Suns labeling specification documents 917-1335-xx, WWOPS Supplier Specifications for Barcoding of Packaging, and 950-1419-xx, Engineering Specification for Part Identification Labels. The invoice and packing list must also list the country of origin by part number. |
Supplier must conform with Suns Origin Management System and its applicable procedures which are specified in the Supplier Handbook provided to Supplier by Sun.
2.10. | Stop Production Notices, P.O Cancellation and End of Life . |
2.10.1. | Stop Production Notices . Sun may in writing direct Supplier to stop the production of Products during any stage of the manufacturing process ( a Stop Production Notice ) . Sun has the right to direct Supplier to prepare Products up through a particular level of the manufacturing process and to hold such partially completed Products pending modifications |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
7 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
to be implemented as a result of error correction activities. If such a Stop Production Notice from Sun is not due to Suppliers negligence or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, Sun shall be responsible for the actual and reasonable costs incurred by Supplier resulting from a Stop Production Notice and for the actual and reasonable costs associated with the holding of partially completed Products. In the event Pre-Production units of Product ordered are not accepted by Sun for commercial shipment due to no fault of Supplier, the provisions of Section 2.10.4. below shall apply. In the event Pre-Production units of Product ordered are not accepted by Sun for commercial shipment due to a fault attributable to Supplier, Sun shall not be required to pay any amount for such rejected Product.
2.10.2. | P.O. Cancellation . Sun may, from time to time, cancel all or any part of a P.O. prior to shipment of the Product(s). Upon such notice from Sun, Supplier will carry out the activities listed in Section 2.10.4. below. Suns liability for cancellation charges shall not exceed (i) for finished goods scheduled for delivery (within the specified minimum and/or maximum quantities, if any, set forth in the Award Letter or P.O. and lead times necessary to meet Leadtime), the contract price, plus (ii) for that quantity of unfinished goods and Sun-unique Turnkey Components that are within the specified minimum quantities and agreed upon lead times, the direct costs of manufacture expended for unfinished goods and Suppliers direct cost of Sun-unique Turnkey Components which have been procured by Supplier, pursuant to this Agreement. Payment by Sun of the cancellation charges agreed to by Sun and Supplier in accordance with this Section 2.10.2. shall constitute Suns entire liability for any Supplier loss, expense or damages arising out of Suns cancellation of the P.O. Sun-unique Turnkey Components means those Turnkey Components which the parties have agreed upon from time to time are used exclusively in Products sold only to Sun. |
2.10.3. | End of Life . Sun shall use reasonable efforts to notify Supplier in writing (Notice) at least six (6) months prior to Sun ceasing to purchase any Product set forth in a P.O. due to Suns discontinuance of a product. Such notice shall include Suns purchase and schedule requirements for such Product during such six (6) month, or longer, period. Sun shall have the full end of life (EOL) period specified in the notice, during which Sun may take delivery of EOL quantities or remaining quantities of the Product, as the case may be. |
2.10.4. |
Effect of Stop Production, P.O. Cancellation and EOL . In the event that Sun determines that a Product and/or Sun-unique Turnkey Component has become obsolete or not required (Obsolete Components), Supplier shall take the actions indicated in items 2.10.4.1. through 2.10.4.8. below upon written request from Sun to do so. Events which potentially may result in Obsolete Components include the following: issuance of a Stop Production Notice; P.O. cancellation by Sun; engineering change orders; purges; AVL disqualification. The economic order quantities ( EOQ ) and long lead time components ( LLTC ) lists (described in the applicable Award Letters), updated quarterly or as needed, will form the basis for any claims of potential Obsolete Components. Provided that Supplier takes such actions and subject to the EOQ and LLTC lists, Sun shall subsequently pay Supplier its cost for properly inventoried and conforming Sun-unique Turnkey Components, including Suppliers material acquisition costs and excluding profit, and at Suns option, Supplier shall (i) deliver the Obsolete Components to Sun pursuant to a valid P.O., or (ii) scrap the Obsolete Components and Suns payment to Supplier hereunder will be reduced by the |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
8 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
scrap value of such components. Sun reserves the right to audit the Obsolete Components prior to authorizing scrapping. |
Upon such notice from Sun, Supplier shall do the following:
2.10.4.1. | Immediately reduce/cancel its outstanding purchase orders for components and raw materials by the quantities in excess of those needed to meet Suns requirements. |
2.10.4.2. | In accordance with Section 4.1., discontinue Upside Support positioning. |
2.10.4.3. | Perform or have performed a physical inventory of materials that Supplier may reasonably claim were required to comply with Suns delivery requirements and in-line with the appropriate quantity of Sun-unique Turnkey Components, EOQs and LLTCs (Supplier Inventory). Sun reserves the right, at its option, to perform an audit of Supplier Inventory. Suns liability to pay, reimburse, or otherwise compensate Supplier for Supplier Inventory shall not exceed the minimum Supplier Inventory that was reasonably required to comply with the proposed delivery schedule(s) and lead times applicable to Suns outstanding P.O.s. |
2.10.4.4. | Use commercially reasonable efforts to return the Obsolete Components to the supplier(s) at the same price at which they were purchased. |
2.10.4.5. | Use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Obsolete Components to a third party subject to written approval by Sun, at a price acceptable to Sun. Sun shall reimburse Supplier for the difference between Suppliers purchase price and the Sun-approved price at which it sold the Obsolete Component to a third party. If the sales price exceeds Suppliers component purchase price, then the excess shall first be applied to offset any obligation of Sun under this paragraph and any excess thereafter shall be retained by Supplier. |
2.10.4.6. | Rework Obsolete Components, at Suns request, at a mutually agreed upon price and schedule. |
2.10.4.7. | Perform a physical inventory of the remaining Obsolete Components within five (5) working days after completion of 2.10.4.1. through 2.10.4.6. above. |
2.10.4.8. | Provide Sun documentation, satisfactory to Sun, within twenty (20) business days after receipt of notice indicating the quantities and kind of Inventory. |
2.10.4.9. | Subsequent to Suppliers efforts under 2.10.4.1. through 2.10.4.8. above Sun shall respond to Suppliers claim for reimbursement or compensation within ten (10) business days after receipt of the documentation. |
2.11. | Product Discontinuance . Supplier shall provide Sun with at least one (1) years written notice prior to discontinuing the manufacture or sale of a Product covered by an Award Letter and Supplier shall accept orders for Product for delivery during such one (1) year period. |
2.12. |
Business Continuity Plan . Supplier agrees to provide documented evidence of a business continuity plan to ensure its capability to provide the Products in the agreed upon timeframe after an event which may materially and adversely affect Suppliers ability to deliver Products to Sun as scheduled. Such event may include one or more of the following: (1) system component failures (including any material hard disk failure, computer virus or local area network outages); (2) natural or man-made disasters (including fire, flood, earthquake, bombing or vandalism); (3) any material work stoppages of any kind or any material failure of a Supplier subcontractor to provide materials. These plans shall include development of alternate sourcing strategies for materials and details for redirection of |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
9 |
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
Product manufacture another Supplier location/facility. All such business continuity plans are subject to written approval by Sun in its reasonable discretion. |
2.13. | Alternative Sources of Products . Sun shall have the right to establish alternative and additional sources of supply for the Products. If applicable, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Sun and Supplier shall negotiate in good faith in an attempt to reach an agreement that would provide Sun with a license to Suppliers proprietary technology related to Product in order to assist Sun in expediting the production of Products as soon as reasonably possible at another sources facility. Such negotiation will include mutual agreement to a reasonable fee to be paid by Sun to Supplier. |
3. | Ownership and Proprietary Rights |
3.1. | Ownership . Unless otherwise specified in an applicable Award Letter or tooling agreement (i) any and all Product designs, inventions or improvements, (ii) any other design, inventions or improvements and any and all discoveries, products, computer programs (including source code), tooling, procedures, improvements, developments, drawings, works of authorship, specifications, data, memoranda, notes, documents, manuals, information, and other items made, authored, conceived or developed by or for Supplier or Sun, alone or with others, which result from or relate to the work or its manufacture, (iii) any intellectual property contained or embodied in such items, and (iv) any intellectual property rights arising from (i) , (ii) or (iii) (collectively, Work Product), shall be the sole property of Sun. Supplier hereby assigns and transfers all worldwide right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to Sun. Supplier warrants that all Work Product shall be owned exclusively by Sun, free of any and all third party claims, regardless of the author or inventor. Sun shall have the sole right to obtain and to hold in its own name any copyrights, patents, mask work rights, trademark registration, or other legal protection as may be appropriate to such Work Product and any derivatives thereof. Sun shall have the sole right to determine the method of protection for any such Work Product, including the right to protect the same as trade secrets, to use and disclose the same without prior patent application or to file registration for copyright, patent, mask work rights, or trademark in its own name, as Sun deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. |
3.2. | Further Assurances . Supplier shall do the following: (i) disclose promptly in writing to Sun all Work Product, and (ii) cooperate with and assist Sun or Suns designee to apply for and to execute any applications and/or assignments reasonably necessary to obtain or perfect any patent, mask work right, copyright, trademark, or other statutory protection anywhere in the world for such Work Product in Suns name, as Sun deems appropriate. Supplier shall obtain from its employees, agents and contractors written agreements that will permit Supplier to comply fully with these provisions. |
3.3. | License . Supplier hereby grants to Sun a fully paid-up, worldwide, unrestricted and perpetual license under all intellectual property rights to use, reproduce, modify and distribute any material to which Supplier has rights that is necessary for the full and unrestricted enjoyment, production, distribution or use of any Work Product, including the right to make, have made, use and sell Products. The foregoing license rights are granted with respect to any Work Product for which Suppliers assignment above is precluded by law or otherwise ineffective. |
3.4. | Proprietary Rights Notices . Supplier agrees to properly mark each Product and any accompanying documentation with Suns copyright or other proprietary rights notice, as directed by Sun, to indicate Suns intellectual property rights in such Products. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a grant of any license, right or interest in any trademark, tradename or service mark of either party, or any third party from whom either party may have acquired license rights. |
4. | Support |
4.1. | Upside Support/Accelerated Deliveries . Upside Support is defined as the maximum percentage increase in the quantity of Product(s) that Sun may purchase, in excess of the quantities set out in Suns outstanding P.O.s. Additional terms regarding Suppliers obligation to provide Upside Support shall be set out in the Award Letter. Upon designation of a Product as EOL by Sun, Supplier shall not be required to plan for any Upside Support. When requested by Sun from time to time, Supplier shall use best efforts to sell and deliver to Sun Product(s) at an accelerated delivery schedule. |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
10
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
4.2. | Customer Support . Supplier will provide in-warranty and out-of-warranty customer service and support in accordance with Exhibit B. |
4.3 | Quality . Supplier shall comply with Suppliers Quality Program attached as Exhibit C. The quantity of Product(s) delivered to Sun shall not exceed the Defects Per Million (DPM) levels set forth in Exhibit C. |
5. | Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability |
5.1. | General Warranties of Supplier . Supplier warrants that (i) it has the right to enter into this Agreement; (ii) there are no prior commitments or other obligations that prevent Supplier from fully performing all its obligations in this Agreement; (iii) the services to be provided in connection with the manufacture and sale of Products shall be performed in a first class, professional and workmanlike manner by competent and qualified personnel; (iv) at the time of delivery to Sun and for a period of thirteen (13) months from the date of shipment of Product, each Product will be new , merchantable, free from defects in design, materials and workmanship and will conform in all respects to all of Suns specifications set forth in the applicable Award Letter and/or P.O. ( Specifications ) ; and (v) Sun will receive good and marketable title to each Product free from liens or encumbrances of any nature. Supplier represents and warrants to Sun that Products do not contain any virus, worm or other harmful code. |
5.2. | Year 2000 Warranty . Supplier further warrants that: (1) all versions of its Products which are sold and licensed to Sun have been or will be tested for, and will be documented for Sun and its customers as meeting, the Year 2000 Compliant definition set out below; and (2) if Products incorporate inferencing rules, Supplier will notify Sun of the specific rules applied and ensure that they are unambiguous. Suns remedies for Suppliers breach of this warranty will be for Sun at its option to require Supplier, free of charge to Sun: (i) to use all reasonable efforts to make Products Year 2000 Compliant; (ii) to supply functionally equivalent Products which are Year 2000 Compliant; or (iii) to refund to Sun the full purchase price or license fees paid by Sun for non-compliant Products. In addition to the above remedies, Sun may also require Supplier, free of charge to Sun: (a) to provide Sun with the source code to software Products; (b) to permit Sun or its contractors to access and modify such source code, to the extent required for Sun or its contractors to create Year 2000 Compliant products and services; and (c) to distribute modified source code and license it to Suns customers, to the extent required for them to have Year 2000 Compliant products and services. Supplier further represents and warrants to Sun, that the data processing and business systems on which Supplier relies to operate its business and to supply Products to Sun are Year 2000 Compliant and that the date change from December 31, 1999 to January 1, 2000 and the occurrence of any leap year will not materially affect Suppliers ability to provide Sun with Products. Year 2000 Compliant means that Products will not produce errors in the calculation or processing of date data related to the year change from December 31, 1999 to January 1, 2000. Date calculation or representation, including leap years, will be accurate when products are used in accordance with their accompanying documentation, provided that all hardware and software products used in combination with Year 2000 compliant products properly exchange date data with them. |
5.3. |
Suppliers Warranty Obligations . Upon identification that any Product is non-compliant with any warranty set forth in Section 5.1 or 5.2 above, Supplier shall make every reasonable effort to immediately correct the non-compliance and supply a copy of replacement software to Sun. During the warranty period Supplier shall repair or replace defective or non-Year-2000-Compliant Product within three (3) days (or such longer period set forth in Exhibit B) after notification from Sun that the Product does not conform to the Specifications. Supplier makes no, and hereby disclaims, any design warranty with respect to any design provided by Sun. In the event that the parties have agreed that particular Product(s) will be replaced in lieu of repair during the warranty period, Supplier further agrees, for a period of not less than five (5) years after the last delivery of production Product to Sun, (the Service Period), at Suns option, to provide out of warranty repair |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
11
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
services to Sun and its authorized contractors during the Service Period, at a reasonable price to be negotiated by the parties. |
5.4. | Unexpected Failures . |
5.4.1. | For purposes of this Agreement, Unexpected Failures shall mean Product failures within the number of years specified in each Award Letter after the date of delivery of the Product, equal to or in excess of the specific Product failure rate (the Unexpected Failure Rate) set forth in each Award Letter, resulting from defects in materials, workmanship, manufacturing process, or design (but specifically excluding therefrom, any design provided by Sun), such defects to include, without limitation, components with inherent or latent defects. |
5.4.2. | In the event of a suspected Unexpected Failure, Sun shall promptly notify Supplier, and shall provide the following information, if known and as may then exist: a description of the defect, and the suspected lot numbers, serial numbers or other identifiers, and delivery dates of the defective Products. Sun shall also deliver or make available to Supplier, samples of the defective Products for testing and analysis. |
Within three (3) days of receipt of the notice from Sun, Supplier shall deliver to Sun a written proposal setting forth its program for the identification and replacement and/or repair of the defective Products. Sun shall consider and evaluate Suppliers program and shall submit to Supplier the corrective action program which the parties will utilize.
5.4.3. | In the event of an Unexpected Failure, Supplier shall, at Suns option, either provide the following support, or shall reimburse Sun for the cost of such support: |
a) implementation of the corrective action program to repair or replace all defective Products and potentially impacted Products in the field, and to identify, test, rework or purge, if applicable, Products which have not yet been delivered to the end user;
b) the establishment of a pool of non-defective Products to implement and support the corrective action program in the field;
c) repair or replacement of all Products covered by the corrective action program, whether at Sun, at Suns channel partners or at end users;
d) freight, transportation, custom charges, duties, insurance, storage, handling and other incidental costs of moving Products (and the larger product of which the Product is a part if the Product cannot be separated and removed without undue convenience or disruption to the end user) by and between Sun, its customers, the Supplier and any repair facilities;
e) all labor, equipment and processing costs incurred by Sun or third parties in the implementation of the corrective action program, including without limitation, the cost of developing test procedures, the purchase of testing equipment, and the testing of Products; and
f) all reasonable field support costs incurred by Sun or its service partners in connection with the corrective action program, such costs to include without limitation, labor, travel, lodging, and administration costs.
5.4.4. | Suppliers total financial responsibility per occurrence of an Unexpected Failure under Section 5.4.3 for implementation of the corrective action program, shall not exceed the greater of: a) the dollar figure set forth in each Award Letter; or b) the percentage of the total aggregate purchases of the specific Products by Sun or its permitted designees under the applicable Award Letter (as of the date Sun delivers to Supplier, the approved corrective action program referred to in Section 5.4.2). |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
12
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
5.4.5. | For all amounts due to Sun from Supplier under Section 5.4.3, Sun shall periodically submit a summary statement showing in reasonable detail, the costs incurred and the purpose of such costs. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt, Supplier shall issue payment to Sun in such form as may be mutually agreed upon. Alternatively, Sun may offset against any amounts it owes to Supplier, costs to be reimbursed by Supplier to Sun under Section 5.3. Prior to any offset, Sun shall notify Supplier of the same and the total amount being offset. |
5.5. | Disclaimers . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE (EVEN IF THE APPLICABLE PARTY IS ADVISED OF SUCH PURPOSE) ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. |
5.6. | Indemnification . |
5.6.1. | Supplier will indemnify, defend and hold Sun harmless from all losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) arising out of third party claims relating to: Product materials, Product workmanship, Suppliers design contribution or Suppliers manufacturing process, an alleged breach by Supplier of any representation, warranty or covenant or any act or omission of Supplier; provided that Sun must (i) give Supplier prompt notice of such claim, (ii) cooperate with Supplier, at Suppliers expense, in the defense of such claim, and (iii) give Supplier the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except that Supplier shall not enter into any settlement that affects Suns rights or interests without Suns prior written approval. |
5.6.2. | If Supplier is responsible for any part of the design of the Product, Supplier shall indemnify, defend and hold Sun harmless for Suns additional costs and expenses to recover from delivery of non-conforming Products to Sun. Such costs may include, but are not limited to, Suns expenses for redesign of Product or finding another source of supply for components at Suppliers request. However, Sun shall not be responsible for any of Suppliers lost revenues due to Suppliers Product failures. |
5.6.3 | Supplier shall have no obligation hereunder as to any claims, or part thereof, which are directly based on (i) Suppliers compliance with Suns design, manufacturing or assembly specifications or requirements; or (ii) combination of the Products by Sun with other apparatus not furnished by Supplier; in each case, if such compliance or combination necessarily is the basis for such claims. |
5.6.4 | Sun will indemnify, defend and hold Supplier harmless from all loss, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) arising out of third party claims caused by or resulting from Suns Product design, provided that Supplier (i) gives Sun notice of such claim, (ii) cooperates with Sun, at Suns expense, in the defense of such claim, and (iii) gives Sun the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except that Sun shall not enter into any settlement that affects Suppliers rights or interests without Suppliers prior written approval. Supplier shall have no authority to settle any claim on behalf of Sun. |
5.6. | Limitation of Liability . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW AND EXCEPT FOR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 5 AND SECTION 6 BELOW (CONFIDENTIALITY), NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ITS INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE PARTY WAS MADE AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
13
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
6. | Confidentiality |
6.1. | Definition . Confidential Information means information of a party, which information is conspicuously marked with Confidential, or Proprietary or other similar legend. If Confidential Information is orally disclosed it shall be identified as such at the time of disclosure and a brief written non-confidential description of the information and confirmation of the confidential nature of the information shall be sent to the recipient within thirty (30) days after the disclosure. Quantities, schedules and pricing shall be considered Confidential Information hereunder whether disclosed orally or in writing, or whether or not marked Confidential or Proprietary. Confidential Information does not include information that: (a) was in the possession of, or was known by, the receiving party prior to its receipt from the disclosing party, without an obligation to maintain its confidentiality; (b) is or becomes generally known to the public without violation of this Agreement; (c) is obtained by the receiving party from a third party, without an obligation to keep such information confidential; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of Confidential Information. |
6.2. | Confidentiality Obligations . The receiving party shall protect the confidentiality and secrecy of such Confidential Information and shall prevent any improper disclosure or use thereof by its employees, agents, contractors or consultants, in the same manner and with the same degree of care (but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care) as it uses in protecting its own information of a confidential nature for a period of three (3) years from the date of such disclosure. Each party must inform its employees having access to the others Confidential Information of restrictions required to comply with this Section. Each party agrees to provide notice to the other immediately after learning of or having reason to suspect a breach of any of the restrictions of this Section 6. Sun retains for itself all proprietary rights it possesses in and to all Sun Confidential Information. Accordingly, Sun Confidential Information which Sun may furnish to Supplier will be in Suppliers possession pursuant only to a restrictive, nontransferable, nonexclusive license under which Supplier may use such Sun Confidential Information under the terms of this Agreement, solely for the purposes of manufacturing, operating, servicing and repairing the Products for the sole benefit of Sun. Each party understands that the party receiving Confidential Information may now or in the future be developing proprietary information internally, or receiving proprietary information from third parties in confidence that may be similar to disclosed Confidential Information. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation or inference that the receiving party will not develop products, for itself or others, that compete with the products, processes, systems or methods contemplated by disclosed Confidential Information. Supplier acknowledges that any material violation by Supplier of the rights and obligations provided in this Section 6 may result in immediate and irreparable injury to Sun, and hereby agrees that Sun shall be entitled to immediate temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief against any such continued violations upon adequate proof, as required by applicable law. Supplier hereby submits itself to the personal jurisdiction of the courts of competent subject matter jurisdiction for purposes of entry of such injunctive relief. |
7. | Term and Termination |
7.1. | Term . This Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and shall continue perpetually until terminated in accordance with this Section 7. Sun may continue issuing P.O.s pursuant to existing Award Letters until such Award Letter expires or is terminated. |
7.2. Termination .
7.2.1. | Either party may, by written notice, terminate and/or suspend its performance under this Agreement, and/or any P.O. hereunder without penalty, if (i) the other party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is either incapable of cure or is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the nonbreaching party, or (ii) the other party becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has a receiver appointed for it. |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
14
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
7.2.2. | Sun may terminate this Agreement for convenience upon sixty (60) days written notice to Supplier. |
7.2.3. | Upon termination of this Agreement by either party, Supplier shall take the following actions as soon as commercially practicable upon being requested in writing to do so by Sun: (i) return all equipment loaned from Sun; (ii) return all copies Sun supplied documentation, Confidential Information and software; (iii) assign to Sun all purchase orders of Turnkey Components and other components; and (iv) assign to Sun all Supplier P.O.s for repair services parts scheduled for delivery to Supplier within the three (3) month period following notice of termination, or such longer period as Sun agrees to in writing. |
7.2.4. | Upon termination of this Agreement by either party, except when such termination results from breach by Supplier, Sun shall purchase: (a) all conforming Sun-unique Turnkey Components in Suppliers inventory at Suppliers cost, provided that the quantity of such Components does not exceed (i) the quantity required to produce the Products ordered by Sun, and (ii) the quantity of long lead time components (``LLTCs) required to fulfill Suns forecast, and (b) completed conforming Products not yet delivered, or any partially completed Products (which conform to the extent completed) at a price not to exceed the Product price that Supplier has acquired for the performance of this Agreement in accordance with Suns P.O. In addition, at Suns option upon termination, Sun may purchase any or all additional conforming Turnkey Components which are in Suppliers inventory, in which event such inventory will be delivered to Sun within fifteen (15) days after termination. Upon Suns request, Supplier will complete any or all partially completed Products and deliver the same to Sun within fifteen (15) days after termination. Payment by Sun to Supplier will be made in accordance with the payment terms above. |
7.3. | Survival . The provisions of Sections 3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 6, 7 and 8.2 through 8.15 and Exhibits B and C shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and enforcement thereof pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall not be subject to any condition precedent. |
8. | Miscellaneous |
8.1. | Insurance . During the term of this Agreement, Supplier, at its sole cost and expense, shall carry and maintain insurance with a Best Rating of (A, VIII) insuring the Supplier, its agents, employees or associates as follows: |
8.1.1. | Comprehensive general liability insurance covering all operations of the Supplier, including, but not limited to, Products/completed operations and blanket contractual liability specifically covering the indemnification provisions in Section 5. above, against claims for personal and bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit of U.S. $10,000,000. |
8.1.2. | Workers compensation insurance to cover full liability under workers compensation laws of the state in which the work is performed, with employers liability coverage with a limit of not less than U.S. $1,000,000. |
8.1.3. | Automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of the Supplier, its agents and employees of any owned, non-owned or hired automobile with combined single limits not less than U.S. $10,000,000. |
8.1.4. | Employee theft policy covering loss of money, securities and other property for which Supplier is legally liable or which is held by Supplier in any capacity, whether or not |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
15
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
Supplier is liable, caused by theft of an employee acting alone or collusion with others subject to a minimum limitation of U.S. $1,000,000.
8.1.5. | Cargo transit insurance providing all risk coverage for all goods, merchandise, machinery, equipment, inventory, supplies, etc. incidental to Suppliers business, moving at the risk of Supplier, subject to a minimum limitation of U.S. $1,000,000 per incident. |
8.1.6. | Property insurance covering all real and personal property and inventory, including Suns Products, for all risks of physical loss or damage, including business interruption and boiler and machinery breakdown, subject to a minimum limitation of U.S. $45,000,000. |
Supplier shall provide Sun with a Certificate of Insurance prior to or at inception of this Agreement evidencing the above insurance policies are in full force and effect. Policies in Sections 8.1.1. and 8.1.3. shall name Sun, its officers, directors and employees as additional insureds and shall stipulate that such insurance shall apply as primary and non-contributory to any insurance placed by Sun. Policies in Sections 8.1.4. and 8.1.6. shall name Sun as loss payee as Suns interests may appear. Supplier shall require each insurer to give Sun thirty (30) days written notice before the policy or policies are canceled or materially altered. Locations selected by Supplier must comply with highly protected risk property (HPR) loss protection requirements of Factory Mutual Engineering Association.
8.2. | Notice . All written notices required by this Agreement must be delivered in person or by means evidenced by a delivery receipt and will be effective upon receipt. |
8.3. | Governmental Compliance . Supplier shall comply with all laws applicable to the manufacture and sale of the Products, including, by way of example and not limitation, Executive Order 11246 as amended by Executive Order 11375 (non-discrimination in employment) and the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1990. Supplier shall not use any ozone depleting substances listed in annexes A and B of the Montreal Protocol, including but not limited to chlorofluorocarbons, in the manufacture of Products. Supplier shall comply with 15 USC 14A (Aid to Small Business) Section 637(d), as amended. Sun reserves the right to reject any Products manufactured utilizing or containing such materials if Sun has not previously been notified of the same. All Products and technical data delivered under this Agreement are subject to U.S. export control laws and may be subject to export or import regulations in other countries. Supplier agrees to comply strictly with all such laws and regulations and acknowledges that it has the responsibility to obtain such license to export, re-export or import as may be required and as may be permitted under the scope of this Agreement. Supplier shall provide all information under its control which is necessary or useful for Sun to obtain any export or import licenses required for Sun to ship or receive Products, including, but not limited to, U.S. Customs Certificates of Delivery, Certificates of Origin, U.S. Federal Communications Commissions (FCC) identifier, and DHHS (Bureau of Radiologic Health, FDA) Accession Number, if applicable. The following Import-related documentation shall be provided to Suns Import Administration Department, Sun Microsystems, Inc., 901 San Antonio Road, M/S UNWK11-207, Palo Alto, CA 94303, Ph: (510) 574-6438, Fax: (510) 574-6586. 1. Manufacturers Certificate of Origin and FCC identifier, DHHS/FDA Accession Number to permit Sun to import Product. 2. U.S. Customs Certificates of Delivery by certified mail within fifteen (15) days after shipment of Product to Sun. The parties agree not to export or re-export, or cause to be exported or re-exported, the Product, any technical data of any kind received hereunder, or the direct product of such technical data, without complying with the laws of the United States, regulating the same. |
8.4. | Publicity . Neither party shall publicize or disclose the existence or any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any transactions hereunder, without the express, prior written consent of the other party. |
8.5. | Relationship of the Parties . This Agreement is not intended to create a relationship such as a partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency or employment relationship. Neither party may act in a manner which expresses or implies a relationship other than that of independent contractor, nor bind the other party. |
8.6. |
Governing Law . Any action related to this Agreement will be governed by California law, and the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply. The |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
16
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
parties agree that the exclusive jurisdiction and venue relating to any action between the parties relating to or arising out of this Agreement, including disputes that may arise following termination of this Agreement, shall be with the United States District Court for the Northern District of California or the California state courts serving the county of Santa Clara, and each of the parties hereby submits itself to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts with respect to such actions. |
8.7. | Cumulative Remedies . The remedies stated in this Agreement are in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, except to the extent that such other remedies have been expressly excluded within this Agreement. |
8.8. | Dispute Resolution and Attorneys Fees . Both parties agree to negotiate in good faith the settlement of any disputes that may arise under this Agreement. If necessary, such disputes shall be escalated to appropriate senior management of each party. In the event of any litigation arising out of this Agreement or its enforcement by either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as part of any judgement, reasonable attorneys fees and court costs. |
8.9. | Severability . If any provision, or part thereof, in an Agreement, is held to be invalid, void or illegal, it shall be severed from the Agreement, and shall not affect, impair, or invalidate any other provision, or part thereof, and it shall be replaced by a provision which comes closest to such severed provision, or part thereof, in language and intent, without being invalid, void or illegal. |
8.10. | Headings . The headings and titles of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and will not in any way affect the interpretation of any section or of the Agreement itself. |
8.11. | Assignment . The rights, duties and obligations of Supplier under this Agreement may not be assigned in whole or in part by operation of law or otherwise without the prior express written consent of Sun, and any attempted assignment of any rights, duties or obligations hereunder without such consent shall be null and void. Supplier will use its reasonable efforts to provide Sun at least ninety (90) days notice prior to any anticipated acquisition or merger. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. |
8.12. | Force Majeure . A party is not liable under this Agreement for non-performance caused by events or conditions beyond that partys control, if the party makes reasonable efforts to perform. |
8.13. | Waiver . Any express waiver or failure to exercise promptly any right under this Agreement will not create a continuing waiver or any expectation of non-enforcement. |
8.14. | Order of Precedence . In the event of a conflict between the documents comprising this Agreement, the order of precedence shall be (i) the non-pre-printed portions of the P.O. (ii) the Award Letter, (iii) these General Terms and Conditions, and (iv) the Attachments and Exhibits. |
8.15. | Entire Agreement and Modification . The Agreement is the parties entire agreement relating to its subject matter. It supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals, conditions, representations and warranties and prevails over any conflicting or additional terms other communication between the parties relating to its subject matter during the term of this Agreement. No modification of this Agreement will be binding, unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each party. |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
17
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
AMENDMENT #1
TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
AND
MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC
This Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. (Sun) and Mitac International Corporation (Supplier) effective December 20, 2000. The purpose of this Amendment is to add provisions relating to customer support to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (Agreement) between the parties dated August 28, 1999.
The Parties hereby agree to the following changes:
1. Exhibit B dated December 20, 2000 and Exhibit C-1 dated December 20, 2000 are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. | MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION | |
BY: |
BY: |
|
NAME: |
NAME: |
|
TITLE: |
TITLE: |
|
DATE: |
DATE: |
1 Dec. 20, 2000 ff/KT
AMENDMENT #2
TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
AND
MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC
This Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. (Sun) and Mitac International Corporation (Supplier) effective November 28, 2001. The purpose of this Amendment is to add provisions relating to Demand Replenishment and confidentiality to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (Agreement) between the parties dated August 28, 1999.
WHEREAS Sun desires to maximize flexibility in procuring and taking delivery of Products from Supplier when needed by Sun; and
WHEREAS Supplier desires to provide such delivery performance to Sun;
The Parties hereby agree to the following changes:
1. | Article 1., Scope of Agreement. In Section 1.1, delete the second sentence in its entirety and substitute the following: Any issued and accepted P.O. shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the signature page, these general terms and conditions and attachments following the signature page, the applicable Award Letter(s) for the order Products(s) and the Exhibits indicated on the signature page (the Applicable Terms of this Agreement). |
2. | Section 2.6.3, Rescheduling. Add the following before the period: ; provided however that with respect to Products which are subject to Demand Replenishment, Sun may, from time to time, reschedule all or part of its requirements from the current quarter into the subsequent quarter. |
3. | Section 2.9.5, Demand Replenishment. Delete the 2nd sentence in its entirety and substitute the following: Demand Replenishment Program shall mean the program whereby Supplier-owned Product located at Suppliers facilities or Supplier-designated 3rd party hub locations shall be delivered to Sun designated location(s) within the specified timeframe(s) required by Sun. Communication of delivery timeframes shall be provided to Supplier by means of a Demand Trigger. |
4. | Section 6.2, Confidentiality Obligations. Add the following after the first sentence: Supplier shall enter into a confidential disclosure agreement with its agents, contractors and/or consultants which is at least as restrictive as this Article 6 to protect any Sun Confidential Information provided to Supplier in accordance with this Article 6 that is also provided to such third party(ies). |
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives on the date(s) set forth below.
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. | MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION | |
BY: /s/ Eddie Reynolds |
BY: /s/ Billy Ho |
|
NAME: Eddie Reynolds |
NAME: Billy Ho |
|
TITLE: Director of Supply Mgment |
TITLE: President |
|
DATE: 18th March 02 |
DATE: 2/25/02 |
1 November 28, 2001 ff Mitac International Corporation
AMENDMENT #3
TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT
Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC
This Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Sun Microsystems International B.V. (collectively Sun) and Mitac International Corporation (Mitac) and SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (SYNNEX) ((Mitac and SYNNEX) collectively Supplier) on February 12, 2002. The purpose of this Amendment is to specifically reference SYNNEX as a party to the Agreement, to modify the provisions related to Section 2.10: Stop Production Notice; P.O. Cancellation and End of Life and to modify the provisions related to Unexpected Failures to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (Agreement) originally entered into by Sun and Mitac on August 28, 1999.
The Parties hereby agree to the following changes:
1. | Signature Page. The first full paragraph of the Signature Page is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: |
This Master External Manufacturing Agreement (the Agreement) is made on and as of the 28th day of August, 1999 (Effective Date) by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303 (herein Sun) and Mitac International Corporation, a Taiwanese corporation, with offices at No. 40, Wen Hua 2nd Road, Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. (herein Mitac), and SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, with offices at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538 (herein collectively Supplier).
2. | Section 1.3 Applicable Parties. Delete the 6th sentence in its entirety which reads: Each accepted P.O. shall be considered a separate contract which shall automatically incorporate the Applicable Terms of this Agreement. |
3. | Section 2.10.4(ii). Add the following at the end of the first sentence ; however title to Obsolete Components to be scrapped shall not pass to Sun. |
4. | Section 5.4, Unexpected Failures. The following provisions supersede the original Section 5.4 as it applies to Products shipped on or after the Effective Date above. |
5.4. Unexpected Failures.
5.4.1. | For purposes of this Agreement, Unexpected Failures shall mean Product failures within five (5) years after the date of delivery of the Product, equal to or in excess of the specific Product failure rate (the Unexpected Failure Rate) set forth in each Award Letter, resulting from defects in Supplier-selected materials, workmanship, manufacturing process, or design (but specifically excluding therefrom, any design provided by Sun), such defects to include, without limitation, components with inherent or latent defects. |
5.4.2. | In the event of a suspected Unexpected Failure, Sun shall promptly notify Supplier, and shall provide the following information, if known and as may then exist: a description of the defect, and the suspected lot numbers, serial numbers or other identifiers, and delivery dates of the defective Products. Sun shall also deliver or make available to Supplier, samples of the defective Products for testing and analysis. |
Within three (3) days of receipt of notice from Sun, Supplier shall provide its preliminary findings regarding the cause of the failures. Thereafter, Supplier shall promptly provide the results of its root cause corrective analysis, its proposed plan for the identification of and the repair or replacement of the affected Products and such other appropriate or desirable information. Sun shall consider and evaluate Suppliers program and shall submit to Supplier the corrective action program which the parties will utilize.
1 May 30, 2002 ff/JM Mitac International Corporation
SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
The parties shall also cooperate and work together to expeditiously devise and implement an approved corrective action program which identifies the defective units for repair or replacement, and which minimizes disruption to the end user.
5.4.3. | In the event of an Unexpected Failure, Supplier shall, at Suns option, either provide the following support, or shall reimburse Sun for the cost of such support: |
a) implementation of the corrective action program to repair or replace all defective Products and potentially impacted Products in the field, and to identify, test, rework or purge, if applicable, Products which have not yet been delivered to the end user;
b) provide a credit or payment to Sun, at Suns option, in an amount equal to the cost to Sun for qualified, nondefective replacement Products acceptable to Sun in the event that repair and/or replacement of the defective Products will not sufficiently mitigate the impact of a particular Unexpected Failure event or Supplier is unable to satisfactorily meet or exceed Suns requirements relative to the particular Unexpected Failure event due to circumstances which include without limitation unavailability of conforming Product and/or within the timeframes required;
c) the establishment of a pool of non-defective Products to implement and support the corrective action program in the field; provided however that such units shall not be the subject of any Supplier claims to Sun based upon excess inventory or obsolesence costs;
d) repair or replacement of all Products covered by the corrective action program, whether at Sun, at Suns channel partners or at end users;
e) freight, transportation, custom charges, duties, insurance, storage, handling and other incidental costs of moving Products (and the larger product of which the Product is a part if the Product cannot be separated and removed without undue convenience or disruption to the end user) by and between Sun, its customers, the Supplier and any repair facilities;
f) all labor, equipment and processing costs incurred by Sun or third parties in the implementation of the corrective action program, including without limitation, the cost of developing test procedures, the purchase of testing equipment, and the testing of Products; and
g) all reasonable field support costs incurred by Sun or its service partners in connection with the corrective action program, such costs to include without limitation, labor, travel, lodging, and administration costs.
5.4.4. | With respect to all other reasonable costs which may be incurred by Sun in implementing the corrective action program, Sun and Supplier shall each bear fifty percent (50%) of such costs. |
5.4.5. | Suppliers total financial responsibility per occurrence of an Unexpected Failure under Section 5.4.3 and 5.4.4 for implementation of the corrective action program, shall not exceed the greater of: a) the dollar figure, if any, set forth in each Award Letter; or b) the percentage of the total aggregate purchases of the specific Products by Sun or its permitted designees under the applicable Award Letter (as of the date Sun delivers to Supplier, the approved corrective action program referred to in Section 5.4.2). Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 5.4.5 to the contrary, the parties agree that there will be no limitation on Suppliers financial responsibility per occurrence of an Unexpected Failure during the first six (6) months after Suppliers first customer shipment of each Product to Sun. |
2 July 17, 2002 ff/JM Mitac International Corporation
SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
5.4.6. | For all amounts due to Sun from Supplier under Section 5.4.3 and 5.4.4, Sun shall periodically submit a summary statement showing in reasonable detail, the costs incurred and the purpose of such costs. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt, Supplier shall issue payment to Sun in such form as may be mutually agreed upon. Alternatively, Sun may offset against any amounts it owes to Supplier, costs to be reimbursed by Supplier to Sun under Section 5.3. Prior to any offset, Sun shall notify Supplier of the same and the total amount being offset. |
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives on the date(s) set forth below.
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. | MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION | |
BY: /s/ Eddie Reynolds |
BY: /s/ Billy Ho |
|
NAME: Eddie Reynolds |
NAME: Billy Ho |
|
TITLE: Director of Supply Mgment |
TITLE: President |
|
DATE: August 28, 2002 |
DATE: June 14, 2002 |
SUN MICROSYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL B.V. | SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. | |
BY: /s/ Eddie Reynolds |
BY: /s/ Simon Y. Leung |
|
NAME: Eddie Reynolds |
NAME: Simon Y. Leung |
|
TITLE: Director of Supply Mgment |
TITLE: General Counsel & Corporate Secretary |
|
DATE: August 28, 2002 |
DATE: June 4, 2002 |
SUN MICROSYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL B.V. | ||
BY: /s/ illegible Kos |
||
NAME: illegible Kos |
||
TITLE: Director |
||
DATE: 16th August 2002 |
3 May 30, 2002 ff/JM Mitac International Corporation
SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
AMENDMENT #4
TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT
Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC
This Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Sun Microsystems International B.V. (collectively Sun) and Mitac International Corporation (Mitac) and SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (SYNNEX) ((Mitac and SYNNEX) collectively Supplier) on July 17, 2002. The purpose of this Amendment is to revise Exhibit B to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (Agreement) originally entered into by Sun and Mitac on August 28, 1999.
The Parties hereby agree to the following changes:
1. | Exhibit B dated December 20, 2000 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by Exhibit B dated July 16, 2002 attached hereto. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives on the date(s) set forth below.
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. | MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION | |
BY: |
BY: /s/ illegible |
|
NAME: |
NAME: |
|
TITLE: |
TITLE: Vice President |
|
DATE: |
DATE: Sep. 12, 2002 |
SUN MICROSYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL B.V. | SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. | |
BY: |
BY: /s/ Simon Y. Leung |
|
NAME: |
NAME: Simon Y. Leung |
|
TITLE: |
TITLE: General Counsel & Corporate Secretary |
|
DATE: |
DATE: 9/26/02 |
1 May 30, 2002 ff/JM Mitac International Corporation
SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
ATTACHMENT A-1
INDEX OF DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms include(s) or including means including without limitation or including, but not limited to.
Definitions of the following terms may be found in the sections indicated:
AVLSection 2.3.3
Applicable Terms of this AgreementSection 1.1
Award LetterSignature Page
Credit Payment Due DateSection 2.4
EOQSection 2.10.4
InventorySection 2.9.1
LLTCSection 2.10.4
Payment Due DateSection 2.4
PCRSection 2.3.4
P.O.Signature Page
Pre-ProductionSection 2.7.1
ProductSignature Page
Scarce ResourcesSection 2.6.2
Specifications5.1
Stop-Production NoticeSection 2.10.1
Sub-tier SupplierSection 2.3.2
Sun-Controlled Turnkey ComponentsSection 2.3.3
Sun-unique Turnkey ComponentsSection 2.10.2
Supplier HandbookSection 2.8
Supplier Inventory2.10.43
Turnkey ComponentsSection 2.3.3
Upside SupportSection 4.1
V.E.Section 2.3.3
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
|
18
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
ATTACHMENT A-2
FORM OF PRODUCT SUPPLEMENT/AWARD LETTER
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
60342482v1 |
19
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
Agreement No.
PRODUCT SUPPLEMENT/AWARD LETTER
This Product Supplement/Award Letter (this Award Letter) is made on and as of the day of , 199 (Effective Date) by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. (Sun) and, (Supplier), pursuant to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of , made between the parties (the Agreement). Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Letter have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. The parties agree as follows:
1. | Scope : Neither this Award Letter nor the Agreement constitutes a commitment by Sun to purchase Products unless Sun, in its sole discretion, issues one or more P.O.s in the manner described in the Agreement. |
2. | Products and Pricing/Initiatives : |
2.2 | Products and Pricing . During the term hereof; Sun may issue P.O.s for the Product(s) at the prices (and currency) set forth on Schedule A to this Award Letter until such pricing is adjusted in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Agreement, after which time Sun may issue P.O.s at the adjusted price. Supplier shall provide a detailed cost breakdown to Sun with respect to each Product covered by this Award Letter, updated quarterly two (2) weeks prior to PCR submission, covering the then current quarter and estimates for the following six (6) quarters. This information will include without limitation pricing information with respect to the following (if applicable): material cost and material acquisition cost of all Turnkey Components and other materials, assembly labor cost, test labor cost, warranty, profit, freight, duty, warehousing, NREs, tooling and Product prototype builds. |
Product(s) Description
2.2 | Demand Replenishment Initiative . If the parties have agreed to implement a Demand Replenishment Program, the following terms and conditions shall apply. |
2.2.1 | P.O.s. P.O.s issued by Sun pursuant to this Agreement will be: (specify timeframe; monthly quarterly TQPOs). Monthly or Quarterly Purchase Order shall mean a P.O. issued by Sun which specifies the total quantities ordered during the period specified therein (TQPO). The TQPO shall not specify delivery dates. Communication of delivery dates shall be provided to Supplier by means of a Demand Trigger. |
or
2.2.1 | P.O.s . P.O.s issued by Sun pursuant to this Agreement will be: ( BPOs valid for the time period set out therein ). Blanket Purchase Order (BPO) means a P.O. issued by Sun which specifies a not to exceed amount which may be spent by Sun during the period specified therein. A BPO shall not specify delivery dates. Communication of delivery dates shall be provided to Supplier by means of a Demand Trigger. |
2.2.2 | Demand Triggers . Sun will use reasonable efforts to provide Supplier with a ( specify frequency and method ) Demand Trigger requesting Product deliveries within ( hours/days, maximum # of times per day maximum # of days per week ) after Suppliers receipt of the Demand Trigger. Demand Trigger means the mechanism, whether written or by electronic mean in a method agreed to by the parties, by which Sun communicates committed delivery dates and quantities under a specified P.O. to Supplier. |
2.2.3 | Supplier-owned Inventory . If the parties have agreed to implement a program in which Supplier agrees to store Supplier-owned Inventory at specified Sun or third party providers Inventory locations until required by Sun, the terms and conditions in Exhibit D shall apply. |
2.3 | Auto-Swan Initiative . If the parties have agreed to implement an Auto-Swap program, the following terms and conditions shall apply. The parties will monitor and review these parameters periodically. |
2.3.1 | Buffer Inventory . Supplier shall maintain a buffer inventory of Supplier-owned Product at Suns designated location(s) in an agreed upon minimum/maximum quantity per Sun part number in accordance with Section 2.9.3 of the Agreement. |
Computer Systems/USA/
Award Letter
(External Manufacturing)
|
1
|
June 25, 1999/ff |
2.3.2 | Replacement . Supplier will pick up and replace failed units, up to the agreed upon maximum quantity, within ( ) hours after Suns notification. |
2.3.3 | No Trouble Found (NTF) . Sun and Supplier will develop a cost matrix for returned units which arc determined after testing to be NTF. |
3. | Supply Plan Communication : Suns material organization representative shall provide Supplier with an updated Supply Plan on at least a quarterly basis and subsequent updates as needed. In the event that Supplier has not received this information within ( ) days after the beginning of a quarter, Supplier will notify Sun accordingly. |
4. | Leadtime : Supplier shall comply with the following minimum lead time(s) between the time/date a P.O. is issued and the time/dare for which delivery is requested: ( ) ( hours or calendar/business days ). (This section should mirror the frequency specified in Section 2.2.2 above if P.O. releases are against Demand Triggers.) |
5. | Delivery/Title : (If other than EX-WORKS per the Agreement. Include multiple shipping points if necessary for global supply; Delivery Point to reflect freight & duty implications and where title & risk of loss pass.) |
6. | Upside Support : Supplier shall provide Upside Support in the quantity of Products) that Sun may purchase, in excess of the quantities set out in Suns outstanding P.O.s for the (month/quarter) in which such Upside Support is requested, beginning with the first foil calendar quarter after Sun makes its first customer shipment of the Sun product or system that incorporates the Product(s) (FCS). Sun may request all or any part of Upside quantity at anytime during the applicable month/quarter up to the maximum amount indicated. Supplier shall sell, manufacture and ship such Upside quantities to Sun on a: first-in, first-out basis within (timeframe: X hours: working days) after Suns written request. |
Timeframe |
Upside Max. Percentage Increase |
|
FCS +1 qtr |
__% | |
FCS +2 qtrs. |
__% | |
FCS +3 qtrs. and beyond |
__% |
Supplier shall use reasonable efforts to accommodate any request from Sun to accelerate delivery of Upside quantities of Products within the timeframes indicated above. With respect to any request for quantities in excess of Upside Support described above, the parties shall negotiate in good faith acceptable delivery dates.
7. | Customer Support : Supplier will provide in-warranty and out-of-warranty customer service and support in accordance with Exhibit B. |
8. | Quality : Supplier shall deliver Product(s) which conforms to the Specification(s) attached as Exhibit A and shall comply with Suppliers Quality Program attached as Exhibit C. The quantity of Product(s) delivered to Sun shall not exceed the Defects Per Million (DPM) levels set forth in Exhibit C. |
9. | EQQ : Sun and Supplier shall agree upon an EOQ list for the Sun-unique Turnkey Components or Sun-unique raw materials set forth in a separate written agreement which is hereby incorporated by reference (the EOQ List). Supplier shall update the EOQ Agreement, subject to Suns approval, at least once each quarter. As part of the EOQ List, Supplier will identify EOQ components which are required to be procured in a minimum order quantity (MOQ) so that Sun and Supplier can evaluate, as necessary, the costs of procuring the EOQ Versus the MOQ. Upon designation of a Product as EOL by Sun, Supplier will not place further EOQ orders on its Sub-tier Suppliers, unless specifically directed to do so by Sun in writing. |
10. | LLTC : Sun and Supplier shall agree upon an LLTC list and associated leadtimes for the Sun-unique Turnkey Components or Sun-unique raw materials set forth in a separate written agreement which is hereby incorporated by reference (the LLTC List). Supplier shall update the LLTC List subject to Suns approval, at least once each quarter. Supplier agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the number of LLTCs to the greatest extent possible. |
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
60342482v1 |
2
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
11. | Notices : Sun and Supplier shall each assign an individual to administer the Agreement throughout its term (the Administrators). |
Suns Administrator shall be: |
Suppliers Administrator shall be: | |
________________________ M/S ______ |
_______________________________ | |
Sun Microsystems, Inc., |
_______________________________ | |
901 San Antonio Road (mailing address) |
_______________________________ | |
Palo Alto, CA 94303 |
_______________________________ | |
Ph: (__) ________________________ |
Ph: (__) ________________________ | |
Fax: (__) ________________________ |
Fax: (__) _______________________ |
In accordance with Section 2.6.1 of the Agreement, the designated Sun materials/operations person responsible for reconciling any conflict in forecast information provided to Supplier (if different than Suns Administrator) above is: .
Each party shall inform the Administrator of the other in writing of a change of Administrator or such Administrators address or telephone number.
12. | Award Letter Components : The parties agree to be bound by these terms and conditions which consists of the Award Letter and the Exhibits indicated below |
_______ Exhibit A (Product Pricing Matrix)
_______ Exhibit B (Customer Support Provisions) [indicate attached to the Agreement or Award Letter]
_______ Exhibit C (Suppliers Quality Program) [indicate if attached to the Agreement or Award Letter]
_______ Exhibit D (Supplier-owned Inventory)
The undersigned duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed and delivered this Award Letter as of the Effective Date.
Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
Supplier: Mitac International Corp. | |
By: _______________________________ |
By: /s/ Billy Ho | |
Name: _____________________________ |
Name: Billy Ho | |
Title: ______________________________ |
Title: President | |
Date: ______________________________ |
Date: Oct. 8, 1999 |
Computer Systems/USA/
Award Letter
(External Manufacturing)
|
1 |
June 25, 1999/ff |
EXHIBIT A
ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE
(EDI) TERMS
1. | Definitions: |
1.1. | EDI means electronic data interchange. |
1.2. | Adopted Format is the accepted method for the interchange of Documents under this Agreement based on the EDIFACT, ANSI ASC X12 or CU standards for the presentation and structuring of the electronic transmission of Documents, or other such format as may be agreed to in writing by the parties. |
1.3. | Document is data structured in accordance with the Adopted Format and transmitted electronically between the parties. |
1.4. | Test means transmission of a Document during a testing period to verify set ups in EDI-related software, network transmission and technical support processes. |
1.5. | Provider is a business entity that provides the service of moving and routing EDI transmissions between parties. |
2. | Prerequisites. |
2.1. | Documents, Standards . Each party may electronically transmit to or receive from the other party any Document which the parties have mutually agreed to Test The content of Test Documents will be considered dummy data unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. All Documents which are intended to evidence a transaction shall be transmitted in accordance with the Adopted Format. |
2.2. | Providers . Documents will be transmitted electronically to each party through any Provider with which either party may contract and/or the Internet The Provider for each party shall be communicated to the other party. Either party may change its designated Provider upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party. Each party shall be responsible for the costs of any Provider with which it contracts. |
2.3. | System Operations . Each party, at its own expense, shall provide and maintain the equipment, software, services and testing necessary to effectively and reliably transmit and receive Documents. |
If Provider is down and this prevents, either party from meeting the pickup or delivery frequency agreed to, that party must notify the other party the same day.
2.4. | Security Procedures . Each party shall use security procedures which are reasonably anticipated to: (a) ensure that all transmissions of Documents are authorized and (b) protect its business records and data from improper access. |
2.5. | Signatures . Each party may adopt as its signature an electronic identification consisting of symbol(s) or code(s) which are to be affixed to or contained in each Document transmitted by such party (Signatures). Each party agrees that any Signature of such party affixed to or contained in any transmitted Document shall be sufficient to verify such party originated such Document. Neither party shall disclose to any unauthorized person the Signatures of the other party. |
3. | Transmissions . |
3.1. | Proper Receipt . Documents shall not be deemed to have been properly received, and no Document shall give rise to any obligation, until accessible to the receiving party at such partys electronic mailbox. |
3.2. | Verification . Upon receipt of any Document, the receiving party shall promptly and properly transmit a functional acknowledgement in return within one (1) business day after receipt of a Document. |
3.3. | Acceptance . If a transmitted Document requires acceptance by the receiving party, any such Document which has been properly received shall not give rise to any obligation unless and until the party initially transmitting such Document has properly received in return an acceptance Document. |
Rev 04.12.96 CFD
60342482v1
|
1
|
Mitac International Corporation |
3.4. | Garbled Transmissions . If any Document is received in an unintelligible or garbled form, or otherwise contains evidence of faulty transmission, the receiving party shall promptly notify the originating party (if identifiable from the received Document) in a reasonable manner. In the absence of such notice, the originating partys records of the contents of such Document shall control. |
3.5. | Erroneous Transmissions . If either party receives a Document from the other party which differs from the applicable terms and conditions, (e.g., an order with a price, quantity or schedule different than that mutually agreed upon), the receiving party shall promptly contact the sending party to confirm the accuracy of the Document. |
4. | Transaction Terms . |
4.1. | Order Placement . Each Purchase Release electronically transmitted shall reference the Sun Purchase Release number, and the Sun EDI number. |
4.2. | Validity. Enforceability . The parties acknowledge their mutual intent to create binding purchase, sale and payment obligations by means of electronic transmission and receipt of Documents specifying certain of the applicable terms. During the term of the Agreement, all obligations concerning the delivery of such Documents in written form may be satisfied by a transmission pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit. However, either party shall have the option, at its discretion, to transmit Documents in written form to the other party. |
Any Document properly transmitted pursuant to these terms shall be deemed (Signed Documents) and shall be considered, in connection with any transaction, to be a writing or in writing and to have bean signed and to constitute an original when printed from electronic files or records established and maintained in the normal course of business.
The parties agree that the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, Section 2-201 (Formal Requirements: Statute of Frauds), shall not apply to Documents covered by this Exhibit since hard copies of Documents will not be issued and the parties further agree that said Documents shall be deemed to satisfy any statutory or legal formalities requiring that agreements be in writing, including, but not limited to the Statute of Frauds.
The conduct of the parties pursuant to this Exhibit, including the use of Signed Documents properly transmitted, shall, for all legal purposes, evidence a course of dealing and a course of performance accepted by the parties in , furtherance -of this Agreement and Document.
The parties agree not to contest the validity or enforceability of Signed Documents under the provisions of any applicable law relating to whether certain agreements be in writing or signed by the party to be bound thereby. Signed Documents, if introduced as evidence on paper in any judicial, arbitration, mediation or administrative proceedings, will be admissible as between the parties to the same extent and under the same conditions as other business records originated and maintained in documentary form. Neither party shall contest the admissibility of copies of Signed Documents under either the business records exception to the hearsay rule or the best evidence rule on the basis that the Signed Documents were not originated or maintained in documentary form.
Computer Systems/USA/
Master External
Manufacturing Agreement
60342482v1 |
2
|
Version, April 26, 1999 ff Rev. September 21, 1999 ff Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B
Customer Support Provisions
1.0 | Purpose |
To define Suppliers responsibilities to Sun for in-warranty and out-of-warranty repair support. This document shall be used in conjunction with Exhibits C and C-1.
2.0 | Scope |
This Exhibit describes Sun Enterprise Services requirements for worldwide Product support either by Supplier or by Suppliers authorized third party(ies). Suns goal is to receive Product 100% on time and that such Product meets the quality requirements defined in Exhibit C-1.
3.0 | Definitions |
3.1 | Bill of Material (BOM) shall mean a list of parts or sub-assemblies used to manufacture a Product. |
32 | Depot Repairable Unit (DRU) shall mean a subassembly of Product sent by a Sun Third Party Repair Supplier (TPRS) to a Suppliers depot for repair. |
3.3 | Distribution Center (DC) shall mean a third party designated by Sun who processes Product returns on Suns behalf. The DCs shown in Exhibit B-2 consist of 2 types: |
Type A: Performs various services for Sun but does not have a financial relationship with Supplier.
Type B: Performs various services for Sun, issues purchase orders and pays invoices for materials purchased for use in the maintenance of Sun Products. A Type B DC has a financial relationship with Supplier.
3.4 | Engineering Change Order (ECO) shall mean the mechanism by which a party notifies the other party of a change to the Product |
3.5 | Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) shall mean a Product or subassemblies thereof which can be replaced at the customer site. |
3.6 | First Customer Ship (FCS) shall mean the initial production shipment of Product by Supplier to Sun. |
3.7 | No Trouble Found (NTF) shall mean Product which Sun has returned as defective but which passes Suppliers standard test process (as approved by Sun). NTF does not include Product which incurred any ECO upgrades and/or adjustments by Supplier. |
3.8 | Product shall mean the Products and FRUs/DRUs listed on Exhibit B-5 as well as new Product later released and confirmed in writing by Supplier via electronic mail or updated price list. |
3.9 | Product Specification shall mean the written performance representations, mechanical dimensions and descriptions, electrical and timing requirements, component information, and configuration for the Product purchased by Sun, whether generated by Sun or Supplier, which have been agreed to in writing by the parties. |
3.10 | Regional Stocking Location (RSL) shall mean Sun or third party facilities designated by Sun which are responsible for storing and processing FRUs. |
3.11 | Repair Service shall mean minor adjustments to Product, repair of defective Product, or provision of Repair or Replacement Product. |
3.12 | Repaired or Replacement Product shall mean Product of the same model and part number, but not necessarily the same serial number, used to replace defective Products. This Product can be either new or of a like new condition. |
3.13 | Return Material Authorization (RMA) shall mean the formal authorization from Supplier under which, Sun returns Product for repair or replacement. |
3.14 | Sun Office shall mean a Sun facility listed in Exhibit B-2. |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
1
|
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
3.15 | Sun shall mean Sun Enterprise Services for the purpose of this Exhibit B. |
3.16 | Supplier Corrective Action Request (SCAR) shall mean Suns formal request mechanism for corrective action issued to Supplier. |
3.17 | Third Party Repair Supplier shall mean a third party who performs repair services for Sun. Suns TPRSs are set forth in Exhibit B-3. |
4.0 | Repair Services and Requirements |
4.1 | At a minimum, Supplier shall maintain, directly or through agents, the fully equipped and staffed facilities specified in Exhibit B-1 to a level sufficient to meet the agreed performance targets. |
4.2 | Supplier shall provide Repair Service for Products to Sun Offices, Sun authorized TPRSs set forth in Exhibit B-3 and DCs set forth in Exhibit B-2, pursuant to the terms and pricing stated in this Agreement. Supplier shall deal directly with Sun Offices, TPRSs and DCs worldwide regarding topics including, but not limited to, RMAs, billing, freight and import/export requirements. |
4.3 | Supplier agrees to ship Repaired or Replacement Product to Sun within three (3) working days after receipt of Suns RMA request; provided however that Repaired or Replacement Product shipped from Suppliers Taiwan facility shall be shipped within four (4) working days after issuance of RMA. Product may be supplied from an exchange pool of Product meeting the Product specification provided by Sun and is free from defect. |
4.4 | Sun requires 100% on time delivery performance. A SCAR may be issued by Sun, an authorized TPRS or DC, if Suppliers performance for a location drops below 95%. Supplier will respond to any SCAR initiated by Sun, a DC or a TPRS through Suppliers corrective action process, which shall include an action plan within five (5) working days or as otherwise specified in the SCAR. |
4.5 | For a period of not less than five (5) years after the last delivery of production Product to Sun, (the Service Period) Supplier agrees, at Suns option, to either continue manufacture of FRUs and DRUs and provide reasonable quantities of the same to Sun, or to provide Repair Services to Sun, Sun authorized TPRSs and DCs during the Service Period. |
4.6 | If Supplier elects to discontinue Repair Service after the expiration of the Service Period, Supplier agrees to provide Sun a minimum of six (6) months advance written notice of Suppliers intent to discontinue Repair Service. |
4.7 | Product will be shipped to Sun in a configuration defined by the Product Specifications and BOMs. |
4.8 | Repaired or Replacement Product will be upgraded by Supplier to the then current Product revision level, to a revision level as documented, or to a product level equivalent to the latest revision required for the printed circuit board assembly (PCBA). The option of revision update shall be as agreed upon by Sun and Supplier. |
4.9 | Replacement in Lieu of Return . During the Products warranty period, in the event that Sun is not permitted to return defective Product for repair which is located within restricted government facilities, Supplier will provide Replacement Product to Sun, as required, at no charge to Sun and without a demand for the return of the defective Product by Sun. |
5.0 | Sun Enterprise Services Responsibilities |
5.1 | Sun agrees to use its reasonable efforts to ship defective Product back to Supplier within three (3) working days after receipt of RMA from Supplier. |
5.2 | Scorecard Process. Sun Enterprise Services contributes information on a monthly basis to the overall Supplier scorecard process. Service is allotted 15 points out of a possible 100 points. Scorecard results are compiled and posted electronically on a quarterly basis. Enterprise Services scorecard reports are generated by Sun for each supplier and the results are utilized for improvement plans, business awards |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
2 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
and/or supplier disqualification. Scorecard criteria for service includes without limitation: cost, quality, availability and strategic/technical development. Scorecard criteria weighting will be provided to Supplier by the ES WWOL Supplier Manager.
5.3 | Sun will provide all relevant documents listed in Exhibits B and C-1 to Supplier. |
6.0 | Reporting |
6.1 | Reporting requirements may change in accordance with business requirements. Supplier shall be able to generate and provide to Sun a report that details turnaround time exception data that includes a list of late shipments and causes, reported monthly. |
6.2 | Additional reports, the format of which will be mutually agreed upon, may be required if Suppliers performance falls below 95% performance on delivery or quality. |
6.3 | Supplier will provide updates to the following items associated with Repair Services, if applicable, as part of the regularly scheduled meetings between Sun and Supplier. |
a. | State of the Suppliers business; |
b. | Any planned expansions, additions or moves; |
c. | Any new state of the art processes being implemented; |
d. | Additional capabilities; |
e. | ISO 9000 certification plan achievement; |
f. | Training for service, both internal and external (Suppliers contractors); and |
g. | Business accomplishments |
7.0 | Price |
7.1 | There shall be no charge to Sun for any Repair Service (including, but not limited to, labor, material testing or packaging) during the warranty period. |
7.2 | All costs for out of warranty repair prices, including but not limited to labor, material, testing and packaging, are as shown in Exhibit B-5. |
7.3 | Repair prices shall not increase for at least one (1) year from termination of the warranty period for the first order of production level units of Product shipped to Sun under this Agreement. Any subsequent change in pricing shall require written notification to Sun. Any increase will require notification ninety (90) days prior to the effective date and must include justification for the increase. |
7.4 | FRU pricing and shipping points are set forth in Exhibit B-5. |
8.0 | Payment |
8.1 | Sun shall be liable to pay only for Repair Services, FRUs and DRUB ordered by and invoiced directly to Sun. Sun shall not be liable to pay for any Repair Services, FRUs and DRUs ordered by DCs or TPRSs. Supplier shall determine the creditworthiness of any named DC or TPRS and, with price, quality, warranty and leadtimes determined by this Agreement, shall arrange credit and other terms directly with such DCs or TPRSs. Repair Services ordered by DCs or TPRSs for Products shall be added to Suns cumulative volume of Repair Services. |
8.2 | Suns purchase order number, Product serial number, RMA number, or other required reference numbers- shall be clearly identified on all correspondence, shipment, and invoice documentation associated with Repair Services. |
9.0 | Freight and Import/Export Fees |
9.1 | Freight and Import/Export FeesIn Warranty Products . Sun shall pay all freight and associated costs of shipment of defective Product to Supplier. Supplier shall pay all freight charges, duty, taxes, customs and/or brokerage fees for the shipment of the Repaired or Replacement Product to Sun. All |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
3 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
repaired or Replacement Product shall be shipped 2-day air or equivalent method to arrive at its final destination within two (2) days after shipment by Supplier, provided however that Repaired or Replacement Product shipped from Suppliers Taiwan facility will be shipped on the next available flight.
9.2 | Freight and Import/Export FeesOut of Warranty Products . Supplier shall pay all freight charges, duty, taxes, customs and/or brokerage fees for shipment of the repaired or Replacement products to Sun. All Repaired or Replacement Product shall be shipped 2-day air or equivalent method to arrive at its final destination within two (2) days after shipment by Supplier; provided however that Repaired or Replacement Product shipped from Suppliers Taiwan facility will be shipped on the next available flight. Sun shall pay all freight charges and related costs of shipment for out of warranty Products to Supplier. |
9.3 | Expedited Transportation . All Product, whether in or out of warranty, which is past due from the date established by the RMA and tracked in the purchase order shall be shipped by the most expeditious method at Suppliers expense. |
10.0 Repair Warranty
10.1 | All R-3mepaired or Replacement Products shall be warranted by Supplier to perform in accordance with the applicable Product Specification agreed to in writing by the Supplier and Sun, and shall be free from defects in material and workmanship as follows: |
a. | In warranty: six (6) months from the date of receipt by Sun or for the remainder of the original Product warranty, whichever is greater. |
b. | Out of warranty: three (3) months from the date of receipt by Sun. |
10.2 | Manufacturers Warranties (This provision is applicable primarily to turnkey suppliers) |
Manufacturers Warranties shall mean the -warranty terms and conditions, whether. negotiated by Supplier or Sun, for all Product parts purchased by Supplier. Supplier shall either obtain the rights to pass through and shall pass through to Sun all Manufacturers Warranties as part of the warranty provisions hereunder, or accept warranty returns from Sun and administer such returns on Suns behalf. Where Supplier negotiates the Manufacturers Warranty, Supplier agrees to use its reasonable efforts to secure the most favorable warranty provisions that the Manufacturer offers to its best customers. Supplier agrees to furnish to Sun the text of all Manufacturers Warranties terms upon Suns request, including a list of Suppliers applicable worldwide repair/exchange locations.
11.0 | NTFs (In and Out of Warranty) |
11.1 | NTF charges set forth in Exhibit B-4 will apply only in the event that the number of units determined to be NTF exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the total returned to Supplier for repair over a period of time pertaining to a specific Product or Product family, and agreed upon by Sun and Supplier in writing. |
11.2 | Regardless of whether or not a Product is determined to be NTF or repaired, it must be upgraded to a revision level accepted by Sun. NTF charges do not include the cost of upgrading any Product to a revision level agreed upon by Sun and Supplier. |
12.0 | Inventory Management |
12.1 | Supplier shall follow adequate procedures for the proper control of Sun inventory. Record keeping shall-include, but not be limited to, the maintenance of accurate, updated records of the Sun inventory and the use of an inventory tracking system that measures physical inventories, cycle counting, and other adjustments to maintain accuracy. |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
4 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
12.2 | Cycle count results shall be reported by Supplier to Sun within two (2) working days after Suns initial request. |
12.3 | Supplier shall be responsible for all Product inventory variances. If Supplier is unable to reconcile any inventory variance for Products in Suppliers possession, Supplier shall be liable for the unaccounted inventory and will: (i) provide Sun a like unit or, (ii) upon Suns agreement, give Sun full credit for Suns replacement cost of the missing item within thirty (30) days after discovery of the variance. |
12.4 | Supplier shall be responsible and bear the risk of loss for any test equipment, system hardware, and/or bailed materials provided by Sun in support of Product repair. If Supplier is unable to reconcile any variance in such equipment and/or material, Supplier shall be liable for the unaccounted equipment and will provide Sun a full credit for Suns replacement cost of the missing item within thirty (30) days after discovery of the variance. |
Supplier shall use its best efforts to provide Sun with a list of all its requirements for equipment unique to Suns Products ninety (90) days prior to initiating Product repair support.
13.0 | Third Party Repair |
13.1 | Sun and Supplier agree that Sun or Suns TPRSs have the right to repair Product and/or FRUs. |
132 | Supplier agrees to fully authorize and, if required provide at no cost to Sun or its TPRSs, a royalty free license to enable Sun or Sun approved TPRSs to perform repair services at no charge to Sun or its TPRSs, when: |
a. | it is mutually beneficial to Sun and the Supplier, or |
b. | Supplier is in default due to failure to meet Suns delivery or quality targets consistently over a six (6) month period of time; or |
c. | Sun, in its sole opinion, has determined that Suppliers pricing is no longer cost competitive. |
13.3 | In the event that Supplier has authorized or licensed Suns TPRSs identified in Exhibit B-3 to perform in-warranty repairs on Suppliers behalf, Supplier and TPRS will negotiate in good faith reasonable reimbursement costs to such TPRSs. |
13.4 | Upon Suns request, Supplier agrees to: (i) furnish Sun or Suns TPRSs with all test/debug diagnostics procedures and all documentation required to repair Product, (ii) make available to Sun any special tools, fixtures, test equipment and proprietary parts required to repair Product, and (iii) bring repaired Product up to the current Product Specification level. |
13.5 | Supplier shall provide to Sun a BOM for each FRU identified in Exhibit B-5 within thirty (30) days after authorization or licensing of a TPRS. This list shall include all parts which Supplier, in its reasonable opinion, has determined are most likely to fail and require replacement through repair, as well as the prices and leadtimes for each item. Parts available commercially will be identified with a full description, including, but not limited to, original manufacturers part number and description, and shall be made available to Sun at Suppliers contract pricing, leadtimes and any end of life purchase provisions negotiated by Supplier and Suppliers vendors. |
13.6 | Supplier will, at no charge, provide appropriate technical support and training regarding Repair Services for the Products to Sun and/or Suns TPRSs. Such support and training shall be provided when needed by Sun and/or the TPRSs in the event (i) a new Product is introduced to the Repair Service and/or (ii) a new TPRS is being qualified by Sun and/or authorized by Supplier, to enable Suns TPRSs to perform Repair Services to like new condition. |
14.0 | Notices |
Any required notices or changes as outlined in this Exhibit B and Exhibit C-1 shall be sent in writing to Sun at:
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
5 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
Supplier: | Johnson Wang | ||
500 Eldorado Blvd., M/S UBRM03-151 |
Mitac International Corporation | |||
Broomfield, CO 80021 |
Science-Based Industrial Park | |||
1, R & D Road 2, Hsinchu | ||||
Attention: Supplier Management |
Taiwan, R.O.C. | |||
email: Johnson.Wang@mic.com.tw | ||||
____________________________ |
Ph: 886-3-5645850, ext. 4620 |
15.0 | Insurance |
At its sole cost and expense, Supplier shall carry and maintain insurance as follows:
15.1 | Commercial General Liability Insurance covering all operations of Supplier, including but not limited to, products, completed operations and contractual liability, against claims for personal and bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit of two million U.S. dollars ($2,000,000). |
15.2 | Workers Compensation Insurance as required, and with limits to be governed by, the laws of the states or countries in which work is performed, with Employers Liability Coverage with a limit of not less than five hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($500,000) in the United States and the legally required limits in other jurisdictions. |
15.3 | Automobile Liability Insurance covering bodily injury and property damage arising out of the use by, or on behalf of Supplier, its agents and employees of any owned, non owned or hired automobile with combined single limits not less than one million U.S. dollars ($1,000,000). |
15.4 | All Risks Property Insurance which covers (a) Suppliers Equipment (defined as any equipment owned, leased or used by Supplier to perform work or provide services under this Agreement) and ,(b) Sun Property (defined as property in the care, custody and/or control of Supplier which is owned by Sun, including but not limited to materials in transit to and from Sun facilities). This insurance must (a) provide coverage on a replacement cost basis, (b) include a Waiver of Subrogation for the benefit of Sun, its subsidiary and affiliated companies, directors, officers, employees and agents with respect to any loss or damage to Suppliers Equipment and (c) name Sun as a Loss Payee with respect to any loss or damage to Sun Property. |
Supplier shall provide Sun with a Certificate of Insurance showing that the foregoing insurance policies are in full force and effect and shall name Sun as an additional insured on all liability policies, except 15.2 above. Supplier shall give Sun thirty (30) days written notice before the policy or policies are cancelled or materially altered.
16.0 | Assignment |
Supplier shall give Sun ninety (90) days written notice of its intent to assign any rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement Any such rights, duties or obligations may not be assigned in whole or in part without Suns prior written consent. Suns consent shall not be given until and unless Supplier demonstrates to Suns satisfaction that Suppliers obligations hereunder will be maintained during and after the assignment, and that the :assignee is. capable of meeting the terms and conditions of this Agreement It is Suppliers responsibility to ensure that the service levels of this Agreement which have been assigned or subsequently transferred to an assignee for each Product listed in Exhibit B-5 are met throughout the remainder of the Support Period.
17.0 | Disengagement |
In the event any Sun Office chooses to discontinue the use of Suppliers Repair Services, the following provisions shall apply:
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
6 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
17.1 | Supplier shall complete the Repair Service for all Products delivered to Supplier for repair on or before the repair completion date specified in the Sun Offices discontinuance notice and shall return all Repaired or Replacement Products to the appropriate Sun or Sun authorized DC or TPRS in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit. Returns must be completed prior to the effective date of discontinuance; and |
17.2 | Supplier shall appropriately manage and maintain all Products delivered to Supplier for Repair Service after the repair completion date. Supplier shall store all such Products in a secure, dry, enclosed and segregated area for shipment to Sun on or before the actual date of discontinuance; and |
17.3 | The Sun-Office(s) shall have no further liability of any kind to Supplier, except to make payment for Repair Services then owing. |
18.0 | Extension of Rights and Privileges |
Supplier shall extend the same rights and privileges provided hereunder to DCs and TPRSs.
19.0 | Support |
19.1 | Technical Support. Supplier shall provide all necessary backline technical support to Sun Customer Technical Escalation (CTE) at no additional cost to Sun. |
19.2 | Product Design and Quality Issue Resolution. Supplier shall implement a quality assurance process to ensure that its Products meet Suns quality requirements (Exhibit C). Should a quality problem arise in the field, Suppliers service organization shall respond and work with Sun Enterprise Services through the complete resolution of the problem in order to remedy such defect to the mutual satisfaction of Sun Enterprise Services and Supplier. This shall include, but not be limited to, providing parts and labor at Suppliers expense to repair/replace the affected Products. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith a plan and resolution for each individual occurrence. Supplier shall support fix-on-failure or proactive swap-out of Products as needed through increasing buffer stocks at Sun Enterprise Services designated locations and Supplier shall reimburse Sun Enterprise Services for all actual costs incurred. |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
7 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B-1
Suppliers Repair Facilities
Taiwan
Mitac International Corporation
No. 1, R&D Road II, Hsinchu Science-Based Industrial Park
Hsinchu, Taiwan, RO.C.
Contact: Leo Chang
Tel: 886-3-5779250, ext 4605
Fax: 886-3-5781245
email: leo.chang@mic.com.tw
China
Mitac Distribution & Service Co., Ltd.
No. 129, Fute North Road, Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone,
Shanghai Z1P:200131
Contact Johnson Wang
Tel: 86-21-5868-1198, ext. 2000
Fax: 86-21-5868-1196
email: johnson.wang@mic.com.tw
U.S.
Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.
42001 Christy Street, Dock #4-6
Fremont, CA 94538, U.S.A.
Contact: Louis Danis
Tel: 510-668-3830
Fax: 510-668-3964
email: louisd@synnex.com
UK
Synnex Information Technology (UK) Ltd.
Synnex House, Nedge Hill
Telford Shropshire TF3 3AH
Contact: Ian Adams
Tel: 44-1952-207345
Fax: 44-1952-207272
email: ian.adams@synnexuk.com
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
8 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B-2
Sun Enterprice Services Offices and Distribution Centers
Country |
City |
Shipping Address |
Billing to Entity / Address |
Invoice Mailing Address |
||||
Americas | ||||||||
USA |
Decision One (West) 2323 Industrial Pkwy West Hayward, CA 94545 USA Contact Nancy Turner Ph : (800) 345-7950 Fax: 510-266-3061 |
Decision One (West) 2323 Industrial Pkwy West Hayward, CA 94545 USA Contact Nancy Turner Ph : (800) 345-7950 Fax: 510-266-3061 |
Decision One (West) 2323 Industrial Pkwy West Hayward, CA 94545 USA Contact Nancy Turner Ph : (800) 345-7950 Fax: 510-266-3061 |
|||||
Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA) | ||||||||
UK |
Celestica Limited Castle Farm Campus Priorslee, Telford Shropshire TF2 9SA, England Ph : +44 1952 299000 |
Celestica Limited Castle Farm Campus Priorslee, Telford Shropshire TF2 9SA, England Ph : +44 1952 299000 |
Celestica Limited Castle Farm Campus Priorslee, Telford Shropshire TF2 9SA, England Ph : +44 1952 299000 |
|||||
Asia/Pacific (APAC) | ||||||||
Japan |
Tokyo |
Sun Microsystems KK Atsugi CS Centre 3147 Sakai, Atsugi City Kanagawa Prefecture 243-0022 Japan |
Nihon Sun Microsystems KK SBS Tower 21 F 4-10-1 Yoga Setagaya-ku Tokyo 1580081 Japan Attention : Finance Dept. |
Nihon Sum Microsystems KK c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention : Finance Dept. |
||||
Singapore |
Singapore |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o DHL International (S) Pte Ltd No: 9, Tai Seng Drive #04-01 HESHE Building, Singapore |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd 1 Magazine Road #07-01/13 Central Mall Singapore 059567 Attention : Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention : Finance Dept. |
||||
China (Greater China) |
Beijing |
Beijing OSIC Computer Workstation S.C. 3FL No. 105 Lize Middle Garden Wangjing, Chaoyang District Beijing P.R. China, Postcode 100102 |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd 1 Magazine Road #07-01/13 Central Mall Singapore 059567 Attention : Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention : Finance Dept. |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
9 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Country |
City
|
Shipping Address |
Billing to Entity / Address |
Invoice Mailing Address |
||||
China
(Greater China) |
Hong
Kong |
Microsystems of California Ltd. c/o DHL International (Hong Kong) Ltd Global Gateway, 3rd Floor Unit 1 & 2 168 Yeung Uk Road Tsuen Wan New Territories, Hong Kong |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
1 Magazine
Road
Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention: Finance Dept. |
||||
India |
Banglaore |
Sun Microsystems India PVT. Ltd
Sun Microsystems
|
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
#07-01/13 Central Mall
Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
Attention: Finance Dept. |
||||
Korea |
Seoul |
Sun Microsystems Korea Ltd. c/o Samwon Int Co. 29-2,6-Ka, Yangpyong-Dong
Youngdeungpo-Ku
|
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
#07-01/13 Central Mall
Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
Attention: Finance Dept. |
||||
Malaysia |
Kuala
Lumpur |
Sun Microsystems Pte. Ltd.
43-44 Lengkuk Keluli 1
|
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
#07-01/13 Central Mall
Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
Attention: Finance Dept. |
||||
Taiwan |
Taipei |
Sun Microsystems Taiwan c/a Amigo Logistics Corporation
No.18, Ding-Hwu 5 St.
Taiwan R.O.C. |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
#07-01/13 Central Mall
Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention: Finance Dept. |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations
Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff
|
10 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Country |
City |
Shipping Address |
Billing to Entity / Address |
Invoice Mailing Address |
||||
Thailand |
Bangkok |
Sun Microsystems Pte. Ltd. c/o Eagle Global Logistics (TH) Limited 313 Soi Chockchaijongjamroen, Rama 3 Rd. Bangpongpang,Yannawa, Bangkok 10120, Thailand |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd 1 Magazine Road #07-01/13 Central Mall Singapore 059567 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention: Finance Dept. |
||||
Australia |
Sydney |
Sun Microsystems c/o DHL International (Aust) Pty Ltd Unit 20, Discovery Cove Industrial Estate 1801 Botany Road, Botany Sydney 2019 NSW Australia Attention: Steve Partridge |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd 1 Magazine Road #07-01/13 Central Mall Singapore 059567 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention: Finance Dept. |
||||
New Zealand |
Aukland |
Sun Microsystems c/o DHL International (N.Z.) Ltd. Cnr Laurence Stevens & Hape Drive Auckland International Airport Auckland, NZ |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd 1 Magazine Road #07-01/13 Central Mall Singapore 059567 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching |
Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080 Attention: Finance Dept. |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations
Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff
|
11 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B-3
Sun Enterprise Services Third Party Repair Suppliers
Celestica Japan Repair Services Inc.
450-3 Higashi Shinmachi
OTA-SHI, Gunma-Pre
Japan 373-0015
Contact: Y Kawashima
Email: yuji_kawashima@celestica.com
Ph : 81-2-7637-6711
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
12 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B-4
NTF Charges
The NTF charges are as follows:
$20 Motherboard
$20 Hard Disk Drive
$ 5 Power Supplies
$ 5 Floppy Drive
$5 CDROM
$40 FJ-lite system level
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
1 |
July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B-5
Out of Warranty Pricing
(Refer to attached file)
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
2 |
Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit B-5
Out of Warranty Repair Cost
Sun Part Number |
Description |
Repair Cost (Updated 7/02) |
Freight
Cost |
TTL
O.O.W. Pricing |
Warranty Duration |
|||||
DARWIN |
||||||||||
F370-3159-01 |
FDD | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3162-02 |
Power Supply | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3168-01 |
Fan; Otter | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3169-01 |
Fan; Sealion | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3170-01 |
Speaker; Otter | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3171-02 |
Power Supply | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3176-01 |
HDD 4.3GB 4500RPM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3196-03 |
Riser Card; Otter | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3197-02 |
Riser Card | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3198-01 |
DIMM 32MB 60NS | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3199-01 |
DIMM 64MB 60NS | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3200-01 |
DIMM 128MB 60NS | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3201-01 |
DIMM 256MB 60NS | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3264-01 |
Speaker; Sealion | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3266-01 |
Cable Kit; Otter | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3267-02 |
Cable Kit; Sealion | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3319-01 |
CD ROM 24X | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3689-01 |
Front panel; Otter | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3690-01 |
Front panel; Sealion | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-4101-01 |
CD FILLER | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F375-0009-10 |
Motherboard | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months | |||||
F501-5039-03 |
Sabre 270 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F501-5040-04 |
Sabre 300 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F501-5090-02 |
Sabre 333 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
DARWIN+ |
||||||||||
F370-3692-01 |
HDD 4.3GB 5400RPM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3693-01 |
HDD 9.1GB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3694-02 |
CD ROM 32X | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3721-01 |
HDD Bracket | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-3796-02 |
DIMM 32MB 50NS | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3797-02 |
DIMM 64MB 50NS | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3798-02 |
DIMM 128MB 50NS | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3799-02 |
DIMM 256MB 50NS | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F375-0066-05 |
Motherboard | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months | |||||
F501-5222-02 |
Sabre 360 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
EINSTEIN |
||||||||||
F370-3863-02 |
HDD 8.4GB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3982-01 |
U10 Riser Card w/Stif | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-4212-01 |
FRU, SPEAKER, ULTRA | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F375-0079-06 |
Motherboard | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months | |||||
F375-0115-05 |
Motherboard | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months | |||||
F501-5148-04 |
Sapphire 360 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F501-5149-08 |
Sapphire 440 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F501-5150-06 |
Sapphire 480 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F501-5568-02 |
Sapphire 333 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F501-5741/42-01 |
Sapphire 400 | Scrap | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F525-1817-01 |
NVRAM | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F540-4228-01 |
U10 Riser Card w/Stif & Bra | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
EINSTEIN REFRESH |
||||||||||
F370-4325-01 |
POWER SUPPLY 250W A-PFC | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-4326-01 |
POWER SUPPLY 250W A-PFC | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-4327-01/02/03 |
HARD DISK DRIVE, 20GB, (ST320011A) | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-4353-02 |
FRU, 48XCD, BEIGE BEZEL | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||
F375-3060-01 |
FRU; MB Einstein-R | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months | |||||
F240-4142-01 |
FRU; EMI Clip, Einstein-R | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
F370-4995-01 |
FRU; U10 EMI Cable Kit | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||
PENGUIN |
||||||||||
F370-3800-01 |
PCI,64M, DIM, PC100, SDRAM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-3801-01 |
PCI,128M, DIM, PC100, SDRAM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F375-0075-02 |
OEM BOARD SUNPCI 64MB 300M | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months | |||||
PENGUIN |
||||||||||
F375-0095-02 |
OEM BOARD SUNPCI 64MB 400M | $85.00 | $10.00 | $95.00 | 13 months |
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
1
|
Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Out of Warranty Repair Cost
Sun Part Number |
Description |
Repair Cost
(Updated 7/02) |
Freight
Cost |
TTL
O.O.W. Pricing |
Warranty
Duration |
|||||||
CORONA |
||||||||||||
F380-0428-02/03 |
MAIN UNIT, CORONA | Scrap | | | 36 months | |||||||
F600-6166-02 |
SYSTEM, CORONA | Scrap | | | 36 months | |||||||
ANDROMEDA |
||||||||||||
F370-3918-01 |
BASE, CORONA | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||||
F380-0299-08/09 |
MAIN UNIT, ANDROMERA | Scrap | | | 36 months | |||||||
F600-6166-04 |
SYSTEM, ANDROMERA | Scrap | | | 36 months | |||||||
CHIMERA |
||||||||||||
F370-4294-01 |
FRU, ASSY, SUN PC12, 128MB MEM | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F375-0131-03 |
ASSY, SUNPCI VER2, 64M | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 13 months | |||||
CHIMERA+ |
||||||||||||
F370-4295-01 |
FRU, ASSY, SUN PC12, 256MB MEM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4430-01 |
FRU, ASSY, SUN PC12+, 512MB MEM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F375-3051-02 |
ASSY, SUNPCI VER2+, 128M | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 13 months | |||||
TOPDOG |
||||||||||||
F375-0088-04 |
ASSY, PKG, TOPDOG, 300 | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 13 months | |||||
GROVER |
||||||||||||
F100-6471-05 |
HUMMINGBIRD 500 with HEATSINK | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F100-6889-01 |
NVRAM | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||||
F100-7270-01 |
DMOS5 w/heatsink and washer | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F100-7270-02 |
HPTXZ w/heatsink and washer | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-3933-05 |
SMART CARD READER | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||||
F370-4149-01 |
MEMORY 128 MB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4150-01 |
MEMORY 256MB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4151-01 |
MEMORY 512MB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4152-01 |
CD ROM 48X | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4153-01 |
DVD 12X | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4154-01 |
HDD 15GB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4206-01 |
POWER SUPPLY | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4207-01 |
FAN | Consumable | | | Non RMA Item | |||||||
F370-4208-01 |
RISER CARD | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4209-01 |
CABLE KIT | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4210-01 |
POWER SWITCH | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4211-01 |
FDD | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4293-01 |
SPEAKER | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4439-01 |
16X DVD, GROVER REFRESH | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F375-0096-07 |
Motherboard | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 13 months | |||||
F375-3061-02 |
Motherboard | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 13 months | |||||
F375-3123-01 |
Motherboard | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 13 months | |||||
F798-3653-01 |
FRU | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
BIRDSNEST LITE |
||||||||||||
F375-0128-02 |
MOTHER BOARD | $80.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 90.00 | 12 months | |||||
F375-0138-03 |
PMC CARD | Consumable | | | 12 months | |||||||
FLAPJACK2 |
||||||||||||
F100-6889-01 |
NV RAM | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F240-3953-01 |
FRONT FLANGE ASSY | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F300-1488-03 |
POWER SUPPLY AC | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F300-1489-02 |
POWER SUPPLY DC | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F330-3189-01 |
PCI SLIDING RETAINER | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F340-6830-01 |
PCI BLANKING PANEL | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F340-6839-01 |
DRIVE BAY PANELS | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F340-6840-01 |
PCI FIXING BRACKET | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4237-01 |
MEMORY 256MB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4278-01 |
CD ROM 24X | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4281-01 |
MEMORY 512MB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4284-01 |
FAN | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4285-02 |
SMART CARD | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4290-01 |
SMART CARD READER + LED | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4344-01 |
CD ROM CABLE + PADDLE BOARD | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F370-4352-01 |
Impingement Fan (Heatsink) | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F375-0132-03 |
Motherboard | $115.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 125.00 | 13 months | |||||
F530-3023-01 |
SMART CARD CABLE | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F540-2093-01 |
CABLE FOR QFE | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F540-4742-01 |
FRONT BEZEL | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||||
F540-4757-01 |
TOP COVER W/CAPTIVE SCREW | Consumable | | | 13 months |
Enterprise Sevices Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482vl |
2
|
Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
Out of Warranty Repair Cost |
||||||||||
Sun Part Number |
Description |
Repair Cost
(Updated 7/02) |
Freight
Cost |
TTL
O.O.W. Pricing |
Warranty
|
|||||
F540-5014-01 |
DVD ROM | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F560-2570-01 |
SPARE, SERIAL CONN KIT | Consumable | | | 13 months | |||||
FLAP JACK LITE 400 |
||||||||||
F370-4289-01 |
SDRAM, 128MB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F370-4365-01 |
HDD, 20GB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F600-7084-02 |
ASSY, 400MHZ, 128MB, 20GB, AC | $194.00 | $25.00 | $219.00 | 13 months | |||||
F600-7085-02 |
ASSY, 400MHZ, 512MB, 20GB, AC | $198.00 | $25.00 | $223.00 | 13 months | |||||
F600-7097-02 |
ASSY, 400MHZ, 1GB,2* 20GB, AC | $223.00 | $25.00 | $248.00 | 13 months | |||||
F600-7395-01 |
ASSY, 400MHZ, 2GB,2* 20GB, AC | $214.00 | $25.00 | $239.00 | 13 months | |||||
FLAPJACK LITE 500 |
||||||||||
F370-4419-01 |
HDD, 40GB | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
F600-7295-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 128MB, 40GB, AC | $205.00 | $25.00 | $230.00 | 13 months | |||||
F600-7296-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 512MB, 40GB, AC | $209.00 | $25.00 | $234.00 | 13 months | |||||
F600-7297-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 1GB,2* 40GB, AC | $215.00 | $25.00 | $240.00 | 13 months | |||||
F600-7298-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 2GB,2* 40GB, AC | $248.00 | $25.00 | $273.00 | 13 months | |||||
FLAPJACK LITE CD 500 |
||||||||||
600-7881-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 128MB, 40GB, AC | $205.00 | $25.00 | $230.00 | 13 months | |||||
600-7882-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 512MB, 40GB, AC | $209.00 | $25.00 | $234.00 | 13 months | |||||
600-7883-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 1GB,2* 40GB, AC | $237.00 | $25.00 | $262.00 | 13 months | |||||
600-7884-01 |
ASSY, 500MHZ, 2GB,2* 40GB, AC | $248.00 | $25.00 | $273.00 | 13 months | |||||
Guava FRU PRICE |
||||||||||
F370-4362-02 |
ASSY, VGA/GRAPHIC CARD, GUAVA | Scrap | | | 13 months | |||||
Indy 500 DAS FRU PRICE |
||||||||||
F540-5199-01 |
ASY, NETRA SVC PROCESSOR, S/W Indy500-DAS | $209.00 | $25.00 | $234.00 | 13 months |
Note: Pricings do not include
1. additional rework related to ECO rework issued by Sun.
2. FRUs returned to Mitac with parts missing that Mitac has to replace as a result.
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations Corporate Supply Exhibit B September 21, 1999 HP/ff 60342482v1 |
3
|
Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS Mitac International Corporation |
EXHIBIT C-1
CUSTOMER SUPPORT QUALITY REQUIREMENT
1.0 | Purpose |
This exhibit defines Suns requirements for Suppliers repair quality program and Suppliers responsibilities for testing and repairing Products for Sun. This document will be used in conjunction with Exhibits B and C. For the purpose of this Exhibit C-1, Sun shall mean Suns Enterprise Services Division.
2.0 | Scope |
This exhibit describes Suns quality requirements for worldwide repair of Product either by Supplier or by Suppliers authorized third party(ies). Suns goal is to receive Products from Supplier which are defect free, therefore Sun will measure Supplier to an average monthly or quarterly yield of 99.8%. This exhibit specifies the Supplier processes required in support of this goal.
3.0 | Applicable Documents |
Title: |
Sun Part Number:
|
|
Engineering Specification for Part Identification Label |
950-1419-XX | |
Bar Code Marking Standard for Field Replaceable Units |
950-1037-XX | |
WWOL Labeling and Packaging Procedure for Repaired FRUs |
910-2640-XX | |
WWOPS: Global Cosmetics Quality and Workmanship Standards |
923-2001-XX | |
Supplier Repair Data Reporting Specification |
ENG0008 | |
Worldwide Multiple Return Policy |
EN00009 |
4.0 | Supplier Process Requirements |
4.1 | Labeling / Packaging |
Supplier shall comply with the requirements specified in 950-1419-XX Engineering Specification for Part Identification Label, 950-1037-XX Bar Code Marking Standard for Field Replaceable Units and 9102640-XX WWOL Labeling and Packaging Procedure for Repaired FRUs for all reworked/repaired FRUs or new units shipped to replace field failures.
4.2 | Cosmetics |
Supplier shall comply with the requirements specified in 923-2001-XX WWOPS: Global Cosmetics Quality and Workmanship Standards.
4.3 | Functional Performance |
Functional performance is defined in the Specifications corresponding to the Sun FRU part numbers identified in Exhibit B-5 or in the system level specifications.
4.4 | Self Surveillance |
Supplier shall implement, within its facility, a means of tracking, analyzing, and continuously improving post process quality results, subject to approval by Sun. This may take the form of final inspection or end of line/out of box audit Results will be reported at least monthly as defined in Section 4.10. Supplier will correlate results to all other pertinent data including source/receiving inspection results provided by Sun, and
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations July 7, 1999
60342482v1
|
1 |
Mitac International Corporation December 20, 2000 ff/KT |
multiple returns and take appropriate corrective actions.
4.5 | Multiple Returns |
Supplier shall have the capability to recognize, monitor, analyze and take corrective action on returned Product which has previously been repaired by Supplier or Supplier authorized third party(ies). Sun and Supplier shall agree on a means to measure performance in this area and report as defined in Section 4.7.
For in warranty Product returned with a similar failure symptom reported by Sun or the Suppliers testing for the third time, Sun shall have the option of requiring replacement of the defective unit at no cost to Sun.
4.6 | Root Cause Failure Analysis |
Supplier shall have the capability to perform root cause analysis and report findings in a timely manner, as stated in the request. Capability shall also exist which enables the effective capture and routing of Product requiring root cause analysis from identified defects or customer requests. Notification of the need for a root cause analysis may come from many sources, e.g. email, voice mail, fax and may come before or after authorization to return Product for repair.
4.7 | Supplier Corrective Action Request (SCAR) |
Supplier shall maintain a Closed Loop Corrective Action (CLCA) process for reactive events (defects) as well as continuous improvement efforts. Any Supplier Corrective Action Request (SCAR) issued by Sun will be addressed by Supplier within Suppliers CLCA process. SCARs may be issued as a result of, but not limited to, an audit finding, quality defect, process failure. Supplier will respond to SCARS per the time frames specified in the SCAR.
4.8 | Stop Ships and Purges |
Supplier shall notify Sun in writing of any discrepancy in Product quality which may have a detrimental effect on previously shipped Product or result in a stop ship or purge. Supplier will make recommendations regarding the disposition of this material and Supplier agrees, at Suns request, to sort and rework all material at Sun locations, or make replacement material readily available for exchange. All costs associated with stop ship and purge activity, caused by Supplier, will be borne by Supplier.
4.9 | Scrap |
If Scrap costs are not the sole responsibility of Supplier, Supplier shall request approval for recommended disposition of material as scrap. All material that is pending disposition shall be segregated from good stock and placed in a holding location. Upon receipt of written instruction from Sun, Supplier shall:
a. | Ship the scrap Sun material to the Sun designated location; or |
b. | Destroy said material and provide Sun a Certificate of Destruction. |
4.10 | Reports and Data |
4.10.1 Supplier shall submit a monthly quality report covering three distinct categories:
Receiving and/or source inspection performed and reported by Sun.
Self surveillance by Supplier (see Section 4.4).
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations July 7, 1999
60342482v1
|
2 |
Mitac International Corporation December 20, 2000 ff/KT |
Multiple returns (see Section 4.5).
For each of these categories, the report shall include:
Performance trend.
Pareto analysis of defects based on root cause determination.
Listing and status of suitable corrective actions, recovery plans and/or improvement plans.
Detail by serial number of defects and associated analysis.
Supplier is responsible for correlation analysis across the three categories in order to identify common issues. The report shall be summarized at the worldwide level and delineated as appropriate to clearly identify areas requiring corrective action.
4.10.2 Supplier shall comply with the requirements specified in Supplier Repair Data Reporting Specification ENG0008.
4.10.3 If requested, Supplier shall provide additional available information for any given serial number.
4.11 Change | of Notification |
4.11.1 Repair Process
In the event the Supplier desires to change the fundamental repair process in such a way that may impact form, fit, function, quality, reliability, serviceability, or safety, Supplier shall notify Sun in writing within a reasonable period (no less than 30 days) prior to the effectivity date. Examples of changes which require notification include but are not limited to:
Major test equipment or procedures
Major repair processes
Bum-in time of environment
Repair locations
Final acceptance criteria
Packaging
Relayout or relocation of a repair line within a facility
Cosmetic criteria
Supplier agrees to provide verbal notification to the Sun Supplier Engineer, within ten (10) working days of all other process changes that do not affect form, fit, function, serviceability or safety.
Supplier shall implement such changes in the process only if collected data verifies that quality and reliability levels would be sustained or improved. Said data will be made available for Sun review upon request.
4.11.2 Engineering Change Orders (ECOs)
Supplier shall have the capability to manage Engineering Change Orders (ECOs). This capability shall be managed throughout all repair and stocking locations and implemented in a timely manner. Supplier shall notify Sun in writing, at least thirty (30) days prior to implementing any change to the Product that may impact form, fit, function, quality, reliability, serviceability, or safety.
Upon Suns request, Supplier will provide documentation, tools and parts needed to implement ECOs
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations July 7, 1999
60342482v1
|
3 |
Mitac International Corporation December 20, 2000 ff/KT |
at Sun or Suns third party repair suppliers (TPRSs).
4.12 | Process Commonality |
Supplier shall have the capability to control and make common across ail repair locations, any and all processes that could affect Product quality or the fulfillment of Sun requirements. These processes may include but are not limited to:
Configuration control
Minimum acceptable level
Test equipment and software
Process instructions Labeling
Closed loop corrective action (CLCA)
Packaging
Inspection criteria
Finished goods and raw inventory planning
ECO implementation
Continuous improvement
Process change control
Deviations
Stop ships/purges
4.13 | Quality System |
Supplier shall maintain a documented quality system similar to the requirements set forth in the ISO 9002 standard. The intent of this quality system is to provide for business and repair processes which are repeatable, sustainable and capable of meeting Suns quality, cost and delivery goals.
5.0 | Source Inspection |
Sun may elect to source inspect Product at Suppliers facility in order to establish a reasonable confidence level in the Suppliers Product and processes. Source inspection will be initiated or terminated at Suns option. Supplier shall permit a Sun employee or representative to perform this inspection on pre-packaged finished units. Supplier shall assist the source inspector in unpacking, staging, inspecting, testing and re-packaging units. Supplier shall provide a reasonable environment in which to perform this work.
Acceptance at source inspection does not limit Suppliers responsibilities for Product failures.
If quality results as measured by source or receiving inspection fail to meet the goal of 99.8% acceptance for a three month period, Sun may require that Supplier pay all costs associated with source inspection at the Suppliers site until results again rise above 99.8% for a three month period.
6.0 | Sun Audit Programs |
6.1 | Initial Facility Qualification |
Sun may require an initial facility qualification audit prior to permitting shipment of repaired Product. This audit will cover all repair and business processes. Prior to the audit, Supplier is required to complete the Sun Audit Questionnaire.
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations July 7, 1999
60342482v1
|
4 |
Mitac International Corporation December 20, 2000 ff/KT |
6.2 | Biennial Survey |
Sun may perform qualification audits of each repair site every other year. This audit will cover all repair and business processes. Prior to the audit, Supplier is required to complete the Sun Audit Questionnaire, which will be provided by Sun.
6.3 | Move and/or New Product Introduction Audit |
If Supplier moves a repair line, a repair facility, or starts up a new Product repair line in a previously qualified facility, Sun will permit shipment of repaired Product from that facility only upon Suns written approval. In most cases, Sun will require an on site audit of the facility prior to providing approval.
6.4 | Random Audits |
Sun may at any time conduct an audit of Suppliers facility during normal business hours to determine compliance with Suns requirements.
Enterprise Services Global Support Operations July 7, 1999
60342482v1
|
5 |
Mitac International Corporation December 20, 2000 ff/KT |
EXHIBIT D
RESIDENT SUPPLIER PROGRAM
WHEREAS Sun and Supplier have entered the Agreement dated September 28, 1999 whereby Supplier was to perform certain assembly services for Sun, and
WHEREAS Sun desires that Supplier provide the services of a full time employee of Supplier who will reside at the facilities of Sun to perform certain services for Sun and Supplier detailed in the Statement of Work, and
WHEREAS Supplier is willing to provide the services of such an employee without additional compensation.
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the following promises, covenants and representations, the parties agree as follows:
l. | Resident Supplier . Supplier shall, through an employee designated by Supplier (herein RSP), perform the services (herein the Services) described in the Statement of Work, attached hereto as Exhibit D-l and incorporated herein by reference. The RSP shall be resident at a Sun site(s) designated by Sun. |
2. | Suns Obligation . Sun shall provide the RSP with office space which shall include access to a telephone, facsimile machine, a Sun workstation and necessary administrative support. Sun shall provide the RSP access to such information and personnel of Sun as is necessary to permit the RSP to perform the services set out in the Statement of Work. |
3. | Relationship of Parties . The RSP shall remain at all times an employee of Supplier. The RSP may perform the Services under the general direction of Sun, but Supplier shall be responsible for the actions and decisions of the RSP, except to the extent that the RSP relied, in good faith, on the specific direction or instructions of Sun or the information provided by Sun, in performing the services. Supplier shall be solely responsible for all employee decisions with regard to the RSP including, but not limited to, performance reviews, promotions, disciplinary action and termination |
4. | Liability of Supplier for RSP . |
4.1. | The RSP role is a critical position in ensuring successful planning and execution for Sun and Supplier, therefore Suppliers management shall actively monitor the role of the RSP and the individual(s) filling this role, to ensure that risk and opportunity, e.g. material exposure, potential excess and obsolete liability, is diligently evaluated and approved at appropriate management levels within Supplies organization and that suitable internal processes are developed to support and assist the RSP(s). |
4.2. | The RSP shall observe the working hours, working rules and holiday schedule of Sun while working on Suns premises. If Sun reasonably determines that the presence of the RSP is detrimental to the progress of the work performed under the Agreement Supplier shall replace such person with a properly qualified person, reasonably acceptable to Sun, as soon as is reasonably practical. |
4.3. | Supplier shall be responsible for all salary and benefits owed to the RSP and the payment of any and all payroll or other taxes due as a result of the performance of the Services by the RSP. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent required by law, it is die responsibility of Supplier to report as income all compensation received by the RSP and Supplier shall indemnify and hold harmless Sun from any obligation to pay any sales or withholding taxes, social security, unemployment or disability insurance or similar charges or imposts, including any interest or penalties thereon, in connection with any payment made to the RSP. |
4.4. | Supplier shall, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sun, its officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys from and against any claims or actions suffered by or claimed to be suffered by the RSP while performing the Services for Sun or while in, on, or about Suns premises. |
October 27, 1998 60342482v1 |
1
|
Mitac International Corporation |
4.5. | Supplier shall at all times comply with all applicable law in the performance of the Services. It is expressly agreed that Supplier is an independent contractor, and neither Supplier nor the RSP is an employee or agent of Sun and have no authority to bind Sun by contract or otherwise. |
5. | Consideration . Supplier shall receive no additional compensation or consideration for the Services performed by the RSP as provided herein. |
6. | Confidential Information . The parties hereto acknowledge that, in the course of performing the Services hereunder, the RSP will be exposed to certain information and data, which may be disclosed orally, in writing or by other media, and that such information may not be labelled or identified as confidential or proprietary information of Sun at the time of disclosure or discovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all information, data, records, reports and other information, however designated or described, to which the RSP may be exposed while performing the Services or otherwise while on Suns premises, shall be considered the confidential and proprietary information of Sun and shall be subject to the obligations of confidentiality set out is the Agreement and the Confidential Disclosure Agreement signed separately by the Supplier attached as Exhibit D-2. |
7. | No Solicitation . Sun shall not solicit the employment of the RSP during that period of time that the RSP is assigned to Sun and for six (6) months after such assignment ends. It shall not be deemed a violation of this prohibition if Sun hires the RSP as a result of the RSP initiating the inquiry of employment in response to a job opening that has been published either to the public at large or to Sans employee population. |
8. | Exhibits . The following is the list of Exhibits and Attachments which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth in full: |
Exhibit D-1Statement of Work
Exhibit D-2Confidential Disclosure A
October 27, 1998
60342482v1 |
2
|
Mitac International Corporation |
EXHIBIT D-1
RESIDENT PLANNER
STATEMENT OF WORK
Job Standards for Resident Suppliers
1. | Material Requirements Plan (MW) System Integrity |
The Resident Supplier Planner (RSP) shall taro MRP systems integrity by.
| Managing the forecasting system. |
| Placing replenishment orders, approved by the responsible Sun Manager, ensuring that there are no past due delivery dates. |
| Tracking and completing all assigned action items from weekly/regular supply/demand management meetings and as directed by Sun management |
| Ensuring that all Product parameters are reviewed and updated monthly. |
2. | Supplier Management |
Forecast Communication. The RSP shall establish forecast communication processes with Supplier and transmit each new forecast, as approved by the Sun Manager, to Supplier in accordance with the Supply Planning calendar, ensuring that Supplier understands this information is for Suppliers convenience only and does not create an obligation on the part of Sun.
The RSP shall proactively drive and support implementation of Supply Chain initiatives (e.g., Demand Pull, Auto-Swap, etc.) and take ownership for their sustained effectiveness.
The RSP is the Suppliers focal point for coordinating scorecard data input associated with planning activities.
3. | Supply Plan Execution |
The RSP shall, on a daily basis, manage and be responsible for
| Ensuring Product availability to standard lead-times; |
| Monitoring actual demand against Suppliers planned build/in-feed plan and highlighting to Sun management any potential negative impacts; and |
| Ensuring that Suppliers individual sites (where relevant) are balancing material/capacity in-line with Suns actual demand profile and raising any concerns with this to both their local management and Suns management. |
October 27, 1998
60342482vl |
1
|
Mitac International Corporation |
4. | Product Management |
The RSP will, on an as-needed basis, participate in and represent the Supplier on Sun New Product Introduction (NPI) teams to ensure continuity of supply and minimize End of Life (EOL) costs associated with Product transitions.
5. | Inventory Management |
The RSP shall be responsible for supporting all key business metrics identified by Sun, including, but not limited to, the following:
| Ensuring that Suppliers designated Products are always within the Sun-specified Days of Supply (DOS) targets. |
| Providing input into the Inventory Outlook (I/O) targets. |
| Monitoring nonnettable inventory management. |
| Providing to Sun a weekly status of any potential Excess and Obsolete (E&O) exposures resulting from: Engineering Change Order (ECO) activity, Supply Plan cuts, Product cancellations, EOL announcements, etc. |
| Monitoring the Material Review Board (MRS) aging reports to ensure that Product is not held more than 7 days and escalating this to Sun management in the event that material in MRB has exceeded the specified timeframe. |
| Monitoring the RTV aging reports to ensure that Product is not held more than 5 days and escalating this to Sun management in the event that any RTV has exceeded the specified timeframe. |
| Ensuring that there is immediate Supplier and Sun management visibility of any returned Product which has been under repair at the Supplier for more than fifteen (15) days. Sun will not be liable to Supplier for the cost of production Product which Supplier fails to repair and return to Sun within 30 days after such Product was returned to Supplier. |
| Ensuring that any receiving discrepancies are brought to the attention of the Supplier and Sun management within 3 days after occurrence. |
October 27, 1998
60342482vl |
2
|
Mitac International Corporation |
EXHIBIT D-2
CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
Effective Date: September 28, 1999
WHEREAS Sun Microsystems, Inc., (herein Sun) and Mitac International Corporation (herein the Resident Supplier have entered into an agreement whereby, among other things, the Resident Supplier is to provide the services of an employee to perform certain services on Suns premises, and
WHEREAS Resident Suppliers employee will have access and exposure to the confidential information of Sun and third parties with whom Sun may conduct business.
NOW THEREFORE
1. a) The Sun information disclosed under this Agreement (Information) whether disclosed orally, in writing or by other media, includes, but is not limited to, the following: forecasts, bookings, new product schedules, material pricing, quality data, marketing data relating to Suns products.
b) The permitted use of Information is: for Resident Suppliers employee to perform planning and purchasing functions on behalf of Sun, as a representative of the Resident Supplier on Suns premises.
2. The Resident Suppliers obligations regarding Information expire four (4) years after the date of disclosure. Information shall be used solely as permitted above and shall not be disclosed to a third party. The Resident Supplier shall hold Information in strict confidence and shall provide Information to other employees of Resident Supplier only on a need-to-know basis. Upon termination of this Agreement or upon Suns written request, the Resident Supplier shall cease use of Information and return or destroy all Information. In addition to the foregoing, Resident Supplier shall not gain access, or attempt to gain access, to Suns local area network or Suns wide area network, or the data, records, files or other information maintained electronically therein except as necessary to perform the services Resident Supplier was contracted to perform. Any and all data, records, files and other information in whatever form or format obtained by Resident Supplier as a result of Resident Suppliers employee residing in or having access inside Suns facilities or having access to such data, records, files and other information shall be deemed Confidential Information whether or not it has been so labelled. Any improper access by Resident Supplier to information which is not necessary to perform the services hereunder shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and the services agreement with which this Agreement is associated.
3. The Resident Supplier shall be obligated to protect Information which is disclosed orally or in written form and identified as confidential or proprietary, or which the Resident Supplier would be expected to know is the confidential information of Sun.
4. This Agreement imposes no obligation upon the Resident Supplier with respect to Information which the Resident Supplier can establish by legally sufficient evidence: (a) was in the possession of, or was known by, the Resident Suppliers employee or the Resident Supplier prior to its receipt from Sun, without an obligation to maintain its confidentiality; (b) is or becomes generally known to the public without violation of this Agreement; (c) is obtained by the Resident Supplier from a third party having the right to disclose it, without an obligation to keep such information confidential; or (d) is independently developed by the Resident Suppliers employee or the Resident Supplier without the use of Information and without the participation of individuals who have had access to Information.
5. Disclosure of Information Is not prohibited if prior notice is given to Sun and such disclosure is: (a) compelled pursuant to a legal proceeding or (b) otherwise required by law. The Resident Supplier agrees that any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Sun for which damages would be an inadequate remedy and, therefore, in addition to its rights and remedies otherwise available at law, Sun shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction, in the event of such breach. The Resident Supplier waives any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security In the event that Sun seeks such an injunction. Sun retains ownership of the Information. Neither the Resident Supplier nor the
Rev. Nov. 4, 1998 60342482v1 |
1
|
Mitac International Corporation |
Resident Suppliers employee acquires any rights in Information, except the limited right to use Information as described above.
6. Resident Supplier understands and agrees that nothing in this Agreement creates an employer/employee relationship between Sun and Resident Suppliers employee. Resident Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Resident Suppliers employee will not be a Sun employee or eligible for any benefits of employment from Sun, including, but not limited to, wages, vacation, paid or unpaid leave, or participation in any Sun employee benefit plan. Resident Supplier further acknowledges and affirms that Resident Supplier is and will be Resident Supplier employees sole employer for the duration of Resident Supplier employees assignment to Sun.
7. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning its subject matter. All additions or modifications to this Agreement must be made in writing and must be signed by an authorized representative of each party. The parties agree to comply strictly with all applicable export control laws and regulations. Any action related to this Agreement will be governed by California law, excluding choice of law rules.
8. Either party may terminate this Agreement for convenience. by providing thirty (30) days written notice to the other. However, in accordance with Section 2 above, Resident Suppliers and/or Resident Supplier employees obligations to protect Information shall survive any termination.
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. |
MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION |
|||||||
By: | /s/ Eddie Reynolds | By: | /s/ Billy Ho | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Name: Title: Date: |
Eddie Reynolds Director of Supply Mgment Oct. 11 th 99 |
Name: Title: Date: |
Billy Ho President Oct. 8, 1999 |
Rev. Nov. 4, 1998 60342482v1 |
2
|
Mitac International Corporation |
Exhibit 10.16
JOINT SALES AND MARKETING AGREEMENT
This Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement (Agreement) is entered into as of May 6, 2002 (the Effective Date) by and between SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, California 94538, U.S.A. (SYNNEX), and MiTAC International Corp, a Taiwan corporation, with its principal place of business at No. 200, Wen Hwa 2 nd Road, Kuei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. (MiTAC).
WHEREAS, the parties have had an ongoing informal relationship to promote each others products and services through joint marketing;
AND WHEREAS, the parties wish to memorialize such relationship and proceed with such joint marketing efforts under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS.
1.1 Claims shall mean any and all claims, liabilities, damages or causes of action.
1.2 Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party shall mean the following, to the extent previously, currently or subsequently disclosed to the other party hereunder or otherwise: information relating to products, services or technology of the Disclosing Party or the properties, composition, structure, organization, use or processing thereof, or systems therefor, or to the Disclosing Partys business (including, without limitation, computer programs, code, algorithms, schematics, data, know-how, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), names and expertise of employees and consultants and other technical, business, financial, customer and product development plans, forecasts, strategies and information).
1.3 Disclosing Party means a party hereto that discloses its Confidential Information to the other party.
1.4 MiTAC Offerings shall mean products and services offered by MiTAC to third party customers.
1.5 Receiving Party shall mean a person or entity that receives Confidential Information of another party.
1.6 SYNNEX Offerings means products and services offered by SYNNEX to third party customers.
1
2. GENERAL RELATIONSHIP.
2.1 Relationship of the Parties . Neither the making of this Agreement nor the performance of any provision hereunder shall be construed to constitute either party as the agent, employee, or legal representative of the other for any purpose, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to establish a joint venture. Neither party hereto shall have any right or authority to create any obligation, warranty, representation, or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of the other party or to bind the other party in any manner whatsoever. Each party is solely responsible for establishing the prices for its own products and services. Except as expressly provided herein, in no event shall either party be liable for services or products provided by the other party.
2.2 Contacts . Each party shall designate one of its employees or representatives to serve as the primary contact and account manager for this business relationship with the principal responsibilities being to facilitate communication between the parties and to manage the performance of all terms and obligations of this Agreement. Each party shall provide to the other party the name and pertinent contact information for its representative within ten (10) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement and, if a new representative is designated, the name and pertinent contact information for the new representative shall be provided to the other party within ten (10) days of the date that the designation is made.
2.3 No Restrictions . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict either party from entering into or continuing any agreement or arrangement with any other party, whether or not similar to this Agreement in nature or scope; nor shall this Agreement restrict either partys ability to market competitive products or services.
2.4 Maintenance of Goodwill . Each party acknowledges and agrees that the goodwill and business reputation of the other party and its products, services, and personnel constitute valuable assets of the other party and accordingly, each party agrees that it will not market, represent, or refer to the other party or its products, services, or personnel in any manner that disparages, harms, or otherwise detracts from the goodwill or business reputation of the other party or its products, services or personnel.
2.5 Evolution of Relationship . The parties agree to periodically review the business relationship and this Agreement, and revise the relationship and Agreement as is mutually determined to benefit the business relationship. Any such mutually agreed upon revisions shall take effect upon a written amendment to this Agreement executed by both parties.
2.6 Expenses . All expenses incurred by the parties in connection with their activities hereunder shall be the responsibility of the party incurring such expenses.
3. SALES RELATIONSHIP
3.1 SYNNEX Offerings . During the term of this Agreement, MiTAC agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to promote the SYNNEX Offerings to MiTAC customers and prospective customers and to refer all interested customers and prospective customers to SYNNEX for the SYNNEX Offerings (including but not limited to referring MiTAC customers potentially
2
interested in using the SYNNEX Offerings as a second source to such customers use of MiTAC Offerings). SYNNEX will be the sales lead on all SYNNEX Offering sales introduced by MiTAC. Any sale of the SYNNEX Offerings shall be closed by SYNNEX directly between SYNNEX and the customer in accordance with SYNNEXs terms and conditions of sale and pursuant to any proposal, quotation, price list or any other correspondence submitted by SYNNEX to a customer. SYNNEX shall be responsible for billing and collecting payment from customers who purchase and use SYNNEX Offerings. While SYNNEX will use good faith efforts to conduct a sale with the customers introduced by MiTAC, SYNNEX may, in its sole and absolute discretion, refuse to enter into any transaction or agreement with a customer introduced by MiTAC.
3.2 MiTAC Offerings . During the term of this Agreement, SYNNEX agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to promote the MiTAC Offerings to SYNNEX customers and prospective customers and to refer all interested customers and prospective customers to MiTAC for the MiTAC Offerings (including but not limited to referring SYNNEX customers potentially interested in using MiTAC Offerings as a second source to such customers use of SYNNEX Offerings). MiTAC will be the sales lead on all MiTAC Offering sales introduced by SYNNEX. Any sale of the MiTAC Offerings shall be closed by MiTAC directly between MiTAC and the customer in accordance with MiTACs terms and conditions of sale and pursuant to any proposal, quotation, price list or any other correspondence submitted by MiTAC to a customer. MiTAC shall be responsible for billing and collecting payment from customers who purchase and use MiTAC Offerings. While MiTAC will use good faith efforts to conduct a sale with the customers introduced by SYNNEX, MiTAC may, in its sole and absolute discretion, refuse to enter into any transaction or agreement with a customer introduced by SYNNEX.
3.3 No Right to Bind Other Party . Neither party shall enter into or execute contracts or purchase orders binding upon the other party, or contractually or legally commit the other party in any manner without the prior written consent of the other party. Neither party shall submit any pricing, terms, or other offer for the other partys Offerings, products or services without the prior written consent of that other party. Each party shall refer all purchase inquiries and orders for the other partys Offerings to that other party. Neither party shall represent to third parties that it has the authority to execute contracts, purchase orders, or legally commit the other party in any manner without the prior written consent of the other party.
3.4 Preferred Pricing . Each party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide preferred pricing to customers and prospective customers referred by the other party under this Agreement.
3.5 Nonexclusive . Each party hereby reserves the right to market and sell its Offerings through its own employees or other agents or third parties as appointed or designated by such party without any obligation or liability to the other party.
4. JOINT MARKETING.
4.1 Specific Projects . The parties will engage in specific joint marketing and/or sales efforts under terms and conditions as set forth in project plans which shall be mutually agreed upon
3
in writing and executed by the parties (each a Project Plan). Each Project Plan shall specifically reference this Agreement and, upon execution, shall be deemed a part of this Agreement.
4.2 Trademarks . Except as expressly set forth in a Project Plan, this Agreement does not grant to one party a license, right, or interest of any kind to the trademarks, trade names, logos or service marks of the other; provided, however, during the term of this Agreement, each party hereby grants to the other, subject to section 4.3 below, a nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use its respective trademarks, trade names, logos or service marks (collectively Trademarks) for the limited purpose of marketing and promoting each others products per the terms of this Agreement. All use and worldwide right to the MiTAC Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of MiTAC. All use and worldwide right to the SYNNEX Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of SYNNEX.
4.3 Publicity . Both parties agree that in any document making use of the other partys Trademarks, or any news release, public announcement, web page, advertisement, publicity release, or any other form of message arising out of this Agreement, neither the other partys Trademarks, nor the other partys Offerings, shall be distributed or presented to any third party without the prior written consent of such other party.
5. TECHNICAL SUPPORT; EXPERTISE SHARING
5.1 Support . Each party shall be responsible for the implementation of its respective Offerings for its customers. Each party will directly engage each customer for the purpose of implementing its Offerings and providing appropriate on-going technical and customer support to ensure customer satisfaction.
5.2 Expertise Sharing . From time to time, the parties may discuss the sharing of engineering resources, technical information or other materials. Any such sharing shall be on terms and conditions to be mutually agreed between the parties.
6. TERM AND TERMINATION.
6.1 Term . Unless terminated as set forth below, this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year from the Effective Date (the Initial Term) and automatically renew for subsequent one (1) year renewal terms unless either party provides written notice to the other of non-renewal within ninety (90) days of the end of the Initial Term or any renewal term. This agreement may also be terminated without cause either (A) at any time upon the mutual written agreement of both parties or (B) by either party without cause upon ninety (90) days prior written notice of termination to the other party.
6.2 Termination for Cause . A party may immediately terminate this Agreement by providing written notice upon the following events:
(a) if the other party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice describing the breach; or
4
(b) if the other party becomes insolvent or seeks protection under any bankruptcy, receivership, trust deed, creditors arrangement, composition or comparable proceeding.
6.3 Effect of Termination . Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, (i) all rights and licenses granted by one party to the other party under this Agreement shall terminate, (ii) each party will promptly cease using and return to the other party and/or destroy all of the other partys Confidential Information and other materials in its possession, custody or control in whichever form held (including without limitation all documents or media containing any of the foregoing and all copies, extracts or embodiments thereof), (iii) each party shall immediately pay all sums due to the other under this Agreement (if any) as of the date of such termination or expiration, and (iv) all other services, obligations and rights under this Agreement shall terminate except Sections 6-11 of this Agreement will continue in accordance with their terms.
6.4 No Liability for Termination . Each party understands that the rights of termination hereunder are absolute. Neither party shall incur any liability whatsoever for any damage, loss or expenses of any kind suffered or incurred by the other (or for any compensation to the other) arising from or incident to any termination of this Agreement by such party which complies with the terms of the Agreement whether or not such party is aware of any such damage, loss or expenses. Termination is not the sole remedy under this Agreement.
7. CONFIDENTIALITY.
7.1 Each party recognizes that the Confidential Information of the other party (and the confidential nature thereof) is critical to the business of the other party and that it would not enter into this Agreement without assurance that such technology and information and the value thereof will be protected as provided in this section and elsewhere in this Agreement.
7.2 The Receiving Party agrees (i) to hold the Disclosing Partys Confidential Information in confidence and to take all reasonable precautions to protect such Confidential Information (including, without limitation, all precautions the Receiving Party employs with respect to its own confidential materials), (ii) not to divulge any such Confidential Information or any information derived therefrom to any third person, (iii) not to make any use whatsoever at any time of such Confidential Information except as expressly authorized in this Agreement, and (iv) to comply with all export laws, restrictions, national security controls and regulations of the United States or other applicable foreign agency or authority, and not to export or re-export, or allow the export or re-export of any such Confidential Information or any copy or direct product thereof in violation of any such restrictions, laws or regulations, or to any Group D:1 or E:2 country (or any national of such country) specified in the then-current Supplement No. 1 to Part 740, or, in violation of the embargo provisions in Part 746, of the U.S. Export Administration Regulations (or any successor regulations or supplement), except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws and regulations, including without limitation, those of the U.S. Department of Commerce.
5
7.3 Any employee, contractor or other person given access to any such Confidential Information must have a legitimate need to know and shall be similarly bound in writing. Without granting any right or license, the Disclosing Party agrees that the foregoing Section 7.2 clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall not apply with respect to information the Receiving Party can document (A) is in or (through no improper action or inaction by the Receiving Party, agent or employee) enters the public domain (and is readily available without substantial effort), (B) was rightfully in its possession or known by it prior to receipt from the Disclosing Party, (C) was rightfully disclosed to it by another person without restriction, (D) was independently developed by it by persons without access to such information and without use of any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, or (E) was required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable law provided that reasonable efforts are undertaken by the Receiving Party to minimize the extent of any required disclosure and to obtain an undertaking from the recipient to maintain the confidentiality thereof.
7.4 The Receiving Party acknowledges and agrees that due to the unique nature of the Disclosing Partys Confidential Information, there can be no adequate remedy at law for any breach of its obligations hereunder, that any such breach may allow the Receiving Party or third parties unfairly to compete with the Disclosing Party resulting in irreparable harm to the Disclosing Party, and therefore, that upon any such breach or any threat thereof, the Disclosing Party shall be entitled to appropriate equitable relief in addition to whatever remedies it might have at law and to be indemnified by the Receiving Party from any loss or harm, including, without limitation, lost profits and attorneys fees, in connection with any breach or enforcement of the Receiving Partys obligations hereunder or the unauthorized use or release of any such Confidential Information. The Receiving Party will notify the Disclosing Party in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any such unauthorized release or other breach.
7.5 The existence and terms of this Agreement are highly confidential, and shall be considered to be Confidential Information under this Agreement.
8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT with respect to BREACHES OF SECTION 7, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER THEORY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS) WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.
9. WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE OTHER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PARTYS OFFERINGS OR ANY OTHER SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.
10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
10.1 Ownership . Each party acknowledges that the other Party owns and will continue to own all right, title and interest in and to such other partys Offerings and all data, information, techniques, methodologies, and materials, including patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade
6
names, trademarks, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property rights embodied therein, that such Party owned prior to the commencement of this Agreement. The parties shall jointly own any intellectual property rights where both parties made substantial contributions to the creation thereof. Except as expressly provided herein, neither party grants any right, title or interest in, or license to, its patents, trade secrets, copyrights, or other intellectual property. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from independently developing technology similar to the Offerings, products or services provided by the other party.
10.2 | Indemnification . |
(a) Each party (the Indemnitor) agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the other party, its affiliates, officers, employees, and agents (each an Indemnitee) against any and all third party claims, suits, losses, damage, costs, fees and expenses resulting from or arising out of Indemnitors Offerings or Indemnitors promotion, marketing, sales, distribution, implementation or support thereof. This indemnification includes, but is not limited to, any product liability. The indemnification obligation under this Section 10.2 is conditioned on the following: the Indemnitee must promptly notify the Indemnitor in writing of any claim or suit in respect of which the Indemnitee intends to invoke the provisions of this Section 10.2; and the Indemnitee must give the Indemnitor reasonable assistance, at the Indemnitors expense, and the opportunity to assume sole control over the defense and all negotiations for a settlement or compromise. The Indemnitor shall not be responsible for any settlement it does not approve in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitor will keep the Indemnitee reasonably informed on a regular basis of its defense of any claims or any settlement discussions under this Section 10.2.
(b) Patents, Copyright, Trade Secret and Other Proprietary Rights . Each party (the Indemnitor) agrees to defend at its expense any suit brought against the other party, its affiliates, officers, employees, and agents (each an Indemnitee) based upon a claim that the Indemnitors Offering(s) infringes a patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right, foreign or domestic, and to pay the amount of any settlement, or the costs and damages finally awarded, with respect to such Claim, provided that the Indemnitee promptly notifies the Indemnitor of, and provides the Indemnitor with reasonable assistance in the defense of, any such Claim. The Indemnitor shall not enter into any settlement that affects Indemnitees rights or interests without Indemnitees prior written approval. Indemnitor shall have no authority to settle any Claim on behalf of Indemnitee.
(c) Employee and Contractor Indemnification . Each party (the Indemnitor) agrees that it shall indemnify the other party, its affiliates, officers, employees, and agents (each an Indemnitee) against any and all Claims hereafter brought or asserted by any person against the Indemnitee (1) relating to any alleged or actual action or omission to act by the Indemnitor arising from, or in connection with, such persons status as an employee or independent contractor of the Indemnitor or the termination of such status, (2) relating to any physical or other bodily injury arising from, or in connection with, any alleged or actual act or omission to act of the Indemnitor or any of its employees or independent contractors, or (3) relating to any workers compensation claim made by an employee or independent contractor of the Indemnitor
7
resulting from any injury sustained by such person while employed or retained by the Indemnitor.
11. GENERAL.
11.1 Assignability . Neither party shall, directly or indirectly, assign, transfer, divide, share or sublicense this Agreement, or any or all of its performance, rights or obligations hereunder to any third party without the other partys prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that no consent shall be required for an assignment in connection with a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all of the stock, assets or business of the assigning party. Any attempt to do so in violation of this Section shall be null and void. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
11.2 Waiver . Any failure on the part of any party to enforce at any time, or for any period of time, any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such provisions or of the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver.
11.3 Severability . If a court of law finds any provision of this Agreement unenforceable, the parties agree to replace the offending provision with an enforceable provision that most nearly achieves the intent and economic effect of the unenforceable provision and all other terms shall remain in full force and effect.
11.4 Force Majeure . No party shall be liable hereunder by any reason of any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder (except payment of money) on account of strikes, riots, insurrection, fires, floods, storms, explosions, war, governmental action, labor conditions, earthquakes, material shortages or any other cause which is beyond the reasonable control of such party.
11.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the parties hereto and not for any other person or entity. This Agreement shall not provide any non-party with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference hereto.
11.6 Notice . All notices, requests, demands, applications, services of process, and other communications which are required to be or may be given under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if sent by: (i) telecopy or facsimile transmission, answer back requested, (ii) delivered by courier, or (iii) mailed, certified first class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties at their addresses set forth above, or to such other address as either party will have furnished to the other by notice given in accordance with this Section. Such notice will be effective, (A) if delivered in person or by courier, upon actual receipt by the intended recipient, or (B) if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission, on the date of transmission unless transmitted after normal business hours, in which case on the following date, (C) if mailed, upon the date of first attempted delivery.
8
11.7 Modification . No alteration of or modification to this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and executed by an authorized representative of both parties.
11.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed under, and the legal relations between the parties hereto will be determined in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to such states conflict of law principles. The parties hereby submit to the personal jurisdiction of, and agree that any legal proceeding with respect to or arising under this Agreement will be brought in, the state or federal courts sitting in the County of Santa Clara in the State of California.
11.9 Attorneys Fees . If any suit or arbitration is brought, or an attorney retained to collect any money due under this Agreement, or to collect a judgment for breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, in addition to any other remedy, reimbursement for reasonable attorneys fees, court costs, investigation costs and other related expenses incurred in connection therewith.
11.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and other communications between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the day and year first written above.
SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. |
MiTAC International Corp. |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ Simon Y. Leung |
By |
/s/ Billy J. Ho |
|||||
Name: |
Simon Y. Leung |
Name: |
Billy J. Ho |
|||||
Title: |
General Counsel & Corporate Secretary |
Title: |
President |
9
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 11, 2003, except for Note 19 for which the date is October 28, 2003, relating to the consolidated financial statements of SYNNEX Corporation, and our report dated October 11, 2003 relating to the financial statement schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
November 6, 2003